S-1/A
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2021.

Registration No. 333-257790

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

RxSIGHT, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

  3851   94-3268801
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

   

100 Columbia

Aliso Viejo, CA 92656

(949) 521-7830

   
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

   

Ron Kurtz, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

RxSight, Inc.

100 Columbia

Aliso Viejo, CA 92656

(949) 521-7830

   
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

    Copies to:    

Martin J. Waters

Jason Skolnik

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

12235 El Camino Real,

San Diego, CA 92130

(858) 350-2300

 

Shelley Thunen

Chief Financial Officer

RxSight, Inc.

100 Columbia

Aliso Viejo, CA 92656

(949) 521-7830

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Emily Roberts

Jason Bassetti

Davis Polk & Wardwell
1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company.” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
   Amount to be
Registered(1)
   Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
per share(2)
   Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price(2)
   Amount of
registration fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

   8,452,500    $18.00    $152,145,000    $16,599.02

 

 

 

(1)   Includes 1,102,500 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(3)   The Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $10,910.00 with the initial filing of this registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated July 26, 2021

7,350,000 Shares

LOGO

Common stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock by RxSight, Inc. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RXST.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

     
      Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)   See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 1,102,500 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                , 2021.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan   BofA Securities  

SVB Leerink

Wells Fargo Securities         BTIG

The date of this prospectus is        , 2021.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Adjustable

for every patient.

Better Medicine. Better Business.

The Light Adjustable Lens™ is

the first and only implantable

intraocular lens that can be

adjusted after cataract surgery.

©2021 RxSIGHT. All Rights Reserved. COM 0072

A cataract is the clouding and hardening of the eye’s natural lens. To treat them, a surgeon removes the cloudy lens and replaces it with an intraocular lens (IOL). Nearly 30 million global cataract surgeries are performed each year.

Current IOL options for cataract surgery often fail to meet the demands of ophthalmologists

or their patients. This is because non-adjustable lenses rely on pre-operative estimates to

predict vision outcomes.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The RxSight Light Adjustable Lens® (LAL) is the first and only implantable

intraocular lens that can be adjusted after cataract surgery.

The revolutionary LAL can be optimized and adjusted after surgery using the

RxSight Light Delivery Device (LDD). The adjustment beam from the LDD reshapes

the lens, creating a fully customized lens for each patient.

Adjustment Beam

Shape Change

Custom Vision

LASIK-like accuracy in cataract surgery

Patients are approximately 2x more likely to achieve 20/20 vision or better without glasses at 6 months.1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     12  

Summary Financial Data

     14  

Risk Factors

     17  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     86  

Market, Industry And Other Data

     88  

Use Of Proceeds

     89  

Dividend Policy

     90  

Capitalization

     91  

Dilution

     93  

Selected Financial Data

     96  

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

     99  

Business

     122  

Management

     162  

Executive Compensation

     174  

Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions

     190  

Principal Stockholders

     192  

Description Of Capital Stock

     195  

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     201  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders Of Our Common Stock

     204  

Underwriting

     209  

Legal Matters

     221  

Experts

     221  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     221  

Index To Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this

 

i


Table of Contents

prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

This prospectus includes industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications, third-party studies and surveys, filings of public companies in our industry and internal company surveys. These sources may include government and industry sources. Although we believe the industry and market data to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein.

For investors outside of the United States: we have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes. In this prospectus, unless context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “RxSight,” or “the Company” refer to RxSight, Inc.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company dedicated to improving the vision of patients following cataract surgery. Our proprietary RxSight Light Adjustable Lens system (“RxSight system”), comprised of our RxSight Light Adjustable Lens (“LAL”), RxSight Light Delivery Device (“LDD”) and accessories, is the first and only commercially available intraocular lens (“IOL”) technology that enables doctors to customize and optimize visual acuity for patients after cataract surgery. Our LAL is made of proprietary photosensitive material that changes shape in response to specific patterns of ultraviolet (“UV”) light generated by our LDD. With the RxSight system, the surgeon performs a standard cataract procedure to implant the LAL, determines refractive error with patient input after healing is complete, and then uses the LDD to modify the lens with the exact amount of visual correction needed to achieve the patient’s desired vision outcomes. Alternative IOL technologies, in contrast, are not adjustable following the surgery and therefore require patients to make pre-operative choices about their visual preferences, which can often result in patient dissatisfaction when visual outcomes fail to meet expectations. We designed our system to maximize patient and doctor satisfaction through superior visual outcomes. In the pivotal study that formed the basis for our U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval, the observed rate of eyes with 20/20 or better uncorrected distance visual acuity for our LAL was 70.1%. This compares favorably to the results of pivotal studies with similar study designs and patient populations that supported FDA approval of Alcon’s Acrysof Toric (38.4%), and J&J’s Tecnis Toric (43.6%). We began commercializing our solution in the United States in the third quarter of 2019 and are focused on establishing the RxSight system as the standard of care for premium IOL procedures. As of March 31, 2021, we had an installed base of 105 LDDs in ophthalmology practices, and since our inception, surgeons have performed over 10,000 surgeries with our RxSight system.

Cataract surgery is the most common surgical procedure in the world, with approximately 22 million cataract surgeries performed worldwide in 2020, including 3.7 million in the United States. A cataract is a loss of transparency in the normally clear lens of the eye that can cause blurry or hazy vision, significantly interfering with daily activities and affecting quality of life. Cataracts increase in prevalence with age and develop in approximately 50% of individuals by age 60, affecting both eyes 80 to 90% of the time, and requiring surgery to restore vision in most cases. During cataract surgery, the patient’s natural lens is replaced with a clear artificial lens called an intraocular lens. There are two broad categories of IOLs: conventional IOLs and premium IOLs. Based on the category of IOL used, cataract surgeries can be differentiated as either conventional or premium procedures. In conventional cataract surgery, patients receive conventional monofocal IOLs that are designed to provide vision at one distance, and do not correct for corneal astigmatism and presbyopia. Nearly all conventional IOL patients therefore will need spectacles to attain their best vision after surgery. With premium cataract surgery, patients receive premium IOLs designed to correct for corneal astigmatism and/or presbyopia and therefore to provide for reduced spectacle dependence. Because 60% of cataracts patients rate being spectacle free after cataract surgery as extremely important, we believe the premium IOL market is underpenetrated as only 11% and 16% of total procedures worldwide and in the United States in 2020,

 

1


Table of Contents

respectively, were premium procedures. However, according to MarketScope, the premium IOL market represented 37% of the total IOL market for 2020, due to higher lens pricing, and is projected to grow significantly faster. According to MarketScope, the premium IOL market was an approximately $1.4 billion market worldwide in 2020, and while total worldwide cataract procedure volumes were down approximately 25% due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the total revenue from premium IOLs to manufacturers was unchanged from 2019. This market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 14% from 2020 to 2026, relative to an approximately $2.3 billion market in 2020 and a 10.5% CAGR for the conventional IOL market. Premium cataract procedures are between 10 and 15 times more profitable for doctors and ophthalmology practices than conventional cataract procedures. The premium IOL market is also less impacted by changes in reimbursement because patients are required to pay out-of-pocket to cover the full or incremental costs of premium cataract procedures (depending on the country), while healthcare payors typically cover the full cost of conventional cataract procedures.

We believe that the premium IOL market remains underpenetrated due to doctors’ reluctance to recommend premium IOL offerings to the full universe of eligible patients and patients’ confusion in assessing the tradeoffs associated with the wide range of commercially available premium IOL offerings. We believe current premium IOL offerings often cannot deliver on patient expectations with respect to the patient’s ability to see at near, intermediate and far distances without reliance on spectacles. Once a patient has selected a premium IOL, the surgeon must rely on a series of pre-operative diagnostic tests and predictive formulae to choose a lens that delivers the accuracy and outcomes desired by the patient. According to published clinical data from the pivotal studies of alternative premium IOL technologies, the percentage of patients that achieved 20/20 vision with both eyes at all distances was only 40%. As a result, doctors often lack confidence in current premium IOL offerings given their inability to meet patients’ expectations consistently.

We designed our RxSight system to address the shortcomings of existing premium IOL technologies and provide a solution that doctors can trust to improve visual outcomes. In contrast to alternative premium IOL solutions, for which patients are required (before surgery) to specify their visual priorities and willingness to accept optical trade-offs associated with those choices, our RxSight system offers peace of mind that patients can iterate their final vision characteristics with customized post-surgical adjustments. The surgeon first performs a standard cataract implant procedure, replacing the patient’s natural lens with the LAL. Approximately three weeks post cataract surgery, after healing has occurred, the patient undergoes a standard post-operative refraction to determine the refractive error and the prescription required to give the patient the best vision. This prescription is much like that used for spectacle lenses, but instead is used as an input to the LDD. To adjust the LAL, the patient is positioned at the LDD for a treatment that lasts between approximately 30 seconds and 2.5 minutes, depending on the required prescription. The patient returns after approximately three to five days, at which time they can undergo another refraction and adjustment, if needed, to “dial in” their best vision. Once the patient and the doctor are satisfied, then the adjustment is locked in for life with another light treatment. While up to three post-surgical adjustment visits are offered by the doctor, in our pivotal clinical study, patients had an average of 1.6 adjustments. While many patients choose to have both eyes corrected for distance, approximately 80% elect for what is called a blended vision approach that takes advantage of the LAL’s depth of focus to deliver a customized blended vision solution. By titrating the correction for near, intermediate or far in each eye, this approach provides excellent vision with both eyes at all distances.

Our RxSight system has FDA approval for the reduction of residual astigmatism to improve uncorrected visual acuity after removal of the cataractous natural lens by phacoemulsification and implantation of the intraocular lens in the capsular bag, in adult patients with pre-existing corneal astigmatism of > 0.75 diopters and without pre-existing macular disease. Our system has also received the CE mark and marketing approval in Mexico for

 

2


Table of Contents

improving uncorrected visual acuity by adjusting the LAL power to correct residual postoperative refractive error, including for -2.0 to + 2.0 diopters of sphere and -3.0 to -0.50 diopters of cylinder and by changing lens curvature to introduce controlled amounts of spherical aberration (+/- 1 micron) and center near add (up to 2.0 diopters). We are currently focusing our commercial efforts in the United States. Our commercial strategy is focused on a “land and expand” model through which we aim to drive new customer adoption, which generally begins with the sale of an LDD, and then helps the customer incorporate the LAL into their practice to drive utilization and premium procedure growth. We believe this commercial strategy, over time, may provide a degree of predictability in terms of our commercial growth and a consumable revenue stream from sales of our LALs. We are currently focused on driving adoption with ophthalmology practices performing a high volume of premium cataract procedures. MarketScope estimates that there are approximately 4,000 surgeons that perform cataract surgeries in the United States, and we estimate approximately 1,600 surgeons performed approximately 70 to 80% of the premium procedures in the United States in 2020. We believe this provides an attractive and concentrated market opportunity addressable with a focused sales force. We currently employ a sales team that, as of March 2021 includes 6 sales directors, and a group of over 40 clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel. While we intend to initially focus our growing commercial efforts in the United States, in the future, we may selectively pursue commercial expansion in Japan, Europe, Australia or other geographies with significant market opportunity for premium IOLs.

Our near-term research and development activities are focused on enhancements to the RxSight system to improve the patient and doctor experience, expand the range of patients that can be treated, as well as expand its indications. We believe that over time, our adjustable lens solution can be used to address a broad range of cataract surgery patients, including those that would otherwise elect for a conventional cataract procedure today.

Our success factors

We believe the following factors differentiate our company and will continue to be significant components of our success and growth:

 

 

first and only commercially available IOL technology that allows customization and optimization of patient vision after surgery;

 

 

superior visual outcomes and premium IOL experience for patients;

 

 

large and growing premium IOL market underpenetrated within broader IOL industry;

 

 

primarily out-of-pocket, cash-pay procedure, which we believe makes the premium IOL market less sensitive to reimbursement;

 

 

concentrated potential customer base, addressable with a focused commercial organization; and

 

 

proven management team with a track record of establishing adoption of multiple innovative technology platforms in ophthalmology.

Our growth strategies

Our vision is that a majority of the patients and surgeons that undergo or perform a cataract surgery procedure, will elect to use our RxSight technology that provides a customizable solution delivering better visual outcomes. Our growth strategies to achieve this vision include:

 

 

strategically expanding our salesforce and marketing activities;

 

 

establishing new customers and growing our installed base of LDDs;

 

3


Table of Contents
 

increasing the utilization of our LALs by empowering doctors to grow their practices;

 

 

investing in platform enhancements to meet the evolving needs of doctors and patients;

 

 

expanding the RxSight system’s indications to address additional patients and procedures;

 

 

growing our commercial operations in international markets; and

 

 

scaling our business to achieve cost and production efficiencies.

Our market

Our market opportunity

In 2020, conventional cataract surgery represented 89% of procedures worldwide and 84% of procedures in the United States; however, the premium IOL market is approximately 37% of the total IOL market today, due to higher lens pricing, and is expected to grow significantly faster. According to MarketScope, the conventional IOL market was approximately $2.3 billion worldwide in 2020 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 10.5% between 2020 and 2026. Premium IOL revenue was approximately $1.4 billion worldwide in 2020 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 14% over the same period. The premium cataract surgery market is expected to grow at a meaningfully higher rate than the conventional cataract surgery market due to a number of factors including the growing number of patients who prefer to be spectacle-free post-surgery, technological innovations in premium IOLs, increased access to healthcare and rising disposable income. Premium cataract procedures are also between 10 and 15 times more profitable for doctors and ophthalmology practices than conventional cataract procedures and less impacted by changes in reimbursement because patients are required to pay out-of-pocket to cover the full or incremental costs of premium cataract procedures (depending on the country), while healthcare payors typically cover the full cost of conventional cataract procedures.

We believe there is an opportunity to not only gain share in the premium IOL segment of the market but also increase the penetration of premium IOLs in the broader IOL market, by converting doctors and patients currently electing for conventional cataract surgery to the RxSight system. While 60% of cataracts patients rate being spectacle-free after cataract surgery as extremely important, premium IOLs represented only 11% and 16% of the procedures worldwide and in the United States, respectively, in 2020. We believe that the premium cataract surgery market remains underpenetrated due to both doctors’ reluctance to recommend premium IOL offerings to the full universe of eligible patients and patients’ confusion in assessing the tradeoffs associated with the wide range of commercially available premium IOL offerings. Furthermore, we believe current premium IOL offerings often cannot deliver on patient expectations with respect to the patient’s ability to see at near, intermediate and far distances without reliance on spectacles.

Overview of non-adjustable premium IOLs and their limitations

Premium IOLs are designed to correct for the shortcomings of conventional monofocal lenses by correcting for the additional visual problems of astigmatism and/or presbyopia. Astigmatism occurs when there is imperfection in the curvature of the cornea, resulting in blurred distance and near vision. Presbyopia is the gradual loss of the eyes’ ability to focus on nearby objects. Individuals usually begin to experience the effects of presbyopia in their early 40s. The two primary categories of alternative premium IOLs are presbyopia-correcting IOLs, which include multifocal and extended depth of focus (“EDOF”) lenses, and astigmatism-correcting, or toric, lenses. Each type of lens offers its own unique set of benefits but also trade-offs.

A key limitation of alternative premium IOLs is that they cannot be adjusted after surgery and, as such, require the patient to commit to a desired visual outcome prior to the procedure. However, in discussing vision

 

4


Table of Contents

optimization options with patients ahead of the procedure, it is not easy to demonstrate different visual outcomes to patients with cataracts. Once a premium IOL is selected, another key limitation is the ability of the surgeon to implant the IOL with the level of accuracy required to deliver the patient’s expected outcome. Because the lens power of alternative premium IOLs cannot be changed after implantation, doctors typically spend a great deal of time on preoperative measurements to estimate the most suitable lens power for the patient; however, the same diagnostic tests and predictive formulae used for selecting the spherical power of the premium IOL are also used for conventional IOLs. Additionally, the incision made to remove the cloudy lens and insert the IOL along with the resultant healing process often results in the creation of additional levels of astigmatism, which cannot be predicted with precision before cataract surgery. A separate LASIK procedure is the most common surgical procedure to correct any residual visual errors following the cataract procedure. In addition, in two recently published ESCRS clinical trend surveys, 44% of surgeons and 36% of surgeons reported factors that discourage them from offering premium IOLs due to concern over nighttime vision and loss of contrast sensitivity, respectively.

We believe that the need to commit to a visual outcome before surgery combined with the limited ability to adjust following the procedure are key factors contributing to the low levels of penetration of premium cataract surgery. When expectations regarding postoperative visual acuity and spectacle independence are not met, patients are often disappointed. As a result, surgeons are often less willing to recommend existing premium IOLs to their patients.

Our solution

We designed our RxSight Light Adjustable Lens system to address the shortcomings of existing premium IOL technologies and provide a solution that doctors can trust to improve visual outcomes. Our RxSight system is the first and only FDA-approved IOL technology that enables doctors to customize and optimize visual acuity for patients after cataract surgery. Our RxSight system is comprised of two key components, along with other intraoperative and postoperative accessories:

 

  -   RxSight Light Adjustable Lens: The LAL is our IOL that can be adjusted postoperatively to improve uncorrected visual acuity. Our novel IOL is made of proprietary photosensitive material that changes shape and power when a specific pattern of UV light is delivered from the LDD.

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

5


Table of Contents
  -   RxSight Light Delivery Device: The LDD is our proprietary office-based light treatment device that delivers UV light in a precisely programmed pattern to induce a predictable change in the shape and refractive properties of the LAL, enabling doctors to precisely modify the LAL based on the visual correction needed to achieve the patient’s desired vision after cataract surgery.

 

LOGO

 

 

We have developed our RxSight system over the last 20 years and have incorporated expertise and proprietary technologies across multiple disciplines, including optics, material science, chemistry, software and hardware engineering.

The proprietary RxSight technology that enables post-operative adjustability is based on the principals of photochemistry. To create the LAL, we use a composition of silicone polymers and monomers, which we call “macromers”, mixed with photo-active molecules and other compounds. The initial composition of our lens material is a viscous liquid that is then thermally cured in a lens mold. Thermal curing and photopolymerization use temperature and ultraviolet light, respectively, to initiate and propagate a polymerization reaction. To avoid polymerizing the macromers in the composition, the thermal curing is performed at a low temperature. The partial polymerization of the LAL results in a solid but soft silicone lens, leaving the photosensitive macromers unpolymerized and distributed throughout the lens. While the resulting lens is optically clear, the macromers and photo-active molecules remain free to continuously move within the lens. When UV light is directed to a specific portion of the lens, the exposed macromers in that portion of the lens are polymerized and become stationary. This creates an excess concentration of free macromers in the unexposed portion of the lens and sets up a diffusion gradient over which the unpolymerized macromers move from the concentrated area to the less concentrated area. Over the next one to two days, the unpolymerized macromers redistribute across the lens to achieve a uniform distribution. The redistribution of the macromers causes the exposed portion of the lens to swell relative to the unexposed portion of the lens, enabling refractive power change.

To achieve the desired refractive change in the LAL, our LDD uses proprietary software and algorithms to deliver a short UV exposure treatment that polymerizes specific portions of the lens according to a predefined pattern of light. Each UV light treatment consumes only a portion of the macromers in the lens, allowing the LAL to be adjusted multiple times. This process can be repeated up to three times over a period of several weeks, until the patient and doctor are satisfied. The entire lens is then polymerized to provide a stable correction. After adjustment light treatments are completed, one or two lock-in light treatments are applied to consume all remaining macromers and photo-active compounds. After lock-in treatment, the lens power can no longer be adjusted.

 

6


Table of Contents

With the RxSight system, the surgeon first performs a standard cataract implant procedure, replacing the patients’ natural lens with the LAL. Following the surgery, after a healing period of two to three weeks, the patient returns to the doctor’s office and undergoes a standard post-operative refraction. Using a traditional phoropter and vision chart, the clinician determines the refractive error and the prescription required to give the patient the best vision. However, rather than giving the patient a prescription for glasses, the clinician inputs the prescription into the LDD’s graphical user interface. The patient’s eye is then dilated, and a contact lens is applied to the eye when they are seated in front of the LDD for a light treatment. Based on the prescription input, the LDD generates a programmed, predetermined exposure of UV light. For a period of approximately 30 seconds to 2.5 minutes, the light painlessly and non-invasively re-shapes the LAL in the eye to correct the measured refractive error. The patient then returns approximately three to five days later for additional possible light treatments to adjust their vision as desired or to lock-in the lens. Although a patient can receive up to three adjustments, the average number of adjustments in our clinical trial was just 1.6. The RxSight system enables a fully interactive and iterative process to optimize visual acuity, with patients able to compare possible vision outcomes based on their unique preferences and lifestyle requirements before selecting a final prescription for their adjustable lens.

Key benefits for patients

We believe RxSight offers significant patient benefits relative to other commercially available premium IOLs:

 

 

superior vision outcomes;

 

 

post-operative customization;

 

 

no increase in glare and halo; and

 

 

minimally invasive procedure.

Key benefits for doctors

We believe RxSight offers significant benefits to doctors relative to other commercially available premium IOLs, the primary benefits of which include the following:

 

 

clear value proposition for patients so that doctors can build their premium cataract practices;

 

 

doctor confidence;

 

 

fewer intraoperative measurements;

 

 

broad application across different patient needs; and

 

 

satisfied patients leading to potential referrals.

We believe these compelling points of differentiation relative to other commercially available premium IOLs offer key benefits for patients and doctors that will drive broad adoption of the RxSight system.

Recent Developments

Preliminary financial and operating results as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2021.

On a preliminary unaudited basis, we expect our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments to be approximately $61.7 million and our long-term loan, net, to be approximately $40.0 million as of June 30, 2021. We expect the quantity of LDDs sold to be 25 units and the quantity of LALs sold to be 1,825 units for the three months ended June 30, 2021. On a preliminary unaudited basis, we expect our sales to be between $4.8 million and $4.9 million, our gross margin to be between $(0.5) million and $(1.5) million and our operating loss to be between $13.0 million and $14.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2021. Sales for the three months

 

7


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2021 increased by approximately 39% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021 (based on the midpoint of the range described above), due to an increase in the quantity of LDDs and LALs sold. Our gross margin for the three months ended June 30, 2021 is significantly lower than in the first quarter of 2021 primarily due to an inventory reserve for excess LAL inventory resulting from the recent introduction of an updated LAL with the addition of a photosensitive anterior layer that protects the lens from unwanted UV exposure (ActivShield). Our operating loss in the three months ended June 30, 2021 was approximately 21% higher than in the three months ended March 31, 2021, as our gross margin was lower than in the three months ended March 31, 2021. On a preliminary unaudited basis, we expect our sales for the first six months of 2021 ended June 30, 2021 to be between $8.3 million and $8.4 million as compared to approximately $5.6 million in the first six months of 2020 ended June 30, 2020. As we complete our quarter-end financial statement close process and finalize our financial statements and accompanying notes for the three months ended June 30, 2021, we will be required to make significant judgments in a number of areas that may result in the estimates provided herein being different than the final reported amounts. These preliminary estimates have been prepared by and are the responsibility of our management. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to these preliminary estimates or the accounting treatment thereof and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. We expect to complete our financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2021 subsequent to the completion of this offering. It is possible that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify items that require us to make adjustments to these preliminary estimates and those changes could be material. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on these preliminary estimates. The preliminary estimates are not necessarily indicative of any future period and should be read together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Risk factors”, “Special note regarding forward-looking statements”, “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the “Financial statements”.

Risks related to our business

Our ability to execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

 

We have a limited operating history as a commercial company and if we fail to effectively train our sales force, increase our sales and marketing capabilities or develop broad brand awareness in a cost-effective manner, our growth will be impeded and our business will suffer.

 

 

We have a history of net losses, and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. If we ever achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

 

 

If we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our future revenue and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

 

If we fail to maintain FDA clearance or approval to market and sell the RxSight system, maintain FDA regulatory compliance for our commercial products, or we fail to obtain FDA clearance or approval, or such approval is delayed, suspended, revoked or not issued, for our products in development, we will be unable to commercially distribute and market these products in the United States, or U.S.

 

 

The commercial success of our products is substantially dependent on the FDA’s clearance or approval of our products in development, as well as market acceptance in the United States for the RxSight system and other product candidates in development. Our failure or delay to receive FDA clearance or approval of these product candidates or the failure of our cleared products to gain such market acceptance will negatively impact our business.

 

8


Table of Contents
 

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce patent protection or freedom to operate for any products we develop and for our technology, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, or if we are unable to obtain, protect, enforce and maintain our other intellectual property, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize any products we may develop, and our technology and our business may be adversely affected.

 

 

We must educate doctors on the safe and effective use of the RxSight system and our products in development once they become commercially available, and demonstrate their merits compared to the systems of our competitors. Adoption of our products depends upon appropriate training for doctors and inadequate training may lead to negative patient outcomes, affect adoption of our products and adversely affect our business.

 

 

We face significant competition from larger, well established companies with substantially greater resources and who have a long history of competing in the intraocular lens technology markets, which we believe will

  intensify as we continue to expand in the U.S. market and internationally. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations.

 

 

While we have limited international operations, we intend to further expand our business internationally, which exposes us to increased market, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

 

 

We may not be able to develop, license or acquire new products, enhance the capabilities of our existing products to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and customer requirements or successfully manage the transition to new product offerings, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business or be indicative of results to be expected in the future.

 

 

We depend upon third-party suppliers, including single-source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply disruptions and price fluctuations.

 

 

Defects or failures associated with our products could lead to recalls, safety alerts or litigation, as well as significant costs and negative publicity.

 

 

Coverage and adequate reimbursement may not be available for the procedures that utilize our products, which could diminish our sales or affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

 

 

Regulatory compliance, including compliance with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, is expensive, complex and uncertain, and failure to comply could lead to enforcement actions against us and other negative consequences for our business.

 

 

Our operations and financial results have been, and will continue to be, adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States and the rest of the world.

 

 

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

 

9


Table of Contents

Corporate information

We were incorporated in California on March 5, 1997 as Calhoun Vision, Inc. and changed our name to RxSight, Inc. in October 2016. We reincorporated in Delaware on July 6, 2021. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656. Our telephone number is (949) 521-7830. Our website address is www.rxsight.com. Information contained on, or that may be accessed through, the website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“RxSight”, the “RxSight” logo, “LAL”, “LDD”, “RxLAL”, “ActivShield” and “RxSight Light Adjustable Lens” and our other registered or common law trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of RxSight, Inc. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks, trade names and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names, and service marks referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

Implications of being an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (JOBS Act). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. As a result of this status the reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies include, but are not limited to:

 

 

Being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

 

Not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

Not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis);

 

 

Reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements; and

 

 

Exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an

 

10


Table of Contents

extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, upon completion of this offering, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

 

11


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

   7,350,000 shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  

26,294,988 shares (or 27,397,488 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

  

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 1,102,500 additional shares of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $113.5 million (or approximately $130.9 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to expand our sales force and customer support and operations, increase our research and development activities, conduct or sponsor clinical studies and trials, expand internationally, and provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to acquire businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any such acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk Factors

   See the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol

   “RXST”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 18,944,988 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 (including an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2021), and excludes the following:

 

 

225,945 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, which will be automatically converted into shares of our common stock following such exercise and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.40 per share;

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

4,623,643 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.81 per share;

 

 

7,260 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock that we granted after March 31, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $19.94 per share;

 

 

125,547 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2015 Plan”), as of March 31, 2021;

 

 

7,260,406 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

 

484,027 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2021 ESPP”), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each of our 2021 Plan and our 2021 ESPP provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on awards under our 2015 Plan or 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”) that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

 

a 1-for-10.33 reverse split of our capital stock which was effected on July 23, 2021;

 

 

our reincorporation in the state of Delaware;

 

 

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after March 31, 2021;

 

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us;

 

 

the conversion of 14,376,272 outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2021 into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary financial data

The following tables summarize our financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (except for the pro forma net loss per share and the pro forma share information) from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from the unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on the same basis as our annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal, recurring adjustments, that are necessary to present fairly the statement of financial position as of March 31, 2021 and our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2021, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the sections titled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     
     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31
 
     (in thousands, except share and per-share data)  
      2019      2020      2020     2021  
                      (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

          

Sales

   $ 2,241      $ 14,678      $ 2,888     $ 3,484  

Cost of sales

     4,060        12,973        2,810       2,365  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (1,819      1,705        78       1,119  
  

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

          

Selling, general and administrative

     15,203        15,176        3,698       5,611  

Research and development

     29,569        21,934        5,777       6,643  

(Gain) loss on sale of equipment

     (521      7               
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,251        37,117        9,475       12,254  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (46,070    $ (35,412    $ (9,397   $ (11,135
  

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrants

     169,230        63,011        (7,407      

Expiration of warrant

     803                     5,018  

Interest expense

     (26      (510      (5     (698

Interest and other income, net

     2,307        543        312       17  
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     126,244        27,632        (16,497     (6,798

Income tax expense

     24        57        5       7  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
     
     Years ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31
 
     (in thousands, except share and per-share data)  
      2019      2020      2020     2021  
                      (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 126,220      $ 27,575      $ (16,502   $ (6,805

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

     (82,121      (24,209      (4,246      

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock

     (17,972                    

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     26,127        3,366        (20,748     (6,805

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

     68        (49      77       7  

Foreign currency translation gain

     5               (1     (4
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 126,293      $ 27,526      $ (16,426   $ (6,802
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share:

          

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic

   $ 7.62      $ 0.91      $ (5.81   $  

Attributable to redeemable common stock, diluted

   $ 6.00      $ 0.15      $ (5.81      

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic

   $ 0.01      $ (0.39    $ (0.66   $ (0.16

Attributable to Series G common stock, diluted

   $ 0.01      $ (0.62    $ (0.66   $ (0.16

Attributable to common stock, basic and diluted

                       $ (1.70

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

          

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic

     3,429,975        3,707,207        3,570,417        

Attributable to redeemable common stock, diluted

     20,580,003        5,532,305        3,570,417        

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic and diluted

            1        1       1  

Attributable to common stock, basic and diluted

                         3,996,173  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

      $ 0.18        $ (0.36

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

        18,784,159          19,073,111  

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

 

(1)   See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and weighted average shares of common stock outstanding and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Unaudited Pro Forma Information” for an explanation of the calculations of our pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

   
     As of March 31, 2021  
      Actual     Pro forma(1)      Pro forma
as adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,385     $ 27,187      $ 141,233  

Short-term investments

     39,997       39,997        39,997  

Working capital(4)

     70,987       73,789        187,835  

Total assets

     96,291       99,093        213,139  

Total liabilities

     44,890       44,890        44,890  

Redeemable common stock

                   

Convertible preferred stock

     353,300               

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

     136,311       492,413        605,642  

Accumulated deficit

     (437,393     (437,393      (437,393

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (301,899     54,203        168,249  

 

 

 

     
     As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
      2019     2020     2021  
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,958     $ 13,994     $ 24,385  

Short-term investments

     72,710       54,981       39,997  

Working capital(4)

     81,742       69,900       70,987  

Total assets

     110,432       100,677       96,291  

Total liabilities

     87,462       44,906       44,890  

Redeemable common stock

     56,422       80,780        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     327,581       353,300       353,300  

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

                 136,311  

Accumulated deficit

     (419,855     (430,588     (437,393

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (419,809     (430,591     (301,899

 

 
(1)   The table above presents the actual balance sheet at March 31, 2021 and the pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to the cash exercise of 225,945 warrants to purchase Series H Preferred Stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2021 into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock, which will automatically occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2)   Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the receipt of estimated net proceeds of $113.5 million from the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $6.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $15.8 million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 

(4)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these risks or uncertainties actually occur, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations and the market price of our common stock. Certain statements below are forward-looking statements. See the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary of principal risk factors

The following risks and uncertainties are among the most significant we face. However, the risks and uncertainties identified in this subsection are not the only ones we face and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the risk factors described herein.

Risks related to our business and products

 

 

We have a limited operating history, and if we fail to effectively train our sales force, increase our sales and marketing capabilities, or develop broad brand awareness in a cost-effective manner, our growth will be impeded, and our business will suffer.

 

 

We have a history of net operating losses, and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. If we ever achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

 

 

Our success depends in large part on our RxSight system. If we are unable to successfully market and sell our RxSight system, our business prospects will be significantly harmed, and we may be unable to achieve revenue growth.

 

 

We face significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations.

Risks related to intellectual property

 

 

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce patent and other intellectual property protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent and other intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

 

 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

 

 

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could impair our business.

 

17


Table of Contents

Risks related to government regulation

 

 

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for our products, or if clearances or approvals for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations may be harmed.

Risks related to reliance on third parties

 

 

We depend on third parties, including single and sole source suppliers, to manufacture certain components and subcomponents of the RxSight system, making us vulnerable to supply disruptions and price fluctuations.

Risks related to our common stock and to this offering

 

 

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

 

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock or the price at which you are able to sell may not be at or above the initial public.

 

 

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Risks related to COVID-19

 

 

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth have been harmed by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be harmed.

 

General risk factors

 

 

We must recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified executives as we build out the management team, and we are highly dependent on our management team.

 

 

Future litigation proceedings may adversely affect our business.

Risks related to our business and products

We have a limited operating history and if we fail to effectively train our sales force, increase our sales and marketing capabilities or develop broad brand awareness in a cost-effective manner, our growth will be impeded, and our business will suffer.

We were incorporated in March 1997 and began commercializing our products in the second half of 2019, when we initiated a full launch of our light adjustable lenses and light delivery devices. Accordingly, our limited commercialization experience and limited number of approved or cleared products make it difficult to evaluate our current business and assess our prospects. We also currently have limited sales and marketing experience. If we are unable to establish or scale effective sales and marketing capabilities, or if we are unable to commercialize any of our products, we may not be able to generate sufficient product revenue, sustain revenue growth and compete effectively. In order to generate future growth, we plan to continue to expand and leverage our sales and marketing infrastructure to increase our customer base and grow our business.

 

18


Table of Contents

Identifying and recruiting qualified sales and marketing personnel and training them on our product, applicable federal and state laws and regulations, and on our internal policies and procedures requires significant time, expense and attention. It often takes several months or more before a sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be harmed if our efforts to expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue, or in the event we are unable to reduce costs in the face of an unexpected decline in demand for our products. Any failure to hire, develop and retain talented sales and marketing personnel, to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable timeframe or timely leverage our fixed costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the members of our direct sales force are at-will employees. The loss of these personnel to competitors or otherwise could materially harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill technical expertise in replacement personnel, our revenue and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products will also depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our marketing efforts. Our business may be harmed if our marketing efforts and expenditures do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining broad awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving broad acceptance of our products and penetrating new customer accounts. Brand promotion activities may not generate patient or doctor awareness or increased revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the costs and expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, we may fail to attract or retain the doctor acceptance necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand building efforts, or to achieve the level of brand awareness that is critical for broad adoption of our products.

These factors also make it difficult for us to forecast our financial performance and growth, and such forecasts are subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to successfully develop additional products that add functionality, reduce the cost of products sold, and broaden our commercial portfolio offerings and our ability to obtain the required regulatory approvals and clearances under applicable law both domestically and internationally, including FDA 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval, or PMA, for, and successfully commercialize, market and sell, our planned or future products in the United States or in international markets. If our assumptions regarding the risks and uncertainties we face, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change due to circumstances in our business or our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

We have a history of net losses, and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. If we ever achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

We have incurred losses from operations since our inception and expect to continue to incur losses from operations for the foreseeable future. We reported losses from operations of $46.1 million and $35.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $11.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. As a result of these losses, as of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $437.4 million. We expect to continue to incur significant sales and marketing, research and development, regulatory and other expenses as we expand our marketing efforts to increase adoption of our products, expand existing relationships with our customers, obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our planned or future products, conduct clinical trials on our existing and planned or future products and develop new products or add new features to our existing products. In addition, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase following this offering due to the additional costs associated with being a public company.

 

19


Table of Contents

The net losses that we incur may fluctuate significantly from period to period. We will need to generate significant additional revenue in order to achieve and sustain profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time.

In order to support our continued operations and the growth of our business, we may seek to raise additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

We expect capital expenditures and operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we continue to operate our business and expand our infrastructure, commercial operations and research and development activities. Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, investment in our commercial organization and related expenses, clinical research and development services, laboratory and related supplies, legal and other regulatory expenses, general administrative costs and working capital. In addition, we may in the future seek to acquire or invest in additional businesses, products, services or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our product portfolio, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For further information regarding our recent strategic transactions, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Because of these and other factors, we expect to continue to incur substantial net losses and negative cash flows from operations for at least the next several years. Our future liquidity and capital funding requirements will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

 

our revenue growth;

 

 

our research and development efforts;

 

 

our sales and marketing activities;

 

 

our success in leveraging future strategic partnerships;

 

 

our ability to raise additional funds to finance our operations;

 

 

the outcome, costs and timing of any clinical trial results for our current or future products;

 

 

the emergence and effect of competing or complementary products;

 

 

the availability and amount of reimbursement for procedures using our products;

 

 

our ability to maintain, expand, enforce and defend our intellectual property portfolio, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with the licensing, filing, prosecution, maintenance, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

 

our ability to retain our employees and the need and ability to hire additional management and sales, scientific and medical personnel;

 

 

the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing or other arrangements that we have or may establish;

 

 

debt service requirements;

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies; and

 

 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

If we determine that we need to raise additional funds, we may do so through equity or debt financings, which may not be available to us when needed or on terms that we deem to be favorable. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interests of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of common stockholders. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making acquisitions or capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to maintain sufficient financial resources, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected, including potentially requiring us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate certain of our product discovery and development activities or future commercialization efforts.

Moreover, in the event that we enter into collaborations or licensing arrangements to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms. These agreements may require that we relinquish or license to a third party on unfavorable terms our rights to products or technologies we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves, or reserve certain opportunities for future potential arrangements when we might be able to achieve more favorable terms.

As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, we had $64.4 million and $69.0 million, respectively, in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. While we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and anticipated cash generated from sales of our products will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least 12 months following the date of this prospectus, we cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient liquidity as and when needed. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.

The terms of our credit facility place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility, and failure to comply with covenants or to satisfy certain conditions of the agreement governing the credit facility may result in acceleration of our repayment obligations and foreclosure on our pledged assets, which could significantly harm our liquidity, financial condition, operating results, business and prospects and cause the price of our securities to decline.

Our October 2020 loan and security agreement, or the Credit Agreement, with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford Finance, provides for a five-year $60.0 million term-loan facility, of which $30.0 million has been drawn as of March 31, 2021. An additional $10.0 million of the term loan facility was drawn on June 28, 2021; $10.0 million of the term-loan facility is available in additional draws during 2021 and $10.0 million will be available in the first quarter of 2022 if we reach certain revenue milestones.

Our payment obligations under the Credit Agreement reduce cash available to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and general corporate needs. In addition, indebtedness under the Credit Agreement bears interest at a variable rate, making us vulnerable to increases in market interest rates. If market rates increase, we will have to pay additional interest on this indebtedness, which would further reduce cash available for our other business needs.

Commencing in 2022, the Credit Agreement requires us to achieve certain revenue levels as compared to our board approved operating plan in order to avoid a default or access additional funds. When we are subject to this covenant, there can be no assurance of our ability to maintain compliance with this covenant as of any future date.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. The security interest granted over our assets could limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing. The Credit Agreement also requires us to comply with a number of other covenants (affirmative and negative), including restrictive covenants that limit our ability to: incur additional indebtedness; encumber the collateral securing the loan; acquire, own or make investments; repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other equity interest; declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other equity interest; dispose of a portion of our assets; acquire other businesses; and merge or consolidate with or into any other organization or otherwise suffer a change in control, in each case subject to exceptions.

In addition to other specified events of default, the lenders could declare an event of default upon the occurrence of any event that they interpret as having a material impairment on their lien on the collateral under the agreement, a material adverse change in our business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of our obligations under the agreement. If we default under the credit facility, the lenders may accelerate all of our repayment obligations and, if we are unable to access funds to meet those obligations or to renegotiate our agreement, the lenders could take control of our pledged assets and we would have to immediately cease operations. During the continuance of an event of default, the then-applicable interest rate on the then-outstanding principal balance will increase by 5.0%. Upon an event of default, the lenders could also require us to repay the loan immediately, together with a final payment charge of 5.0% of the total term loan advances we borrowed, together with other fees. If we were to renegotiate the agreement under such circumstances, the terms may be significantly less favorable to us. If we were liquidated, the lenders’ right to repayment would be senior to the rights of our stockholders to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. Any declaration by the lenders of an event of default could significantly harm our liquidity, financial condition, operating results, business, and prospects and cause the price of our securities to decline.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness may contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than the provisions governing our existing indebtedness. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our success depends in large part on our RxSight system. If we are unable to successfully market and sell our RxSight system, our business prospects will be significantly harmed, and we may be unable to achieve revenue growth.

Our future financial success will depend substantially on our ability to effectively and profitably market and sell our RxSight system to ophthalmic practices. The commercial success of our RxSight system and any of our planned or future products will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

 

the actual and perceived effectiveness and reliability of our RxSight system, especially relative to alternative products;

 

 

the prevalence and severity of any adverse patient events involving our RxSight system;

 

 

the results of clinical trials relating to our RxSight system;

 

 

our ability to sustain meaningful clinical benefits for our patients;

 

 

our ability to obtain regulatory approval to market our planned or future products for use in the United States or internationally;

 

 

the availability, relative cost and perceived advantages and disadvantages of alternative technologies or treatment methods for conditions treated by our products;

 

22


Table of Contents
 

the degree to which treatments using our products are covered and receive adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including governmental and private insurers, as well as patient willingness to pay for the additional costs associated with our premium intraocular lens out of pocket;

 

 

the degree to which doctors adopt our RxSight system;

 

 

the fact that governmental and private health care providers and payors around the world are increasingly utilizing managed care for the delivery of health care services, centralizing purchasing, limiting the number of vendors that may participate in purchasing programs, forming group purchasing organizations and integrated health delivery networks and pursuing consolidation to improve their purchasing leverage and using competitive bid processes to procure health care products and services;

 

 

our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights in and to our RxSight system;

 

 

the degree to which patients value the customized vision delivered by the RxSight system and are satisfied with their results;

 

 

achieving and maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements applicable to our products;

 

 

the extent to which we are successful in educating doctors about IOLs in general, and the benefits of our RxSight system;

 

 

our reputation among doctors;

 

 

the strength of our marketing and commercial organization;

 

 

the effectiveness of our marketing and sales efforts in the United States, including our efforts to build out our sales team;

 

 

our ability to expand the commercialization of our products into international markets;

 

 

our ability to continue to develop, validate and maintain a commercially viable manufacturing process that is compliant with the Quality Systems Regulations, or QSR, and other applicable foreign, federal and state regulatory requirements;

 

 

the success of our ongoing or future clinical trials; and

 

 

whether we are required by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities to conduct additional clinical trials for current or future indications.

If we fail to successfully market and sell our products, we will not be able to grow our revenue or achieve profitability, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to grow our revenue in future periods will depend on our ability to successfully penetrate our target markets and increase sales of our RxSight system and any new product or product indications that we introduce, which will, in turn, depend in part on our success in growing our user base and driving increased use of our products. New products or product indications will also need to be approved or cleared by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory agencies in any international markets we target in order to commercialize them. If we cannot achieve revenue growth or achieve or sustain profitability, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Adoption of our products depends upon appropriate training for doctors, and inadequate training may lead to negative patient outcomes, affect adoption of our products and adversely affect our business.

The success of our products depends in part on our customers’ adherence to appropriate patient selection and proper techniques provided in training sessions conducted by our training faculty. For example, we train our

 

23


Table of Contents

customers to ensure correct use of our RxSight system. However, doctors rely on their previous medical training and experience, and we cannot guarantee that all such doctors will have the necessary skills or training to effectively utilize our products. We do not control which doctors use our products or how much training they receive, and doctors who have not completed our training sessions may nonetheless attempt to use our products. In addition, doctors may use our products in a manner that is not consistent with their labeled indications for which no training is available. If doctors use our products in a manner that is inconsistent with their labeled indications, with components that are not compatible with our products or otherwise without adhering to or completing our training sessions, their patient outcomes may not be consistent with the outcomes achieved by other doctors or in our clinical trials. This result may negatively impact the perception of patient benefit and safety and limit adoption of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently require limited training in the use of our products because we market primarily to doctors who are experienced in the specific techniques required to use our devices. If demand for our products continues to grow, less experienced doctors will likely use our products, potentially leading to more injury and an increased risk of product liability claims. The use or misuse of our products may in the future result in complications and potentially lead to product liability claims.

The commercial success of our RxSight system will depend upon attaining significant market acceptance of these products among patients, doctors.

Our success will depend, in part, on the acceptance of our RxSight system as safe, effective and, with respect to doctors, cost-effective. We cannot predict how quickly, if at all, patients, doctors, or payors will accept our RxSight system or, if accepted, how frequently it will be used. Our RxSight system and planned or future products we may develop or market may never gain broad market acceptance for some or all of our targeted indications. Patients, doctors must believe that our products offer benefits over alternative treatment methods. To date, a substantial majority of our product sales and revenue have been derived from a limited number of customers who have adopted our RxSight system. Our future growth and profitability largely depend on our ability to increase doctors’ awareness of our system and our products and on the willingness of patients, doctors to adopt them. These parties may not adopt our products unless they are able to determine, based on experience, clinical data, medical society recommendations and other analyses, that our products are safe, effective and, with respect to providers, cost-effective, on a stand-alone basis and relative to competitors’ products. Patients, doctors must believe that our products offer benefits over alternative treatment methods. Even if we are able to raise awareness, doctors tend to be slow in changing their medical treatment practices and may be hesitant to select our products for recommendation to their patients for a variety of reasons, including:

 

 

long-standing relationships with competing companies and distributors that sell other products;

 

 

competitive response and negative selling efforts from providers of alternative products;

 

 

lack of experience with our products and concerns that we are relatively new to market;

 

 

lack or perceived lack of sufficient clinical evidence, including long-term data, supporting safety or clinical benefits;

 

 

time commitment and skill development that may be required to gain familiarity and proficiency with our products;

 

24


Table of Contents
 

patient confusion regarding the wide range of commercially available premium IOL offerings and their ability to deliver promised results at near, middle and far distances without reliance on spectacles;

 

 

patient reticence to select a premium IOL due to nonperformance and adverse side effects associated with competing products in the market;

 

 

patient non-compliance with the RxSight system requirement to wear protective glasses following surgery until the LAL is locked to avoid UV exposure and an unintended change to the LAL, resulting in patient dissatisfaction with the results and possible need to remove the LAL; and

 

 

an inability to generate patient referral due to dissatisfaction with results obtained through treatment with our products, the out-of-pocket cost of treatments using our products or otherwise.

In order for doctors to use our RxSight system, they must make a significant up-front investment to purchase the LDD. This can result in a lengthy sales cycle and require extensive negotiations and management time. If we are unsuccessful in placing LDDs with providers, our sales may decrease, and our operating results may be harmed.

Doctors play a significant role in determining the course of a patient’s treatment, and, as a result, the type of treatment that will be utilized and provided to a patient. We focus our sales, marketing and education efforts primarily on doctors, and aim to educate referring doctors on the patient population that would benefit from our products. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve broad market acceptance among doctors.

For example, some doctors may choose to utilize our RxSight system on only a subset of their total patient population or may not adopt our RxSight system at all. If we are not able to effectively demonstrate that the use of our RxSight system is beneficial in a broad range of patients, adoption of our product will be limited and may not occur as rapidly as we anticipate or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that our products will achieve broad market acceptance among doctors. Additionally, even if our products achieve market acceptance, they may not maintain that market acceptance over time if competing products, procedures or technologies are considered safer or more cost-effective or otherwise superior. Any failure of our products to generate sufficient demand or to achieve meaningful market acceptance and penetration will harm our future prospects and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reputation among our current or potential customers, as well as among doctors, could also be negatively affected by safety or customer satisfaction issues involving us or our products, including product recalls. Future product recalls or other safety or customer satisfaction issues relating to our reputation could negatively affect our ability to establish or maintain broad adoption of our products, which would harm our future prospects and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our RxSight system involves surgical risks and is contraindicated in certain patients, which may limit adoption.

Risks of using our products include those associated with cataract surgery and IOL implantation. There are also possible, but rare, complications due to the use of UV light from the LDD, including a temporary or long-lasting change to vision. We are aware of certain characteristics and features of our RxSight system that may prevent widespread market adoption, including the fact that doctors would need to adopt a new procedure, and training for doctors will be required to enable them to effectively operate our products.

 

25


Table of Contents

We face significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations.

The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We compete with manufacturers and distributors of premium and conventional IOLs. Our most significant competitors in the IOL field include Alcon, Johnson & Johnson Vision, Bausch + Lomb, Hoya Corporation and Carl Zeiss AG. Many of our competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with significantly greater market share and resources than we have. Therefore, they can spend more on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. We also compete with smaller medical device companies that have a single product or a limited range of products. In addition, patients who receive an LAL will be required to wear UV protective spectacles until final lock-in which is approximately 4-5 weeks after surgery. They will also be required to return for an additional 2-3 clinic visits compared to traditional cataract surgery. The additional clinic visits are non-surgical but do require the patient’s eyes to be dilated. Due to these additional requirements, market acceptance of the LAL may be impacted. We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include:

 

 

The quality of patient outcomes, oftentimes measured by visual acuity, and adverse event rates;

 

 

Patient experience, including patient recovery time and level of discomfort;

 

 

Acceptance by treating doctors and referral sources;

 

 

Doctor learning curves and willingness to adopt new technologies;

 

 

Ease-of-use and reliability;

 

 

Economic benefits and cost savings;

 

 

Strength of clinical evidence;

 

 

Effective distribution and marketing to surgeons and potential patients; and

 

 

Product price and qualification for coverage and reimbursement.

We compete primarily on the basis that our products are designed to enable more doctors to treat more patients more efficiently and effectively. Our continued success depends on our ability to:

 

 

continue to develop innovative, proprietary products that address significant clinical needs in a manner that is safe and effective for patients and easy-to-use for doctors;

 

 

obtain and maintain regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

 

demonstrate safety and effectiveness in our sponsored and third-party clinical trials;

 

 

expand our sales force across key markets to increase doctors’ awareness;

 

 

obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for procedures using our products;

 

 

attract and retain skilled research, development, sales and clinical personnel;

 

 

cost-effectively manufacture, market and sell our products;

 

 

provide doctors with a sufficient return on investment as compared to alternative premium IOL procedures that justifies the upfront cost of our LDD; and

 

 

obtain, maintain, enforce and defend our intellectual property rights and operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others.

 

26


Table of Contents

We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in developing new products or commercializing them in ways that achieve market acceptance. If we develop new products, sales of those products may reduce revenue generated from our existing products. Moreover, any significant delays in our product launches may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product development, including during research and development, clinical trials, regulatory review, manufacturing and marketing. Delays in product introductions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, many medical device companies are consolidating to create new companies with greater market power. As the medical device industry consolidates, competition to provide goods and services to industry participants will become more intense. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price concessions or reductions for our products. If we reduce our prices because of consolidation in the healthcare industry, our revenue may decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our facilities become damaged or inoperable, or if we are required to vacate a facility, we may be unable to manufacture our products or we may experience delays in production or an increase in costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently maintain our research and development, manufacturing and administrative operations in Aliso Viejo, California, and we do not have redundant facilities. We operate a single manufacturing facility, and should this facility be significantly damaged or destroyed by natural or man-made disasters, such as earthquakes, fires (both of which are prevalent in California) or other events, it could take months to relocate or rebuild, during which time our employees may seek other positions, our research, development and manufacturing would cease or be delayed and our products may be unavailable. A major interruption in the manufacturing operations at this facility would materially impact our ability to operate. Because of the time required to authorize manufacturing in a new facility under federal, state and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, we may not be able to resume production on a timely basis even if we are able to replace production capacity. While we maintain property and business interruption insurance, such insurance has limits and would not cover all damages, including losses caused by earthquakes or losses we may suffer due to our products being replaced by competitors’ products. The inability to perform our research, development and manufacturing activities if our facilities become inoperable, combined with our limited inventory of materials and components and manufactured products, may cause doctors to discontinue using our products or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to re-establish relationships with such doctors in the future. Consequently, a catastrophic event at our current facility or any future facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, the current leases on our three facilities expire at the end of September 30, 2029 (including a five year option to extend), January 31, 2041 (including three-five year options to extend) and March 31, 2033 (including two extensions to extend for 5 years each), and we may be unable to renew our leases or find a new facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we were unable or unwilling to renew at the proposed rates, relocating our manufacturing facility would involve significant expense in connection with the movement and installation of key manufacturing equipment and any necessary recertification with regulatory bodies, and we cannot assure you that such a move would not delay or otherwise adversely affect our manufacturing activities or operating results. If our manufacturing capabilities were impaired by any such move, we may not be able to manufacture and ship our products in a timely manner, which would adversely impact our business.

 

27


Table of Contents

Technological change may adversely affect sales of our products and may cause our products to become obsolete.

The medical device market is characterized by extensive research and development and rapid technological change. There can be no assurance that other companies, including current competitors or new entrants, will not succeed in developing or marketing products that are more effective than our products or that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. Additionally, new surgical procedures, medications and other therapies could be developed that replace or reduce the importance of our products. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our products could become obsolete and our revenue would decline as our customers purchase our competitors’ products. Our failure to develop new products, applications or features could result from insufficient cash resources, high employee turnover, inability to hire personnel with sufficient technical skills, a lack of other research and development resources or other constraints. Our failure or inability to devote adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our current or future competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have limited data and experience regarding the safety and efficacy of our RxSight system. Results of earlier studies may not be predictive of future clinical trial results, and planned studies may not establish an adequate safety or efficacy profile for our RxSight system and other planned or future products, which would affect market acceptance of our RxSight system.

Because our RxSight system technology is a relatively new treatment to optimize vision after cataract surgery, we have performed clinical trials only with limited patient populations. The long-term effects of using our products in a large number of patients have not been studied and the results of short-term clinical use of such products do not necessarily predict long-term clinical benefits or reveal long-term adverse effects. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of our products conducted to date and ongoing or future studies and trials of our current, planned or future products may not be predictive of the results of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Our interpretation of data and results from our clinical trials do not ensure that we will achieve similar results in future clinical trials in other patient populations. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials have nonetheless failed to replicate results in later clinical trials and subsequently failed to obtain marketing approval. Products in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy despite having progressed through nonclinical studies and earlier clinical trials.

If our clinical trials are unsuccessful or significantly delayed, or if we do not complete our clinical trials, our business may be harmed.

Clinical development is a long, expensive and uncertain process and is subject to delays and the risk that products may ultimately prove unsafe or ineffective in treating the indications for which they are designed. We are currently engaged in post-market clinical trials of our RxSight system. Completion of clinical trials may take several years or more. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays in obtaining regulatory approval to commence a trial, in reaching an agreement on acceptable clinical trial terms with prospective sites, in obtaining institutional review board approval at each site, in recruiting patients to participate in a trial or in obtaining sufficient supplies of clinical trial materials. We cannot provide any assurance that we will successfully, or in a timely manner, enroll our clinical trials, that our clinical trials will meet their primary endpoints or that such trials or their results will be accepted by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities.

 

28


Table of Contents

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or because of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent us from receiving regulatory clearance or approval for new products, modifications of existing products, or new indications for existing products, including:

 

 

successful and timely completion of nonclinical studies or clinical development of our products, as well as the associated costs, including any unforeseen costs we may incur as a result of clinical trial delays due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other causes;

 

 

enrollment in our clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate, or we may experience high screen failure rates in our clinical trials, resulting in significant delays;

 

 

our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and/or preclinical testing which may be expensive and time-consuming;

 

 

trial results may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

 

the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may find that one or more of our products is not sufficiently safe for investigational use in humans;

 

 

the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may interpret data from preclinical testing and clinical trials in different ways than we do;

 

 

there may be delays or failure in obtaining approval of our clinical trial protocols from the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

 

there may be delays in obtaining institutional review board approvals or governmental approvals to conduct clinical trials at prospective sites;

 

 

the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may find our or our suppliers’ manufacturing processes or facilities unsatisfactory;

 

 

the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may change their review policies or adopt new regulations that may negatively affect or delay our ability to bring a product to market or receive approvals or clearances to treat new indications;

 

 

we may have trouble in managing multiple clinical sites;

 

 

we may have trouble finding patients to enroll in our trials;

 

 

we may experience delays in agreeing on acceptable terms with third-party research organizations and trial sites that may help us conduct the clinical trials; and

 

 

we, or regulators, may suspend or terminate our clinical trials because the participating patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks.

Failures or perceived failures in our clinical trials will delay and may prevent our product development and regulatory approval process, damage our business prospects and negatively affect our reputation and competitive position.

Unauthorized third parties may seek to access our devices or other products and services, or related devices, products, and services, and modify or use them in a way inconsistent with our FDA clearances and approvals, which may create risks to users.

Medical devices are increasingly connected to the internet, hospital networks, and other medical devices to provide features that improve healthcare and increase the ability of healthcare providers to treat patients

 

29


Table of Contents

and patients to manage their conditions. While currently bidirectional connectivity and interoperability of our RxSight system with other devices, local networks and the internet is not enabled, this may change in the future. Enablement of such features may increase cybersecurity risks and the risks of unauthorized access and use by third parties. For example, unauthorized third parties may seek to access our devices or other products and services, or related devices, products, and services, and modify or use them in a way inconsistent with our FDA clearances and approvals, which may create risks to users and potential exposure to the company.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product or indication and fail to capitalize on products or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on specific products and indications. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of other opportunities with others that could have had greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs for specific indications or enhancements may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular potential product, we may relinquish valuable rights to that potential product through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such potential product.

We may not be able to develop, license or acquire new products, enhance the capabilities of our existing products to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and customer requirements or successfully manage the transition to new product offerings, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends on our ability to develop, license or acquire and commercialize additional products and to develop new applications for our technologies in existing and new markets, while improving the performance and cost-effectiveness of our existing products, in each case in ways that address current and anticipated customer requirements. We intend to develop and commercialize additional products through our research and development program and by licensing or acquiring additional products and technologies from third parties. Our success is dependent upon several factors, including functionality, competitive pricing, ease of use, the safety and efficacy of our products and our ability to identify, select and acquire the rights to products and technologies on terms that are acceptable to us.

The medical device industry is characterized by rapid technological change and innovation. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance or better address customer requirements as compared to our current or future products. Competitors, who may have greater financial, marketing and sales resources than we do, may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Any new product we identify for internal development, licensing or acquisition may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval or clearance by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. Due to the significant lead time and complexity involved in bringing a new product to market, we are required to make a number of assumptions and estimates regarding the commercial feasibility of a new product. These assumptions and estimates may prove incorrect, resulting in our introduction of a product that is not competitive at the time of launch. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with new technologies. Our ability to mitigate downward pressure on our selling prices will be dependent upon our ability to maintain or increase the value we offer to doctors as well as payors. All new products are prone to the risks of failure inherent in medical device product

 

30


Table of Contents

development, including the possibility that the product will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval or clearance by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot assure you that any such products that are approved or cleared will be manufactured or produced economically, successfully commercialized or widely accepted in the marketplace. The expenses or losses associated with unsuccessful product development or launch activities, or a lack of market acceptance of our new products, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to attract new customer accounts depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing products and to introduce compelling new products. The success of any enhancement to our products depends on several factors, including adoption and continued use by doctors, competitive pricing and overall market acceptance. Any new product that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop, license or acquire new products, enhance our existing products to meet customer requirements or otherwise gain market acceptance, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

The typical development cycle of new medical device products can be lengthy and complicated and may require complex technology and engineering. Such developments may involve external suppliers and service providers, making the management of development projects complex and subject to risks and uncertainties regarding timing, timely delivery of required components or services and satisfactory technical performance of such components or assembled products. If we do not achieve the required technical specifications or successfully manage new product development processes, or if development work is not performed according to schedule, then such new technologies or products may be adversely impacted, and our business and operating results may be harmed.

If we fail to identify, acquire and develop other products, we may be unable to grow our business.

As a significant part of our growth strategy, we intend to develop and commercialize additional products through our research and development program or by licensing or acquiring additional products and technologies from third parties. The success of this strategy depends upon our ability to identify, select and acquire the right to products and technologies on terms that are acceptable to us.

Any product we identify, license or acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval or clearance by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All products are prone to the risks of failure inherent in medical device product development, including the possibility that the product will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval or clearance by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot assure you that any such products that are approved or cleared will be manufactured or produced economically, successfully commercialized or widely accepted in the marketplace.

Proposing, negotiating and implementing an economically viable product or technology acquisition or license is a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the acquisition or license of approved or cleared products. We may not be able to acquire or license the rights to additional approved or cleared products on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

If we are unable to develop suitable potential products through internal research programs or by obtaining rights from third parties, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could fail to result in a commercial product or increased revenue, divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

Although we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transactions, we may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our portfolio, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. However, we cannot assure you that we would be able to successfully complete any acquisition we choose to pursue, or that we would be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or obtain the expected benefits of any acquisition or investment.

To date, the growth of our operations has been largely organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses or technologies. We may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following an acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

Coverage and adequate reimbursement and/or the ability of patients to pay for the difference between the price charged by practices and the reimbursement amount may not be available for our products in sufficient markets, which could diminish our sales or affect our ability to sell our products.

In both U.S. and non-U.S. markets, our ability to successfully commercialize and achieve market acceptance of our products depends, in significant part, on the availability of adequate financial remuneration to doctor practices and surgical centers. This remuneration can come from a combination of sources, including third-party payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid programs in the United States, managed care organizations and private health insurers. Third-party payors decide which treatments they will cover and establish reimbursement rates for those treatments. They also can preclude patients from paying extra to receive additional services, such as those associated with placement of premium IOLs. Our products are purchased by doctors who will then seek reimbursement from third-party payors and patients for the procedures performed using our products. Reimbursement systems and patient billing rules in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries, and reimbursement and/or non-reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In certain international markets, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. Furthermore, many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and procedures, as well as the ability to charge patients directly for non-reimbursed devices and procedures. In most markets there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems.

While third-party payors currently cover and provide reimbursement for a portion of the cost of the procedures performed using our currently cleared or approved products, we can give no assurance that these third-party payors will continue to provide coverage and adequate reimbursement or permit patient payment for the non-reimbursed portion sufficient to permit doctors to offer procedures using our products to patients requiring treatment. If sufficient coverage and reimbursement or flexibility to enable patient payment is not available for the procedures performed using our products, in either the United States or any international markets we enter, the demand for our products and our revenue will be adversely affected.

 

32


Table of Contents

Furthermore, although we believe there is potential to improve on the current reimbursement profile for our products in the future, the overall amount of reimbursement available for products and procedures intended to treat cataract and refractive conditions of the eye could remain at current levels or decrease in the future. Failure by doctors to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement as well as patient charges for the procedures performed using our products would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third-party payors are also increasingly examining the cost effectiveness of products, in addition to their safety and efficacy, when making coverage and payment decisions. Third-party payors have also instituted initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs using, for example, price regulation or controls and competitive pricing programs. Some third-party payors also require demonstrated superiority, on the basis of randomized clinical trials, or pre-approval of coverage, for new or innovative devices or procedures before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such devices or procedures. Additionally, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement exists in the United States, and coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates, but also have their own methods and approval process apart from Medicare determinations. It is uncertain whether our current products or any planned or future products will be viewed (or continue to be viewed) as sufficiently cost effective to warrant coverage and adequate reimbursement levels for procedures using such products in any given jurisdiction.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit or halt the marketing and sale of our products. The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for liabilities resulting from our products could harm us and our ability to sell our products.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the marketing and sale of our products. For example, we may be sued if our products cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claim may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. In addition, we may be subject to claims against us even if the apparent injury is due to the actions of others or the pre-existing health of the patient. For example, we rely on doctors in connection with the use of our products on patients. If these doctors are not properly trained or are negligent, the capabilities of our products may be diminished, or the patient may suffer critical injury. We may also be subject to claims that are caused by the activities of our suppliers, such as those who provide us with components and sub-assemblies.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit or halt commercialization of our products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand for our products;

 

 

injury to our reputation;

 

 

initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

 

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

 

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

 

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

33


Table of Contents
 

loss of revenue;

 

 

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources; and

 

 

the inability to market and sell our products.

We believe we have adequate product liability insurance, but it may not prove to be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. Our insurance policy contains various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. The potential inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the marketing and sale of products we develop. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, harm our reputation in the industry, significantly increase our expenses and reduce product sales.

Some of our customers and prospective customers may also have difficulty in procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover their operations and use of our products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our products and potential customers may opt against purchasing our products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance coverage.

We intend to expand sales of our products internationally in the future, but we may experience difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval or in successfully marketing our products internationally even if approved. A variety of risks associated with marketing our products internationally could materially adversely affect our business.

Sales of our products outside of the United States would be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval. We will incur substantial expenses in connection with our international expansion. Additional risks related to operating in foreign countries include:

 

 

differing regulatory requirements and reimbursement regimes in foreign countries;

 

 

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, price and exchange controls and other regulatory requirements;

 

 

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

 

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

 

foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

 

 

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

 

difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

 

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

 

potential liability under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) or comparable foreign regulations;

 

34


Table of Contents
 

challenges enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;

 

 

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

 

business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism.

These and other risks associated with international operations may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or maintain profitable operations in international markets, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, there can be no guarantee that we will receive approval to sell our products in the international markets we target, nor can there be any guarantee that any sales would result even if such approval is received. Even if the FDA grants marketing approval for a product, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing or marketing of the product in those countries. Approval in the United States, or in any other jurisdiction, does not ensure approval in other jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign approvals could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and require additional trials and additional expenses. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay the introduction of our products in those countries. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. If we fail to comply with these regulatory requirements or to obtain and maintain required approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to generate revenue will be diminished. Our inability to successfully enter all our desired international markets and manage business on a global scale could negatively affect our business, financial results and results of operations.

We may not be able to achieve or maintain satisfactory pricing and margins for our products.

Manufacturers of medical devices have a history of price competition, and we can give no assurance that we will be able to achieve satisfactory prices for our products or maintain prices at the levels we have historically achieved. Any decline in the amount that payors reimburse doctors performing cataract procedures, or any reduction in the flexibility to charge patients for non-reimbursed procedures could make it difficult for us to convince our customers to make the up-front investment in our LDD and could create additional pricing pressure with respect to the patient’s decision to pay the additional cost associated with our LALs and potentially a reduction in the number of procedures performed using the RxSight system and corresponding sales of LDDs, LALs, accessories and services. If we are forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our revenue and gross margins will decrease, which will adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business. If we are unable to maintain our prices, or if our costs increase and we are unable to offset such increase with an increase in our prices, our margins could erode. We will continue to be subject to significant pricing pressure, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The sizes of the markets for our current and future products have not been established with precision and may be smaller than we estimate.

Our estimates of the annual total addressable markets for our current products and products under development are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates, including, without limitation, the number of patients who have undergone cataract surgery, and the assumed prices at which we can sell our RxSight system. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. In addition, our estimates of the sizes of the cataract surgery patient population include patients who might never be likely

 

35


Table of Contents

candidates for treatment with our products. As a result, our estimates of the annual total addressable market for our current or future products may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of patients who would benefit from our products, the price at which we can sell future products, or the annual total addressable market for our products is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

Changes in public health insurance coverage and government reimbursement rates for our products could affect the adoption of our products and our future revenue.

The federal government is considering ways to change, and has changed, the manner in which healthcare services are paid for in the United States. Individual states may also enact legislation that impacts Medicaid payments to doctors. In addition, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) establishes Medicare payment levels for doctors on an annual basis, which can increase or decrease payment to such entities. Internationally, medical reimbursement systems vary significantly from country to country, with some countries limiting medical centers’ spending through fixed budgets, regardless of levels of patient treatment, and other countries requiring application for, and approval of, government or third-party reimbursement. In addition, the ability to charge patients directly for premium IOLs and associated services also varies widely across different countries and could become more restricted. Even if we succeed in bringing our products to market internationally, uncertainties regarding future healthcare policy, legislation and regulation, as well as private market practices, could affect our ability to sell our products in commercially acceptable quantities at acceptable prices.

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenue, profitability and cash flow, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuations in quarterly and annual results may decrease the value of our common stock. Because our quarterly results may fluctuate, period-to-period comparisons may not be the best indication of the underlying results of our business and should only be relied upon as one factor in determining how our business is performing.

We expect to significantly expand our organization, including expanding our sales and marketing capability and creating additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of sales and marketing and finance and accounting. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and our limited experience in managing such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert or stretch our management and business development resources in a way that we may not anticipate. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics may be difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

While we have not yet experienced significant seasonality in our results, it is not uncommon in our industry to experience seasonally weaker revenue during the summer months and end-of-year holiday season. We may be affected by other seasonal trends in the future, including severe weather (which can impact the number of elective procedures performed), particularly as our business matures. Additionally, this seasonality may be reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes may not be immediately apparent, in our revenue. To the extent we experience this seasonality, it may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics and make forecasting our future operating results and financial metrics more difficult.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2020, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of approximately $230 million, which will begin to expire in various years ranging from 2021 to 2037. Our NOLs could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities because of their limited duration or because of restrictions under U.S. tax law. Under the Tax Act, as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, our federal NOLs generated in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net NOLs in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 is limited to 80% of taxable income. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act, as modified by the CARES Act. Additionally, California recently enacted legislation limiting our ability to use our state NOLs for taxable years 2020, 2021, and 2022.

In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We may have experienced such ownership changes in the past, and we may experience an ownership change as a result of this offering or in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. We have not conducted any studies to determine annual limitations, if any, that could result from such changes in our stock ownership. Our ability to utilize those NOLs could be limited by an “ownership change” as described above and consequently, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and certain other tax attributes, which could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations.

Risks related to intellectual property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce patent and other intellectual property protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent and other intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our products and technology we develop. If we fail to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us, we may lose our technological or competitive advantage, or we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.

We seek to protect our position by in-licensing intellectual property relating to our products and filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our technologies and products that are important to our business. We also rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and copyright,

 

37


Table of Contents

trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property rights to protect the proprietary aspects of our brands, products, technologies and data. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors or others may gain access to or use our intellectual property and proprietary information. Our success will depend, in part, on obtaining and maintaining patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, data and know-how and other intellectual property rights.

We may not be able to obtain and maintain intellectual property or other proprietary rights necessary to our business or in a form that provides us with a competitive advantage. For example, our trade secrets, data and know-how could be subject to unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure to unauthorized parties, despite our efforts to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, clients and other vendors who have access to such information, and could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by third parties. In addition, the patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous, or we may not be able to protect our intellectual property at all. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may be able to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability and our owned

and in-licensed issued patents may be challenged in courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad.

For example, we may be subject to a third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO challenging the validity of one or more claims of our owned or in-licensed issued patents. Such submissions may also be made prior to a patent’s issuance, precluding the granting of a patent based on one of our owned or in-licensed pending patent applications.

It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, consultants, contractors, collaborators, vendors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. We may not be able to obtain or maintain patent applications and issued patents due to the subject matter claimed in such patent applications and issued patents being in disclosures in the public domain, and we may not be able to prevent any third party from using any of our technology that is in the public domain to compete with our technologies. In addition, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or in-licensed issued patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. If a third party can establish that we or our licensors were not the first to make or the first to file for patent protection of such inventions, our owned or in-licensed patent applications may not issue as patents and even if issued, may be challenged and invalidated or rendered unenforceable.

The patent position of medical device companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our owned and in-licensed patents. With respect to both in-licensed and owned intellectual property, we cannot predict whether the patent applications we and our licensors are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any

 

38


Table of Contents

issued patents will provide sufficient protection from competitors. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain.

Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications we license or own currently or in the future issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we hold or in-license may be challenged, narrowed or invalidated by third parties. Additionally, our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Third parties may also have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our own products and practicing our own technology. Alternatively, third parties may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend and/or assert our patents, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid, unenforceable or not infringed, in which case, our competitors and other third parties may then be able to market products and use manufacturing and analytical processes that are substantially similar to ours. Even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

Given that patent applications are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our products. Competitors may also contest our patents, if issued, by showing the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or the applicable other foreign patent agency that the invention was not original, was not novel or was obvious. In litigation, a competitor could claim that our patents, if issued, are not valid for a number of reasons. If a court agrees, we would lose our rights to those challenged patents.

In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new products, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Moreover, some of our owned and in-licensed patents and patent applications may in the future be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our patents in order to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

Our other intellectual property, including our trademarks, could also be challenged, invalidated, infringed and circumvented by third parties, and our trademarks could also be diluted, declared generic or found to be infringing on other marks, in which case we could be forced to re-brand our products, resulting in loss of brand recognition and requiring us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands, and suffer other competitive harm. Third parties may also adopt trademarks similar to ours, which could harm our brand identity and lead to market confusion.

We may in the future also be subject to claims by our former employees, consultants or contractors asserting an ownership right in our patents or patent applications, as a result of the work they performed on our behalf. Although we generally require all of our employees, consultants, contractors and any other partners or collaborators who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to assign or grant similar rights to their inventions to us, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all

 

39


Table of Contents

parties who may have contributed to our intellectual property, nor can we be certain that our agreements with such parties will be upheld in the face of a potential challenge, or that they will not be breached, for which we may not have an adequate remedy.

Failure to obtain and maintain patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights necessary to our business and failure to protect, monitor and control the use of our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our ability to compete and cause us to incur significant expenses. The intellectual property laws and other statutory and contractual arrangements in the United States and other jurisdictions we depend upon may not provide sufficient protection in the future to prevent the infringement, use, violation or misappropriation of our patents, trademarks, data, technology and other intellectual property, and may not provide an adequate remedy if our intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Furthermore, our owned and in-licensed patents may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. For example, this could arise if the research resulting in certain of our owned or in-licensed patent rights and technology was funded in part by the U.S. government. As a result, the government may have certain rights, or march-in rights, to such patent rights and technology. When new technologies are developed with government funding, the government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the United States. Any exercise by the government of such rights could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, a portion of our intellectual property has been acquired from one or more third parties. While we have conducted diligence with respect to such acquisitions, because we did not participate in the development or prosecution of much of the acquired intellectual property, we cannot guarantee that our diligence efforts identified and/or remedied all issues related to such intellectual property, including potential ownership errors, potential errors during prosecution of such intellectual property, and potential encumbrances that could limit our ability to enforce such intellectual property rights .

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on technology for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest claimed U.S. non-provisional or Patent Cooperation Treaty application filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new products, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours for a meaningful amount of time, or at all.

 

40


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for noncompliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on any issued patents and patent applications are due to be paid to the USPTO and other foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of such issued patents and patent applications. The USPTO and various foreign national or international patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of patent rights include, but are not limited to, failure to timely file national and regional stage patent applications based on our international patent application, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees, and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. We are dependent on our licensors to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to certain of our in-licensed intellectual property, and if we or any of our current or future licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our RxSight system or any future products, our competitors may be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent, which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our current and future products in any jurisdiction.

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, and our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products.

Our future reliance on third parties may require us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we expect to rely on a third party to manufacture our RxSight system, and any future products, and we expect to collaborate with third parties on the continuing development of our RxSight system, and any future products, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We also expect to conduct R&D programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our partnerships or agreements with CROs. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into agreements containing confidentiality and use restrictions and obligations with our advisors, employees, contractors, CMOs, CROs, other service providers and consultants prior to disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual

 

41


Table of Contents

provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors, CMOs, CROs, other service providers and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors and third parties may claim an ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own.

Many of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other medical device, biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants and contractors, may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information, of these former employers or competitors. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims, and if we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. In addition, we may lose personnel as a result of such claims. Any such litigation, or the threat thereof, may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent contractors. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own, based on claims that our employees or consultants have breached an obligation to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity. Litigation may be necessary to defend against any other claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers.

In addition, we or our licensors may in the future be subject to claims by former employees, consultants or other third parties asserting an ownership right in our owned or in-licensed issued patents or patent applications. An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar technology and therapeutics, without payment to us, or could limit the duration of the patent protection covering our technology. Such

 

42


Table of Contents

challenges may also result in our inability to develop, manufacture or commercialize our technology without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our owned or in-licensed issued patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future products. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and may prevent us from selling our products. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become a party to intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings that could be costly and could interfere with our ability to sell and market our products.

The medical device industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. It is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications, copyrights, or trademarks controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products, or that we may be accused of misappropriating third parties’ trade secrets. Additionally, our products include components that we purchase from vendors, and may include design components that are outside of our direct control. Our competitors, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained, or may in the future apply for or obtain, patents, copyrights, or trademarks that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell and/or export our products or to use product names. Because patent applications can take years to issue and are often afforded confidentiality for some period of time, there may currently be pending applications, unknown to us, that later result in issued patents that could cover one or more of our products. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our products and business operations infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. We may face patent infringement claims from non-practicing entities that have no relevant product revenue and against whom our owned or in-licensed patent portfolio may therefore have no deterrent effect. We may in the future become party to adversarial proceedings or litigation where our competitors or other third parties may assert claims against us, alleging that our products or services infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights, including patents and trade secrets. The defense of these matters can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and cause us to incur significant expenses or make substantial payments. Vendors from whom we purchase hardware or software may not indemnify us in the event that such hardware or software is accused of infringing a third party’s patent or trademark or of misappropriating a third party’s trade secret, or any indemnification granted by such vendors may not be sufficient to address any liability and costs we incur as a result of such claims. Additionally, we may be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners in connection with litigation and to obtain licenses or refund subscription fees, which could further exhaust our resources.

 

43


Table of Contents

Even if we believe a third party’s intellectual property claims are without merit, there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor, including on questions of infringement, validity, enforceability or priority of patents. The strength of our defenses will depend on the patents asserted, the interpretation of these patents, and our ability to invalidate the asserted patents. A court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize any products or technology we may develop, and any other products or technologies covered by the asserted third-party patents. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. Conversely, the patent owner need only prove infringement by a preponderance of the evidence, which is a lower burden of proof.

Further, if patents, trademarks, copyrights, or trade secrets are successfully asserted against us, this may harm our business and result in injunctions preventing us from developing, manufacturing, marketing or selling our products, or result in obligations to pay license fees, damages, attorney fees and court costs, which could be significant. In addition, if we are found to willfully infringe third-party patents or trademarks or to have misappropriated trade secrets, we could be required to pay treble damages in addition to other penalties.

Although patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, if any license we obtain is non-exclusive, we may not be able to prevent our competitors and other third parties from using the intellectual property or technology covered by such license to compete with us. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, may be necessary to determine priority with respect to our patents, patent applications, trademarks or trademark applications. We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as reexamination, inter partes review, derivation or opposition proceedings before the USPTO or other jurisdictional body relating to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing our products or using product names, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, we may file lawsuits or initiate other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful. Competitors may infringe our issued patents or other intellectual property, which we may not always be able to detect. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property or alleging that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may raise challenges to the validity of certain of our owned or in-licensed patent claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). In any such

 

44


Table of Contents

lawsuit or other proceedings, a court or other administrative body may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question.

The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our products or products that we may develop. If our patents are found to be valid and infringed, a court may refuse to grant injunctive relief against the infringer and instead grant us monetary damages and/or ongoing royalties. Such monetary compensation may be insufficient to adequately offset the damage to our business caused by the infringer’s competition in the market. An adverse result in any litigation or other proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential or sensitive information could be compromised by disclosure in the event of litigation. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent and other intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our owned or in-licensed patents, any patents that may be issued as a result of our future patent applications, or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our shareholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

Our rights to develop and commercialize our products are subject, in part, to the terms and conditions of licenses granted to us by others.

We rely, in part, upon licenses to certain patent rights, proprietary technology and other intellectual property from third parties that are important or necessary to the development of our products and technology. Further development and commercialization of our current products, and development of any future products, may require us to enter into additional license or collaboration agreements. These and other licenses may not provide exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and products in the future. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all of our licenses.

 

45


Table of Contents

In addition, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense of patents and patent applications covering the technology that we license from third parties. Therefore, we cannot be certain that these patents and patent applications will be prepared, filed, prosecuted, maintained, enforced and defended in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. Additionally, patents licensed to us could be put at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly in litigation filed by or against our licensors or another licensee or in administrative proceedings brought by or against our licensors or another licensee in response to such litigation or for other reasons. If our licensors fail to prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend such patents, or lose rights to those patents or patent applications, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated, and our right to develop and commercialize any of our products that are subject of such licensed rights could be adversely affected.

Our licensors may have relied on third-party consultants or collaborators or on funds from third parties such that our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents we in-license. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The agreements under which we currently license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. In spite of our best efforts, our licensors might also conclude that we have materially breached our license agreements and terminate the license agreements, thereby removing our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. If these in-licenses are terminated, or if the underlying patents fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical to ours. In addition, we may seek to obtain additional licenses from our licensors and, in connection with obtaining such licenses, we may agree to amend our existing licenses in a manner that may be more favorable to the licensors, including by agreeing to terms that could enable third parties (potentially including our competitors) to receive licenses to a portion of the intellectual property that is subject to our existing licenses. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we license prevent or impair our ability to maintain other licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected products. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the future, we may enter agreements involving licenses or collaborations that provide for access or sharing of intellectual property. If we fail to comply with our obligations under any license, collaboration or other agreements, we may be required to pay damages and could lose intellectual property rights that are necessary for developing and protecting our current and future products.

We currently, and in the future may continue to, license from third parties certain intellectual property relating to our current and future products. In the event we do so, we may have certain obligations to such licensors. If we breach any material obligations, or use the intellectual property licensed to us in an unauthorized manner, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, which could result in us being unable to develop, manufacture, and sell products that are covered by the licensed technology or enable a competitor to gain access to the licensed technology.

Disputes may arise between us and our future licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

 

 

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

46


Table of Contents
 

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

 

our right to sublicense patents and other rights to third parties;

 

 

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our products, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

 

our right to transfer or assign the license; and

 

 

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by any of our future licensors and us and our partners.

If disputes over intellectual property that we license in the future prevent or impair our ability to maintain our licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize the affected products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, certain of our future agreements with third parties may limit or delay our ability to consummate certain transactions, may impact the value of those transactions, or may limit our ability to pursue certain activities. For example, we may in the future enter into license agreements that are not assignable or transferable, or that require the licensor’s express consent in order for an assignment or transfer to take place.

Further, we or our future licensors, if any, may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, or requests for patent term adjustments. If we or our future licensors fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our future licensors are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our patents or patent applications, such patents may be invalid and/or unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

In addition, even where we have the right to control patent prosecution of patents and patent applications under future license from third parties, we may still be adversely affected or prejudiced by actions or inactions of our predecessors or licensors and their counsel that took place prior to us assuming control over patent prosecution.

Our technology acquired or licensed in the future from various third parties may be subject to retained rights. Our predecessors or licensors may retain certain rights under their agreements with us, including the right to use the underlying technology for noncommercial academic and research use, to publish general scientific findings from research related to the technology, and to make customary scientific and scholarly disclosures of information relating to the technology. It is difficult to monitor whether our predecessors or future licensors limit their use of the technology to these uses, and we could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights to our licensed technology in the event of misuse.

If we are limited in our ability to utilize acquired or future licensed technologies, or if we lose our rights to critical future in-licensed technology, we may be unable to successfully develop, out-license, market and sell our products, which could prevent or delay new product introductions. Our business strategy depends on the successful development of acquired technologies, and possibly in the future licensed technology, into

 

47


Table of Contents

commercial products. Therefore, any limitations on our ability to utilize these technologies may impair our ability to develop, out-license or market and sell our products.

We may not be successful in obtaining necessary rights to any products we may develop through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We may need to obtain additional licenses from our existing licensors or otherwise acquire or in-license any intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our products. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain any additional licenses or acquire such intellectual property rights at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, products, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected products, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any collaboration or partnership arrangements that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

Any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that:

 

 

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations;

 

 

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our products or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on trial or test results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

 

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our current and future products;

 

 

a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities;

 

 

we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

 

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

 

 

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our current or future products or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

48


Table of Contents
 

collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products;

 

 

collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and

 

 

a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former consultants, contractors or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. While it is our policy to require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our products. Furthermore, individuals executing invention assignment agreements with us may have preexisting or competing obligations to a third party, such as an academic institution, and thus an agreement with us may be ineffective in perfecting ownership of inventions developed by that individual. Any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on other proprietary rights, including protection of trade secrets, and other proprietary information that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect and some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. To maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely heavily on confidentiality provisions that we have in contracts with our employees, consultants, collaborators and others upon the commencement of their relationship with us. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by such third parties, despite the existence generally of these confidentiality restrictions. These contracts may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information. There can be no assurance that such third parties will not breach their agreements with us, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known or independently developed by competitors. Despite the protections we do place on our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights will be adequate. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand to international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology.

 

49


Table of Contents

To the extent our intellectual property or other proprietary information protection is incomplete, we are exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. A third party could, without authorization, copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology, or develop similar technology. Our competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts or design around our protected technology. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our products, brand and business. The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the differentiation of our products and harm our business, the value of our investment in development or business acquisitions could be reduced and third parties might make claims against us related to losses of their confidential or proprietary information. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, it is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties or those to whom they communicate such trade secrets. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our trade secret rights and related confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions. If we fail to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or if our competitors obtain our trade secrets or independently develop technology similar to ours or competing technologies, our competitive market position could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets and agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might not be enforceable in certain cases.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and other confidential information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of confidential information and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated confidential information is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Further, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any breach.

Changes in U.S. patent law or the patent law of other countries or jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. The United States has enacted and implemented wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to challenge the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

50


Table of Contents

In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. We cannot predict how decisions or actions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents. Depending on actions by Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have licensed or that we might obtain in the future. Similarly, changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in the governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have licensed or that we may obtain in the future. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could impair our business.

Filing, prosecuting, and defending patents covering our RxSight system, and any of our future products throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States are less extensive than those in the United States. In some cases, we or our licensors may not be able to obtain patent protection for certain technology outside the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our or our licensors’ inventions in all countries outside the United States, even in jurisdictions where we or our licensors do pursue patent protection, or from selling or importing products made using our or our licensors’ inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we or our licensors have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we may have or obtain patent protection, but where patent enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These unauthorized products may compete with our products in such jurisdictions and take away our market share where we do not have any issued or in-licensed patents and any future patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in enforcing and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents, if pursued and obtained, or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our or our licensors’ patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We or our licensors may not prevail in any lawsuits that we or our licensors initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third

 

51


Table of Contents

parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

 

others may be able to make a product that is similar to our current products and future products we intend to commercialize and that is not covered by the patents that we own or exclusively in-license and have the right to enforce;

 

 

we and any of our current or future licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own, license or may own or license in the future;

 

 

we or any of our current or future licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

 

 

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights;

 

 

it is possible that our current or future owned or in-licensed patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

 

 

issued patents that we own or in-license may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

 

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

 

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

 

we may choose not to file a patent for certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Our future use of “open source” software could subject our proprietary software to general release, adversely affect our ability to sell our products and subject us to possible litigation.

We intend to incorporate open source software in future products or technologies licensed, developed and/or distributed by us. Open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we disclose source code for modifications we make to the open source software and that we license such modifications to third parties at no cost. In some circumstances, distribution of our software in connection with open source software could require that we disclose and license some or all of our proprietary source code in that software, as well as distribute our products that use particular open source software at no cost to the user. We intend to monitor our use of open source software in an effort to avoid uses in a manner that would require us to disclose or grant licenses under our proprietary source code; however, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. Open source license terms are often ambiguous and such use could inadvertently occur. There is little legal precedent governing the interpretation of

 

52


Table of Contents

many of the terms of these licenses, and the potential impact of these terms on our business may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our products and technologies. Companies that incorporate open source software into their products have, in the past, faced claims seeking enforcement of open source license provisions and claims asserting ownership of open source software incorporated into their product. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of an open source license, we could incur significant legal costs defending ourselves against such allegations. In the event such claims were successful, we could be subject to significant damages or be enjoined from the distribution of our products. In addition, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain ways, under some open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, which could substantially help our competitors develop products that are similar to or better than ours and otherwise adversely affect our business. These risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our trademarks, service marks and tradenames are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets and our business may be adversely affected.

We rely on trademarks, service marks, tradenames and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors and have registered or applied to register these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark and service mark applications will be approved. During trademark and service mark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in proceedings before the USPTO and comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark and service mark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks and service marks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks and service marks, and our trademarks and service marks may not survive such proceedings. In the event that our trademarks and service marks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources towards advertising and marketing new brands. At times, competitors may adopt trade names, trademarks or service marks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. As a means to enforce our trademark and service mark rights and prevent infringement and other violations, we may be required to file claims against third parties or initiate opposition proceedings. This can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, there could be potential trademark or service mark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks, service marks, or trademarks or service marks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or service marks. Certain of our current or future trademarks or service marks may become so well known by the public that their use becomes generic and they lose trademark or service mark protection. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, service marks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Risks related to government regulation

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for our products, or if clearances or approvals for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by regulatory agencies in other countries where we may choose to do business. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

 

53


Table of Contents
 

product design, development and manufacture;

 

 

laboratory, preclinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution;

 

 

premarketing clearance or approval;

 

 

record keeping;

 

 

product safety and effective;

 

 

product changes;

 

 

product marketing, promotion and advertising, sales and distribution; and

 

 

post marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and recalls and correction and removals.

Before a new medical device, or a new intended use for an existing product, can be marketed in the United States, a company must first submit and receive either 510(k) clearance pursuant to Section 510(k) of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, or approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA, unless an exemption applies.

In many cases, the process of obtaining PMA approval is much more rigorous, costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA approval process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based on extensive data, including technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices for which the 510(k) process cannot be used and that are deemed to pose the greatest risk. Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally need prior FDA approval of a PMA supplement. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k), or such modification may put the device into class III and require PMA approval. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months but may last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the PMA is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals or clearances would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

 

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable regulatory entity or notified body that our products are safe or effective for their intended uses;

 

 

the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body with the design, conduct or implementation of our clinical trials or the analyses or interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

 

serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials;

 

 

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required;

 

54


Table of Contents
 

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;

 

 

an advisory committee, if convened by the applicable regulatory authority, may recommend against approval of our application or may recommend that the applicable regulatory authority require, as a condition of approval, additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, limitations on approved labeling or distribution and use restrictions, or even if an advisory committee, if convened, makes a favorable recommendation, the respective regulatory authority may still not approve the product;

 

 

the applicable regulatory authority may identify significant deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, facilities or analytical methods or those of our third-party contract manufacturers;

 

 

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance or approval; and

 

 

the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities may audit our clinical trial data and conclude that the data is not sufficiently reliable to support approval or clearance.

Similarly, regulators may determine that our financial relationships with our principal investigators resulted in a perceived or actual conflict of interest that may have affected the interpretation of a study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site or the utility of the clinical trial itself. Even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the product, which may limit the market for the product. Moreover, the FDA and European Union regulatory authorities strictly regulate the labeling, promotion and advertising of medical devices, including comparative and superiority claims vis a vis competitors’ products, that may be made about products.

As a condition of approving a PMA application, the FDA may also require some form of post-approval study or post-market surveillance, whereby the applicant conducts a follow-up study or follows certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. Failure to conduct the post-approval study in compliance with applicable regulations or to timely complete required post-approval studies or comply with other post-approval requirements could result in withdrawal of approval of the PMA, which would harm our business.

In addition, we are required to timely file various reports with the FDA, including Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, that requires that we report to the regulatory authorities if our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed in a timely manner, regulators may impose sanctions and we may be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business.

If we initiate a correction or removal action for our products to reduce a significant risk to health posed by our products, we would be required to submit a publicly available correction and removal report to the FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our products. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us and cause doctors to delay or cancel procedures, which could harm our reputation.

The FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulate the advertising, promotion and labeling of our products to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory clearances and approvals, that

 

55


Table of Contents

there is adequate and reasonable scientific data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising is neither false nor misleading in any respect. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including adverse publicity and warning letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

The FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

 

adverse publicity, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

 

repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention or seizure of our products;

 

 

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

 

denial of our requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA of new products, new intended uses or modifications to existing products;

 

 

withdrawal of 510(k) clearance or PMAs that have already been granted; and

 

 

criminal prosecution.

If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial condition could be harmed. In addition, the FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our products. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in the United States.

Medical devices regulated by the FDA are subject to “general controls” which include: registration with the FDA; listing commercially distributed products with the FDA; complying with all applicable requirements under the QSR; filing reports with the FDA of and keeping records relative to certain types of adverse events associated with devices under the medical device reporting regulation; assuring that device labeling complies with device labeling requirements; reporting certain device field removals and corrections to the FDA; and obtaining pre-market notification 510(k) clearance for devices prior to marketing. Some devices known as “510(k)-exempt” devices can be marketed without prior marketing-clearance or approval from the FDA. In addition to the “general controls,” some Class II medical devices are also subject to “special controls,” including adherence to a particular guidance document and compliance with the performance standard. Instead of obtaining 510(k) clearance, most Class III devices are subject to PMA.

Although our products have received regulatory approval or clearance from FDA in the United States for a particular patient population, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, effectiveness and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities in any international markets we choose to enter.

 

56


Table of Contents

Any regulatory clearances or approvals that we have received for our products will be subject to limitations on the cleared or approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed and promoted, will be subject to the conditions of approval, or will contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing. We are required to report certain adverse events and production problems, if any, to the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Any new legislation addressing product safety issues could result in increased costs to assure compliance. The FDA and other agencies, including the DOJ, closely regulate and monitor the post-clearance or approval marketing and promotion of products to ensure that they are marketed and distributed only for the cleared or approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the cleared or approved labeling. We have to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products.

Promotional communications with respect to devices are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the products’ cleared or approved labeling. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have clearance or approval. We received a PMA for the LAL and LDD, which is indicated for the reduction of residual astigmatism to improve uncorrected visual acuity after removal of the cataractous natural lens by phacoemulsification and implantation of the intraocular lens in the capsular bag, in adult patients with pre-existing corneal astigmatism of ³ 0.75 diopters and without pre-existing macular disease. We also received a 510(k) clearance for our contact lens, which is indicated for visualization and treatment in the anterior segment of the eye. We train our marketing and sales force against promoting our products for uses outside of the cleared or approved indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” However, doctors may use our products for off-label purposes and are allowed to do so when in the doctor’s independent professional medical judgment he or she deems it appropriate. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label or other improper use, or that our internal policies and procedures are inadequate to prevent such off-label uses, it could subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions as discussed below.

In addition, we cannot make comparative claims regarding the use of our products against any alternative treatments without conducting head-to-head comparative clinical studies, which would be expensive and time-consuming. If the FDA determines that our promotional, reimbursement or training materials for sales representatives or doctors constitute promotion of an off-label use, the FDA could request that we modify our training, promotional or reimbursement materials and/or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, disgorgement of profits, significant penalties, including civil fines and criminal penalties. Other federal, state or foreign governmental authorities also might take action if they consider our promotion, reimbursement or training materials to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. Although we train our sales force not to promote our products for off-label uses, and our instructions for use in all markets specify that our products are not intended for use outside of those indications cleared or approved for use, the FDA or another regulatory agency could conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. For example, the government may take the position that off-label promotion resulted in inappropriate reimbursement for an off-label use in violation of the federal civil False Claims Act for which it might impose significant civil fines and even pursue criminal action. In those possible events, our reputation could be damaged, and adoption of the products would be impaired.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with our facility where the product is manufactured or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, such regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market.

 

57


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may, among other things:

 

 

subject our facility to an adverse inspectional finding or Form 483, or other compliance or enforcement notice, communication or correspondence;

 

 

issue warning or untitled letters that would result in adverse publicity or may require corrective advertising;

 

 

impose civil or criminal penalties;

 

 

suspend or withdraw regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

 

refuse to clear or approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

 

 

impose restrictions on our operations, including closing our sub-assembly suppliers’ facilities;

 

 

seize or detain products; or

 

 

require a product recall.

In addition, violations of the FDCA relating to the promotion of approved products may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse and other laws, as well as state consumer protection laws.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory clearance or approval is withdrawn, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Material modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals or may require us to recall or cease marketing our products until clearances or approvals are obtained.

Modifications that could significantly affect the safety and effectiveness of our approved or cleared products, such as changes to the intended use or technological characteristics of our products, will require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs or require us to recall or cease marketing the modified devices until these clearances or approvals are obtained. Based on FDA published guidelines, the FDA requires device manufacturers to initially make and document a determination of whether or not a modification requires a new approval, supplemental approval or clearance; however, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision. Any modification to an FDA-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a PMA. We may not be able to obtain the required 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or PMA supplements, or similar marketing authorization in applicable foreign jurisdictions, for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining required future clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. We have made modifications to our products in the past and expect to make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority disagrees and requires new clearances or approvals for these modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop selling or marketing such products as modified, which could harm our operating results and require us to redesign such products. In these circumstances, we may be subject to significant enforcement actions.

 

58


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our current and future products in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our current and future products in other jurisdictions. The FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from trials conducted in locations outside of their jurisdiction.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals or clearances of our current and future products in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval or clearance of a current or future product, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve or clear the manufacturing, marketing and promotion and reimbursement of a current or future product in those countries. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

The RxSight system has a CE Mark for improving uncorrected visual acuity by adjusting the LAL power to correct residual postoperative refractive error, including for -2.0 to + 2.0 diopters of sphere and -3.0 to -0.50 diopters of cylinder and by changing lens curvature to introduce controlled amounts of spherical aberration (+/- 1 micron) and center near add (up to 2.0 diopters) which is also registered with the MHRA in the United Kingdom and in Mexico. Obtaining additional foreign regulatory approvals and establishing and maintaining compliance with foreign regulatory requirements in jurisdictions where we conduct business currently or in the future, such as requirements under the EU MDR, could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we or any future collaborator fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets or fail to receive applicable marketing approvals or clearances, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our current and future products will be harmed.

In addition, we have conducted clinical trials in Mexico and may choose to conduct further international clinical trials. The acceptance of study data by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority from clinical trials conducted outside of their respective jurisdictions may be subject to certain conditions. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (1) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; (2) the trials are performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to current good clinical practices regulations; and (3) audits by regulatory authorities of the clinical data do not identify significant data integrity issues. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including the adequacy of the patient population studied and statistical powering, must be met. In addition, such foreign trials are subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any applicable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of its applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or any applicable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan, and which may result in our products not receiving approval or clearance for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.

Our products may be subject to recalls after receiving FDA or foreign approval or clearance, which could divert managerial and financial resources, harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of our products because of any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or defects in design or manufacture. A

 

59


Table of Contents

government mandated or voluntary product recall by us could occur because of, for example, component failures, device malfunctions or other adverse events, such as serious injuries or deaths, or quality-related issues, such as manufacturing errors or design or labeling defects. Any future recalls of our products could divert managerial and financial resources, harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publicly available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports has been and could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation.

In addition, we are subject to medical device reporting regulations that require us to report to the FDA or similar foreign governmental authorities if one of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or if we become aware that it has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction recurred. Failures to properly identify reportable events or to file timely reports, as well as failure to address each of the observations to the FDA’s satisfaction, can subject us to sanctions and penalties, including warning letters and recalls.

Doctors may make similar reports to regulatory authorities. Any such reports may trigger an investigation by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory bodies, which could divert managerial and financial resources, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we, or our suppliers, fail to comply with the FDA’s QSR or applicable foreign regulations, our manufacturing or distribution operations could be delayed or shut down and our revenue could suffer.

Our manufacturing and design processes and those of our third-party component suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of our products in the United States. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses, and to ongoing ISO 13485 compliance in our operations, including design, manufacturing, and service, to maintain our CE Mark in Europe. In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting and must make available our facilities and records for periodic unannounced inspections by governmental agencies, including the FDA, state authorities, EU Notified Bodies, and comparable agencies in other countries. If we fail a regulatory inspection, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take timely and adequate corrective action in response to an adverse regulatory inspection could result in, among other things, a shutdown of our manufacturing or product distribution operations, significant fines, suspension of marketing clearances and approvals, seizures or recalls of our device, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays for our products and cause our revenue to decline.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Public Health, or CDPH, and our Notified Body to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations at both our design and manufacturing facilities, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers.

We can provide no assurance that we will continue to remain in material compliance with the QSR. If the FDA, CDPH, or any applicable notified body in the European Union or United Kingdom inspects any of our facilities

 

60


Table of Contents

and discover compliance problems, we may have to cease manufacturing and product distribution until we can take the appropriate remedial steps to correct the audit findings. Taking corrective action may be expensive, time consuming and a distraction for management and if we experience a delay at our manufacturing facility, we may be unable to produce our products, which would harm our business.

Healthcare reform initiatives and other administrative and legislative proposals may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in our key markets.

There have been and continue to be proposals by the federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control or manage the increased costs of healthcare and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products or the coverage and reimbursement available for our products and could limit the acceptance and availability of our products. The adoption of proposals to control costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, in the United States, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, together, the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was enacted. The ACA is a sweeping measure intended to expand healthcare coverage within the United States, primarily through the imposition of health insurance mandates on employers and individuals, the provision of subsidies to eligible individuals enrolled in plans offered on the health insurance exchanges and the expansion of the Medicaid program. The ACA has impacted existing government healthcare programs and has resulted in the development of new programs.

Certain provisions of the ACA have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. For example, various portions of the ACA have been the subject of legal and constitutional challenges, including legal proceedings in the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals. The Supreme Court of the United States held oral arguments on the Fifth Circuit Court case in November 2020. In June 2021, the United States Supreme Court held that Texas and other challengers had no legal standing to challenge the ACA, upholding the ACA. It is unclear how this Supreme Court decision, future litigation, and healthcare measures promulgated by the Biden administration will impact the implementation of the ACA, our business, financial condition and results of operations. Complying with any new legislation or reversing changes implemented under the ACA could be time-intensive and expensive, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of, on average, 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, which, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will stay in effect through 2030 unless additional congressional action is taken. These Medicare sequester reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through the end of 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on customers for our products, if approved, and accordingly, our financial operations. We cannot assure you that the ACA, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not harm our business and financial results, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the

 

61


Table of Contents

future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may harm:

 

 

our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

 

our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability; and

 

 

the availability of capital.

Further, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal legislation designed to bring transparency to product pricing and reduce the cost of products and services under government healthcare programs. While some of these measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the federal administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control healthcare costs. Additionally, individual states in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures. Moreover, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what products to purchase and which suppliers will be included in their healthcare programs. Adoption of price controls and other cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures may prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and attain profitability. Various new healthcare reform proposals are emerging at the federal and state level. Any new federal and state healthcare initiatives that may be adopted could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the distribution, recommendation, ordering and purchasing of any medical device for which we have or obtain marketing clearance or approval. Through our arrangements with principal investigators, healthcare professionals, third-party payors and customers, we are exposed to broadly applicable anti-fraud and abuse, anti-kickback, false claims and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain our business, our arrangements and relationships with customers, and how we market, sell and distribute our marketed medical devices. We have a compliance program, a Code of Conduct and associated policies and procedures, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent noncompliance may not be effective in protecting us from governmental investigations for failure to comply with applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations.

In the United States, we are subject to various state and federal anti-fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute and federal civil False Claims Act. There are similar laws in other countries. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors, customers, and others may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, as well as, sell, market, and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws and related regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

62


Table of Contents
 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug or medical device manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, or order of, items or services for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Moreover, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the ACA), provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

 

 

the Federal False Claims Act, including its civil provisions that can be enforced by private citizens through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalties prohibiting individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government, and/or impose exclusions from federal health care programs and/or penalties for parties who engage in such prohibited conduct;

 

 

the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which prohibits, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and their implementing regulations also impose obligations on covered entities such as health insurance plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and certain health care providers and their respective business associates and their covered subcontractors, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, also referred to as the CMS Open Payments, which requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to annually report to CMS information regarding certain payments and other transfers of value to covered recipients, including physicians, as defined by such law, and teaching hospitals as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; additionally, effective January 1, 2022, for data reported to CMS in 2022, these reporting obligations with respect to payments and transfers of value made to covered recipients in the previous year, or data collected in 2021, will extend to include certain non-physician providers, such as physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners; and

 

 

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, state laws that require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; state and local laws that require medical device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to doctors or marketing expenditures and require the registration of their sales representatives; state laws that require medical device companies to report information on the pricing of certain medical device products; and state and foreign laws that govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

63


Table of Contents

State and federal regulatory and enforcement agencies continue to actively investigate violations of healthcare laws and regulations, and the U.S. Congress continues to strengthen the arsenal of enforcement tools. Most recently, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, increased the criminal and civil penalties that can be imposed for violating certain federal health care laws, including the Anti-Kickback Statute. Enforcement agencies also continue to pursue novel theories of liability under these laws. In particular, government agencies recently have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement activity with respect to manufacturer reimbursement support activities and patient support programs, including bringing criminal charges or civil enforcement actions under the Anti-Kickback Statute, federal civil False Claims Act and HIPAA’s healthcare fraud and privacy provisions.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions or safe harbors, it is possible that some of our activities, such as stock-option compensation paid to doctors that have entered into consulting agreements with us, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action brought against us for violations of these laws or regulations, even successfully defended, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. We may be subject to private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers on behalf of the federal or state governments.

The growth of our business and sales organization and our expansion outside of the United States may increase the potential of violating these laws or our internal policies and procedures. The risk of our being found in violation of these or other laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action brought against us for violation of these or other laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal, state and foreign laws described above or any other current or future fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment of individuals, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and we could be required to curtail or cease our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.

Achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state anti-fraud and abuse laws may prove costly. If we or our employees are found to have violated any of the above laws we may be subjected to substantial criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and significant fines, monetary penalties, forfeiture, disgorgement and damages, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action or investigation against us for the violation of these healthcare fraud and abuse laws, even if successfully defended, could result in significant legal expenses and could divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Companies settling federal civil False Claims Act, Anti-Kickback Statute or civil monetary penalties law cases also may be required to enter into a Corporate Integrity Agreement with the OIG in order to avoid exclusion from participation (i.e., loss of coverage for their products) in federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Corporate Integrity Agreements typically impose substantial costs on companies to ensure compliance. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant personnel resources, and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the CMS fee schedules may harm our revenue and operating results.

Government payers, such as Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) as well as insurers, have increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of healthcare services. From time to time, the

 

64


Table of Contents

U.S. Congress has considered and implemented changes in the CMS fee schedules in conjunction with budgetary legislation. Reductions of reimbursement by Medicare or Medicaid for procedures that use our products or changes in policy regarding coverage of these procedures, such as adding requirements for payment, or prior authorizations, may be implemented from time to time. Reductions in the reimbursement rates and changes in payment policies of other third-party payers may occur as well. Similar changes in the past have resulted in reduced payments for procedures that use medical device products as well as added costs and have added more complex regulatory and administrative requirements. Further changes in federal, state, local and third-party payer regulations or policies may have a material adverse impact on the demand for our products and on our business. Actions by agencies regulating insurance or changes in other laws, regulations, or policies may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Legislative or regulatory reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our planned or future products and to manufacture, market and distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory approval, manufacture and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of planned or future products. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted, or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Any change in the laws or regulations that govern the clearance and approval processes relating to our current, planned and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain clearance or approval for new products or to produce, market and distribute existing products. Significant delays in receiving clearance or approval or the failure to receive clearance or approval for our new products would have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business.

Compliance with the EU Medical Device Regulation, applicable regulations in the United Kingdom, and other applicable foreign regulations, as well as any changes to existing regulations, may be costly and disruptive to our business, and expose us to increased liability.

In 2017, the European Union published the new EU Medical Device Regulation (MDR) (2017/745), the application of which was postponed until May 26, 2021 for class I devices (lowest risk) and May 26, 2024 for all other class devices (higher risk devices). The new regulations replace predecessor directives and emphasize a global convergence of regulations. With the transition from the Medical Devices Directive, or MDD, to the MDR, notified bodies are required to seek designation to operate as conformity assessment authorities under the new law. While we are currently in compliance with the MDR and in process of transferring certification from MDD to MDR, compliance with any new or changing regulations in the EU or other jurisdictions where we currently commercialize our products or intend to commercialize in the future is a time consuming process that may require comprehensive quality system audits and new conformity assessment certifications for our products. Major changes include:

 

 

reclassification of some products;

 

greater emphasis on clinical data;

 

data transparency, including publication of clinical trial data and safety summaries;

 

defined content and structure for technical files to support registration;

 

unique device identification system;

 

greater burden on post-market surveillance and clinical follow-up;

 

65


Table of Contents
 

reduction of adverse event reporting time from 30 to 15 days after the event; and

 

more power to notified bodies.

Implementation of the Medical Device Regulations introduces substantial changes to the obligations with which medical device manufacturers must comply in the EU. High risk medical devices will be subject to additional scrutiny during the conformity assessment procedure. For any products that we may develop in the future, complying with these new regulations may result in Europe being less attractive as a “first market” destination. Marketing authorization timelines will become more protracted and the costs of operating in Europe will increase. A significantly more costly path to regulatory compliance is anticipated.

Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate competent and reliable evidence of the safety and effectiveness of our products, which would prevent or delay commercialization of our products in development.

We may be required to conduct clinical studies that demonstrate competent and reliable evidence that our products are safe and effective before we can commercialize our products. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. We cannot be certain that our planned clinical trials or any other future clinical trials will be successful. In addition, even if such clinical trials are successfully completed, we cannot guarantee that the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities will interpret the results as we do, and more trials could be required before we submit our products for approval. To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities for support of a marketing application, we may be required to expend significant resources, which may not be available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our products. Even if regulatory approval is secured for any of our products, the terms of such approval may limit the scope and use of our products, which may also limit their commercial potential.

Defects or failures associated with our products could lead to recalls, safety alerts or litigation, as well as significant costs and negative publicity.

Our business is subject to significant risks associated with manufacture, distribution and use of medical devices that are placed inside the human body, including the risk that patients may be severely injured by or even die from the misuse or malfunction of our products caused by design flaws or manufacturing defects. In addition, component failures, design defects, off-label uses, or inadequate disclosure of product-related information could also result in an unsafe condition or the injury or death of a patient. These problems could lead to a recall or market withdrawal of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products and result in significant costs, negative publicity and adverse competitive pressure. The circumstances giving rise to recalls are unpredictable, and any recalls of existing or future products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We provide a limited warranty that our products are free of material defects and conform to specifications and offer to repair the LDD in the event of a defect and replace or refund the purchase price of a defective LAL. As a result, we bear the risk of potential warranty claims on our products. In the event that we attempt to recover some or all of the expenses associated with a warranty claim against us from our suppliers or vendors, we may not be successful in claiming such recovery, or any recovery from such vendor or supplier may be inadequate or unavailable.

The medical device industry has historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims. We may be subject to product liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have caused, an injury or death, even if due to doctor error. In addition, an injury or death that is caused by the activities of our suppliers, such as those that provide us with components and raw materials, or by an aspect of a treatment used in combination with our products, such as a complementary drug or anesthesia, may be the basis for a claim against us by patients, doctors or others purchasing or using our products, even if our products were not the

 

66


Table of Contents

actual cause of such injury or death. We may choose to settle any claims to avoid a determination of fault, even if we believe fault was not due to failure of our products. An adverse outcome involving one of our products could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for such products or any or all of our other products and could harm our brand and reputation and our ability to market our products in the future. In some circumstances, adverse events arising from or associated with the design, manufacture or marketing of our products could result in the suspension or delay of regulatory reviews of our premarket notifications or applications for marketing. Any of the foregoing problems could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although we carry product liability insurance in the United States and in other countries in which we conduct business, including for clinical trials and product marketing, we can give no assurance that such coverage will be available or adequate to satisfy any claims. Product liability insurance is expensive, subject to significant deductibles and exclusions, and may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain or maintain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liabilities. A product liability claim recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Defending a suit, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could be costly, could divert management’s attention from our business and might result in adverse publicity, which could result in reduced acceptance of our products in the market, product recalls or market withdrawals.

We are required to file adverse event reports under Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulations with the FDA that are publicly available on the FDA’s website. We are required to file MDRs if our products may have caused or contributed to a serious injury or death or malfunctioned in a way that could likely cause or contribute to a serious injury or death if it were to recur. Any such MDR that reports a significant adverse event could result in negative publicity, which could harm our reputation and future sales. If we fail to report events required to be reported to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, the FDA could take enforcement action and impose sanctions against us. Any such adverse event involving our products also could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, distributors and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, distributors and vendors may engage in fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) the laws of the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulators; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. These laws may impact, among other things, future sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commissions, certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials.

 

67


Table of Contents

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent these activities may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, additional integrity reporting and oversight obligations, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. Whether or not we are successful in defending against any such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental health and safety laws may result in liabilities, expenses and restrictions on our operations. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could subject us to significant liability.

Our research and development and manufacturing operations involve the use of hazardous substances and are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal, remediation of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances and the sale, labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of products containing hazardous substances. Liability under environmental laws and regulations can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may be expensive and noncompliance could result in substantial liabilities, fines and penalties, personal injury and third-party property damage claims and substantial investigation and remediation costs. Environmental laws and regulations could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We cannot assure you that violations of these laws and regulations will not occur in the future or have not occurred in the past as a result of human error, accidents, equipment failure or other causes. The expense associated with environmental regulation and remediation could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Federal, state, local and foreign laws regarding environmental protection, hazardous substances and human health and safety may adversely affect our business. Our research and development and manufacturing operations involve the use of hazardous substances and are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal and remediation of, as well as human exposure to, hazardous substances and the sale, labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of products containing hazardous substances. These operations are permitted by regulatory authorities, and the resultant waste materials are disposed of in material compliance with environmental laws and regulations. Using hazardous substances in our operations exposes us to the risk of accidental injury, contamination or other liability from the use, storage, importation, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. If our or our suppliers’ operations result in the contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and fines, and any liability could significantly exceed our insurance coverage and have a material adverse effect on our on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Liability under environmental laws and regulations can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and non-compliance could result in substantial liabilities, fines and penalties, personal injury and third-party property damage claims and substantial investigation and remediation costs. Environmental laws and

 

68


Table of Contents

regulations could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We cannot assure you that violations of these laws and regulations will not occur in the future or have not occurred in the past as a result of human error, accidents, equipment failure or other causes. The expense associated with environmental regulation and remediation could harm our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We face risks related to our collection and use of data, which could result in investigations, inquiries, litigation, fines, legislative and regulatory action and negative press about our privacy and data protection practices.

Our business processes personal data, including some data related to health. When conducting clinical trials, we face risks associated with collecting trial participants’ data, especially health data, in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations, such as the Common Rule, GCP guidelines, or FDA human subject protection regulations. We also face risks inherent in handling large volumes of data and in protecting the security of such data. We could be subject to attacks on our systems by outside parties or fraudulent or inappropriate behavior by our service providers or employees. Third parties may also gain access to users’ accounts using stolen or inferred credentials, computer malware, viruses, spamming, phishing attacks or other means, and may use such access to obtain users’ personal data or prevent use of their accounts. Data breaches could result in a violation of applicable U.S. and international privacy, data protection and other laws, and subject us to individual or consumer class action litigation and governmental investigations and proceedings by federal, state and local regulatory entities in the United States and by international regulatory entities, resulting in exposure to material civil and/or criminal liability. Further, our general liability insurance and corporate risk program may not cover all potential claims to which we are exposed and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed.

This risk is enhanced in certain jurisdictions and, as we expand our operations domestically and internationally, we may be subject to additional laws in other jurisdictions. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with privacy and data protection laws, rules and regulations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. These proceedings or actions may subject us to significant penalties and negative publicity, require us to change our business practices, increase our costs and severely disrupt our business. In the United States, various federal and state regulators, including governmental agencies like the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission, have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations concerning personal information and data security and have prioritized privacy and information security violations for enforcement actions. Additionally, in the United States, California adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”) in January 2020 which requires certain companies that process information on California consumers to, among other things, provide new disclosures to California consumers and afford such consumers new abilities to exercise certain rights with respect to their personal information and opt out of certain sales of personal information, in addition to severely limiting our ability to use their information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. It remains unclear how various provisions of the CCPA will be interpreted and enforced. Furthermore, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (“CPRA”). Effective beginning January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. Other states have passed, or plan to pass, data privacy laws that are similar to the CCPA and CPRA, further complicating the legal landscape. In addition, laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been accessed or acquired as a result of a data breach (and, in some cases, to regulators). The effects of the CCPA, CPRA and other such privacy laws are potentially significant, and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply.

 

69


Table of Contents

In addition, we are subject to international laws, regulations and standards in many jurisdictions, which apply broadly to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which was adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and became effective in May 2018, applies extraterritorially and imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention of information, increased requirements pertaining to special categories of personal data and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data.

The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own laws and regulations limiting the (i) processing of personal data, including special categories of data (e.g., racial or ethnic origin, political opinions, religious or philosophical beliefs) and (ii) profiling and automated individual decision-making of individuals, which could limit our ability to use and share personal data or other data and could cause our costs to increase, harming our business and financial condition. Non-compliance with GDPR is subject to significant penalties, including fines of up to 20 million or 4% of total worldwide revenue, whichever is greater. The interpretations of the GDPR by local data protection authorities in EU member states, along with the complexity of the new data protection regime itself, will leave the interpretation and enforcement of the law unclear in the near term, with potential inconsistencies across the EU member states. The implementation and enforcement of the GDPR may subject us to enforcement risk and requirements to change certain of our data collection, processing and other policies and practices. We could incur significant costs investigating and defending such claims and, if we are found liable, significant damages. If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial results could be adversely affected. Other jurisdictions outside the EU are similarly introducing or enhancing laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security, which enhances risks relating to compliance with such laws. Further, the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. As of January 1, 2021, we are also subject to the UK General Data Protection Regulation and UK Data Protection Act of 2018, which retains the GDPR in the United Kingdom’s national law. These recent developments will require us to review and amend the legal mechanisms by which we make and/or receive personal data transfers.

Additionally, we are subject to laws and regulations regarding cross-border transfers of personal data, including laws relating to transfer of personal data outside of the European Economic Area (“EEA”). We rely on transfer mechanisms permitted under these laws, including EU Standard Contract Clauses. Such mechanisms have received heightened regulatory and judicial scrutiny in recent years. If we cannot rely on existing mechanisms for transferring personal data from the EEA, the United Kingdom or other jurisdictions, we could be prevented from transferring personal data of users or employees in those regions. This could adversely affect the manner in which we provide our services and thus materially affect our operations and financial results.

Because the interpretation and application of laws, regulations, standards and other obligations relating to data privacy and security are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws, regulations, standards and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data processing practices and policies. If our practices are not consistent, or are viewed as not consistent, with changes in laws, regulations and standards or new interpretations or applications of existing laws, regulations and standards, we may also become subject to fines, audits, inquiries, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, lawsuits, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanction or other penalties. Although we endeavor to comply with our public statements and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. The publication of our privacy policies and other statements that provide

 

70


Table of Contents

promises and assurances about data privacy and security can subject us to potential government or legal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our actual practices. Any concerns about our data privacy and security practices, even if unfounded, could damage the reputation of our businesses and discourage potential users from our products and services. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Inadequate funding for the FDA and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new medical devices to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, in recent years, including in 2018 and 2019, the U.S. government shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies such as the FDA had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Our global operations can expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, including to anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, such as the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act, and violation of these requirements could result in substantial penalties and prosecution and harm our business.

We have commercialized the RxSight system outside of the United States, each component of which has received a CE mark and is registered with the MHRA in the United Kingdom. We are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes in the countries in which we operate, including on matters as diverse as health and safety standards, marketing and promotional activities, anticorruption, import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, immigration, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities regulation, anti-competition, data privacy and labor relations. This includes in emerging markets where legal systems may be less familiar to us. We strive to abide by and maintain compliance with these laws and regulations. Compliance with diverse legal requirements is costly, time-consuming and requires significant resources. Violations of one or more of these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our customers also could result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity and other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our customers or distributors that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our rights.

Our operations outside of the United States are subject to various heavily enforced anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, such as the FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act and similar laws around the world. These laws generally

 

71


Table of Contents

prohibit U.S. companies and their employees and intermediaries from offering, promising, authorizing or making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining any advantage. We face significant risks if we, which includes our third-party business partners and intermediaries, fail to comply with the FCPA or other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. Responding to any enforcement action or related investigation may result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Any violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our international operations could be affected by changes in laws, trade regulations, labor and employment regulations, and procedures and actions affecting approval, products and solutions, pricing, reimbursement and marketing of our products and solutions, as well as by inter-governmental disputes. Any of these changes could adversely affect our business. The imposition of new laws or regulations, including potential trade barriers, may increase our operating costs, impose restrictions on our operations or require us to spend additional funds to gain compliance with the new rules, if possible, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks related to reliance on third parties

From time to time, we engage outside parties to perform services related to certain of our clinical studies and trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our products.

From time to time, we engage consultants to help design, monitor and analyze the results of certain of our clinical studies and trials. The consultants we engage interact with clinical investigators to enroll patients in our clinical trials. We depend on these consultants and clinical investigators to conduct clinical studies and trials and monitor and analyze data from these studies and trials under the investigational plan and protocol for the study or trial and in compliance with applicable regulations and standards, such as GCP guidelines, the Common Rule, and FDA human subject protection regulations. We may face delays in our regulatory approval process if these parties do not perform their obligations in a timely, compliant or competent manner. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their duties or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality, completeness or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or for other reasons, our clinical studies or trials may be extended, delayed or terminated or may otherwise prove to be unsuccessful, and we may have to conduct additional studies, which would significantly increase our costs, in order to obtain the regulatory clearances or approvals that we need to commercialize our products.

We and our component suppliers may not meet regulatory quality standards applicable to our manufacturing processes, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a medical device manufacturer, we must register with the FDA and non-U.S. regulatory agencies in jurisdictions where we commercialize our products, and we are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies, for compliance with certain good manufacturing practices, including design controls, product validation and verification, in process testing, quality control and documentation procedures. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies. Our manufacturer, component, and sub-component suppliers are also required to meet certain standards applicable to their manufacturing processes.

 

72


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that we or our component suppliers comply or can continue to comply with all regulatory requirements. The failure by us or one of our component suppliers to achieve or maintain compliance with these requirements or quality standards may disrupt our ability to supply products sufficient to meet demand until compliance is achieved or, with a component supplier, until a new supplier has been identified and evaluated. Our or any of our component supplier’s failure to comply with applicable regulations could cause sanctions to be imposed on us, including warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, failure of regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of our products, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances, license revocation, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, which could harm our business. We cannot assure you that if we need to engage new suppliers to satisfy our business requirements, we can locate new suppliers in compliance with regulatory requirements at a reasonable cost and in an acceptable timeframe. Our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For products that we currently distribute or market in the EU and the United Kingdom, as well as future products for which we obtain the applicable marketing authorization, we must maintain certain International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) certifications to sell our products and must undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies, such as BSI, to obtain and maintain these certifications. If we fail these inspections or fail to meet these regulatory standards, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon third parties, including single and sole source suppliers, to manufacture certain components and subcomponents of the RxSight system making us vulnerable to supply disruptions and price fluctuations.

We rely on third parties, including single and sole source suppliers, to manufacture certain components and subcomponents of our products. We do not have long-term supply agreements with, or guaranteed commitments from our suppliers, including single and sole source suppliers. We utilize blanket orders covering the medium term of 18 – 24 months for the majority of our supplier base. We depend on our suppliers to provide us and our customers with materials in a timely manner that meet our and their quality, quantity and cost requirements. These suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand. The expansion of global lead times, particularly in Europe and Asia, related to the COVID-19 pandemic, has resulted in the lack of availability of raw materials, including semiconductors, computers, monitors electronic parts, metals, packaging, adhesives, resins and subcontract painted components. Certain suppliers have passed on higher prices, surcharges and expedited shipping fees to defray the higher commodity prices they are paying due to short supply. While we have taken measures to mitigate business continuity risk, including increasing standard lead times, payment of expedite fees, issuance of non-cancelable purchase orders, advance delivery of critical components ahead of normal delivery dates and second sourcing, our suppliers may cease producing the components we purchase from them or otherwise decide to cease doing business with us. Any supply interruption from our suppliers or failure to obtain additional suppliers for any of the components or subcomponents used in our products would limit our ability to manufacture our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The failure of third parties to meet their contractual, regulatory, and other obligations could adversely affect our business.

We rely on suppliers, vendors, outsourcing partners, consultants, and other third parties to research, develop, manufacture and commercialize our products. Using these third parties poses a number of risks, such as: (i) they may not perform to our standards or legal requirements; (ii) they may not produce reliable results; (iii) they may not perform in a timely manner; (iv) they may not maintain confidentiality of our proprietary information; (v) disputes may arise with respect to ownership of rights to technology developed with our partners; and (vi) disagreements could cause delays in, or termination of, the research, development or

 

73


Table of Contents

commercialization of our products or result in litigation or arbitration. Moreover, some third parties are located in markets subject to political and social risk, corruption, infrastructure problems and natural disasters, in addition to country-specific privacy and data security risk given current legal and regulatory environments. Failure of third parties to meet their contractual, regulatory and other obligations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks related to our common stock and to this offering

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which we cannot control. The stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

 

the timing and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of our current and future products or those of our competitors;

 

 

the success of competitive products or announcements by potential competitors of their product development efforts;

 

 

regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;

 

 

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

 

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

 

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other intellectual property or proprietary rights;

 

 

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

 

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

 

market conditions in the medical device sector;

 

 

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

 

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

 

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders;

 

 

expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;

 

 

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

74


Table of Contents

The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, could have a dramatic and adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

In addition, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding options or warrants, you will incur further dilution. Based on the initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $10.66 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, which gives effect to this offering, and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 57% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately 28% of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or if they publish adverse or misleading research or reports, regarding us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our market. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities or industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the stock price would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue adverse or misleading research or reports regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our market, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, no market for shares of our common stock exists and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We will determine the initial public offering price for our common stock through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active trading market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active trading market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies, technologies or other assets by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

 

75


Table of Contents

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after this offering. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have 26,294,988 outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, no exercise of outstanding options and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 14,850,993 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. This includes the 7,350,000 shares that we sell in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates.

We and our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all shares of our common stock have entered into market stand-off agreements with us and/or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” not to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. When the lock-up period expires, we and our securityholders subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off agreement will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. See the description of the market stand-off agreement with us and the lock-up agreement with the underwriters in the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the market stand-off agreements and lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 48% of our voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately 35% of our outstanding voting stock (based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, no exercise of outstanding options and no purchases of shares in this offering by any of this group), in each case assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. After this offering, this group of stockholders will have the ability to control us through this ownership position even if they do not purchase any additional shares in this offering. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other

 

76


Table of Contents

stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

Certain of our existing stockholders, including entities that are affiliated with certain of our directors and beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, may purchase shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. The previously discussed ownership percentage upon completion of this offering does not reflect the potential purchase of any shares in this offering by such stockholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

 

 

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

 

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

 

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

 

exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, changes in rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

 

77


Table of Contents

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices. Additionally, if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, which will increase our operating expenses. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain sufficient coverage. We cannot accurately predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to incur additional costs and obligations in order to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Under these rules, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K after we become a public company, we will be required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaging in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are designed and operating effectively, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards under the rules. During the course of its testing, our management may identify material weaknesses or deficiencies which may not be remedied in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

 

78


Table of Contents

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. Our management might not apply the net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to any appreciation in the value of their stock.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the market price of our common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon closing of the offering, will contain provisions that could depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions, among other things:

 

 

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

 

permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;

 

 

provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

 

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board could use to implement a stockholder rights plan (also known as a poison pill);

 

 

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

prohibit cumulative voting;

 

 

authorize our board of directors to amend the bylaws;

 

 

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings; and

 

 

require a super-majority vote of stockholders to amend some provisions described above.

 

79


Table of Contents

In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL) prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that, unless the company consents in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for:

 

 

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

 

any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty;

 

 

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

 

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

This Delaware forum provision does not apply to actions arising under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 because the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over such claims. This Delaware forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that the stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. If a court were to find this Delaware forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with litigating such disputes in multiple and/or other jurisdictions, which could seriously harm our business.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933 against any person in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including but not limited to any auditor, underwriter, selling shareholder, expert, control person, or other defendant. This federal forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a Securities Act claim in a judicial forum that the stockholder finds favorable, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. While the Delaware Supreme Court has held such provisions to be facially valid as a matter of Delaware law and several state trial courts have enforced such provisions and required that suits asserting Securities Act claims be filed in federal court, there is no guarantee that courts of appeal will affirm the enforceability of such provisions. If a court were to find this federal forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with litigating Securities Act claims in state court, or both state and federal court, which could seriously harm our business.

 

80


Table of Contents

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on third party software for state and local tax rates, updated whenever tax rates change. We also rely on state exemptions, when applicable, for medical devices and services, which are determined by management’s review of each state’s sales tax laws and regulations concerning prescribed medical treatments. However, as laws and regulations change from time to time, these exemptions may or may not continue to apply to our products in the various taxing jurisdictions. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes on sales of our products may later assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect the results of our operations.

Our board of directors will be authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations.

The Tax Act enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws, the consequences of which have not yet been fully determined. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our U.S. operations, the taxation of foreign earnings and the deductibility of expenses contained in the Tax Act or other tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time charges in the current or future taxable years and could increase our future U.S. tax expense. The foregoing items, as well as any future changes in tax laws, could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the newly enacted federal tax legislation.

Risks related to COVID-19

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth have been harmed by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be harmed.

We are subject to risks related to public health crises such as the global pandemic associated with COVID-19. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our operations and revenues and overall financial condition by decreasing the number of our RxSight systems sold. The number of our RxSight systems sold, similar to other ophthalmic procedures, has decreased as health care organizations globally have prioritized the treatment of patients with COVID-19. For example, in

 

81


Table of Contents

the United States, governmental authorities have recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments, including those related to cataract treatments, be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical environments and potential infection with COVID-19 and to focus limited resources and personnel capacity toward the treatment of COVID-19. These measures and challenges may continue for the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain, and will reduce our revenue and continue to interrupt the commercialization of our products while the pandemic continues. Further, once the pandemic subsides, we anticipate there will be a substantial backlog of patients seeking appointments with doctors and surgeries to be performed at ophthalmic practices and ambulatory surgery centers relating to a variety of medical conditions, and as a result, patients seeking to receive, or who have received, our LAL will have to navigate limited provider capacity. We believe this limited provider capacity could have an adverse effect on our sales following the end of the pandemic.

Numerous state and local jurisdictions have imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where our headquarters is located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel and business operations for an indefinite period of time, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in the temporary closing of our headquarters, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Other disruptions or potential disruptions include restrictions on our personnel and personnel of partners to travel and access customers for training and case support; delays in approvals by regulatory bodies; delays in product development efforts; and additional government requirements or other incremental mitigation efforts that may further impact our capacity to manufacture, sell and support the use of our RxSight system. In addition, even after the “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19 are lifted, we may continue to experience disruptions to our business, including as a result of patients and customers continuing to be cautious in restarting elective procedures in light of the continued risk posed by the virus.

As we continue to actively advance our clinical programs and discovery and research programs, we are in close contact with the third parties we engage with and are assessing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on each of our programs, expected timelines and costs on an ongoing basis. In light of ongoing developments relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the focus of healthcare providers on fighting the virus, and consistent with the FDA’s industry guidance for conducting clinical trials issued in March 2020, updated subsequently, we and our contract research organizations have made certain adjustments to the operation of our clinical trials in an effort to ensure the monitoring and safety of patients and minimize risk to trial integrity during the pandemic and generally. Other COVID-related guidance recently released by FDA includes statistical considerations for clinical trials during the COVID-19 public health emergency and post-marketing adverse event reporting for medical products during a pandemic. We may need to make further adjustments in the future, including implementation of new policies and procedures.

While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict, the widespread pandemic has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively affect our liquidity. We expect any further shelter-in-place policies and restrictions on elective surgical procedures worldwide to have a substantial near-term impact on our revenue. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our customers, including doctors, have experienced financial hardship and some of them may not fully recover. This could lead to some of these customers temporarily or permanently shutting down, filing for bankruptcy or being acquired by larger health systems, leading to reduced procedures and/or additional pricing pressure on our products. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a significant increase in unemployment in the United States which may

 

82


Table of Contents

continue even after the pandemic. The occurrence of any such events may lead to reduced disposable income and access to health insurance which could adversely affect the number of RxSight systems sold after the pandemic has ended.

General risk factors

Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled executive officers and employees.

To succeed, we must recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified executives as we build out the management team, and we face significant competition for experienced personnel. We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management and need to add executives with operational and commercialization experience as we plan for commercialization of our current and future products and build out a leadership team that can manage our operations as a public company. If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly at the management level, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. In particular, the loss of one or more of our executive officers could be detrimental to us if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner. The competition for qualified personnel in the medical device and ophthalmology field is intense and as a result, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the future success of our business. We could in the future have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts.

Many of the other medical device and biotechnology companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better prospects for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can discover, develop and commercialize our current and future products will be limited and the potential for successfully growing our business will be harmed.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures or security breaches.

Our computer systems, as well as those of our contractors and consultants, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters (including hurricanes), terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of the commercialization of our RxSight system and our future products. For example, the loss of preclinical study or clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of personal, confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the commercialization of our RxSight system and the further development of our current and future products could be delayed.

The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or internal bad actors, or breached due to employee error, a technical vulnerability, malfeasance or other disruptions. Although, to our knowledge, we have not experienced such material security breach to date, any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such actual or perceived access, disclosure or other security breach or loss of information (whether affecting us or one of our third-party service providers) could result in legal claims

 

83


Table of Contents

proceedings, regulatory investigations, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, significant regulatory penalties or other fines, and such an event could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in us and our ability to commercialize our products and conduct clinical trials, which could adversely affect our reputation and delay the commercialization of our RxSight system and clinical development of our current and future products.

The techniques and sophistication used to conduct cyber-attacks and breaches of information technology systems, as well as the sources and targets of these attacks, may take many forms (including phishing, social engineering, denial or degradation of service attacks, malware or ransomware), change frequently and are often not recognized until such attacks are launched or have been in place for a period of time. In addition, our employees, contractors, or third parties with whom we do business or to whom we outsource business operations may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to misappropriate regulated, protected, or personally identifiable information, and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving or compromise of such information. Third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of the information collected, stored, or transmitted by us, and our respective security measures, as well as those of our third-party service providers, may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. Advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools, and other developments may increase the risk of such a breach or compromise. There is no assurance that any security procedures or controls that we or our third-party providers have implemented will be sufficient to prevent data-security related incidents from occurring.

We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against, respond to, and recover from any potential, attempted or existing security breaches or failures and their consequences. As data security-related threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. We could be forced to expend significant financial and operational resources in responding to a security breach, including investigating and remediating any information security vulnerabilities, defending against and resolving legal and regulatory claims and complying with notification obligations, all of which could divert resources and the attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful, and we could be unable to implement, maintain and upgrade adequate safeguards

Economic conditions may adversely affect our business.

Adverse worldwide economic conditions, including those related to the COVID-19 pandemic, may negatively impact our business. A significant change in the liquidity or financial condition of our customers could cause unfavorable trends in their purchases and also in our receivable collections, and additional allowances may be required, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse worldwide economic conditions may also adversely impact our suppliers’ ability to provide us with materials and components, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation and other legal proceedings may adversely affect our business.

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property matters, product liability claims, employee claims, tort or contract claims, federal regulatory investigations, securities class action and other legal proceedings or investigations, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and can result in excessive or unanticipated verdicts and/or injunctive relief that affect how we operate our business. We could incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims for monetary damages or for agreements to change the way we

 

84


Table of Contents

operate our business, or both. There may be an increase in the scope of these matters or there may be additional lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse publicity about regulatory or legal action against us could damage our reputation and brand image, undermine our customers’ confidence and reduce long-term demand for our products, even if the regulatory or legal action is unfounded or not material to our operations.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, severe weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce our products. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our products could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption. In addition, our corporate headquarters is located in Aliso Viejo, California, near major earthquake faults and fire zones, and the ultimate impact on us for being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in a certain geographical area is unknown. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our results of operations could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our products and manage our inventory.

We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory in order to protect ourselves from supply interruptions, but keep limited components, sub-assemblies, materials and finished products on hand. To ensure adequate inventory supply and manage our operations with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers, we forecast anticipated materials requirements and demand for our products in order to predict inventory needs and then place orders with our suppliers based on these predictions. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products could be negatively affected by many factors, including our limited historical commercial experience, rapid growth, failure to accurately manage our expansion strategy, product introductions by competitors, an increase or decrease in customer demand for our products, our failure to accurately forecast customer acceptance of new products, unanticipated changes in general market conditions or regulatory matters and weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions.

Inventory levels in excess of customer demand, including as a result of our introduction of product enhancements, may result in a portion of our inventory becoming obsolete or expiring, as well as inventory write-downs or write-offs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand for our products or our own requirements for components, subassemblies and materials, our third-party manufacturers and suppliers may not be able to deliver components, sub-assemblies and materials to meet our requirements, which could result in inadequate inventory levels or interruptions, delays or cancellations of deliveries to our customers, any of which would damage our reputation, customer relationships and business. In addition, several components, sub-assemblies and materials incorporated into our products require lengthy order lead times, and additional supplies or materials may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers may not be able to allocate sufficient capacity in order to meet our increased requirements, any of which could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

85


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, current and future products, planned preclinical studies and clinical trials, results of clinical trials, research and development costs, regulatory approvals, timing and likelihood of success, as well as plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

our plans to conduct further clinical trials;

 

 

our plans and expected timeline related to our products, or developing new products, to address additional indications or otherwise;

 

 

the expected use of our products by doctors;

 

 

our ability to obtain, maintain and expand regulatory clearances for our products and any new products we create;

 

 

the expected growth of our business and our organization;

 

 

our expected uses of our existing resources and the net proceeds from this offering;

 

 

our expectations regarding government and third-party payer coverage and reimbursement;

 

 

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including the continued development of a sales and marketing infrastructure;

 

 

our ability to obtain an adequate supply of materials and components for our products from our third-party suppliers, including single- and sole-source suppliers;

 

 

our ability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products with sufficient quality;

 

 

our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our products and protect our intellectual property rights;

 

 

our ability to expand our business into new geographic markets;

 

 

our compliance with extensive Nasdaq requirements and government laws, rules and regulations both in the United States and internationally;

 

 

our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our need for, or ability to obtain, additional financing;

 

 

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act and a smaller reporting company under the Exchange Act;

 

86


Table of Contents
 

our ability to identify and develop new and planned products and/or acquire new products;

 

 

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry, including anticipated growth rates for the conventional and premium IOL markets;

 

 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

 

the accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

 

our financial performance, including in the three months ended June 30, 2021; and

 

 

the sufficiency of our existing capital resources to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about our business, the industry in which we operate and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

87


Table of Contents

Market, industry and other data

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our current and future products, including data regarding the estimated size of such markets and the incidence of certain medical conditions. We obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our internal estimates and research, including surveys and studies we have sponsored and/or conducted, and from academic and industry research, publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including governmental agencies. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. While we believe our internal research is reliable, such research has not been verified by any third party.

 

88


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $113.5 million, or approximately $130.9 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $6.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $15.8 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purpose of this offering is to provide us with additional capital to support our operations. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

 

approximately $40.0 million to support our commercial expansion, including hiring additional commercial personnel;

 

 

approximately $44.0 million to fund product development, research activities and clinical development; and

 

 

the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We believe opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through license or acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses, products or technologies. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific licenses, acquisitions or investments at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

Although we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our available cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least 12 months following the date of this offering, this belief is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. We may also choose to raise additional financing opportunistically.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors including cash flows from operations, the extent and success of our commercial expansion, the extent and results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of our studies and clinical trials, the timing and results of regulatory submissions, reimbursement and the anticipated growth of our business.

Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

89


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since our inception. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements and contractual restrictions of then-existing debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, the terms of our Credit Agreement restrict our ability to pay dividends to limited circumstances.

 

90


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of March 31, 2021, as follows:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect the cash exercise of 225,945 warrants to purchase Series H Preferred Stock and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2021 into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the issuance and sale of 7,350,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering as determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our audited and interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

   
     As of March 31, 2021  
      Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as
adjusted(1)
 
    

(in thousands, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 64,382     $ 27,187     $ 141,233  
  

 

 

 

Term loan, net

     29,472       29,472       29,472  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 16,572,792 shares authorized, 14,376,272 shares issued and outstanding, and aggregate liquidation preference of $196,528 ; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 353,300     $     $  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity :

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 24,545,966 shares authorized, 4,093,995 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 24,545,966 shares authorized, 19,170,933 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 900,000,000 shares authorized, 26,520,933 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     4       19       26  

Additional paid-in capital

     136,307       492,394       605,616  

Notes receivable for common stock issued

     (817     (817      

Series G common stock, $0.001 par value, 1 share authorized and outstanding

                  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

                  

Accumulated deficit

     (437,393     (437,393     (437,393
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (301,899     54,203       168,249  
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 80,873     $ 83,675     $ 197,721  

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents
(1)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $6.8 million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the
  number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $15.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 18,944,988 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 (including an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2021), and excludes the following:

 

 

225,945 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, which will be automatically converted into shares of our common stock following such exercise and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.40 per share;

 

 

4,623,643 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.81 per share;

 

 

7,260 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock that we granted after March 31, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $19.94 per share;

 

 

125,547 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan as of March 31, 2021;

 

 

7,260,406 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

 

484,027 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each of our 2021 Plan and our 2021 ESPP provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on awards under our 2015 Plan or 2006 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

92


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2021 was approximately $(302.0) million, or $(73.74) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, which is not included within our stockholders’ (deficit) equity. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2021 was approximately $54.2 million, or $2.83 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the cash exercise of 225,945 warrants to purchase Series H Preferred Stock and to the automatic conversion of all of the 14,376,272 shares of our fully diluted convertible preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 2021 into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021, after giving effect to the cash exercise of 225,945 warrants to purchase Series H Preferred Stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

After giving further effect to our sale of 7,350,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been approximately $168.2 million, or $6.34 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $3.51 to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $10.66 to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

           $ 17.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

   $ (73.74  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

   $ 76.57    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

   $ 2.83    

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

   $ 3.51    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $ 6.34  
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     $ 10.66  
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per

share after this offering by $0.26 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $0.74 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.34 and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $0.34, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.37 and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $0.37, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,102,500 additional shares of common stock in this offering in full at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $6.72 per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $10.28 per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of March 31, 2021, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid, or to be paid and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

       
     Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average price
per share
 
      Number      Percent     

Amount

(in thousands)

     Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

     19,170,933        72%      $ 492,413        80%      $ 25.69  

Investors participating in this offering

     7,350,000        28%        124,950        20%        17.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     26,520,933        100%      $ 617,363        100%     
      

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,102,500 additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to approximately 69% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in the offering would be increased to approximately 31% of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $6.8 million, assuming that the

 

94


Table of Contents

number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $15.8 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 18,944,988 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 (including an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock issuable upon automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2021), and excludes the following:

 

 

225,945 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, which will be automatically converted into shares of our common stock following such exercise and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.40 per share;

 

 

4,623,643 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.81 per share;

 

 

7,260 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock that we granted after March 31, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $19.94 per share;

 

 

125,547 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan as of March 31, 2021;

 

 

7,260,406 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

 

484,027 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each of our 2021 Plan and our 2021 ESPP provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2021 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on awards under our 2015 Plan or 2006 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised or new options are issued under the equity benefit plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

95


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

The following tables summarize our selected financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. We have derived our selected statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (except for the pro forma net loss per share and the pro forma share information), and the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from the unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on the same basis as our annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal, recurring adjustments that are necessary to present fairly the unaudited interim financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2021, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following selected financial and other data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31
 
      2019     2020     2020     2021  
    

(in thousands, except share and per-share data)

 
                 (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Sales

   $ 2,241     $ 14,678     $ 2,888     $ 3,484  

Cost of sales

     4,060       12,973       2,810       2,365  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (1,819     1,705       78       1,119  
  

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

     15,203       15,176       3,698       5,611  

Research and development

     29,569       21,934       5,777       6,643  

Gain (loss) on sale of equipment

     (521     7              
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,251       37,117       9,475       12,254  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (46,070   $ (35,412   $ (9,397   $ (11,135
  

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrants

     169,230       63,011       (7,407      

Expiration of warrant

     803                   5,018  

Interest expense

     (26     (510     (5     (698

Interest and other income, net

     2,307       543       312       17  
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     126,244       27,632       (16,497     (6,798

Income tax expense

     24       57       5       7  
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 126,220     $ 27,575     $ (16,502   $ (6,805

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

     (82,121     (24,209     (4,246      

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock

     (17,972          

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents
     
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31
 
      2019      2020     2020     2021  
    

(in thousands, except share and per-share data)

 
                  (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 26,127      $ 3,366     $ (20,748   $ (6,805

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

     68        (49     77       7  

Foreign currency translation gain

     5              (1     (4
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 126,293      $ 27,526     $ (16,426   $ (6,802
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share:

         

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic

   $ 7.62      $ 0.91     $ (5.81   $  

Attributable to redeemable common stock, diluted

   $ 6.00      $ 0.15     $ (5.81      

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic

   $ 0.01      $ (0.39   $ (0.66   $ (0.16

Attributable to Series G common stock, diluted

   $ 0.01      $ (0.62   $ (0.66   $ (0.16

Attributable to common stock, basic and diluted

                      $ (1.70

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

         

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic

     3,429,975        3,707,207       3,570,417        

Attributable to redeemable common stock, diluted

     20,580,003        5,532,305       3,570,417        

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic and diluted

            1       1       1  

Attributable to common stock, basic and diluted

                        3,996,173  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

      $ 0.18       $ (0.36

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

        18,784,159         19,073,111  

 

 

 

(1)   See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and weighted average shares of common stock outstanding and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Unaudited Pro Forma Information” for an explanation of the calculations of our pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

97


Table of Contents
   
     As of March 31, 2021  
      Actual     Pro forma(1)      Pro forma
as adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,385     $ 27,187      $ 141,233  

Short-term investments

     39,997       39,997        39,997  

Working capital(4)

     70,987       73,789        187,835  

Total assets

     96,291       99,093        213,139  

Total liabilities

     44,890       44,890        44,890  

Convertible preferred stock

     353,300               

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

     136,311       492,413        605,642  

Accumulated deficit

     (437,393     (437,393      (437,393

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (301,899     54,203        168,249  

 

 

 

     
     As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
      2019     2020     2021  
    

(in thousands)

 
                 (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,958     $ 13,994     $ 24,385  

Short-term investments

     72,710       54,981       39,977  

Working capital(4)

     81,742       69,900       70,987  

Total assets

     110,432       100,677       96,291  

Total liabilities

     87,462       44,906       44,890  

Redeemable common stock

     56,422       80,780        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     327,581       353,300       353,300  

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

                 136,311  

Accumulated deficit

     (419,855     (430,588     (437,393

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (419,809     (430,591     (301,899

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to the cash exercise of 225,945 warrants to purchase Series H Preferred Stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2021 into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock, which will automatically occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2)   Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the receipt of estimated net proceeds of $113.5 million from the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $6.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $15.8 million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.
(4)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

98


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company dedicated to improving the vision of patients following cataract surgery. Our proprietary RxSight system, comprised of our LAL, LDD and accessories, is the first and only commercially available IOL technology that enables doctors to customize and optimize visual acuity for patients after cataract surgery. Our LAL is made of proprietary photosensitive material that changes shape in response to specific patterns of ultraviolet light generated by our LDD. With the RxSight system, the surgeon performs a standard cataract procedure to implant the LAL, determines refractive error with patient input after healing is complete, and then uses the LDD to modify the lens with the exact amount of visual correction needed to achieve the patient’s desired vision outcomes. Alternative IOL technologies, in contrast, are not adjustable following the procedure and therefore require patients to make pre-operative choices about their visual preferences, which can often result in patient dissatisfaction when visual outcomes fail to meet expectations. We designed our RxSight system to maximize patient and doctor satisfaction through superior visual outcomes. In the pivotal study that formed the basis for our FDA approval, the observed rate of eyes with 20/20 or better uncorrected distance visual acuity for our LAL was 70.1%. This compares favorably to the results of pivotal studies with similar study designs and patient populations that supported FDA approval of Alcon’s Acrysof Toric (38.4%), and J&J’s Tecnis Toric (43.6%). We began commercializing our solution in the United States in the third quarter of 2019 and are focused on establishing the RxSight system as the standard of care for premium IOL procedures. As of March 31, 2021, we had an installed base of 105 LDDs in ophthalmology practices, and since our inception, surgeons have performed over 10,000 surgeries with our RxSight system.

Our products are also approved for sale in Europe and Mexico. We are not currently marketing our products for sale in Europe or Mexico; however, we have approval in both for improving uncorrected visual acuity by adjusting the LAL power to correct residual postoperative refractive error. We have one customer in Germany and one in Mexico, both of which participate in our clinical studies and perform commercial cases. The LAL is a premium IOL which is partially reimbursable under Medicare, and in some cases by private payors. Premium IOLs are sold at a higher price point than conventional IOLs, as they provide refractive correction of vision unlike a conventional IOL that only replaces the natural lens with a clear lens (which is the standard for Medicare reimbursement). We compete in the IOL market in the U.S. We are a Delaware corporation, headquartered in Aliso Viejo, California, and have one wholly owned subsidiary. Our subsidiary is located in Amsterdam, Netherlands, which has one wholly owned subsidiary in Germany and a registered branch in the United Kingdom.

Our commercial strategy is focused on a “land and expand” model through which we aim to drive new customer adoption, which generally begins with the sale of an LDD, and then helps the customer incorporate the LAL into their practice to drive utilization and premium procedure growth. We believe this commercial strategy over time may provide a degree of predictability in terms of our commercial growth and a consumable revenue stream from sales of our LALs. We are currently focused on driving adoption with surgeons performing a high volume of premium cataract procedures. MarketScope estimates that there are approximately 4,000 surgeons that perform

 

99


Table of Contents

cataract surgeries in the United States as of 2020, and we estimate that approximately 1,600 surgeons performed approximately 70 to 80% of the premium procedures in the United States in 2020. We believe this provides an attractive and concentrated market opportunity addressable with a focused sales force. We currently employ a sales team that, as of March 2021 includes 6 sales directors, and a group of over 40 clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our sales and marketing organization. We believe increasing the number of sales representatives, practice development personnel and clinical trainers will help facilitate further adoption of our products among existing customer accounts as well as broaden awareness of our products to new accounts. While we intend to initially focus our growing commercial efforts in the U.S., in the future, we may selectively pursue commercial expansion in Asia, Europe, Australia or other geographies with significant market opportunity for premium IOLs, leveraging our CE and FDA approvals.

Our near-term research and development activities are focused on enhancements to the RxSight system to improve the patient and doctor experience, expand the range of patients that can be treated, as well as expand its indications and drive adoption. We believe that over time, our adjustable lens solution can be used to address a broad range of cataract surgery patients, including those that would otherwise elect for a conventional cataract procedure today. Additional development and clinical studies that are designed to provide clinical evidence of the safety and effectiveness of our existing and future generations of products are also anticipated. Finally, we may in the future seek to acquire or invest in additional businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our portfolio, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities.

To date, our primary sources of capital have been private placements of preferred stock, a structured transaction with a strategic partner, debt financing and revenue from sales of our products. Since inception, we have raised a total of $191.3 million in net proceeds from private placements of preferred stock, $120 million from a strategic partner, approximately $29.5 million in net proceeds from a credit facility, and approximately $11.0 million from issuance of common stock primarily from stock option exercises. As of March 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $24.4 million, short-term investments of $40.0 million, long-term debt of $29.5 million and accumulated deficit of $437.4 million. We generated sales of $14.7 million and had a net income of $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to sales of $2.2 million and net income of $126.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We generated sales of $3.5 million and had a net loss of $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to sales of $2.9 million and a net loss of $16.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020.

We intend to continue to make significant investments in our sales and marketing organization, primarily sales representatives, clinical applications specialists and technical service personnel to support new customers and upgrades and practice development personnel to facilitate adoption of use of our LALs among existing accounts. We will expand our marketing efforts with additional advertising and customer tools to expand their local advertising. We will also continue to make significant investments in research and development and clinical expenses to make enhancements in our current products. As a public company, we will incur costs that we have not previously incurred or have previously incurred at lower rates, including increased costs for employee-related expenses, director and officer insurance premiums, audit and legal fees, investor relations fees, fees to members of our board of directors and expenses for compliance with public-company reporting requirements. Because of these and other factors, we expect to continue to incur substantial net losses and negative cash flows from operations for at least the next several years.

Facility lease agreements

We currently lease three facilities housing our headquarters, manufacturing, research and development and administrative offices in Aliso Viejo, California. The facility leases are for approximately 109,822 square feet in

 

100


Table of Contents

the aggregate. The leases terminate, respectively, on (i) September 30, 2024, with one option to extend for five years; (ii) January 31, 2026, with three options to extend for five years each; and (iii) March 31, 2023 with two options to extend for five years each.

COVID-19 pandemic

We are subject to the continuing risks related to the public health crises, primarily the global pandemic associated with COVID-19. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our operations and revenues and overall financial condition, similar to other medical device manufacturers, by decreasing the number of our products sold. RxSight has a limited commercial history, as all but eight months of commercial history has occurred during the COVID-19 crisis. Total IOL procedure volume dropped 17% in the US and 25% globally from 2019 to 2020 due principally to the COVID-19 pandemic, as health care organizations globally have prioritized the treatment of patients with COVID-19. In the United States, governmental authorities had recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments, be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical environments and potential infection with COVID-19 and to focus limited resources and personnel capacity toward the treatment of COVID-19. These measures and challenges may continue for the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain, and will reduce our revenue while the pandemic continues.

Numerous state and local jurisdictions imposed, and in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where our headquarters is located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel and business operations for an indefinite period of time, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in our headquarters closing, work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of training and other events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Other disruptions or potential disruptions to our business and supply chain include restrictions on our personnel and personnel of partners to travel and access customers for training and case support; delays in approvals by regulatory bodies; delays in product development efforts; and additional government requirements or other incremental mitigation efforts that may further impact our capacity to manufacture, sell and support the use of our RxSight system. In addition, even after the “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19 were significantly reduced in the second quarter of 2021, we continue to experience disruptions to our business, including patients and customers continuing to be cautious in restarting elective procedures in light of the continued risk posed by the virus.

As we continue to actively advance our clinical, discovery and research programs, we are in close contact with the third parties we engage with, who are primarily located in the United States, and are assessing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on each of our programs, expected timelines and costs on an ongoing basis. In light of ongoing developments relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the focus of healthcare providers on fighting the virus, and consistent with the FDA’s industry guidance for conducting clinical trials, we and our contract research organizations have made certain adjustments to the operation of our clinical trials in an effort to ensure the monitoring and safety of patients and minimize risk to trial integrity during the pandemic and generally. Other COVID-related guidance recently released by the FDA includes statistical considerations for clinical trials conducted during the COVID-19 public health emergency and post marketing adverse event

 

101


Table of Contents

reporting for medical products during a pandemic. We may need to make further adjustments in the future, including implementation of new policies and procedures.

While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict, the widespread pandemic has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively affect our liquidity. We expect any further shelter-in-place policies and restrictions on elective surgical procedures worldwide to have a substantial near-term impact on our revenue. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our customers, including doctors, have experienced financial hardship and some of them may not fully recover. This could lead to some of these customers temporarily or permanently shutting down, filing for bankruptcy or being acquired by larger health systems, leading to reduced procedures and/or additional pricing pressure on our products. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a significant increase in unemployment in the United States which may continue even after the pandemic. The occurrence of any such events may lead to reduced disposable income and access to health insurance which could adversely affect the number of our RxSight systems sold after the pandemic has ended.

Key business metrics

We regularly review several operating and financial metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate our business plan and make strategic decisions. We believe the number of LDDs installed, LALs implanted and the number of doctors performing surgery with our products are indicators of our ability to drive adoption and generate revenue. We believe these are important metrics for our business. Due to our limited commercial history, all but eight months of which have occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic, we are not yet able to assess seasonality and other trends, and we will continue to evaluate our business in the future using these and other financial metrics as we observe trends in our business.

We believe the number of LDDs sold in each quarter and installed at the end of each period are important metrics as they represent an installed base into which we can sell our LALs.

 

       
     2019      2020      2021  
      Q1      Q2      Q3     Q4      Q1      Q2      Q3     Q4      Q1  

LDDs Sold

                   10     9        15        15        20     23        13  

Installed Base at End of Period

                   10       19        34        49        69       92        105  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*   One LDD placed for rent Q3 2019 at a university & one LDD converted from clinical to commercial use in Q3 2020

We believe the number of LALs sold (reported as implanted in a patient) in each quarter is an important metric indicative of adoption and utilization of our RxSight system. While an important metric, the COVID-19 pandemic and severe weather in the first quarter 2021 impacted trends in our business. In the second quarter of 2020, the number of our LALs sold decreased as compared to the first quarter of 2020 as ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs), where most cataract surgeries are performed, were closed to elective surgeries for six or more weeks. In the third quarter 2020, LALs sold increased as compared to the second quarter of 2020, reflecting, we believe, some resurgence of surgeries when ASCs re-opened, with sales of LALs in the fourth quarter of 2020 continuing to increase sequentially, despite seasonal holidays. During the first quarter of 2021, however, the U.S. saw a resurgence in COVID-19 cases attributed to holiday travel and gatherings and severe weather in Texas and other southern states, resulting in reduced LAL sales for such period.

 

       
     2019      2020      2021  
      Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Q1  

LALs Sold

            26        336        575        719        662        1,513        1,577        1,567  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Components of results of operations

Sales

Our revenue consists of the sale of LALs used in cataract surgeries, the LDDs for delivering light to the LALs to adjust the lens post-surgery, as needed, and service and accessories (UV protective glasses and LAL insertion devices). Revenue is derived from sales of products primarily in the U.S. and sales to a single customer in each of Germany and Mexico. Customers are primarily comprised of ophthalmic practices (LDD sales) and ambulatory surgery centers (LAL sales). We expect revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales organization and sales territories, add customers, expand the base of doctors that are trained to use our products, and expand awareness of our products with new and existing customers and as doctors perform more procedures using our products.

LALs are held at customer sites on consignment. The single performance obligation is satisfied, and revenue is recognized for LALs upon customer notification that the LALs have been implanted in a patient.

Our LDD contracts contain multiple performance obligations bundled into one transaction price, with all obligations generally satisfied within one year. The LDD capital asset and related components revenue is recognized upon installation and customer acceptance training is recognized upon completion of at least one doctor and the initial warranty and service agreement are recognized ratably over the service period. After the first year, service contracts can be purchased separately on a standalone basis. As of December 31, 2019, the Company deferred revenue of $10,000 related to such service agreements and $345,000 as of December 31, 2020. Revenue for such service agreements will be recognized over the term of each contract.

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue from contracts with customers consisted of the following:

 

     
     2019      2020  
      (in thousands)  

LDD (including training)

   $  1,187      $  10,159  

LAL

     1,026        4,256  

Accessories and Service Warranty

     28        263  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,241      $ 14,678  

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had two customers who individually accounted for approximately 35% and 14% of revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we had one customer who individually accounted for approximately 27% of revenue.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales consists of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead internally to produce the Company’s products as well as the cost of shipping and handling. Overhead costs include the cost of quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management, including stock-based compensation. Cost of sales also includes depreciation expense for production equipment and certain direct costs such as shipping costs and royalty and license fee expense. Shipping costs billed to customers are included in sales. We expect cost of sales to increase in absolute dollars as our revenue grows and more of our products are sold.

We calculate gross margin as gross profit/loss divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including average selling prices, product sales mix, production and ordering volumes, manufacturing costs, product yields, headcount and cost-reduction strategies. Our gross margin could fluctuate from quarter to quarter as we introduce new products, and as we adopt new manufacturing processes and technologies.

 

103


Table of Contents

Our LDD, as is typical of many medical device capital equipment products, has a low gross margin, as the material cost of the LDD is significant, representing close to 50% of the total cost to manufacture. In addition, we do not mark up our LDD substantially, as LDDs, as sold, generate LAL procedures. Our LAL gross margin is higher, with low material cost but high fixed overhead costs. As our manufacturing volume of the LAL increases, we expect the gross margin may improve significantly.

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of compensation for personnel, including stock-based compensation, related to administrative, selling and marketing functions, education programs for doctors, commercial operations and analytics, finance, information technology and human resource functions. Other SG&A expenses include sales commissions, travel expenses, promotional activities, marketing initiatives, market research and analysis, conferences and trade shows, training for doctors, professional services fees (including legal, audit and tax fees), insurance costs, general corporate expenses and facilities-related expenses. We expect SG&A expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales and marketing organization and infrastructure to both drive and support the anticipated growth in revenue and due to additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses associated with being a public company.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development and engineering activities for new products and technology, clinical studies and regulatory submissions and compliance. The expenses include compensation and benefits (including stock-based compensation), costs incurred at clinical trial sites, regulatory and manufacturing engineering costs, including those related to various laboratory and research equipment and supplies, expense of pre-approved inventory utilized for clinical trial and research purposes, costs incurred in the development of manufacturing processes in excess of capitalizable value, fees paid to consultants and contract clinical organizations and direct FDA related costs and costs related to FDA premarket approval submission preparation. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. We expect R&D expenses as a percentage of revenue to vary over time depending on the level and timing of our new product development efforts, as well as our clinical development, clinical trials and registries and other related activities.

Gain/loss on sale of equipment

Gain/loss on sale of equipment in 2019 primarily represents the gain or loss on the sale of LDDs classified as fixed assets (originally placed at clinical sites) six of which were subsequently sold to those clinical sites for commercial use.

Change in fair value of warrants

Change in fair value of warrants consists of gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities at each balance sheet date. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants until they are exercised, expire or at such time as the warrants are treated as equity for accounting.

Expiration of warrants

Expiration of warrants represents the gain from the expiration of warrants unexercised and the reversal of the corresponding warrant liability is recorded.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest incurred on our outstanding indebtedness and non-cash interest related to the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs associated with our indebtedness.

 

104


Table of Contents

Interest and other income, net

Interest and other income, net consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock options

Due to the Special Redemption provision in place in our Articles of Incorporation and until the unexercised Series W Warrant expiration on March 31, 2021 all equity instruments were redeemable and evaluated as probable of redemption through early December 2020. No accretion was calculated during the three months ended March 31, 2021. For common and preferred stock, the value of the accretion was calculated as the estimated future redemption amount accreted to the estimated redemption date using the effective interest rate. For stock options the value of accretion was calculated at the estimated future redemption amount less the strike price, recognized over the same period as the corresponding service period for which stock-based compensation is recognized.

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock

The Company has two classes of common stock and participating securities, which include convertible preferred stock. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. In periods of net income, after adjusting for accretion and dividends, net income is attributed to both common stockholders and participating security holders, as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. Diluted earnings per share under the two-class method is calculated using the more dilutive of the treasury stock or the two-class method.

Comprehensive income

All components of comprehensive income, including net income (loss), are reported in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on short-term investments and foreign currency translation adjustments.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock assuming the sale of shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted for the year ended December 31, 2020 were computed using the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period, or their issuance dates if later. Pro forma net income (loss) per share does not include the shares expected to be sold in this offering.

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the computation of the pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted for the period presented.

 

   
     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     (in thousands, except share
and per-share amounts)
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

  

Net income used in calculating pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ 3,366  

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     3,707,207  

Weighted-average convertible preferred stock

     15,076,952  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     18,784,159  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average net income per share, basic and diluted

   $ 0.18  
  

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021

The following table summarizes our unaudited results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, together with the dollar increase or decrease and percentage change in those items.

 

     
     Three months ended
March 31
    Change  
      (unaudited)                
(in thousands, except share amounts, per-share data and
percentages)
   2020     2021     ($)     (%)  

Sales

   $ 2,888     $ 3.484     $ 596       20.6%  

Cost of sales

     2,810       2,365       445       15.8  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 78     $ 1,119   $ 1,041       1,334.6%  
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     3,698       5,611       1,913       51.7  

Research and development

     5,777       6,643       866       15.0  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,475       12,254       2,779       29.3  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $  (9,397   $  (11,135   $  (1,738     (18.5)%  
  

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Change in fair value of warrants

     (7,407           (7,407     (100.0)%  

Expiration of warrant

           5,018       (5,018     (100.0

Interest expense

     (5     (698     693       (138.6

Interest and other income

     312       17       295       94.5  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (16,497     (6,798     9,699       58.8  
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     5       7       (2     40.0  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,502   $ (6,805   $ 9,697       58.8%  
  

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

     (4,246           4,246       100.0  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (20,748     (6,805     (13,943     67.2  

Other comprehensive income

        

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

     77       7       (70     90.9  

Foreign currency translation loss

     (1     (4     3       (300.0
  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     76       3       (73     (96.1
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $  (16,426   $ (6,802   $ (9,624     (58.6)%  

 

 

Sales

Sales increased by $0.6 million to $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 from $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in total sales was due to sales of 848 more LALs and an increase in accessories and service warranties for a total of $0.9 million, due to an increase in our installed base of LDDs. This increase was offset partially by a decrease in sales of 2 fewer LDDs of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020. However, LAL sales in the first quarter of 2021 were slightly lower than the preceding fourth quarter of 2020 as the U.S. saw a resurgence in COVID-19 cases attributed to holiday travel and gatherings and severe weather in Texas and other southern states, resulting in reduced LAL sales in the first quarter of 2021.

 

107


Table of Contents

Cost of sales

Cost of sales decreased by $0.4 million to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 from $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 due to the decrease in the number of LDDs sold and associated service warranties partially offset by an increase in LALs sold. Gross margin increased to 32.1% in the three months ended March 31, 2021 from 2.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 due to improved operating leverage as well as an increase in gross margin on LDDs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 from $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of 52%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in selling and marketing personnel costs of $1.0 million due mainly to additional headcount as well as an increase in general and administrative expenses of $0.9 million due primarily to an increase in accounting and legal expenses of $0.4 million, personnel-related expenses of $0.3 million as well as stock-based compensation, facilities and other expenses of $0.2 million.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $0.9 million to $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 from $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of 15%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $0.5 million in personnel costs due primarily to higher incentive pay, as well as increased material costs of $0.4 million and an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million partially offset by a decrease in facilities and information technology expense of $0.2 million.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net, increased by $11.4 million to $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 from a $7.1 million loss for the three months ended March 31, 2020 due to the change in the fair value of the liability classified warrants of $7.4 million and the expiration of an unexercised liability classified common stock warrant resulting in a revaluation gain for the three months ended March 31, 2021 of $5.0 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $0.7 million and reduced interest income of $0.3 million.

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options was $0.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 due to the determination that the redemption of these equity instruments was no longer probable in December 2020 when accretion ceased.

Other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income decreased by $0.1 million to $0.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2021 from income of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 due primarily to a decrease of $0.1 million in the unrealized gain on short-term investments.

 

108


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, together with the dollar increase or decrease and percentage change in those items:

 

     
     Year ended December 31     Change  
(in thousands, except share amounts, per-share data and
percentages)
   2019     2020     ($)     (%)  

Sales

   $ 2,241     $ 14,678     $ 12,437       555.0%  

Cost of sales

     4,060       12,973       8,913       219.5  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

   $ (1,819   $ 1,705   $ 3,524       193.7%  
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     15,203       15,176       27       0.2  

Research and development

     29,569       21,934       (7,635     (25.8

(Gain) loss on sale of equipment

     (521     7       528       101.3  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,251       37,117       (7,134     (16.1
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $  (46,070   $  (35,412   $ 10,658       23.1%  
  

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Change in fair value of warrants

     169,230       63,011       (106,219     62.8%  

Expiration of warrants

     803             (803     (100.0

Interest expense

     (26     (510     (484     1,861.5  

Interest and other income

     2,307       543       (1,764     76.5  
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     126,244       27,632       (98,612     78.1  
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     24       57       33       137.5  
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 126,220     $ 27,575     $ (98,645     78.1%  
  

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

     (82,121     (24,209     57,912       70.5  

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock

     (17,972           17,972       (100.0

Net income attributable to common stockholders

     26,127       3,366       (22,761     (87.1

Other comprehensive income (loss)

        

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

     68       (49     117       172.1  

Foreign currency translation gain

     5             5       (100.0
  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     73       (49     (122     (167.1
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 126,293     $ 27,526     $ (98,767     (78.2)%  

 

 

Sales

Sales increased by $12.4 million to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in sales was due to sales of 60 more LDDs within an ASP increase of $42,130 per LDD and 3,534 more LALs. During 2020 the COVID-19 pandemic has made sequential quarter-to-quarter trending difficult. In mid-March 2020, ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs), where most cataract surgeries were performed, were closed to elective surgeries for six or more weeks, with the second quarter 2020 LAL sales lower than the first quarter, an increase in LAL sales in the third quarter as ASC’s re-opened and a slight increase again in the fourth quarter, despite seasonal holidays.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales increased by $8.9 million to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the increase in the number of products sold and associated

 

109


Table of Contents

service warranties. Gross margin increased to 11.6% in the year ended December 31, 2020 from an 81.2% loss due to improved operating leverage on a higher volume of units sold.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses remained at $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. An increase in selling and marketing personnel related expenses of $2.1 million due mainly to additional headcount was offset by a decrease in general and administrative costs of $2.1 million due to lower facilities costs and lower stock-based compensation costs.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by $7.6 million to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of 26%. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of $5.6 million in personnel costs due primarily to reduced personnel headcount and lower incentive pay due to the cancelation of accrued incentives that were subsequently determined would not be earned, as well as a decrease of $1.7 million in clinical costs due to the completion of two clinical studies in 2019 and decreased material costs of $1.1 million, partially offset by an increase in facilities and information technology expense of $0.5 million as well as an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million.

Gain/loss on sale of equipment

Gain/loss on sales of equipment was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to a loss of $0.06 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from a gain on the sale of fully depreciated assets in 2019.

Other income (expense), net

Other income, net, decreased by $109.3 million to $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $172.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to the revaluation of the fair value of warrant liabilities of $106.2 million, a decrease in interest income of $1.8 million and a gain on expiration of preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities of $0.8 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $0.5 million on $25 million debt drawn on October 28, 2020.

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options decreased by $64.8 million to $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $103.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the reduction in the estimated per-share amount used to calculate accretion for common and preferred stock and also due to negative accretion for the year ended December 2020 caused by the same reduction in the estimated per-share amount for stock options.

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock decreased to zero for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, no undistributed earnings were available to redeemable preferred stock after adjusting net income for accretion to estimated redemption value for all categories of securities; preferred stockholders are not contractually obligated to share in undistributed losses.

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Other comprehensive income increased by $0.1 million to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from a loss of $.049 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to an increase of $0.1 million in the unrealized gain on short-term investments.

 

110


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources of liquidity

We have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception, and we anticipate that we will incur significant losses for at least the next several years. As of March 31, 2021, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $64.4 million. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our net losses from operations were $35.4 and $46.1 million, respectively, and our net cash used in operating activities was $35.2 million and $40.6, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 we had a loss from operations of $11.1 million and $9.4 million, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $437.4 million as of March 31, 2021.

To date, our primary sources of capital have been private placements of preferred stock, a structured transaction with a strategic partner, debt financing and revenue from sales of our products.

Funding requirements

Our future liquidity and capital funding requirements will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

 

our revenue growth;

 

 

our research and development efforts;

 

 

our sales and marketing activities;

 

 

our ability to raise additional funds to finance our operations;

 

 

the outcome, costs and timing of any clinical trial results for our current or future products;

 

 

the emergence and effect of competing or complementary products;

 

 

our ability to maintain, expand, enforce and defend our intellectual property portfolio, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with the licensing, filing, prosecution, maintenance, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

 

our ability to retain our current employees and the need and ability to hire additional management, sales, research and development, scientific and customer support personnel;

 

 

the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing or other arrangements that we have or may establish;

 

 

debt service requirements;

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies; and

 

 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Based on our current planned operations, we expect that our current cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least 12 months after the date our most recent financial statements were issued. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to successfully secure sources of financing and ultimately achieve profitable operations. We may require additional financing to fund working capital and pay our obligations. We may seek to raise any necessary additional capital through a combination of public or private equity offerings and/or debt financings. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in acquiring additional funding at levels sufficient to fund our operations or on terms favorable to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms when

 

111


Table of Contents

needed, we may be required to significantly reduce operating activities, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and/or results of operations and financial condition. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity or convertible debt offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our existing stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

See the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.

Summary statement of cash flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash for each of the periods presented below:

 

     
     Years ended
December 31,
    Three months
ended March 31,
(unaudited)
 
     (In thousands)  
      2019      2020     2020     2021  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

         

Operating activities

   $  (40,619    $  (35,203   $  (12,218   $  (10,252

Investing activities

     ( 5,870      15,591       24,225       14,503  

Financing activities

     1,330        25,237       75       6,144  

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     5              (1     (4
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $  (45,154    $ 5,625     $  12,081     $  10,391  

 

 

Cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $10.3 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $6.8 million, a non-cash gain on expiration of an unexercised warrant of $5.0 million, an increase in operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million, offset by non-cash stock-based compensation of $1.2 million and depreciation and amortization of $1.0 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $12.2 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $16.5 million, an increase in operating assets and liabilities of $4.4 million, offset by the non-cash change in fair value of liability classified warrants of $7.4 million, depreciation of $0.9 million and stock-based compensation of $0.6 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $35.2 million, consisting primarily of loss from operations of $35.4 million, an increase in operating assets and liabilities of $7.8 million, offset by non-cash stock-based compensation of $4.2 million and depreciation and amortization of $3.9 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $40.6 million, consisting primarily loss from operations of $46.1 million, an increase in operating assets and liabilities of $4.0 million and the amortization of discount of short-term investments of $2.0 million, partially offset by non-cash stock-based compensation of $4.6 million, depreciation and amortization of $3.8 million and the provision for obsolete and excess inventory of $1.1 million.

 

112


Table of Contents

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $14.5 million, consisting of net maturities of short-term investments of $15.0 million, offset by net purchases of property and equipment of $0.5 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $24.2 million, consisting of net maturities of short-term investments of $25.1 million, offset by net purchases of property and equipment of $0.8 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $15.6 million, consisting of net maturities in short-term investments of $18.1 million, offset by net purchases of property and equipment of $2.5 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $5.9 million, consisting of purchases of property and equipment and leasehold improvements of $4.1 million and net maturities of short-term investments of $2.4 million, offset by proceeds from sale of equipment of $0.6 million.

Cash from financing activities

Net cash from financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $6.1 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from a draw on the Company’s term loan of $5.0 million and proceeds from stock options exercised of $1.2 million.

There were no significant financing cash flow activities in the three months ended March 31, 2020.

Net cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $25.2 million, consisting of a draw on the Company’s term loan of $24.3 million, net, proceeds of stock options and warrants exercised of $1.1 million, offset in part by principal payments on finance lease liabilities of $0.1 million.

Net cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1.3 million, consisting of proceeds from stock options and warrants exercised of $1.5 million, offset in part by principal payments on finance lease liabilities of $0.2 million.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual commitments as of March 31, 2021 (in thousands):

 

   
     As of March 31, 2021
(unaudited)
 
      Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Operating lease commitments

   $ 7,442      $ 1,862      $ 3,500      $ 2,080      $  —  
  

 

 

 

Debt, principal and interest

   $ 41,607      $ 2,805      $ 10,826      $ 27,975      $  

Total

   $ 49,049      $ 4,667      $ 14,326      $ 30,055      $  

 

 

We also have a standby letter of credit, expiring September 30, 2024, issued by a financial institution as a required security for one operating lease. The aggregate amount of the letter of credit was $0.6 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

 

113


Table of Contents

Term Loan

In October 2020, we entered into a loan and security agreement, or the Credit Agreement, with Bank of America, or BofA, as collateral agent, and Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford Finance, as lender. The Credit Agreement provides for a tranche one loan advance in the amount of $25.0 million, which was fully funded on the closing date by the lender, a second tranche of $5.0 million in the first quarter of 2021, which was advanced on March 29, 2021 and a third tranche of $10.0 million in the second quarter of 2021, which was advanced on June 28, 2021. The Credit Agreement also provides for an additional two tranches in the amount of $5.0 million each in 2021, subject to remaining in compliance with the terms of the credit facility. A final tranche in an amount of $10.0 million is available in the first quarter of 2022, subject to our achievement of a revenue milestone and remaining in compliance with the terms of the credit facility. We refer to our tranche one loan advance, tranche two loan advance, tranche three loan advance, tranche four loan advance, tranche five loan advance, and tranche six loan advance collectively as our credit facility.

The credit facility is secured by substantially all of our personal property other than our intellectual property, but includes any accounts receivable, other amounts owed and any proceeds of intellectual property. We also entered into a negative pledge arrangement with the collateral agent and lenders where we agreed not to encumber any of our intellectual property. Outstanding borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) the Wall Street Journal 30-day LIBOR plus 9.09% and 0.16% or (ii) 9.25%. At our election, we may also switch to an interest rate equal to 10.25% plus the greater of (i) The Wall Street Journal Prime rate or (ii) 7%. The interest rate resets monthly on the last day of the month prior to the month in which interest accrues, and an actual/360-day convention applies. If we are considered to be in default, additional interest of 5% applies. We are required to make monthly payments of interest only through December 1, 2023, or the interest-only period; provided that the interest-only period maybe extended to December 1, 2024.

The Term Loan requires 36 months of interest-only payments, followed by 23-months of amortization. If the Company is in compliance with the Performance to Plan covenant through October 31, 2023, the interest-only period is extended by 12 months, and the amortization period is reduced by 11 months. Payments are due on the first day of each month in arrears. All unpaid amounts under the Term Loan mature on October 1, 2025.

The Term Loan is prepayable at any time without penalty; however, the loan must be prepaid in full or in specific increments and amounts prepaid may not be subsequently reborrowed. The loan may also be accelerated by the lender in the event of a default.

Borrowings under the credit facility are pre-payable at any time without penalty; however, the loan must be prepaid in full or in part one time in an amount not less than $5.0 million and amounts prepaid may not be subsequently reborrowed. If the loan is not fully prepaid by December 31, 2021, the Company will become subject to an additional fee (the “Exit Fee”). The fee is 3% of the original loan amount if prepaid between January 1, 2022 and October 31, 2022 ($750k); 4% if prepaid between November 1, 2022 and October 31, 2023 ($1 million); and 5% ($1.25 million) if paid subsequently, including at maturity. The loan may be accelerated by Oxford in the event of a default. The credit facility also includes certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants if the lenders make us the additional tranche advances. We were in compliance with all covenants under the credit facility as of December 31, 2020.

Critical accounting policies, significant judgments and use of estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and

 

114


Table of Contents

assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Fair value of liability classified warrants to purchase stock

We recognize the freestanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value as these warrant instruments are embedded in contracts that may be cash settled. The convertible preferred stock warrants were issued for no cash consideration as detachable freestanding instruments but can be converted to convertible preferred stock at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant. However, the deemed liquidation provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions that are not solely within our control. Therefore, the convertible preferred stock is classified in temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheets, and the warrants to purchase the convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities. We recognized a freestanding warrant to purchase a share of Series W common stock as a liability at fair value because this instrument was not indexed to our own stock as the settlement calculation incorporated variables other than those used to determine the fair value of a fixed-for-fixed forward or option on equity shares. The common stock warrant was issued for cash consideration as a freestanding instrument and could be converted to one share of common stock, Series W, at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant.

The warrants were recorded at their fair value on the date of issuance and are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date. Upon issuance of the Series W common stock warrant, we engaged valuation specialists to assist with determining the common stock warrant at an estimated fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation (“MCS”) approach. This valuation approach used a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method to calculate the starting equity value of the Company based upon future cash flow generation. The starting equity value of the Company was determined utilizing significant unobservable inputs, including (1) forecasted financial projections for the next five years developed by management, (2) a terminal value assigned using an exit multiple method, and (3) a discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital. Then a simulated equity value of the Company as of the expected exercise date was determined using the MCS method. The MCS inputs include: (1) the assumed amount of time until the exercise of the warrant, (2) the risk-free interest rate over the period until the assumed warrant exercise, (3) the assumed volatility in the value of the equity of the company, and (4) the starting equity value of the Company as determined from the discounted cash flow method. In order to determine the overall value of the warrant, the valuation specialists also simulated the payments for sales-based, operating and regulatory milestones based upon similar inputs to determine the expected overall purchase price of the Company. The net difference between the expected purchase price and the average simulated equity value determined the “option payoff”. Finally, management assigned a probability that the warrant would be exercised, based on the perspective of a market participant and the Company’s consideration of negotiations with and circumstances know about the warrant holder, which was applied to the present value of the “option payoff” to arrive at the fair value recorded at each reporting period.

In addition, we engaged the valuation specialists to derive an estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants using a probability weighted expected return model/option pricing model (“PWERM/OPM”) hybrid

 

115


Table of Contents

valuation model. This method essentially utilized a combination of market and income method approaches for each part of the calculation of enterprise value and combines them in a probabilistic manner. The valuation considered several future scenarios for the Company, each of which assumed a shareholder exit either through initial public offering (“IPO”), sale (“M&A”) or dissolution. Implicit in the timing used in the application of the PWERM/OPM Hybrid Method is also the possibility of no exit. The option pricing model’s significant unobservable inputs included: (1) the assumed time until a liquidity event, (2) the risk-free interest rate over the period until the assumed liquidity event, (3) the assumed volatility in the value of the equity of the company (which corresponds to the model’s underlying asset volatility), (4) the enterprise value and preferred investment amount and (5) the key price points in the Company’s capital structure in terms of exit levels on the assumed liquidation date. A significant increase (decrease) in any of these inputs in isolation, particularly the estimated price of the Company’s preferred stock, would have resulted in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

We will continue to revalue the warrant liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock or until the holders of the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. Pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock warrants, upon the conversion of the class of preferred stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of our common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying class of preferred stock. The exercise of the common stock warrant or consummation of a qualified initial public offering would result in the automatic conversion of all classes of our preferred stock into common stock. Upon such conversion of the underlying classes of preferred stock, the warrants would be classified as a component of equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Revenue recognition

Our revenue is generated from the sale of light adjustable intraocular lenses (LAL) used in cataract surgery along with a specifically designed machine for delivering light to the eye, the Light Delivery Device (LDD), to adjust the lens post-surgery, as needed. Revenue is recognized from sales of products in the U.S. and Europe. Customers are primarily comprised of ambulatory surgery centers, hospitals, and physician private practices.

We recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers at a transaction price that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Specifically, we apply the following five steps to recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation. We apply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration to which it is entitled in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, we assess the goods promised within each customer contract to determine the individual deliverables in its product offerings as separate performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, either on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in non-contracted arrangements. We recognize revenue as the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied, considering whether or not this occurs at a point in time or over time. We elected to account for shipping costs as fulfillment costs rather than a promised service and exclude from revenue any taxes collected from customers that are remitted to government authorities.

Our LDD contracts contain multiple performance obligations bundled for one transaction price, with all obligations generally satisfied within one year. For these bundled arrangements, we account for individual

 

116


Table of Contents

products and services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct, that is, if a product or service is separately identifiable from other items in the bundled package, and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. Our LDD contracts include a combination of the following performance obligations: (1) LDD capital asset and related components, (2) training and (3) device service (initial year). Each of these three performance obligations are considered distinct. The LDD capital asset is distinct because the customer can benefit from it together with other resources that are readily available to the customer. Training on the use of the machine is offered as a distinct activity after installation of the LDD to enhance the customer’s ability to utilize the machine by having an industry professional provide best practices and customize training to the specific needs of the customer. Each LDD comes with a twelve-month manufacturer’s warranty (service-type) that includes preventative maintenance, unscheduled service (labor and parts) and software updates. After the first year, service contracts can be purchased separately on a standalone basis. We recognize revenue as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the product or service to a customer. We have determined that the transaction price is the invoice price, net of adjustments, if any. The allocation to the separate performance obligations is based upon the relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling prices are based on observable prices at which we separately sell the products or services, and we estimate the standalone selling price using the market assessment approach considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. We regularly review and update standalone selling prices as necessary.

LALs are held at customer sites on consignment. The single performance obligation is satisfied, and revenue is recognized for LALs upon customer notification that the LALs have been implanted in a patient. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, credits related to returns and rebates on list prices were not significant.

We have adopted the practical expedient permitting the direct expensing of costs incurred to obtain contracts where the amortization of such costs would occur over one year or less, and it applied to substantially all our contracts.

Determination of fair value of common stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards.

Since there has been no public market of our common stock to date, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards was estimated on each stock-based award grant date by our board of directors. To determine the fair value of our common stock, our board of directors considered input from management, valuations of our common stock prepared by independent valuation specialists using approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement on Standards for Valuation Services, and assessment of additional factors that it believed were relevant or that may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

 

our results of operations, financial position, and capital resources;

 

 

our stage of development and progress of our research and development and commercialization activities;

 

 

our business conditions and projections;

 

 

the external market conditions affecting the medical device industry sector;

 

 

the trends and developments in our industry;

 

117


Table of Contents
 

the valuation of publicly traded companies in our industry sector, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

 

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

 

the prices at which we sold shares of our convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms- length transactions;

 

 

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; and

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for our security holders, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions.

For our valuations performed as of dates subsequent to December 31, 2019, we used a hybrid method of OPM and the Probability-weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. PWERM considers various potential liquidity outcomes. Our approach included the use of an initial public offering scenario and a scenario assuming continued operation as a private entity. Under the hybrid OPM and PWERM approach, the per share value calculated under OPM and PWERM are weighted based on expected exit outcomes and the quality of the information specific to each allocation methodology to arrive at a final estimated fair value per share of the common stock before a discount for lack of marketability is applied.

Following the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock-based awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Stock-based compensation

We account for stock-based payments at fair value. For stock-based awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of a service requirement, the fair value measurement date for such awards is the date of grant and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, over the expected vesting period. For stock-based awards that vest subject to a performance condition, we recognize compensation cost for awards if and when we conclude that it is probable that the awards with a performance condition will be achieved on an accelerated attribution method. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

We calculate the fair value measurement of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgement.

Fair value of common stock—see the subsection titled “Determination of fair value of common stock” above.

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that we expect our stock-based awards to be outstanding. We used the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) to determine the expected term.

Expected Volatility—Since we are privately held and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average historical volatilities for comparable publicly traded medical device companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle and area of specialty. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our stock price becomes available.

 

118


Table of Contents

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Dividend Yield—We have never paid dividends on common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options. Certain of such assumptions involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation could be materially different.

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of March 31, 2021 was $28.6 million, of which $26.4 million related to vested options and $2.2 million related to unvested options.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by applicable regulations of the SEC, that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Indemnification agreements

We enter into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, we indemnify, hold harmless and agree to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation claim by any third party with respect to its technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual any time after the execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these arrangements is not determinable. We have never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, we believe the fair value of these agreements is minimal.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See the section titled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Emerging growth company and smaller reporting company status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, presenting only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive

 

119


Table of Contents

compensation, and an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements. We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However, we have chosen to irrevocably “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest rate risk

Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of March 31, 2021 consisted of $40.0 million, invested in government securities as well as $24.4 million invested in bank deposits and money market funds. Our historical interest income has not fluctuated significantly. We do not believe that a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. As of March 31, 2021, we had $29.5 million in variable rate debt outstanding. Our Credit Agreement bears interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 9.09% or (ii) 9.25%. A hypothetical change in interest rates of 10% would have resulted in a change of $0.1 million in interest expense in for the three months ended March 31, 2021.

 

120


Table of Contents

Foreign currency exchange risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and our sales outside the United States are primarily denominated in Euros and GBP. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately 0.3% and 0.5%, respectively, of our sales were denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the United States and Europe. If our operations in countries outside of the United States grows, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future. For example, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, in the absence of a corresponding change in local currency prices, our revenue could be adversely affected as we convert revenue from local currencies to U.S. dollars. In addition, because we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars, but report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, we also face remeasurement exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could hinder our ability to predict our future results and earnings and could impact our results of operations. We do not currently maintain a program to hedge exposures to non-U.S. dollar currencies. We do not believe that a hypothetical 10% change in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

121


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company dedicated to improving the vision of patients following cataract surgery. Our proprietary RxSight Light Adjustable Lens system (“RxSight system”), comprised of our RxSight Light Adjustable Lens (“LAL”), RxSight Light Delivery Device (“LDD”) and accessories, is the first and only commercially available intraocular lens (“IOL”) technology that enables doctors to customize and optimize visual acuity for patients after cataract surgery. Our LAL is made of proprietary photosensitive material that changes shape in response to specific patterns of ultraviolet (“UV”) light generated by our LDD. With the RxSight system, the surgeon performs a standard cataract procedure to implant the LAL, determines refractive error with patient input after healing is complete, and then uses the LDD to modify the lens with the exact amount of visual correction needed to achieve the patient’s desired vision outcomes. Alternative IOL technologies, in contrast, are not adjustable following the procedure and therefore require patients to make pre-operative choices about their visual preferences, which can often result in patient dissatisfaction when visual outcomes fail to meet expectations. We designed our RxSight system to maximize patient and doctor satisfaction through superior visual outcomes. In the pivotal study that formed the basis for our FDA approval, the observed rate of eyes with 20/20 or better uncorrected distance visual acuity for our LAL was 70.1%. This compares favorably to the results of pivotal studies with similar study designs and patient populations that supported FDA approval of Alcon’s Acrysof Toric (38.4%), and J&J’s Tecnis Toric (43.6%). We began commercializing our solution in the United States in the third quarter of 2019 and are focused on establishing the RxSight system as the standard of care for premium IOL procedures. As of March 31, 2020, we had an installed base of 105 LDDs in ophthalmology practices, and we estimate 125 surgeons are regularly implanting our IOL. Since our inception, surgeons have performed over 10,000 surgeries with our RxSight system.

Cataract surgery is the most common surgical procedure in the world, with approximately 22 million cataract surgeries performed worldwide in 2020, including 3.7 million in the United States. A cataract is a loss of transparency in the normally clear lens of the eye that can cause blurry or hazy vision, significantly interfering with daily activities and affecting quality of life. Cataracts increase in prevalence with age and develop in approximately 50% of individuals by age 60 affecting both eyes 80 to 90% of the time and requiring surgery to restore vision in most cases. During cataract surgery, the patient’s natural lens is replaced with a clear artificial lens called an intraocular lens (“IOL”). There are two broad categories of IOLs used, conventional and premium. Based on the category of IOL used, cataracts surgeries can be differentiated as either conventional or premium procedures. In conventional cataract surgery, patients receive conventional monofocal IOLs that are designed to provide vision at one distance, and do not correct for corneal astigmatism and presbyopia. Nearly all conventional IOL patients therefore will need spectacles to attain their best vision after surgery. With premium cataract surgery, patients receive premium IOLs designed to correct for corneal astigmatism and/or presbyopia and therefore to provide for reduced spectacle dependence. Because 60% of cataract patients rate being spectacle free after cataract surgery as extremely important, we believe the premium IOL market is underpenetrated as only 11% and 16% of the total procedures worldwide and in the United States in 2020, respectively, were premium procedures. However, according to MarketScope, the premium IOL market represented 37% of the total IOL market for 2020, due to higher lens pricing, and is projected to grow significantly faster. According to MarketScope, the premium IOL market was an approximately $1.4 billion market worldwide in 2020, and while worldwide cataract procedure volumes were down approximately 25% due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the total revenue from premium IOLs to manufacturers was unchanged from 2019. This market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 14% from 2020 to 2026, relative to an approximately $2.3 billion market in 2020 and a 10.5% CAGR for the conventional IOL market. Premium cataract procedures are between 10 and 15 times more profitable for the doctors and ophthalmology practices than conventional cataract procedures. The premium IOL market is also less impacted by changes in

 

122


Table of Contents

reimbursement because patients are required to pay out-of-pocket to cover the full or incremental costs of premium cataract procedures (depending on the country), while healthcare payors typically cover the full cost of conventional cataract procedures.

We believe that the premium cataract surgery market remains underpenetrated due to both doctors’ reluctance to recommend premium IOL offerings to the full universe of eligible patients and patients’ confusion in assessing the tradeoffs associated with the wide range of commercially available premium IOL offerings. We believe current premium IOL offerings often cannot deliver on patient expectations with respect to the patient’s ability to see at near, intermediate and far distances without reliance on spectacles. Once a patient has selected a premium IOL, the surgeon must rely on a series of pre-operative diagnostic tests and predictive formulae to choose a lens that delivers the accuracy and outcomes desired by the patient. According to published clinical data from the pivotal studies of alternative premium IOL technologies, the percentage of patients that achieved 20/20 vision with both eyes at all distances was only 40%. As a result, doctors often lack confidence with current premium IOL offerings given their inability to meet patients’ expectations consistently.

We designed our RxSight system to address the shortcomings of existing premium IOL technologies and provide a solution that doctors can trust to improve visual outcomes. In contrast to alternative premium IOL solutions, for which patients are required (before surgery) to specify their visual priorities and willingness to accept optical trade-offs associated with those choices, our RxSight system offers peace of mind that patients can iterate their final vision characteristics with customized post-surgical adjustments. The surgeon first performs a standard cataract implant procedure, replacing the patient’s natural lens with the LAL. Approximately three weeks post cataract surgery, after healing has occurred, the patient undergoes a standard post-operative refraction to determine the refractive error and the prescription required to give the patient the best vision. This prescription is much like that used for spectacle lenses, but instead is used as an input to the LDD. To adjust the LAL, the patient is positioned at the LDD for a treatment that lasts between approximately 30 seconds and 2.5 minutes, depending on the required prescription. The patient returns after approximately three to five days, at which time they can undergo another refraction and adjustment, if needed, to “dial in” their best vision. Once the patient and the doctor are satisfied, then the adjustment is locked in for life with another light treatment. While up to three post-surgical adjustment visits are offered by the doctor, in our pivotal clinical study, patients had an average of 1.6 adjustments. While many patients choose to have both eyes corrected for distance, approximately 80% elect for what is called a blended vision approach that takes advantage of the LAL’s depth of focus to deliver a customized blended vision solution. By titrating the correction for near, intermediate or far in each eye, this approach provides the highest rates of excellent vision with both eyes at all distances.

We believe the RxSight Light Adjustable Lens system offers significant advantages over other commercially available conventional and premium IOLs that will drive its broad adoption. The primary benefits of our solution include:

 

 

first and only IOL that can be customized after surgery and healing of the eye;

 

 

provides doctors and patients with confidence in better visual outcomes and a low risk of side effects;

 

 

provides a precise treatment range and excellent vision rates with both eyes at all distances;

 

 

uses a familiar industry standard IOL implantation procedure and an IOL adjustment procedure that is easy-to-learn;

 

 

allows patients to preview their vision selection prior to LAL adjustment; and

 

 

provides a premium IOL alternative that can help doctors grow their practice revenues and profits.

 

123


Table of Contents

Our RxSight system has FDA approval for the reduction of residual astigmatism to improve uncorrected visual acuity after removal of the cataractous natural lens by phacoemulsification and implantation of the intraocular lens in the capsular bag, in adult patients with pre-existing corneal astigmatism of > 0.75 diopters and without pre-existing macular disease. Our system has also received the CE mark and marketing approval in Mexico for improving uncorrected visual acuity by adjusting the LAL power to correct residual postoperative refractive error, including for -2.0 to + 2.0 diopters of sphere and -3.0 to -0.50 diopters of cylinder and by changing lens curvature to introduce controlled amounts of spherical aberration (+/- 1 micron) and center near add (up to 2.0 diopters). We are currently focusing our commercial efforts in the United States. Our commercial strategy is focused on a “land and expand” model through which we aim to drive new customer adoption, which generally begins with the sale of an LDD, and then help the customer incorporate the LAL into their practice to drive utilization and premium procedure growth. We believe this commercial strategy over time may provide a degree of predictability in terms of our commercial growth and a consumable revenue stream from sales of our LALs. We are currently focused on driving adoption with surgeons performing a high volume of premium cataract procedures. MarketScope estimates that there are approximately 4,000 surgeons that perform cataract surgeries in the United States as of 2020, and we estimate that approximately 1,600 surgeons performed approximately 70 to 80% of the premium procedures in the United States in 2020. We believe this provides an attractive and concentrated market opportunity addressable with a focused sales force. We currently employ a sales team that, as of April 2020 includes 6 sales directors, and a group of over 40 clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel. While we intend to initially focus our growing commercial efforts in the United States, in the future, we may selectively pursue commercial expansion in Japan, Europe, Australia or other geographies with significant market opportunity for premium IOLs.

Our near-term research and development activities are focused on enhancements to the RxSight system to improve the patient and doctor experience, expand the range of patients that can be treated as well as expand its indications. We believe that over time, our adjustable lens solution can be used to address a broad range of cataract surgery patients, including those that would otherwise elect for a conventional cataract procedure today. Our vision is that a vast majority of the patients and surgeons that undergo or perform a cataract surgery procedure, will elect to use our RxSight technology that provides a customizable solution delivering better visual outcomes.

Our success factors

We are focused on establishing our RxSight system as the standard of care for premium cataract surgery and providing a solution that doctors and patients can trust to deliver optimal visual outcomes without unwanted visual side effects. We believe our key success factors include:

 

 

First and only commercially available IOL technology that allows customization and optimization of patient vision after surgery.     We have developed our RxSight system over the last 20 years and have incorporated expertise and proprietary technologies across multiple disciplines, including optics, material science, chemistry, software and hardware engineering. Our LAL uses a proprietary silicone formulation that enables changing the mechanical and optical properties of the lens following implantation. Unlike other currently available IOLs, the vast majority of which are made from acrylic, the LAL contains both long and short silicone polymers, along with other photo-active compounds that enable permanent polymerization of the silicone post-operatively using UV light. Our LDD uses proprietary software and algorithms to deliver a short UV exposure treatment that polymerizes specific portions of the lens that allows doctors to adjust spherical and cylindrical refraction in 0.25 diopter increments, similar to the adjustment increments used to refract patients for glasses or contact lenses, as well as in other refractive procedures like LASIK. We believe our commitment to innovation, extensive technical capabilities, and world-class engineering teams will enable us to deliver future product enhancements and expansion of indications for our platform. Certain aspects of our RxSight system are protected by our portfolio of patents. As of March 31, 2021, we owned or exclusively in-licensed

 

124


Table of Contents
 

approximately 31 issued U.S. patents, 26 issued patents outside the United States, 11 pending non-provisional U.S. patent applications, 13 pending foreign patent applications and three pending Patent Cooperation Treaty applications.

 

 

Superior visual outcomes and premium IOL experience for patients.     In the pivotal study that formed the basis for our FDA approval, the observed rate of eyes with 20/20 or better uncorrected distance visual acuity for our LAL was 70.1%. This compares favorably to the results of pivotal studies with similar study designs and patient populations that supported FDA approval of Alcon’s Acrysof Toric (38.4%), and J&J’s Tecnis Toric (43.6%). Additionally, LAL patients reported a low rate of glare or halo, visual side effects that are frequently reported with presbyopia correcting IOLs. We believe our system also delivers a premium experience for patients by shifting patient decisions from before surgery (after which they are difficult to change) to after surgery, when patients work with their doctors to dial-in their optimal visual acuity, thereby lowering the likelihood for remedial or secondary corrective procedures. We believe these qualities will lead to broad commercial adoption of the RxSight system.

 

 

Attractive value proposition for doctors.     We believe the RxSight system provides a myriad of benefits for doctors that will help facilitate adoption and incorporation into their clinical practice. The clinical benefit of “dialing-in” to achieve superior visual outcomes after the procedure will give doctors more confidence to recommend a premium IOL solution that can meet patients’ expectations. This can provide economic benefits by empowering doctors to grow their practice by increasing the number of premium IOL surgeries, which generally have higher revenue and profit margin than conventional procedures. Over the longer term, we also believe that using our technology can help drive patient referrals to the practice. We designed and are offering our LDD at a price to create an attractive return on investment for our customers over a reasonable period of time. For example, an online, third-party survey by Haffey & Company of 15 practices that use the RxSight system revealed that LAL procedures were sourced from all other categories of other IOLs and were well balanced across monofocal, astigmatism-correcting and presbyopia-correcting IOLs. Based on an average of 16 LAL cases per month at these practices, a payback period of five months for the purchase price of the LDD was seen. Using lower national average selling prices for astigmatism-correcting and presbyopia-correcting IOLs and a monthly procedural volume of only six cases resulted in a payback period of 17 months for such practices. Following the payback period, practices continue to reap the financial benefits of converting patients to the higher revenue RxSight procedure. Our RxSight system also offers several practice and workflow benefits. Because the RxSight is a versatile lens that can be used to address a wide variety of different patients and their needs, we believe doctors can use the LAL as their primary and first choice of premium IOL, rather than having to choose between, and hold in inventory, different IOLs to address different patient needs. The RxSight implantation procedure is a familiar industry standard IOL implantation procedure and the light adjustment procedure is easy to learn, which we believe will help lower barriers to adoption.

 

 

Large and growing IOL market underpenetrated within broader IOL industry.     Cataract surgery is the most common surgical procedure in the United and worldwide, with over 22 million procedures performed globally and 3.7 million procedures performed in the United States in 2020. While 60% of cataract patients rate being spectacle free after cataract surgery as extremely important, only 11% and 16% of the total procedures worldwide and in the United States, respectively were premium procedures in 2020. According to MarketScope’s 2021 IOL Report, the market for premium IOLs was approximately $800 million in the United States and $1.4 billion worldwide in 2020, and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 14% and 14%, respectively through 2026. We believe our RxSight system addresses key limitations that have slowed adoption of premium cataract procedures and premium IOL market growth. We believe there is an opportunity to not only gain share in the premium IOL segment of the market but also increase penetration of premium IOLs in the broader IOL market, by converting doctors as well as

  patients with astigmatism currently electing for conventional cataract surgery.

 

125


Table of Contents
 

Primarily out-of-pocket, cash-pay procedure, which we believe makes the premium IOL market less sensitive to reimbursement.     The premium IOL market benefits from well-established and attractive payment dynamics with, we believe, limited reimbursement risk. In the U.S., healthcare payors typically reimburse the surgeon and facility fee, which represent a fraction of the total procedure cost, while patients pay the surgeon an additional fee, which accounts for a significantly larger component of the total cost. Patients have traditionally demonstrated a willingness to pay the incremental out-of-pocket fee to achieve differentiated visual outcomes associated with premium IOLs and premium-cash pay ophthalmic procedures, such as LASIK, are well established. Given the unique benefits and advantages of the RxSight system, we believe customers will find our value proposition to be compelling and affordable in the context of other premium IOL offerings available today.

 

 

Concentrated potential customer base, addressable with a focused commercial organization.     We are initially focusing our commercial efforts in the United States and on driving adoption with doctors performing a high volume of premium cataract procedures. There were approximately 4,000 surgeons performing cataract surgeries today in the United States, and we estimate that approximately 1,600 surgeons performed approximately 70 to 80% of premium IOL procedures in the United States in 2020. We believe this concentrated nature of the premium IOL customer base is easily addressable with a focused sales force and lends itself well to our “land and expand” business model, which is focused on winning customers and driving increased utilization of our LALs. Our direct sales team currently includes 6 sales directors supported by a group of over 40 sales specialists, field service and customer service personnel and covers the entire United States.

 

 

Proven management team with a track record of establishing adoption of multiple innovative technology platforms in ophthalmology.     Our leadership team has extensive experience in scaling novel ophthalmology businesses, guiding them through the development, approval, launch and commercialization of transformative medical devices. The team is well complemented by leaders with extensive experience in the full product lifecycle including designing and developing new technologies, collaborating closely with regulatory agencies, identifying the appropriate path to market and subsequently attracting and effectively managing sales and marketing talent. Members of our team have previously worked with leading ophthalmology medical technology companies including Chiron, IntraLase, eyeonics, and LenSx Lasers.

Our growth strategies

Our vision is that a vast majority of the patients and doctors that undergo or perform a cataract surgery procedure, will elect to use our RxSight technology that provides a customizable solution delivering better visual outcomes. Our growth strategies to achieve this vision include:

 

 

Strategically expanding our salesforce and marketing activities.     We launched of the RxSight system in the third quarter of 2019 and, as of March 31, 2021 we have grown our commercial team to include 6 sales directors, supported by a group of over 40 clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel. Our sales directors are focused on selling the LDD and establishing doctor relationships, and our clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel are responsible for installing and training on the use of the LDD, fostering patient and doctor education, and assisting with patient flow processes for our RxSight system. While we believe a large proportion of our target market is concentrated within a group of high volume cataract surgeons and addressable with a focused commercial effort, we plan to continue to add highly qualified personnel to our commercial organization, with a strategic mix of sales directors and clinical specialists, to drive further awareness and penetration within our target doctor base performing premium cataract surgeries. As our customer base continues to grow, we also expect to accelerate marketing initiatives and professional education, including training on best practices and techniques.

 

126


Table of Contents
 

Establishing new customers and growing our installed base of LDDs.     We believe our novel technology provides a differentiated value proposition to doctors as well as patients and provides us the opportunity to both gain market share in the premium IOL market as well as increase the penetration of premium IOL surgery in the broader cataract surgery market. Our initial focus is to grow our market share by winning customers within the 1,600 cataract surgeons that perform a high volume of premium IOL procedures in the United States. To do so, we aim to convert these doctors to the RxSight system by highlighting the clinical, economic and workflow benefits of our solution over other premium IOL technologies. We also intend to address the broader universe of the remaining 2,400 doctors that may perform only a small portion of premium procedures or only perform conventional cataract surgery. We will address this customer universe by promoting broader awareness at industry conferences and tradeshows and highlighting the practice building and economic benefits of our solution, its ease of use, as well as the improved visual outcomes. We are investing in professional education, additional clinical studies and registries that expand our evidence base, facilitating peer-to-peer dialogue and forums and communicating the benefits of our technology through marketing initiatives, publications and podium presentations. We believe that as more patients and doctors gain confidence in our technology, this will drive broader adoption, awareness and confidence amongst the industry to adopt, use and recommend our technology.

 

 

Increasing the utilization of our LALs by empowering doctors to grow their practices.     Following winning a customer account, we aim to drive increased utilization of our LALs by helping our customers build their practices. We believe this will ultimately result in a growing consumable revenue stream from sales of our LALs. Our team of clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel are focused on helping our customers be successful with our solution. In addition to personnel support, we provide doctors with marketing materials, such as patient brochures, literature and digital content for website and social media promotions. We also provide ongoing training to doctors on new technology features and developments and education on the benefits of our solution for patients.

 

 

Investing in system enhancements to meet the evolving needs of doctors as well as patients.     We will continue to enhance our RxSight system to improve the patient and doctor experience, which we expect will help drive adoption. Since our commercial launch, we have implemented a number of impactful product enhancements across our hardware and software platforms, including increasing the range of available LAL powers, modifying the LAL to improve image quality, reducing the margin of residual refractive error, developing new UV spectacles with improved aesthetics and usability and adding a photosensitive anterior layer to help protect the lens from unwanted UV exposure. Our near-term product enhancement efforts are focused on improving ease of use, functionality, cost and efficiency. For example, we are at an advanced stage of development with a working prototype of a lower cost version of the LDD, which we believe will help increase its affordability to lower volume premium IOL practices and facilitate broader adoption across the ophthalmic surgery community. It is anticipated that this lower cost LDD would require a 180 day PMA Supplement for approval in the United States and will require CE Mark certification through a notified body for registration in the European Union.

 

 

Expanding the RxSight system’s indications to address additional patients and procedures.     We believe our RxSight system is a platform technology that can be used to address a substantial portion of the IOL market. Since our initial FDA approval in November 2017, we have received fifteen supplemental approvals that enable the RxSight system to meet evolving customer needs. These approvals include increasing the range of LAL powers, treatment of lower amounts of residual astigmatism, allowing an optional third refractive adjustment, additional UV protection from ambient UV sources and improved surgical tools.

 

127


Table of Contents
 

Growing our commercial operations in international markets.     While our current commercial focus is on the large opportunity within the United States, we believe the RxSight system offers compelling benefits for the large population of cataract patients in international markets. According to MarketScope, 75% of the premium IOL procedures in 2020 were outside the United States. Our system has CE Mark approval and approval in Mexico for improving uncorrected visual acuity by adjusting the LAL power to correct residual postoperative refractive error. We may selectively pursue commercial expansion in these or other geographies that accept these approvals in the future, with a priority on markets where we see significant potential opportunity. New approvals may also be sought in large cataract markets with more complex regulatory processes in Asia.

 

 

Scaling our business to achieve cost and production efficiencies.     We expect to realize operating leverage through increased scale efficiencies as our commercial operations grow. We have executed a number of design and manufacturing process improvements to streamline both LAL and LDD production, while also improving quality and reducing cost. We are also concurrently executing on our strategy to optimize our diverse supply chain and to develop second sources from less expensive suppliers. We anticipate that the combination of these strategies will drive margin improvement.

Our market and industry

Overview of cataracts

Cataracts are an irreversible and progressive ophthalmic condition in which the eye’s natural lens loses its original transparency and increasingly obstructs or otherwise interferes with the passage of light to the retina, leading to loss of vision and (in advanced cases) to blindness. While there are multiple causes of cataracts, most are age-related. Cataracts affect approximately 50% of all adults by the age of 60 with prevalence continuing to increase with age. As cataracts progress, they also can increase the eye’s sensitivity to light, particularly at night. Cataract formations occur at different rates but affect both eyes in most cases. According to the National Eye Institute, cataracts are the leading cause of blindness worldwide, despite the availability of effective surgical treatment.

 

LOGO

Cataract patients are also often burdened by other common visual disorders, such as refractive error and presbyopia. Refractive errors, caused by mismatches in the focusing power of the anterior structure of the eye (cornea and lens) that prevents proper focus of light onto the retina, includes myopia (near-sightedness, or the inability to see clearly at distance), hyperopia (farsightedness or the inability to see clearly at close up) and astigmatism (distorted vision at all distances). Astigmatism generally is caused by an imperfection in curvature of the cornea. Presbyopia typically occurs in middle age and is caused by the loss of accommodation (flexibility) of the lens of the eye, resulting in the gradual loss of the eyes’ ability to focus on nearby objects.

 

128


Table of Contents

Amongst the common visual disorders, cataracts are unique in that they cannot be treated non-invasively with eyeglasses or contact lenses. Most patients are typically diagnosed with cataracts during a routine annual visit to their optometrist (“OD”). Once a patient has been diagnosed with cataracts, eyeglasses may help improve vision temporarily; however, surgery is usually recommended to replace the affected natural lens and the OD may refer the patient to a cataract surgeon (ophthalmologist).

Overview of cataract surgery

Cataract surgery is the most common surgical procedure in the world. In 2020, 22 million cataract surgeries were performed globally, of which 3.7 million were performed in the United States. The number of cataract surgeries performed globally and in the United States is expected to continue to expand as the population over 60 years old is expected to double by 2050, increasing from 962 million (13% of the total population) in 2017 to two billion (21% of the total population) by 2050.

Cataract surgery involves replacement of the patient’s natural cloudy lens with a clear artificial IOL. Cataract surgery is often bifurcated into two procedure categories, conventional and premium, delineated by the type of lens used during surgery. In conventional cataract surgery, the patient receives a monofocal IOL implant, which is designed to provide vision at one pre-defined distance without correction for other visual problems that often affect cataract surgery patients such as corneal astigmatism and presbyopia. Nearly all patients undergoing conventional cataract surgery will need to rely on glasses to achieve the best distance, intermediate and near vision. Premium cataract surgery involves the use of premium IOLs which are designed also to correct for corneal astigmatism and/or presbyopia. The most commonly used premium IOLs in the market today include multifocal, EDOF and toric lenses. These product offerings reduce the need for spectacles relative to conventional IOLs, but still impose trade-offs with respect to their ability to provide spectacle-free near, intermediate and distance vision.

When preparing patients for cataract surgery, surgeons must have a comprehensive understanding of available IOL options and how to best match a patient to the technology that fits their priorities. Patient decisions are based on a number of factors and tend to be heavily influenced by surgeon recommendations as well as the individual patient’s motivation for spectacle independence as well as willingness to tolerate side effects. During an initial consultation, cataract surgeons often ask patients to fill out a survey regarding their vision experiences and expectations to determine if the patient is a good candidate for a premium IOLs. If the patient is deemed to be a candidate, the surgeon then helps select the appropriate IOL based upon the patient’s lifestyle and therefore the type of vision they most value (i.e., near, intermediate or distance). Significant time is often required to educate patients on the various trade-offs with respect to the visual outcomes associated with each type of premium IOL. Following the patient consultation, surgery is usually scheduled within several weeks or months.

Prior to surgery, the surgeon will have the patient’s eyes measured using one or more diagnostic devices that help the surgeon predict the lens focusing power best suited to achieve the optimal postoperative outcome. Focusing power, expressed in diopters (D), refers to how a lens focuses light to a point (spherical power) or a line (cylindrical or astigmatic power). Accurately predicting lens power is critical to reducing postoperative residual refractive error and delivering the best possible visual outcome.

Once surgery begins, the clouded lens is usually removed through a process known as phacoemulsification. During phacoemulsification, an ophthalmic surgeon makes a small surgical incision in the cornea and inserts an ultrasonic probe that breaks up, or emulsifies, the clouded lens while a hollow needle removes the pieces of the lens. After the cataract is removed, the surgeon inserts the replacement IOL through the same surgical incision. In the United States, cataract surgery is commonly performed in the outpatient setting, such as an Ambulatory Surgery Center (“ASC”), by an ophthalmologist specializing in cataract surgery and often requires only 5 to 15 minutes to complete

 

129


Table of Contents

the procedure. Typically, the patient returns a day after surgery to have their eye evaluated and ensure healing is underway. After approximately one month, patients that received a conventional lens usually return to their optometrist to be fitted for glasses. Patients that selected premium IOLs but are unsatisfied with their visual results may be fitted for glasses or elect for a secondary, remedial procedure.

Illustrated below is an eye before cataract surgery. In Image #1 the surgeon has made a small surgical incision in the cornea and has inserted an ultrasonic probe to break up the clouded lens while the hollow needle (at the tip) removes the pieces of the lens. Image #2 illustrates the eye after the cataract is removed and the surgeon inserts the replacement IOL through the same surgical incision. Image #3 illustrates the new lens before the surgical incision is closed.

LOGO

In the United States, a healthcare payor (primarily CMS) typically provides reimbursement of approximately $500 for a surgeon fee and approximately $1,000 for a facility fee, which includes a conventional IOL. Accounting for reductions in CMS reimbursement and for inflation, reimbursement has decreased two thirds since 1991. The surgeon fee covers all pre-operative cataract testing, the cataract operation and follow-up care for three months. In premium cataract surgery the healthcare payor (primarily CMS) also reimburses the same surgeon and facility fees, but the patient pays the surgeon an additional fee of between $1,489 for a toric IOL and an average of up to $2,398 for other premium lenses, which includes the cost of the premium IOL.

Our market opportunity

In 2020, conventional cataract surgery represented 89% of procedures worldwide and 86% of procedures in the United States; however, the premium IOL market is approximately 37% of the total IOL market today, due to higher lens pricing, and is expected to grow significantly faster. According to MarketScope, the conventional IOL market was approximately $2.3 billion worldwide in 2020 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 10.5% between 2020 and 2026. Premium IOL revenue was approximately $1.4 billion worldwide in 2020 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 14% over the same period. The premium cataract surgery market is expected to grow at a meaningfully higher rate than the conventional cataract surgery market due to a number of factors including the growing number of patients who prefer to be spectacle-free post-surgery, technological innovations in premium IOLs, increased access to healthcare and rising disposable income. Premium cataract procedures are also between 10 and 15 times more profitable for doctors and ophthalmology practices than conventional cataract procedures and less impacted by changes in reimbursement because patients are required to pay out-of-pocket to cover the full or incremental costs of premium cataract procedures (depending on the country), while healthcare payors typically cover the full cost of conventional cataract procedures.

 

130


Table of Contents

We believe there is an opportunity to not only gain share in the premium IOL segment of the market but also increase penetration of premium IOLs in the broader IOL market, by converting doctors and patients currently electing for conventional cataract surgery. While 60% of cataract patients rate being spectacle free after cataract surgery as extremely important, premium IOLs represented only 11% and 16% of the procedures worldwide and in the United States, respectively, in 2020. We believe that the premium cataract surgery market remains underpenetrated due to both doctors’ reluctance to recommend premium IOL offerings to the full universe of eligible patients and patients’ confusion in assessing the tradeoffs associated with the wide range of commercially available premium IOL offerings. Furthermore, we believe current premium IOL offerings often cannot deliver on patient expectations with respect to the patient’s ability to see at near, intermediate and far distances without reliance on spectacles.

We are currently focused on further driving awareness and penetration of our system in the premium cataract surgery market, and in the near term, are primarily focusing our commercial efforts on our RxSight system within the United States. We believe this is the most compelling market given the large population of individuals above the age of 60 that are covered by health insurance, the concentrated base of cataract surgeons experienced with premium IOL offerings, the high gross domestic product per capita and the favorable US healthcare reimbursement system which has a well-established history of covering a portion of the cost for cataract surgery.

Overview of non-adjustable premium IOLs and their limitations

Premium IOLs are designed to correct for the shortcomings of conventional monofocal lenses by correcting for the additional visual problems of astigmatism and/or presbyopia. Astigmatism occurs when there is imperfection in the curvature of the cornea, resulting in blurred distance and near vision. Presbyopia is the gradual loss of the eyes’ ability to focus on nearby objects. Individuals usually begin to experience the effects of presbyopia in their early 40s.

The two primary categories of alternative premium IOLs are presbyopia-correcting IOLs, which include multifocal and EDOF lenses, and astigmatism-correcting, or toric, lenses. Each type of lens offers its own unique set of benefits but also trade-offs.

 

 

Presbyopia-Correcting IOLs

 

   

Multifocal Lenses.     Multifocal lenses have two or more corrective zones, which allow the patient to receive focused light from different distances. Although multifocal lenses provide patients with a wider range of vision compared to the standard monofocal IOLs, multifocal lenses split light across the multiple corrective zones on the lens, sometimes impacting the patient’s visual quality. For example, approximately 2-3 times as many patients who choose a multifocal lens over a monofocal lens experience side effects such as glare and halos, as well as reduced contrast vision, which are especially problematic in dim and low light situations such as driving at night. For some patients these become more pronounced and can lead to explantation (removal of the IOL and replacement with another type of IOL).

 

   

EDOF Lenses.     Unlike multifocal lenses, EDOF lenses have only one corrective zone; however, they create an elongated focal point that allows for a broader range of vision, although patients will still often require glasses for distance and near vision. EDOF lenses will still typically result in glare and halos, as well as reduced contrast vision, although generally less severe than those experienced with multifocal lenses.

 

131


Table of Contents
 

Astigmatism-Correcting or Toric Lenses.     Toric lenses correct for astigmatism, a condition in which the cornea is not uniformly curved leading to distortion of near and distance vision. Approximately 70% of the population has clinically significant astigmatism of 0.5 diopters or more, according to the MarketScope 2021 IOL report. Corrective toric lenses can provide additional distance, intermediate or near vision correction depending on the power of the lens selected and if their optical design incorporates either multifocal or EDOF features. However, according to the same MarketScope report, surgeons only attempt to correct astigmatism 49% of the time and only 33% of cases use toric lenses. Survey results on the reason for the low adoption rate include poor precision in correcting astigmatism and the requirement of expensive diagnostic equipment.

On the two most recently published ESCRS clinical trend surveys, 44% of surgeons and 36% of surgeons reported factors that discourage them from offering premium IOLs due to concern over nighttime vision and loss of contrast sensitivity, respectively. A key limitation of alternative premium IOLs is that they cannot be adjusted after the surgery and, as such, require the patient to commit to a desired visual outcome prior to the procedure. However, in discussing vision optimization options with patients ahead of the procedure, it is not easy to demonstrate different visual outcomes to patients with cataracts. Once a premium IOL is selected, another key limitation is the ability of the surgeon to implant the IOL with the level of accuracy required to deliver the patient’s expected outcome. Because the lens power of alternative premium IOLs cannot be changed after implantation, doctors typically spend a great deal of time on preoperative measurements to estimate the most suitable lens power for the patient; however the same diagnostic tests and predictive formulae used for selecting the spherical power of the premium IOL are also used for conventional IOLs. Additionally, the incision made to remove the cloudy lens and insert the IOL along with the resultant healing process often results in the creation of additional levels of astigmatism, which cannot be predicted with precision before cataract surgery. A separate LASIK procedure is the most common surgical procedure to correct any residual visual errors following the cataract procedure.

We believe that the need to commit to a visual outcome before surgery combined with the limited ability to adjust following the procedure are key factors contributing to the low levels of penetration of premium cataract surgery. When expectations regarding postoperative visual acuity and spectacle independence are not met, patients are often disappointed. As a result, surgeons are often less willing to recommend existing premium IOLs to their patients.

Our solution

We designed our RxSight system to address the shortcomings of existing premium IOL technologies and provide a solution that doctors can trust to improve visual outcomes. We began commercializing our solution in the United States in the third quarter of 2019 and are focused on establishing the RxSight system as the standard of care for premium IOL procedures. As of March 31, 2021, we had an installed base of 105 LDDs in ophthalmology practices, and since our inception over 10,000 surgeries have been performed with our system.

 

132


Table of Contents

Overview of the RxSight system

Our RxSight system is the first and only FDA-approved IOL technology that enables doctors to customize and optimize visual acuity for patients after cataract surgery. With the RxSight system, the doctor performs a standard cataract procedure to implant the LAL, determines refractive error with patient input after healing is complete, then uses the LDD to reshape the LAL to achieve the patients’ desired vision outcomes. Our RxSight system is comprised of two key components, along with other intraoperative and postoperative accessories:

 

   

RxSight Light Adjustable Lens: The LAL is our proprietary IOL that can be adjusted postoperatively to improve uncorrected visual acuity. Our novel IOL is made of special photosensitive material that changes shape and power when a specific pattern of UV light is delivered from the LDD.

 

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

   

RxSight Light Delivery Device: The LDD is our proprietary office-based light treatment device that delivers UV light in a precisely programmed pattern to induce a predictable change in the shape and refractive properties of the LAL, enabling surgeons to precisely modify the LAL based on the visual correction needed to achieve the patient’s desired vision after cataract surgery.

LOGO

Our foundational technology

We have developed our RxSight system over the last 20 years and have incorporated expertise and proprietary technologies across multiple disciplines, including optics, material science, chemistry, software and hardware engineering. The proprietary RxSight technology that enables post-operative adjustability is based on the principals of photochemistry. The LAL is made of a photosensitive material that changes shape and power when a specific pattern of UV light is delivered to the LAL.

Our LAL, which we manufacture using our proprietary silicone formulation, leverages the unique material properties of silicone. A silicone molecule consists of an inorganic silicon-oxygen backbone, which is a chain of alternating silicon and oxygen atoms with an attached side group, which is a pair of organic molecules bonded

 

133


Table of Contents

to each silicon atom in the chain. Through a process called polymerization, silicone monomers (short chain molecules) are reacted together to form silicone polymers (long chain molecules), which may be cross-linked at multiple points resulting in three-dimensional, rather than linear, structures. By varying chain length, attached side group and cross-linking design, silicone polymers can be tailored to have unique properties, leading to their broad use across a wide array of applications. We have developed a novel application of silicone to optimize the mechanical and optical properties of IOLs in order to improve vision in patients following cataract surgery.

To create the LAL, we use a composition of silicone polymers and monomers, the latter which we call “macromers”, mixed with photo-active molecules and other compounds. The initial composition of our lens material is a viscous liquid that is thermally cured in a lens mold. Thermal curing and photopolymerization use temperature and ultraviolet light, respectively, to initiate and propagate a polymerization reaction. To avoid polymerizing the macromers in the composition, the thermal curing is performed at a low temperature. The partial polymerization of the LAL results in a solid but soft silicone lens, leaving the photosensitive macromers unpolymerized and distributed throughout the lens. While the resulting lens is optically clear, the macromers and photo-active molecules remain free to continuously move within the lens.

After packaging and sterilization, the LAL is ready to be implanted as part of a standard cataract surgical procedure to replace the patient’s natural lens. Once wound healing is complete, a short exposure of UV light is applied to the LAL to adjust the refractive properties of the lens. When the UV light is directed to a specific portion of the lens, the exposed macromers in that portion of the lens are polymerized and become stationary. This creates an excess concentration of free macromers in the unexposed portion of the lens and sets up a diffusion gradient over which the unpolymerized macromers move from the concentrated area to the less concentrated area. Over the next one to two days, the unpolymerized macromers redistribute across the lens to achieve a uniform distribution. The redistribution of the macromers causes the exposed portion of the lens to swell relative to the unexposed portion of the lens, enabling refractive power change.

The movement of the macromers causes a highly predictable change in the curvature of the lens. If the central portion of the lens is exposed to UV light, unpolymerized macromers in the periphery of the lens move into the central portion. As a result, the central portion of the lens swells, creating a lens shape for correction of hyperopia. Conversely, if the periphery of the lens is exposed to UV light, unpolymerized macromers in the central portion of the lens migrate into the periphery. As a result, the periphery of the lens swells, creating a lens shape for correction of myopia. In addition to spherical correction for myopia or hyperopia, customized cylinder adjustments along any axis of the lens can be targeted to correct for astigmatism.

 

134


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the photopolymerization process that results in the change to the curvature of the lens:

 

LOGO

To achieve the desired refractive change in the LAL, our LDD uses proprietary software and algorithms to deliver a short UV exposure treatment that polymerizes specific portions of the lens according to a predefined pattern of light, called a nomogram. Nomograms allow for adjustment of spherical and cylindrical refraction in 0.25 diopter increments, like the adjustment increments used to refract patients for glasses or contact lenses, as well as in other refractive procedures like LASIK, which has similar refractive accuracy. Designed for placement in the doctor’s office, the LDD is a combination of a standard slit lamp and a digital light projector. The slit lamp portion allows the doctor to see inside the patient’s eye and align the light beam with the LAL. The digital light projector portion projects an image onto the LAL using DLP technology that has approximately 250,000 micro mirrors that are electronically activated to represent an image stored in memory.

Each UV light treatment consumes only a portion of the macromers in the lens, allowing the LAL to be adjusted multiple times. This process can be repeated up to 3 times over a period of several weeks, until the patient and doctor are satisfied. The entire lens is then polymerized to provide a stable correction. After adjustment light treatments are completed, one or two lock-in light treatments are applied to consume all remaining macromers and photo-active compounds. After the final lock-in treatment, the lens power can no longer be adjusted.

Our approach

With the RxSight system, the surgeon first performs a standard cataract implant procedure, replacing the patients’ natural lens with the LAL. Following the surgery, after a healing period of 2 to 3 weeks, the patient returns to the doctor’s office and undergoes a standard post-operative refraction. Using a traditional phoropter and vision chart, the clinician determines the refractive error and the prescription required to give the patient the best vision. However, rather than giving the patient a prescription for glasses, the clinician inputs the prescription into the LDD’s graphical user interface. The patient’s eye is then dilated, and a contact lens is applied to the eye when they are seated in front of the LDD for a light treatment. Based on the prescription input, the LDD generates a programmed, predetermined exposure of UV light. For a period of

 

135


Table of Contents

between 30 seconds and 2.5 minutes, the light painlessly and non-invasively re-shapes the LAL IOL in the eye, to correct the measured refractive error. The entire procedure takes approximately 3 to 5 minutes. The patient then returns approximately three to five days later for additional possible light treatments to adjust their vision as desired or to lock-in the lens. Although a patient can receive up to three adjustments, the average number of adjustments in our clinical trial was 1.6.

The RxSight system enables a fully interactive and iterative process to optimize visual acuity with patients able to compare possible vision outcomes based on their unique preferences and lifestyle requirements before selecting a final prescription for their adjustable lenses. In clinical practice since FDA approval, approximately two thirds of patients undergoing multiple adjustments have requested a change from their original spherical target highlighting the importance of adjustability and customization. From the time of surgery until 24 hours after the LAL is locked in, the patient is required to wear ultraviolet (UV) light protective glasses, as unprotected exposure to light can cause uncontrolled changes in the LAL. The patient may remove the glasses for sleeping, showering and applying eye drops as long as they are not exposed to sunlight.

Blended vision approach with RxSight

In clinical practice, doctors often use the enhanced accuracy and precision of the LAL, as well the ability to customize the correction in each eye after surgery, to improve upon the commonly used blended vision approach to presbyopia treatment. Blended vision (sometimes referred to as monovision or mini-monovision) is commonly selected by presbyopic patients without cataracts as a means to achieve spectacle independence. When used with contact lenses or LASIK, the vision in one eye is corrected more for far-distance, while the other eye is corrected more for near and intermediate distance. This approach is also commonly employed in conventional (monofocal) cataract surgery patients, with nearly 30% of patients receiving blended vision, about three times the rate for presbyopia correcting IOLs. While blended vision using conventional monofocal IOLs can provide improved near and intermediate vision for patients, it is susceptible to the same limitations of accuracy and precision as these IOLs have for distance vision, particularly for astigmatism correction. In addition, patients are very sensitive to which eye is used for near, as well as the difference in focusing power between the two eyes, neither of which can be fully evaluated prior to cataract surgery due to the presence of reduced vision (from the cataract). For all these reasons, doctors often stagger surgery in the two eyes to evaluate outcomes in the first before proceeding to the second.

We believe the LAL offers a number of potential advantages when taking a blended vision approach. First, because the LAL is going to be adjusted postoperatively, there is no refractive benefit to delaying surgery on the second eye. Doctors often choose to perform surgery in each eye within a week so that the LALs can be adjusted together to optimize vision with both eyes simultaneously. Additionally, the LAL reduces residual astigmatism more effectively (even for the most common low levels), which is known to improve blended vision performance. Finally, the LAL’s spherical power can also be adjusted to customize the vision in both the near and distance eye, as well as to minimize the difference between the two. While this difference usually ends up being within a diopter or less, a level that is generally well accepted by patients, there is considerable variability between individuals. For all these reasons, approximately 80% of LAL patients in clinical practice receive some form of blended vision.

Key Benefits for Patients

We believe RxSight offers significant patient benefits relative to other commercially available premium IOLs:

 

 

Superior vision outcomes.     In the pivotal study that formed the basis for our FDA approval, the observed rate of eyes with 20/20 or better uncorrected distance visual acuity for our LAL was 70.1%. This compares favorably to the results of pivotal studies with similar study designs and patient populations that supported FDA approval of Alcon’s Acrysof Toric (38.4%), and J&J’s Tecnis Toric (43.6%).

 

136


Table of Contents
 

Post-operative customization.     In contrast to alternative conventional and premium IOL solutions, our system enables patients to preview and compare possible vision outcomes after surgery based on their unique preferences and lifestyle requirements before they select a final prescription for their adjustable lens. With up to 3 possible light treatments, patients can dial-in their optimal visual acuity through an interactive and iterative process. After the initial light treatment, patients trial their vision for 3 to 5 days. Patients may then return for additional light treatments to adjust their vision as desired or to lock-in the lens.

 

 

No increase in glare and halo.     Our LALs do not induce higher rates of glare and halos compared to monofocal IOLs. In contrast, multifocal IOLs, generally relied upon to improve near vision, are associated with a higher incidence of unwanted side-effects including reduced contrast sensitivity and increased glare and halos around bright lights. This is true for both multifocal and EDOF IOLs resulting in a significant rate of lens removal of the IOL and replacement with another type of IOL. In FDA studies for the Alcon Panoptix, J&J Symfony and Alcon Vivity lenses, 48.8%, 59.2% and 17.0% of subjects, respectively, reported being bothered by halos postoperatively.

 

 

Minimally invasive procedure.     The RxSight system can reduce the potential for secondary surgical procedures by correcting residual refractive error after surgery using our office based LDD to shape the LAL. With other premium IOLs, a separate LASIK procedure is generally the only way to correct for residual visual errors following the primary cataract procedure.

Key benefits for doctors

We believe RxSight offers significant benefits to doctors relative to other commercially available premium IOLs, the primary benefits of which include the following:

 

 

Clear value proposition for patients, allowing doctors to build their premium cataract practices.     Rather than having to explain to patients the complicated trade-offs with respect to visual outcomes as well as predict refraction before surgery, the surgeon is able to simply tell the patient that their vision will be corrected post-operatively, similar to receiving a pair of glasses. The doctor can also share the clinical results with the patient, which we believe are compelling and give the patient reassurance that the procedure will provide them with the desired results.

 

 

Doctor confidence.     The clinical benefit of “dialing-in” to achieve superior visual outcomes after the procedure will give doctors more confidence to recommend a premium IOL solution that can meet patients’ expectations. The doctor does not need to decide prior to surgery whether the patient will be particularly sensitive to sub-optimal visual outcomes or side effects (such as glare, halo and loss of contrast). The patient is also unlikely to need a post-operative adjustment such as LASIK to improve the patient’s vision.

 

 

Fewer intraoperative measurements.     Doctors can spend a great deal of time on intraoperative measurements to better estimate the most suitable lens power to implant since the lens power of existing premium IOLs cannot be changed after implantation. With the RxSight system, surgeons are not as dependent on intraoperative equipment for measurements. Instead, the surgeon can focus on the surgical procedure as residual refractive error can be corrected post-operatively with the LDD adjustment.

 

 

Broad application across different patients’ needs.     We offer a single IOL that can address a broad range of patient types and needs, while providing a solution that doctors can trust to improve visual outcomes. For example, according to the Market Scope 2021 IOL report, surgeons only use Toric lenses in 33% of astigmatism cases, citing poor precision in correcting astigmatism and the requirement of expensive diagnostic equipment. With the ability to correct down to 0.5 diopters of astigmatism in 0.25 diopters steps, the LAL can address a much wider portion of the underserved astigmatic market.

 

137


Table of Contents
 

Satisfied patients leading to potential referrals.     While patients need to wear UV protective glasses for a few weeks, and return for adjustment visits, patients ultimately have reduced dependence on glasses and few side effects. Improved visual outcomes can drive patient referrals and increase the number of premium IOL surgeries, which generally have higher revenue and profit margin than conventional procedures.

We believe these compelling points of differentiation relative to other commercially available premium IOLs offer key benefits for patients and doctors that will drive broad adoption of the RxSight system.

Clinical results and studies

The LAL has close to twenty years of clinical history, dating back to first human implantation in 2002. Prior to FDA approval at the end of 2017, most of the early clinical work was completed outside the United States. During this period, RxSight demonstrated the safety, long term stability and usability of this technology. These early clinical and commercial results led us to formally initiate US clinical studies. We have completed one phase 2 study and our phase 3 pivotal randomized clinical study.

Phase 2 study

In 2010, we completed an FDA Phase 2 study, where 74 subjects had one eye randomly mistargeted during cataract surgery to either -1.00, 0.00, or +1.00 D. Light treatments were performed to address spherical refractive error and 80.8% of the subject eyes achieved a manifest refraction spherical equivalent (MRSE) within 0.50 diopters of target. Three-year follow-up demonstrated excellent long-term safety of the LAL.

Phase 3 pivotal study

Based on these results and the development of light profiles that reduce residual astigmatism, a Phase 3 Pivotal randomized clinical study of 600 subjects was initiated to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of performing light treatments to correct postoperative spherical and cylindrical refractive error. One-year follow-up of subjects from 17 investigational sites was completed on July 20, 2016.

In this study, 391 subjects had the LAL implanted in one eye and the results were compared at the six-month post-operative visit against 193 subjects with a monofocal control IOL implanted in one eye. The LAL met all primary effectiveness endpoints and was approved by the FDA on November 22, 2017 as the first commercially available adjustable IOL. 70.1% of LAL subjects achieved monocular uncorrected distance visual acuity of 20/20 or better compared to 36.3% of the eyes implanted with the monofocal control IOL. In addition to being statistically significantly better than the control IOL, the observed rate of eyes with 20/20 or better uncorrected distance visual acuity was the highest reported for any approved intraocular lens and approximately twice what was observed by the two most popular astigmatism correcting IOLs (38.4% by Alcon’s Acrysof Toric, and 43.6% by J&J’s Tecnis Toric) in similar patient populations in the pivotal studies that led to their approvals by the FDA.

Residual astigmatism was dramatically reduced in the LAL subjects, with 82.4% of LAL subjects having 0.50 diopters or less of manifest astigmatism 6 months after cataract surgery compared to 51.3% of eyes with the monofocal control IOL. This is also significantly better than the performance of both the Acrysof Toric (61.6%) and Tecnis Toric (72.3%) IOLs in similar patient populations in the pivotal studies that led to their approvals by the FDA.

In addition to correcting residual astigmatism, LAL subjects received a correction of residual error in MRSE. 92.1% of LAL subjects were within 0.50 diopters of target (compared to 83.4% observed in the control group). In 2018, the European Database of Cataract Surgery (EUROQUO) showed that of 175,503 subjects, 74.0% of eyes were within 0.50 diopters of target. A survey of 97 LASIK research papers published between 2008 and 2015 showed that out of 65,974 subjects, 90.9% were within 0.50 diopters of target. Thus, the LAL demonstrated superior accuracy to conventional cataract surgery and equivalent performance to LASIK.

 

138


Table of Contents

During the pivotal study, the residual astigmatism was treated using light treatments that corrected between 0.75 and 2.00 diopters per treatment. After completion of this study, a low astigmatism treatment of 0.50 diopters was developed. Under FDA guidance, we conducted a clinical study of 25 subjects who had exactly 0.50 diopters of residual astigmatism 3 weeks after implantation of the LAL. These subjects were treated with the new light treatment and effectiveness was evaluated 3 months after cataract surgery. On August 7, 2020, the FDA granted us approval to distribute this device improvement based on a mean manifest astigmatism of 0.14 diopters compared to a historical control of 0.40 diopters from a monofocal control IOL.

Reduction in “Outliers”

We believe it is important to interpret the results of clinical studies in the context of the premium lens market. Typically, customers will receive conventional monofocal IOL implantation with a relatively small out of pocket expense. For all premium lenses, however, the patient incurs a significant additional cost, with the expectation of an improved outcome. Therefore, when a patient receives a mediocre or poor outcome (i.e., “outlier” patients), they can be especially disappointed. The three FDA studies presented in Table 1 were conducted to support FDA approval of the listed IOL. While these studies were conducted independently of each other and not as a head-to head comparison, we believe a comparison of the results of these studies is meaningful as they included similar patient populations, study design, follow-up period and study endpoints, as shown in Table 1 below. Importantly, the proportion of these “outlier” patients in the studies was reduced with the LAL with the chance of having significant residual astigmatism (> 1.00 D) or degraded visual acuity (worse than 20/32) ranging from 1.3%-1.5% for the LAL compared to 5.9-16.6% for the other toric IOLs.

 

       
Study Lens    LAL      Tecnis Toric      Acrysof Toric  

Number of Clinical Sites

     17        14        11  

Control Lens

     Monofocal IOL        Monofocal IOL        Monofocal IOL  

Study Lens Sample Size

     391        174        244  

Control Arm Sample Size

     193        95        250  

Study Arm Subject Age: Mean [Min, Max]

     65.6 [41,80]        69.4 [41,87]        71.2 (N/A)  

Study Outcomes

    


Statistical
comparison
of means and
proportions
 
 
 
 
    


Statistical
comparison
of means and
proportions
 
 
 
 
    


Statistical
comparison
of means and
proportions
 
 
 
 

Range of Pre-operative Cylinder

     0.75 - 3.50        0.75 - 3.62        0.75 – >2.00  

Follow-Up Period for Primary Endpoints (months)

     6 M        6 M        6M  

Range of Lens Cylinder Refractive Correction

    
0.75 - 2.00
(per adjustment)
 
 
     1.03 - 2.74        1.03 - 2.06  

Residual astigmatism worse than 1.00 D (%)

     1.5%        5.9%        12.3%  

UCDVA worse than 20/32 (%)

     1.3%        10.9%        16.6%  

Study Lens Total Adverse Events

     6.4%        6.9%        3.3%  

Device Related Study Lens Surgical Re-interventions

     1.7%        2.3%        1.6%  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Table 1. Comparison of Toric IOL Studies using publicly available data for LAL(P160055), Tecnis Toric (P980040/S039) and Acrysof Toric (P930014/Sl5) IOLs.

 

139


Table of Contents

Application to blended vision

Light treatment data from the first 2,325 commercially treated LAL’s indicated that nearly 80% of commercial patients received some form of blended vision with a mean target of 1.00 diopters of add in their “near” eye. One of the unique aspects of the LAL is that patients undergo post cataract surgery light treatments during which they can provide feedback to their doctor about their visual preferences as the amount of refractive difference that is well tolerated between the two eyes is very patient dependent. Importantly, LDD data indicates that nearly two thirds of LAL patients elect to change the target refraction in either the near or distance eye compared to the originally selected target treatment, something that would not be possible with a conventional IOL (except through a second surgical procedure such as LASIK). The graph below shows a histogram of initial and final near add targets in LAL subjects.

 

LOGO

Figure 1: Distribution of initial and final Near Add of over 2,000 commercial LAL eyes.

Three surgeons have reported clinical results using blended vision. Their results are summarized in the table below:

 

       
Site    Near add    # of subjects    Proportion of subjects
with simultaneous
uncorrected binocular
visual acuity of  20/20 at
distance and J1 at near
or better

Codet Vision Institute

(Dr. Chayet)

   Fixed 1.00 D    25    55%

Aloha LASER

(Drs. Nikpoor and Faulkner)

   Customized
(1.50 D mean)
   17    73%

Newsom Eye

(Dr. Newsom)

   Customized
(1.29 D mean)
   86    80%

 

 

140


Table of Contents

The above results of up to 80% of patients with simultaneous uncorrected binocular visual acuity of 20/20 at distance and J1 (20/20) at near or better may be compared with the 40% of subjects achieving the similar level with the most recently approved diffractive multifocal IOL (Panoptix by Alcon).

Sales and marketing

We sell our RxSight system to cataract doctors and are initially focused on establishing commercial adoption in the United States. We commenced a limited launch in the third quarter of 2019 and full commercial launch in the first quarter of 2020 and are initially focused on surgeons that perform a high volume of premium cataract surgery procedures. The market is relatively concentrated as there are approximately 1,600 cataract surgeons that performed approximately 70 to 80% of the premium cataract procedures in the United States in 2020. These surgeons are typically part of larger ophthalmology practices with multiple cataract surgeons. According to MarketScope, there are approximately 4,000 surgeons that perform cataract surgery in the United States. These surgeons typically have refractive surgery practices offering LASIK and are skilled at selling premium procedures to patients on the basis that they offer better vision outcomes. When establishing new customer relationships with cataract surgeons, we typically enter into a sales contract for our LDD for approximately $125,000 and the LAL for $1,000 and a consignment agreement for our LALs. While we are initially focused on the U.S. opportunity in the near term, we have received CE Mark and regulatory approval in Mexico for improving uncorrected visual acuity by adjusting the LAL power to correct residual postoperative refractive error and may selectively pursue future commercial expansion in Europe or other geographies that represent significant volume opportunity, including key markets in Asia. Market Scope estimates that the United States represents approximately 25% of the global premium IOL procedures and 40% of the global premium IOL market value.

We commercialize our products in the U.S. through our direct sales team which includes 6 sales directors, and a group of over 40 clinical specialists, field service and customer service personnel. Our sales directors and clinical specialists generally have relevant experience selling cataract surgery products, as well as medical device service and clinical experience. Our commercial strategy involves a “land and expand” sales model, through which we aim to drive adoption of our RxSight system by increasing our installed base of LDDs, which enable consumable revenues from the sale of our LALs. Our sales directors, all of whom have previous experience selling IOLs and capital equipment to cataract and refractive surgery practices, are responsible for establishing relationships with doctors and winning new customers. After training at our facility in California our sales directors are generally proficient to sell the LDD after two to three weeks, assisted, if necessary, by our clinical applications specialists. Our clinical specialists are focused on driving utilization of our LALs by helping customers succeed with our products and build their premium procedure practices. These team members are responsible for installing and training customers on the use of the LDD, fostering patient and education for doctors, training the clinic staff, ophthalmologists and surgeon on selling the benefits of our RxSight system to patients, assisting with patient flow processes for our light adjustable lens system, and providing ongoing customer support. Our clinical specialists will follow initial patients at new customers from implant to completion of LDD treatments, ensuring the surgery center, clinic, ophthalmologists, and surgeons are comfortable with the benefits of our system. While we believe we can cover this concentrated market with a focused sales force, we plan to continue to add highly qualified personnel to our commercial organization, with a strategic mix of sales directors and clinical specialists, to drive further awareness and penetration with cataract surgeons.

In addition to efforts focused on the high-volume cataract surgeons, we also aim to drive broad adoption with cataract surgeons and to make the RxSight system the standard of care for premium cataract surgery. To achieve this, our commercial organization is focused on driving awareness of the RxSight system through marketing efforts which include promotions at industry and society conferences, podium presentations, publications, social media, and educational webinars focused on highlighting the differentiated benefits of our system. While we

 

141


Table of Contents

believe that most doctors who are experienced with premium IOLs require minimal training to utilize our system, we have also developed a robust education capability for doctors, including tools, training programs and peer-to-peer support to facilitate adoption across doctors with all levels of experience. Because cataract surgery using LALs is largely equivalent to the same surgery used for other IOL products, surgeons only require a one-time training on implantation of our LAL. The surgeon, optometrist and technicians are trained on the use of the LDD. Our clinical training specialist attends the first day the staff conducts the LDD treatments to answer questions and direct the process. The clinical training function is an essential component to properly onboard new customers in the United States and to help existing customers utilize the technology to its full potential. For this reason, all customer operations team functions are fully integrated with our sales team and collaborate on new customer onboarding as well as supporting customers with training of their new personnel, upgrades and new indications for use and on-call questions.

We believe providing ongoing support post-installation is critical to our success in commercializing the RxSight system. We maintain a team of field service engineers, distributed amongst our six core regions, who are responsible for the LDD installation, preventive maintenance and repairs when needed. This team is also responsible for conducting site surveys and ensuring a smooth installation process, typically over a four to five-hour window. The LDD’s reliability has an MTBF (Mean-time-between-failure) of over 200 days, providing a stable uptime. In addition to our field service team, we have an internal customer experience department that directly supports the customer, clinical training specialists and the field service team. We measure our customers’ onboarding satisfaction with an automated customer survey to all participants in the on-boarding training, after the surgeon has completed their first LAL surgery. The survey asks the customer to rate their satisfaction with the overall support and guidance provided by us during the product integration period. Our cumulative surveys, with 126 respondents, compiled as of Q1 2021 indicated 86.8% “Strongly Agree,” and 13.2% “Agree” that they were satisfied with the overall support and guidance provided by us during the product integration period. We also elicit, in an open ended question, suggestions for improvement, with no comments noting a material dissatisfaction with the RxSight system or training. In addition, we conduct a customer satisfaction survey of all customers approximately every 12 months.

Research and development

Our research and development activities are focused on improving clinical outcomes, improving customer experience, expanding our indications for use, reducing manufacturing costs and lifecycle management. Since our initial FDA approval in November 2017, we have received fifteen supplemental approvals including:

 

 

increasing range of available LAL powers (4.0 — 30.0 diopters from a previous range of 10.0 — 30.0 diopters);

 

 

corrections of 0.50 diopters of residual refractive error (initial capability was for correction down to 0.75 diopters of residual refractive error);

 

 

new LAL injector and cartridge for customer ease of use and smaller cataract incision size (less likely to induce corneal astigmatism);

 

 

new UV spectacles with improved aesthetics and usability;

 

 

addition of a photosensitive anterior layer that protects the lens from unwanted UV exposure (ActivShield); and

 

 

Various manufacturing improvements for the LAL and LDD.

Ongoing future development activities are expected to include:

 

 

reduced dependence on UV protective glasses and patient visits;

 

142


Table of Contents
 

cost reductions to the LDD; and

 

 

continued LAL injector and cartridge improvement for surgeon and technician ease of use.

Research and development expenses were $21.9 million and $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $6.6 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Manufacturing and supply

We currently manufacture, assemble, test, and ship our LAL and LDD, and various accessory products including a custom injector system for use with our LAL at our campus of three facilities and approximately 110,000 square feet total in Aliso Viejo, California. We have intentionally pursued a vertically integrated manufacturing strategy offering critical advantages, including control over our product quality and rapid product iteration using strong R&D and quality groups. We believe our current manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet our current expected demand for at least the next 12 months.

We are registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer and are licensed by the State of California to manufacture and distribute our medical devices. We are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR (21 CFR 820). The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic inspections and may also inspect the facilities of our suppliers. We moved to our current Aliso Viejo, California facilities starting in April 2016, all of which have been registered with the FDA, the State of California, and the European Notified Body (British Standards Institution) for the manufacture and distribution of medical devices. The FDA conducted its most recent inspection of our facilities in May 2020.

We have received International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, 13485:2016 certification for our quality management system. ISO certification generally includes recertification audits every third year, scheduled annual surveillance audits and periodic unannounced audits. The most recent surveillance audit was conducted in January 2021 and recertification audit was conducted November 2018. Our next recertification audit and surveillance audit will be due November 2021. The last unannounced audit on our facilities was performed in May 2018. We have also received quality system certification to the Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) to cover the jurisdictions of United States, Canada, and Australia with plans to expand the certification to Brazil and Japan in November 2021 from the British Standards Institution, The MDSAP certification follows the ISO 13485:2016 certification schedule. To date, our surveillance and recertification audits have not identified any major non-conformities.

The LAL is a silicone intraocular lens made from a proprietary blend of custom chemical components. Chemical component vendors produce the raw materials, which we inspect, blend, further purify, and process, and formulate into uncured silicone blend. Using this uncured silicone, we mold the lens in one of our two Class 7 clean rooms. After curing, the molded lens is inspected and packaged and then sent to a third-party ethylene oxide sterilization vendor. After sterilization, the lens is returned to us for final inspection, packaging, and shipment to customers.

Our LDD is a UV projector medical device, which consists of an anterior segment biomicroscope, computer controllers for performing light treatments, and a biometrically designed patient interface and table. The optics are bonded into their mounts using epoxies, which are then oven cured, assembled into the main optical housing and optimized on a proprietary precision alignment station. The completed optical head is integrated into the table, along with a computer, power supplies and other electro-mechanical parts. We outsource the cables and circuit boards used in the LDD to certified specialty contract manufacturers. The fully assembled LDD is put through an electrical safety and final acceptance test process, and then reviewed by quality control, packaged and shipped directly to our customers for installation.

 

143


Table of Contents

In addition, to aid the doctor in implanting the LAL, we provide several accessories including a custom insertion system and a contact lens. The insertion system consists of a disposable cartridge and a reusable injector handpiece. The disposable cartridge is processed, inspected, and packaged by us while having ethylene oxide sterilization performed by a third-party vendor. The reusable injector handpiece is manufactured by a third-party vendor and is inspected and packaged by us. We also manufacture, inspect, and package a reusable contact lens for administering UV light treatments. The end user is responsible for performing cleaning and sterilization of the injector handpiece and the contact lens following directions for use and hands on training provided by us. We also provide custom UV glasses that are manufactured by third party vendors, and then inspected and shipped by us from our facilities to our customers.

We use a combination of internally manufactured and externally sourced components to produce the LAL, LDD, custom insertion system, and other accessory products. Externally sourced components include off-the-shelf chemical, materials, sub-assemblies, and custom parts that are provided by qualified and approved suppliers. We also employ a third-party sterilization vendor. Some components are provided by single-source or sole source suppliers. While there are other suppliers that could make or provide any one of our single sourced components, we seek to manage single-source supplier risk by regularly assessing the quality and capacity of our suppliers, implementing supply and quality agreements where appropriate and actively managing lead times and inventory levels of sourced components. In addition, we are currently in the process of identifying and approving alternative suppliers to dual or multi-source certain of our LAL raw materials and LDD components. We generally seek to maintain sufficient supply levels to help mitigate any supply interruptions and enable us to find and qualify another source of supply. Order quantities and lead times for externally sourced components are based on our forecasts, which are derived from historical demand and anticipated future demand. Lead times for components may vary depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the materials, sub-assemblies, and parts. In addition, COVID-19 has resulted in manufacturing interruptions at sole source suppliers in the United States, European Union, the U.K. and China, which we have been able to mitigate, to date, with selected pre-payment for product, expedite fees and longer-term orders.

Our suppliers are evaluated, qualified, and approved as part of our supplier quality program, which includes verification and monitoring procedures to ensure that our suppliers comply with FDA and ISO standards, as well as our own specifications and requirements. We inspect and verify externally sourced components under strict processes supported by internal policies and procedures. We maintain a rigorous change control policy to assure that no product or process changes are implemented without our prior review and approval.

Third-party reimbursement and patient billing

Dual aspect payment model

In the United States, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) has determined that the additional refractive correction provided by astigmatism correcting and presbyopia correcting (premium) IOLs is not a covered benefit. As described in two CMS rulings (CMS 05-01 and CMS 1536-R), premium IOLs have both a covered and non-covered aspect, providing the framework for the “dual-aspect payment model”. In effect since 2005, this model means that CMS does not reimburse the physician or the facility for the additional costs associated with a premium IOL, while still covering the cost of the conventional IOL procedure. Instead, the patient selecting a premium IOL is responsible for the additional charges from the physician and from the facility that exceed the regular charges for insertion of a conventional IOL that are submitted to CMS by each of these providers. As of 2017, CMS has recognized the LAL as an astigmatism correcting (premium) IOL, making it eligible for the dual aspect payment model. Most commercial payers mirror the Medicare rulings, but this can vary by payer.

 

144


Table of Contents

Procedure coding and payment

In the United States, we typically sell our LAL products to ambulatory surgical centers (ASC) and (less commonly) to hospitals. These customers in turn bill various third-party payors, such as commercial payors and state and government payors, as well as patients directly for the services provided to each patient.

Third-party payors require physicians and hospitals to identify the service for which they are seeking reimbursement by using Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, codes, which are created and maintained by the American Medical Association, or AMA. For cataract surgery, the most common specific CPT codes are 66984 (Cataract surgery with IOL, on stage) and 66982 (Cataract surgery, complex). The facility fees associated with these codes include payment for a conventional IOL, up to $150. A specific HCPCS code is listed on the CMS claim by the facility to indicate use of premium IOL for tracking purposes only (V2787 or V2788 for astigmatism-correcting or presbyopia-correction function of IOL respectively). Similarly, the physician includes HCPCS code A9270 (non-covered item or service) on their claim to Medicare (or another third party) to indicate charges for extended care related to the correction of refractive error.

While an Advanced Beneficiary Notice (ABN) or Notice of Exclusion from Medicare Benefits (NEMB) is not required, most providers issue an ABN or NEMB to alert patients that CMS (or non-Medicare payers) do not cover the additional charges associated with a premium IOL and to get the patient’s agreement to pay these charges. Patients are then billed directly by the physician and the ASC for these charges. In some cases, the physician bills the patient exclusively and then reimburses the ASC for the additional cost of the Premium IOL.

Commercial payor and government program coverage

While the dual aspect payment model has been in use for over 15 years, the extent to which this model will be used by non-government third-party payors, such as commercial insurance, and managed healthcare organizations may vary. One third-party payor’s decision does not ensure that other payors will also follow this model. As a result, the coverage determination process can require manufacturers to provide additional support for the use of a product to each payor separately. This can be a time-consuming process, with no assurance that the dual aspect model will be applied consistently.

Reimbursement outside of the United States

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems also vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. In many countries, analogous determinations to the dual aspect CMS ruling have been made, allowing for partial coverage of the cataract procedure by national health systems, with patients paying out of pocket for refractive services associated with the premium IOL. In other countries, such dual billing is not allowed, forcing patients to pay for the entire cost of the cataract surgery and IOL when a premium IOL is used. In such markets, it may be possible for doctors to charge separately for the cost of light treatments, which are not part of the cataract procedure. This method would require a different billing methodology by us than is currently used in the United States, where light treatments are included with the purchase of the LAL. There is no assurance that these methodologies will be allowed or that an adequate level of payment will be established, or that the third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect the ability for manufacturers to sell products profitably.

Intellectual Property, License Agreements, and Other Material Agreements

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our patent rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets, operate without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others and prevent others from

 

145


Table of Contents

infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright and other intellectual property rights and measures to protect the products and technology that we consider important to our business. We also rely on know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.

Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, pursuing and obtaining patent protection in the United States and in jurisdictions outside of the United States related to our technology, inventions, improvements and products that are important to the development and implementation of our business. Our patent portfolio covers various aspects of our LDD, LAL and related devices and methods.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are

obtained. Generally, in the United States, issued patents are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest claimed non-provisional or Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) filing date. In certain instances, a patent term can be adjusted to recapture a portion of delay by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, in examining the patent application (patent term adjustment, or PTA) or extended to account for term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period (patent term extension, or PTE), or both. Additionally, a

patent term may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier filed patent. However, the life of the patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that any patents will be issued from our pending or future applications or that any issued patents will adequately protect our current and future products. We also cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our owned or in-licensed patents or whether such claims, if issued, will cover our products, provide sufficient protection from competitors or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. Any issued patents that we may own or in-license in the future may be challenged, invalidated, narrowed, held unenforceable, infringed or circumvented.

Our patent portfolio as of March 31, 2021 includes approximately 26 owned issued and non-expired U.S. patents, 11 pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications, three pending PCT applications, 16 issued and non-expired foreign patents, and 13 pending foreign patent applications. These owned patents, and the patents, if any, that issue from these patent applications are projected to expire between 2021 and 2041, in each case without taking into account any possible PTA or PTE and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees.

As of March 31, 2021, we also have exclusively in-licensed approximately 5 issued and non-expired U.S. patents and 10 issued and non-expired foreign patents, which patents are projected to expire between 2031 and 2036, in each case without taking into account any possible PTA or PTE and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees. These in-licensed patents are owned by the California Institute of Technology, or Caltech, and licensed to us, along with certain related technology, pursuant to our license agreement with Caltech effective as of July 28, 2015, or the Caltech Agreement.

Our patent portfolio, including our owned and exclusively in-licensed issued patents and patent applications, is

generally directed to:

 

 

Our current LAL: Some of the patents directed to our current LAL include, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 9,119,710, which is expected to expire in 2026, U.S. Pat. No. 10,470,874, which is expected to expire in 2026, and U.S. Pat. No. 10,874,505, which is expected to expire in 2033.

 

 

Our future LAL as contemplated or in development: Some of the patents directed to our future LAL include, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 10,433,951, which is expected to expire in 2037, and U.S. Pat. No. 10,966,819, which is expected to expire in 2037.

 

 

Our LDD: Some of the patents directed to our LDD include, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 10,864,075, which is expected to expire in 2038, and U.S. Pat. No. 10,932,864, which is expected to expire in 2039.

 

146


Table of Contents
 

Our lens adjustment procedure: Some of the patents directed to our lens adjustment procedure include, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 10,010,406, which is expected to expire in 2032, and U.S. Pat. No. 10,166,731, which is expected to expire in 2036.

 

 

Our system accessories: A patent directed to our system accessories includes, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 10,456,240, which is expected to expire in 2038.

Pursuant to the Caltech agreement, we received an exclusive, royalty-bearing, nontransferrable, worldwide license under such patent rights and technology to manufacture, use and commercialize, in all fields, products covered by the licensed patents or that utilize the licensed technology. The licenses granted to us by Caltech are subject to certain retained rights of Caltech for educational and research purposes and certain retained rights of the U.S. government. We are subject to certain diligence obligations under the Caltech Agreement with

respect to the commercialization of the licensed products. Pursuant to our license agreement with Caltech, we paid a $50,000 non-refundable license issue fee upon the execution of the agreement and agreed to reimburse Caltech approximately $64,680 for past patent prosecution and maintenance expenses. Further, we have an obligation to pay an annual license maintenance fee of $10,000. We are also obligated to pay (i) a low-single-digit royalty based on net sales of products covered by the licensed patents, which royalty obligation expires, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, upon the last-to-expire valid claim of a licensed patent

covering such product in such country and (ii) a fraction of a single-digit royalty based on net sales of products covered only by the licensed technology, which royalty obligation expires, on a country-by-country-basis, seven years following the first commercial sale of such product in such country. Following the first commercial sale of a licensed product, we are required to pay a minimum annual royalty to Caltech of $50,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the Caltech Agreement. We are also obligated to pay Caltech a mid-teen royalty on any applicable sublicensing revenue. Unless earlier terminated, the term of the Caltech Agreement continues until the later of the expiration, revocation, invalidation or unenforceability of the licensed patents or the expiration of our royalty obligations under the agreement. Caltech may terminate the Caltech Agreement for our insolvency, failure to maintain required insurance coverage levels, or if we materially breach the agreement, including our payment or diligence obligations thereunder, and do not cure such breach within specified time periods. Currently, we do not sell any licensed products under the agreement, and therefore we have no current royalty obligation to Caltech. We are considering the development of future products to which the intellectual property in-licensed from Caltech may be directed, however we do not believe these are material at this time.

Pursuant to the agreement with the Regents of the University of California (“Regents”) dated March 1, 2000 (the “Regents Agreement”), we received an exclusive, royalty bearing, sublicensable, worldwide license under certain Regents’ patent rights to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import products and to practice methods in the research, development, and commercialization of products for commercial applications. This license was subject to certain retained rights of the Regents and Caltech for educational and research purposes and certain retained rights of the U.S. government. We were subject to certain diligence obligations under the Regents Agreement with respect to the commercialization of the licensed products. Pursuant to our license agreement with the Regents, we paid a $10,000 non-refundable license issue fee upon the execution of the Regents Agreement and agreed to reimburse the Regents approximately $57,000 for past patent prosecution and maintenance expenses. Further, we had an obligation to pay, and paid, an annual license maintenance fee of $5,000. We were also obligated to pay a low-single digit royalty based on net sales of products covered by the licensed patents, which royalty obligation expires, upon the last-to-expire valid claim of a licensed patent covering such product. Following the first commercial sale of a licensed product, we were required to pay, and paid, a minimum annual royalty to the Regents of $10,000 by February 28th for the calendar year in which the minimum payment is due. Upon a filing of an Investigational Device Exemption by us with the FDA for a trial involving more than 20 persons, or other equivalent applications, we paid $20,000 to the Regents. Following the first use of a licensed product in a patient as part of a Phase II or Phase III clinical trial, we paid $30,000

 

147


Table of Contents

and $50,000, respectively to the Regents. Upon an approval by the FDA of a Pre-Marketing Approval Application or equivalent application submitted by us, we paid $175,000 to the Regents. We were also obligated to pay the Regents a percentage of all compensation received by us from sublicensees other than royalties on sales of the licensed products, not to exceed $500,000, for which there were no payments as we did not sublicense the licensed patents. In aggregate, since inception, we have paid approximately $525,000 in patent prosecution and maintenance fees, license fees, minimum royalties and milestone fees pursuant to the Regents Agreement. Unless earlier terminated, the term of the Regents Agreement continued until the expiration of the last-to-expire patent included in Regents’ patent rights licensed under the Regents Agreement. The Regents had the right to terminate the agreement if we materially breached the agreement, including our payment or diligence obligations thereunder, and did not cure such breach within specified time periods. We had the right to terminate the agreement at will in whole or as to any portion of the Regents’ patent rights by giving notice in writing to Regents. We terminated the Regents Agreement in March of 2021, as the last licensed patent covering our product expired. Upon the closing of this offering we are obligated to pay the Regents $25,000, which obligation survived the termination of the Regents Agreement.

Pursuant to the agreement with QAD, Inc. (“QAD”) dated October 29, 2015 (the “QAD Agreement”), we receive a nonexclusive, non-transferable, perpetual license to use certain QAD software at the physical location where we install the software. Under the agreement, we purchase such QAD software through individual orders (“Purchase Orders”), and each Purchase Order has a respective payment fee and maintenance fee. We use the software licensed under the QAD agreement for inventory, shipping / receiving, sales order, work order, planning and financial transactions for the business. Maintenance for the software is offered by QAD and available for purchase by us on an annual basis, and such purchase was compulsory for the first year of the agreement. After the first year, maintenance purchased under the agreement automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless terminated by us or QAD 60 days prior to the effective date of any renewal term. Further, we grant QAD audit rights to verify our usage of QAD software, and if following such audit our use of the QAD software is in excess of our license, we are obligated to pay to QAD the amounts necessary to become compliant. QAD provides limited warranties to the software and retains all intellectual property ownership rights in the QAD software including any modifications made by us, however we receive a license to use any modifications made by us. Unless earlier terminated, the term of the QAD agreement is perpetual. Both parties have the right to terminate the agreement for convenience by giving the other party 90 days prior written notice and such termination does not affect the license granted. Either party to the agreement may terminate the agreement with notice, if the other materially breaches the agreement, and the breach is not cured within specified time periods. In addition, either party may terminate if the other party is adjudicated bankrupt or an official is appointed to manage its financial affairs. Upon termination for cause, we must immediately discontinue all use of the software.

We believe that we have certain know-how and trade secrets relating to our technology and current and future products. We rely on trade secrets to protect certain aspects of our technology related to our current and future products. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our trade secrets and know-how, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, service providers, and contractors but these agreements may not provide meaningful protection, and we cannot guarantee that we have executed such agreements with all applicable counterparties. These agreements may also be breached, and we may not have an adequate remedy for any such breach. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Although we take steps to protect our trade secrets and know-how, third parties may independently develop or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and know-how.

 

148


Table of Contents

For more information, please see “Risk Factors-Risks related to Intellectual Property”.

Competition

Competition in the surgical ophthalmology market is intense and is primarily driven by technological innovation and the regulatory approval required to commercialize products in the key markets around the world. The development of new or improved products may make existing products less attractive, reduce them to commodity status or even make them obsolete. We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include:

 

 

the quality of patient outcomes, oftentimes measured by visual acuity, and adverse event rates;

 

 

patient experience, including patient recovery time and level of discomfort;

 

 

acceptance by treating doctors and referral sources;

 

 

doctor learning curves and willingness to adopt new technologies;

 

 

ease-of-use and reliability;

 

 

economic benefits and cost savings;

 

 

strength of clinical evidence;

 

 

effective distribution and marketing to surgeons and potential patients; and

 

 

product price and qualification for coverage and reimbursement.

From a commercial perspective, we believe our primary competitors in the cataract IOL market are alternative premium IOL providers, including Alcon, Johnson & Johnson, Hoya, Bausch Health Companies and Carl Zeiss Meditec. The global cataract IOL market is highly concentrated, with these top five players accounting for approximately 70% of total market revenue, according to Market Scope. Our competitors are significantly larger than us with greater financial, marketing, sales and personnel resources, greater brand recognition and longer operating histories. We believe our ability to compete effectively will be dependent on our ability to build the commercial infrastructure necessary to effectively and cost-efficiently drive awareness of the unique value of our system.

In addition, patients who receive an LAL will be required to wear UV protective spectacles until final lock-in which is approximately 4-5 weeks after surgery. They will also be required to return for an additional 2-3 clinic visits compared to traditional cataract surgery. The additional clinic visits are non-surgical but do require the patient’s eyes to be dilated. Due to these additional requirements, market acceptance of the LAL may be impacted.

The two most popular premium IOLs approved for cataract treatment are Acrysof by Alcon and Tecnis by Johnson & Johnson. Alcon and Johnson & Johnson are the first and second largest IOL manufacturers, with a 2020 revenue share of the premium IOL market of 32.8% and 21.4%, respectively. The Acrysof and Tecnis families of IOLs are available in a monofocal Toric, multifocal Toric and EDOF Toric versions. The Toric versions of these lenses represent approximately 28% of all premium multifocal IOLs sold in 2020. The rest of the market is shared between Bausch and Lomb, Carl Zeiss, Hoya, with under 10% each as well as with a long list of smaller companies. From a technology perspective, we believe the LAL competes with nearly all of the existing IOLs, including conventional, premium astigmatism correcting and premium presbyopia correcting lenses.

 

149


Table of Contents

Government regulation

Our products and operations are subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations, as well as other federal, state and local regulatory authorities in the United States, as well as foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA regulates, among other things, product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storage, record keeping and reporting, clearance or approval, marketing, distribution, promotion, import and export, and post-marketing surveillance in the United States to assure the safety and effectiveness of medical products for their intended use.

FDA regulation of medical devices

Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of a PMA application. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be resource intensive, expensive, and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees, unless an exemption is available.

FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes – Class I, Class II or Class III – depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to safety and effectiveness.

Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of FDA’s current good manufacturing practices for devices, as reflected in of the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, establishment registration and device listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices, also called Class I reserved devices, also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.

Class II devices are those that are subject to the FDA’s general controls and any other special controls deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, patient registries, product-specific FDA guidance documents, special labeling requirements and post-market surveillance. Most Class II devices are subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process.

Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed novel and not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. Due to the level of risk associated with Class III devices, the FDA’s general controls and special controls alone are insufficient to assure their safety and effectiveness. Devices placed in Class III generally require the submission of a PMA application, demonstrating the safety and effectiveness of the device which must be approved by the FDA prior to marketing, or the receipt of a 510(k) de novo classification, which provides for the reclassification of the device into Class I or II. The PMA approval process is generally more costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA’s satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA application typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA’s satisfaction a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

 

150


Table of Contents

If a new medical device does not qualify for the 510(k) premarket notification process because no predicate device to which it is substantially equivalent can be identified, the device is automatically classified into Class III. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification process. This process allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. The FDA may reject the reclassification petition if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) or determines that the device is not low to moderate risk and requires PMA or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed.

Obtaining FDA marketing authorization, de novo down-classification, or approval for medical devices is expensive and uncertain, and may take several years, and generally requires significant scientific and clinical data.

Investigational device process

In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support medical device clearance or approval require an IDE application. Some types of studies deemed to present “non-significant risk” are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed, and IRB approval is obtained. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials, and although the FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward for a specified number of subjects, it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and effectiveness, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.

All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA’s good clinical practice regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA.

The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable, or, even if the intended safety and effectiveness success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant marketing approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

The FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

 

 

Patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;

 

 

Patients do not comply with trial protocols;

 

151


Table of Contents
 

Patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;

 

 

Patients experience adverse events;

 

 

Patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of the trial;

 

 

Device malfunctions occur with unexpected frequency or potential adverse consequences;

 

 

Side effects or device malfunctions of similar products already in the market that change the FDA’s view toward approval of new or similar PMAs or result in the imposition of new requirements or testing;

 

 

Institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;

 

 

Third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, investigator agreement, investigational plan, good clinical practices, the IDE regulations, or other FDA or IRB requirements;

 

 

Third-party investigators are disqualified by the FDA;

 

 

We or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans, or otherwise fail to comply with the IDE regulations governing responsibilities, records, and reports of sponsors of clinical investigations;

 

 

Third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or our study such that the FDA deems the study results unreliable, or we or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

 

 

Regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

 

 

Changes in government regulations or administrative actions;

 

 

The interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or effectiveness; or

 

 

The FDA concludes that our trial design is unreliable or inadequate to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

The 510(k) clearance process

Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification, demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent,” as defined in the statute, to a legally marketed predicate device.

A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was previously found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. A device is considered to be substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use, and has either (i) the same technological characteristics; or (ii) different technological characteristics, but the information provided in the 510(k) submission demonstrates that the device does not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes, but not always, required to support substantial equivalence.

Before the FDA will accept a 510(k) premarket notification for substantive review, the FDA will first assess whether the submission satisfies a minimum threshold of acceptability. If the FDA determines that the 510(k) submission lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will issue a “Refuse to Accept” letter which generally outlines

 

152


Table of Contents

the information the FDA believes is necessary to permit a substantive review and to reach a determination regarding substantial equivalence. An applicant must submit the requested information before the FDA will proceed with additional review of the submission. If a 510(k) submission is accepted for substantive review, the Medical Device User Fee Amendments sets a performance goal of 90 days for FDA review of a 510(k) submission, but the review time can be delayed if FDA raises questions or requests additional information during the review process. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Thus, as a practical matter, clearance often takes longer than 90 days. Although many 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device, or if the device is automatically classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. A manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk.

Medical devices can only be marketed for the indications for which they are cleared or approved. After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application or de novo classification. The determination as to whether or not a modification constitutes such a change is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is obtained. The manufacturer may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

The PMA approval process

Following receipt of a PMA application, the FDA conducts an administrative review to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If it is not, the agency will refuse to file the PMA. If it is, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin the substantive review. The FDA, by statute and by regulation, has 180 days to review a filed PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer period of time. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant’s response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. The FDA considers a PMA or PMA supplement to have been voluntarily withdrawn if an applicant fails to respond to an FDA request for information (e.g., major deficiency letter) within a total of 360 days. Before approving or denying a PMA, an FDA advisory committee may review the PMA at a public meeting and provide the FDA with the committee’s recommendation on whether the FDA should approve the submission, approve it with specific conditions, or not approve it. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Prior to approval of a PMA, the FDA may conduct inspections of the clinical trial data and clinical trial sites, as well as inspections of the manufacturing facility and processes. Overall, the FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

 

 

The device may not be shown safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;

 

153


Table of Contents
 

The data from pre-clinical studies and/or clinical trials may be found unreliable or insufficient to support approval;

 

 

The manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and

 

 

Changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

If the FDA evaluation of a PMA is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or an approvable letter, the latter of which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA, or the PMA is withdrawn and resubmitted when the data are available. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which the FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

New PMA applications or PMA supplements are required for modification to the manufacturing process, equipment or facility, quality control procedures, sterilization, packaging, expiration date, labeling, device specifications, ingredients, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel, depending on the nature of the proposed change.

In approving a PMA application, as a condition of approval, the FDA may also require some form of post-approval study or post-market surveillance, whereby the applicant conducts a follow-up study or follows certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional or longer term safety and effectiveness data for the device. The FDA may also require post-market surveillance for certain devices cleared under a 510(k) notification, such as implants or life-supporting or life-sustaining devices used outside a device user facility. The FDA may also approve a PMA application with other post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution and use. Significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling and design for a device which has received approval through the PMA process may require submission of a new PMA application or PMA supplement prior to marketing.

Ongoing regulation by the FDA

Even after the FDA permits a device to be marketed, numerous regulatory requirements apply, including but not limited to:

 

 

establishment registration and device listing;

 

 

the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;

 

 

labeling regulations, advertising and promotion requirements, restrictions on sale distribution or use of a device, each including the FDA general prohibition against the promotion of products for any uses other than those authorized by the FDA, which are commonly known as “off label” uses;

 

154


Table of Contents
 

the Medical Device Reporting, or MDR regulation, which requires that manufactures report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or if their device malfunctioned and the device or a similar device marketed by the manufacturer would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

 

 

medical device corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufactures report to the FDA field corrections or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by a device or to remedy a violation of the FD&C Act that may present a risk to health;

 

 

recall requirements, including a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death;

 

 

an order of repair, replacement or refund;

 

 

device tracking requirements; and

 

 

post market study and surveillance requirements.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) or possibly a PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or possibly a PMA. The FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or a PMA is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines and penalties.

Some changes to an approved PMA device, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new PMA application or PMA supplement, as appropriate, before the change can be implemented. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA application, except that the supplement is generally limited to that information needed to support the proposed change from the device covered by the original PMA. The FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing PMA supplements as it does in reviewing original PMA applications.

FDA regulations require us to register as a medical device manufacturer with the FDA. Additionally, some states also require medical device manufacturers and/or distributors doing business within the state to register with the state or apply for a state license, which could subject our facility to state inspection as well as FDA inspection on a routine basis for compliance with the QSR and any applicable state requirements. These regulations require that we manufacture our products and maintain related documentation in a prescribed manner with respect to manufacturing, testing and control activities. Further, the FDA requires us to comply with various FDA regulations regarding labeling. Failure by us or by our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA or state authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

 

warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

 

customer notifications, voluntary or mandatory recall or seizure of our products;

 

 

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

 

delay in processing, clearing or approving submissions or applications for new products or modifications to existing products;

 

155


Table of Contents
 

FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;

 

 

suspension or withdrawal of FDA approvals or clearances that have already been granted; and

 

 

criminal prosecution.

Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory clearance or approval of our products under development.

Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to comply with the applicable United States medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, civil penalties, unanticipated expenditures, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or seizures of products, operating restrictions, total or partial suspension of production, the FDA’s refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries, the FDA’s refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current product clearances or approvals and criminal prosecution.

When the FDA conducts an inspection, the inspectors will identify any deficiencies they believe exist in the form of a notice of inspectional observations, or Form FDA 483. If we receive a notice of inspectional observations or deficiencies from the FDA following an inspection, we would be required to respond in writing, and would be required to undertake corrective and/or preventive or other actions in order to address the FDA’s or other regulators’ concerns. Failure to address the FDA’s concerns may result in the issuance of a warning letter or other enforcement or administrative actions.

International medical device premarket authorization process

The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Our products are regulated in the European Union as medical devices per European Union Directive 93/42/EEC, also known as the Medical Device Directive, or MDD. The MDD sets out the basic regulatory framework for medical devices in the European Union. The system of regulating medical devices operates by way of a certification for each medical device. Each certified device is marked with the CE mark which shows that the device has a Certificat de Conformité. There are national bodies known as Competent Authorities in each member state which oversee the implementation of the MDD within their jurisdiction. The means for achieving the requirements for the CE mark vary according to the nature of the device. Devices are classified in accordance with their perceived risks, similarly to the U.S. system. The class of a product determines the conformity assessment required before the CE mark can be placed on a product. Conformity assessments for our products are carried out as required by the MDD. Each member state can appoint Notified Bodies within its jurisdiction. If a Notified Body of a one-member state has issued a Certificat de Conformité, the device can be sold throughout the European Union without further conformance tests being required in other member states. The CE mark is contingent upon continued compliance with the applicable regulations and the quality system requirements of the ISO 13485 standard.

The new European Union Medical Devices Regulation 2017/745, or EU MDR, which was published in May 2017 with a transition period of three years, replaces the MDD and will expand and modify the pre-market and post-market obligations of the MDD. The date of application of the EU MDR has been postponed to May 26, 2021 with implementation dates based off of risk classification of the medical device. The EU MDR will impose additional

 

156


Table of Contents

requirements on clinical evaluation process, safety, classification and performance of medical device products. The EU MDR will have no impact on our current and future products as registrations to the EU MDR are in process and are scheduled for completion prior to the implementation dates. In addition to inspections by the FDA and other regulatory entities, we are also subject to periodic inspections by applicable European Notified Body with respect to regulatory requirements that apply to medical devices designed and manufactured by us and clinical trials sponsored by us. We are also certified to the Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) for the jurisdictions of the United States, Canada, and Australia which allows for one single audit performed by Notified Body to cover those jurisdictions with respect to quality systems. The MDSAP certification with Japan and Brazil is in process and is expected at end of 2021.

Other U.S. regulatory matters

Medical device companies are subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product clearance or approval are subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and state and local governments. For example, in the United States, sales, marketing and scientific and educational programs also must comply with state and federal fraud and abuse, anti-kickback false claims, transparency, government price reporting, anti-corruption, and health information privacy and security laws and regulations. Internationally, other governments also impose regulations in connection with their healthcare reimbursement programs and the delivery of healthcare items and services. These laws include the following:

 

 

U.S. federal healthcare fraud and abuse laws generally apply to our activities because our products are covered under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The Anti-Kickback Statute is particularly relevant because of its broad applicability. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription medical device manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular medical device, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Almost any financial arrangement with a healthcare provider, patient or customer could implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protect certain arrangements if specific requirements are met. The government can exercise enforcement discretion in taking action against arrangements that do not fit within a safe harbor. Further, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act. Penalties for violations of the Anti- Kickback Statute include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Our exclusion would mean that procedures using our products would no longer be eligible for reimbursement under federal healthcare programs;

 

 

Another development affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal Civil False Claims Act and, in particular, actions brought pursuant to the False Claims Act’s “whistleblower” or “qui tam” provisions. In recent years, the number of suits brought against healthcare companies by private individuals has increased dramatically. The federal civil and criminal false claims acts, including the civil FCA, prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the

 

157


Table of Contents
 

federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. No specific intent to defraud is required under the civil FCA. The criminal FCA provides for criminal penalties for submitting false claims, including imprisonment and criminal fines;

 

 

The Civil Monetary Penalty Act of 1981 and implementing regulations impose penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent, or offering or transferring remuneration to a federal healthcare beneficiary that a person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s decision to order or receive items or services reimbursable by the government from a particular provider or supplier;

 

 

HIPAA prohibits, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and their implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

 

Federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

 

The FDCA, which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of medical devices;

 

 

Additionally, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to doctors. The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, medical devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to annually report to CMS information regarding payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, and beginning in 2022 (for payment and transfer of value data collected in 2021), for physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists & anesthesiologist assistants, and certified nurse midwives as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, if any, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations;

 

 

Analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback, anti-referral, and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require certain biotechnology, pharmaceutical, and medical device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require applicable manufacturers to disclose or report certain information related to payments and other transfers of value to doctors and entities or sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials, marketing expenditures and activities, and state and foreign laws that govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers.

 

158


Table of Contents

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions or safe harbors, it is possible that some of our activities, such as stock-option compensation paid to doctors that have entered into consulting agreements with us, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. The growth of our business and sales organization and our expansion outside of the United States may increase the potential of violating these laws or our internal policies and procedures. The risk of our being found in violation of these or other laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to various interpretations. Any action brought against us for violations of these laws or regulations, even successfully defended, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Also, we may be subject to private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers on behalf of the federal or state governments. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal, state and foreign laws described above or any other current or future fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, injunctions, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts, and we could be required to curtail or cease our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.

United States health care reform

Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs and subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of our current and future solutions. Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage for the procedures associated with the use of our products or result in lower reimbursement for those procedures. The cost containment measures that payers and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could significantly reduce our revenues from the sale of our products. Changes in healthcare policy, including changes in the implementation or the repeal of the ACA in the United States, could increase our costs, decrease our revenue and impact sales of and reimbursement and coverage for our current and future products. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. In particular, on December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the United States Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review this case and held oral arguments in November 2020. In June 2021, the United States Supreme Court held that Texas and other challengers had no legal standing to challenge the ACA, upholding the ACA. It is unclear how this Supreme Court decision, future litigation, other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA, and healthcare measures of the Biden administration will impact the ACA and our business. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year and reduced payments to several types of Medicare providers, which will remain in effect through 2030 absent additional congressional action, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through the end of 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Moreover, there recently has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed, among other things, to bring more

 

159


Table of Contents

transparency to product pricing. Complying with any new legislation or reversing changes implemented under the ACA could be time-intensive and expensive, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the procedures associated with the use of our products. The cost containment measures that payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could impact our revenue from the sale of our products.

We believe that there will continue to be proposals by legislators at both the federal and state levels, regulators and third-party payors to reduce costs while expanding individual healthcare benefits. Certain of these changes could impose additional limitations on the rates we will be able to charge for our current and future products or the amounts of reimbursement available for our current and future products from governmental agencies or third-party payors. Current and future healthcare reform legislation and policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Data privacy and security

Medical device companies may be subject to U.S. federal and state health information privacy, security and data breach notification laws, which may govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain health care providers), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, received, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HIPAA mandates the reporting of certain breaches of health information to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, affected individuals and if the breach is large enough, the media. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, or PHI, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Personally identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. The FTC’s guidance for appropriately securing consumers’ personal information is similar to what is required by the HIPAA Security Rule.

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which went into effect January 1, 2020. The CCPA, among other things, created new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provided

 

160


Table of Contents

new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also created a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach.

Additionally, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, or CPRA. The CPRA, which is expected to take effect on January 1, 2023 and create additional obligations with respect to certain data relating to consumers, significantly expands the CCPA, including by introducing additional obligations such as data minimization and storage limitations, granting additional rights to consumers, such as correction of personal information and additional opt-out rights, and creates a new entity, the California Privacy Protection Agency, to implement and enforce the law. The CCPA and CPRA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. In addition to the CCPA, numerous other states’ legislatures have passed or are considering similar laws that will require ongoing compliance efforts and investment.

The EU also has laws and regulations dealing with the collection, use and processing of personal data obtained from individuals in the EU, namely the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. These regulations are often more restrictive than those in the United States and may restrict transfers of personal data to the United States unless certain requirements are met. The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause our costs to increase, and harm our business and financial condition. Further, the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. As of January 1, 2021, we are also subject to the UK General Data Protection Regulation and UK Data Protection Act of 2018, which retains the GDPR in the United Kingdom’s national law. Failure to comply with any of these obligations could expose us to significant fines.

Employees and human capital

As of March 31, 2021, we had 171 full-time employees, including 55 employees in sales & marketing, 29 in general and administrative functions, 50 in research and development and 37 in manufacturing. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity and cash incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based and cash-based compensation awards, in order to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is in Aliso Viejo, California where we lease three facilities housing our headquarters, manufacturing, research and development and administrative offices. The facility leases are for approximately 109,822 square feet in the aggregate. The leases terminate on a) September 30, 2024, with one option to extend for five years; b) January 31, 2026, with three options to extend for five years each; and c) March 31, 2023 with two options to extend for five years each. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our near-term needs but expect to need additional space as we grow. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space would be available in the future as required on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. Except as indicated above, we are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

161


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers, directors and director nominees

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of the date of this prospectus:

 

     
Name    Age        Position
Executive Officers:        
Ron Kurtz, M.D.      58        President, Chief Executive Officer & Director
Shelley Thunen      68        Chief Financial Officer
Eric Weinberg      60        Chief Commercial Officer
Ilya Goldshleger, Ph.D.      46        Chief Operating Officer
Non-Employee Directors:        
J. Andy Corley (2)(3)      65        Chair of the Board
Bruce Robertson, Ph.D. (4)      58        Director
William J. Link, Ph.D. (1)      75        Director
Daniel Schwartz, M.D. (5)      65        Director
Christopher Cox (6)      68        Director
Rick Wolfen (7)      63        Director
Juliet Tammenoms Bakker (1)(3)      59        Director
Director Nominees:        
Robert Warner (2)(3)(8)      54        Director Nominee
Julie B. Andrews (1)(8)      50        Director Nominee
Robert J. Palmisano (2)(8)      76        Director Nominee

 

 

(1)   Member of the audit committee effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(2)   Member of the compensation committee effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(3)   Member of the corporate governance and nominating committee effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(4)   Dr. Robertson will resign from our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(5)   Dr. Schwartz will resign from our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(6)   Mr. Cox will resign from our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(7)   Mr. Wolfen will resign from our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

 

(8)   Robert Warner, Julie B. Andrews, and Robert J. Palmisano have each been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

Executive officers

Ron Kurtz, M.D. Dr. Kurtz joined RxSight, Inc. in June 2015 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2016 and as a member of our board of directors since February 2016. Prior to joining RxSight in June 2015, Dr. Kurtz co-founded LenSx Lasers, Inc. He served as LenSx’s President and Chief

 

162


Table of Contents

Executive Officer until its acquisition by Alcon Inc. in August 2010, continuing as General Manager of Alcon LenSx, Inc. until March 2015. In 1997, he co-founded IntraLase Corp. and served as its President & CEO until November 1998 and then as its Vice-President and Medical Director until December 2005, thereafter consulting until December 2006. IntraLase became a publicly held Nasdaq-listed company in October 2004 and was acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. in April 2007. Dr. Kurtz serves on the boards of ODOS GmbH and Allegro Ophthalmics, Inc. Dr. Kurtz has served on the faculty of both the University of California, Irvine, and the University of Michigan. He earned his B.A. in Biochemistry from Harvard College and his M.D. from the University of California, San Diego.

We believe that Dr. Kurtz is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his leadership track record, his experience as an ophthalmologist, and his service as our Chief Executive Officer and President.

Shelley Thunen. Ms. Thunen joined RxSight, Inc. in January 2016 as our Chief Administrative Officer and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2017. From January 2013 to October 2015, Ms. Thunen served as the Chief Financial Officer of Endologix, Inc. From August 2010 to December 2012, Ms. Thunen served as Associate General Manager of Alcon LenSx, Inc. Prior to the Alcon acquisition of LenSx, Inc. in August 2010, she served as a board member and chair of the audit committee from April 2008 to August 2010, as well as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Operations from November 2009 to August 2010. Ms. Thunen joined IntraLase Corp. in May 2001 and was its Chief Financial Officer and later Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer until its acquisition by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. in April 2007. Ms. Thunen served on the board of directors of eyeonics, Inc. from June 2007 to February 2008, and as a board member and chair of the audit committee of Restoration Robotics, Inc. (Nasdaq: HAIR) from July 2015 to November 2019, prior to its acquisition by Venus Concept Inc. (Nasdaq: VERO) She also has served as a board member and audit committee chair of Surface Ophthalmics, Inc since August 2020. Ms. Thunen received a B.A. in economics and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Irvine.

Eric Weinberg. Mr. Weinberg has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since June 2015. Prior to joining RxSight, he was a co-founder of LenSx Lasers, Inc. and served as Chief Commercial Officer from July 2008 to August 2010, prior to its acquisition by Alcon Inc. He went on to serve as Vice President of Surgical Development at Alcon LenSx, Inc. from August 2010 to April 2014. He joined IntraLase Corp. in September 1999 as Vice President of Sales and later as the Senior Vice President, Global Marketing until the company was acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. in April 2007. Mr. Weinberg served as Global Director of Refractive Surgery at Chiron Vision Corp. from March 1993 until October 1997, when it was acquired by Bausch & Lomb, Inc. He continued as Global Director of Refractive Surgery at Bausch & Lomb until August 1999. Mr. Weinberg began his career in medical devices at Steinway Instruments in 1980.

Ilya Goldshleger, Ph.D. Dr. Goldshleger joined RxSight, Inc. as the Vice President, Engineering and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2019. Dr. Goldshleger joined RxSight in September 2015 as the Vice President of Engineering and was responsible for the development and engineering of the LAL and LDD system and its accessories. Prior to joining RxSight, Dr. Goldshleger held various management roles at Alcon LenSx, Inc. from 2010 to 2015 last serving as Director, R&D Optics and Diagnostics, and held various roles in research and development at LenSx Lasers, Inc. from October 2008 to its acquisition by Alcon, Inc. in August 2010. Dr. Goldshleger received a Master of Science in Physics and Mathematics from the Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology and a Ph.D. in Chemical Physics from the Russian Academy of Sciences.

Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

163


Table of Contents

Non-employee directors

J. Andy Corley. Mr. Corley has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Mr. Corley has also served as a board member of Neurolenses, Inc. since 2012, where he currently serves as Chairman of the Board, and has been a partner at Flying L Partners since 2016. Mr. Corley co-founded eyeonics, Inc. in 1998 and served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board until the company was sold to Bausch & Lomb, Inc. in February 2008. Mr. Corley then served as President of the Surgical Division at Bausch & Lomb following its acquisition of eyeonics, Inc from 2008 to 2011. Mr. Corley also co-founded Chiron Vision Corp., a company focused on the development of LASIK, in 1987 and served as General Manager of the Refractive Surgery Division until December 1997. Mr. Corley received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Georgia Southern University.

We believe Mr. Corley is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in leading and investing in medical device companies.

Bruce Robertson, Ph.D. Dr. Robertson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Dr. Robertson has also served on the board of directors of Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. since 2007, CardioFocus, Inc. since 2006, Clarus Therapeutics, Inc. since 2007, Iconic Therapeutics, Inc. since 2014, Exagen Inc. since 2019 and Augmedics Ltd. since 2021. He serves as co-Head and Managing Director of H.I.G. BioHealth Partners. Prior to joining H.I.G., Dr. Robertson served as Managing Director at Toucan Capital, a venture capital fund focusing on life science investments. Dr. Robertson served as a General Partner at GIV Venture Partners from 2000 to 2002. Dr. Robertson has also worked in business development and research and development at IGEN International, Inc. and W.R. Grace & Company, Inc., respectively. Additionally, he served on the board of the University of Delaware Research Foundation and the board of the BioLife Fund of Virginia’s Center for Innovative Technology. Dr. Robertson holds a B.S.E. in Chemical Engineering and B.A. in Mathematics from the University of Pennsylvania, a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Delaware, and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School with High Distinction.

We believe Dr. Robertson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience investing in medical device companies.

William J. Link, Ph.D. Dr. Link has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2016. Dr. Link formed Flying L Management, LLC in 2017 and is the Managing Partner. Dr. Link has served as a managing director and co-founder of Versant Ventures Management LLC, a venture capital firm investing in early stage healthcare companies, since 1999. He has served as a member of the board of directors of Edwards Lifesciences Corp. since May 2009, Oyster Point Pharma, Inc. since July 2015, Glaukos, Inc. since June 2001, Lensar, Inc. since November 2017 and Tarsus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since January 2017. Prior to co-founding Versant Ventures in November 1999, Dr. Link was a general partner at Brentwood Venture Capital from 1998 to 2020. From March 1986 to December 1997, Dr. Link was founder, chairman, and chief executive officer of Chiron Vision Corp. He also founded and served as President of American Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Allergan, Inc.) from 1978 to 1985. Dr. Link served as a director of Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. from September 2002 to February 2009, a director of Inogen, Inc. from July 2003 to February 2014 and a director of Second Sight Medical Products, Inc. from August 2003 to May 2020. Dr. Link also served as an assistant professor in the Department of Surgery at the Indiana University School of Medicine from 1973 to 1976. Dr. Link received a B.S., M.S., and a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering from Purdue University.

We believe Dr. Link is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in leading and investing in medical device companies.

Daniel Schwartz, M.D. Dr. Schwartz has served as a member of our board of directors since April 1997. Dr. Schwartz co-founded RxSight and is co-inventor of the Light Adjustable Lens. He has been a Physician in

 

164


Table of Contents

Residence at the Merkin Institute for Translational Research at Caltech since July 2020 and has served as Director of the Retina Division at the San Francisco VA Medical Center since 1994. Dr. Schwartz is also Professor Emeritus at the University of California, San Francisco. Prior to RxSight, he co-founded Serra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 1996, and served as a consultant until it merged with Karo Bio AB. Dr. Schwartz has published more than sixty peer-reviewed publications and holds over twenty patents in ophthalmology. Dr. Schwartz obtained his B.A. from Haverford College, his M.D. from University of California, San Francisco and completed his Ophthalmology residency at the Wilmer Institute at The Johns Hopkins Hospital.

We believe Dr. Schwartz is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a co-founder of RxSight, Inc. and as an ophthalmologist.

Rick Wolfen. Mr. Wolfen has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2019. Mr. Wolfen founded Rock Asset Management, a commercial real estate development and management company, in 1994 and has served as its President since it was founded. He has also served as Managing Member of Sea Glass Ventures, LLC, an early-stage venture capital investor, since 2016. Mr. Wolfen joined Deauville Savings and Loan in 1984, where he oversaw real estate joint ventures as well as direct development and investment projects until 1987. He has served on the board of directors of Intelliflux Controls, Inc. since 2018, Materia, Inc. since 2014, and Global Tinker, Inc. since 2018. Mr. Wolfen received a B.A. in Economics and an M.B.A. from University of California, Los Angeles. He has served on the Board of the American Youth Soccer Organization Region 76 in Beverly Hills since 2002 and is presently Assistant Regional Commissioner.

We believe Mr. Wolfen is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as an investor and businessman.

Christopher Cox. Mr. Cox has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2015. From November 2014 until his retirement in January 2020, Mr. Cox was a partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP and president of Morgan Lewis Consulting LLC. From June 2009 until its combination with Morgan Lewis in November 2014, he was a partner at Bingham McCutchen LLP and president of Bingham Consulting LLC. From August 2005 to January 2009, he served as the 28th Chairman of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. From January 1989 to August 2005, Mr. Cox served in Congress as a U.S. Representative from California. Mr. Cox has served as a member of the boards of directors of ACA Group since November 2018, and of NetChoice, Inc., since February 2020. He served on the board of trustees of the University of Southern California beginning in October 2011 and became a Life Trustee in March 2020. He has been a member of the advisory boards of Starr Investment Holdings, LLC since November 2018, RevOZ Capital since February 2020, the Loker Hydrocarbon Research Institute since April 2012, the Forum for Corporate Directors since November 2010 and, the Corporate Directors Roundtable since March 2013. He previously served on the boards of directors of Newport Corporation (now part of MKS Instruments) from November 2011 to April 2016, and of Alphaeon Corporation from May 2014 to December 2016 as well as the advisory boards of Creative Planning from January 2017 to December 2017 and Thomson Reuters Accelus from May 2011 to October 2014. Mr. Cox earned his B.A. from the University of Southern California, his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, and his J.D. from Harvard Law School.

We believe Mr. Cox is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as the 28th Chairman of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, an attorney and a former member of the U.S. House of Representatives.

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker co-founded Longitude Capital, a healthcare venture capital firm, where she has served as a Managing Director since January 2007. Prior to Longitude, Ms. Tammenoms Bakker served as a Managing Director of Pequot Ventures where she founded the life sciences investment practice. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker currently serves on the boards of Endogenex, Inc., Nalu Medical, Inc., and Ceribell, Inc. and she has

 

165


Table of Contents

previously served on the boards of over twenty companies including Eargo, Inc. (Nasdaq: EAR), Axonics Modulation Technologies (Nasdaq: AXNX), Insulet (Nasdaq: PODD), and Venus Concept (Nasdaq: VERO). Additionally, Ms. Tammenoms Bakker serves as a member of the Advisory Council for the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at Cornell University and a board member of the Boys and Girls Club of Greenwich. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker holds an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School and a B.Sc. from the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at Cornell University.

We believe Ms. Tammenoms Bakker is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive experience as an investor in medical technology companies and as a member of the boards of directors of multiple private companies.

Director Nominees

Robert Warner. Mr. Warner has been nominated to join our board of directors, effective concurrent with the closing of this offering, at which time he will also serve as a member of the Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Mr. Warner served as President and General Manager of Alcon Vision Care Franchise (Alcon) from August 2015 until February 2018. Prior to that, Mr. Warner served as President, U.S. and Canada, for Alcon from January 2012 to July 2015 and as President, Canada and Latin America, for Alcon from November 2010 to January 2012. From January 2005 to October 2010, Mr. Warner served in increasing positions of responsibility for Alcon. Mr. Warner was a member of the Alcon Executive Leadership Team for over 10 years and led the Alcon transition from Nestle to Novartis majority ownership. Mr. Warner currently serves on the board of directors of two private medical device companies, i Lumen Scientific and EyeYon Medical (serving as Chairman for the latter), and is also a board member of GRACE, the Grapevine Relief and Community Exchange. Mr. Warner holds a B.S. in Chemistry from Pace University and an MBA from Rutgers University.

We believe Mr. Warner is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience leading and serving on the board of directors of medical device companies.

Julie B. Andrews. Ms. Andrews has been nominated to join our board of directors, effective concurrent with the closing of this offering, at which time she will also serve as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee. Ms. Andrews has over fifteen years’ experience in senior finance leadership roles with leading medical technology companies and brings a broad skill set in executing strategic initiatives and leading global finance organizations. From August 2019 to December 2020, Ms. Andrews held the position of Senior Vice President, Global Finance with Wright Medical Group N.V. (Nasdaq: WMGI) with responsibility for the finance, accounting, tax and treasury functions. During her time at Wright Medical, Ms. Andrews played key leadership roles in several successful mergers and acquisitions. These included leading the divestiture and carve-out of the approximately $300 million sale of the hip and knee business to Microport, providing leadership oversight for Wright Medical’s $3.3 billion in equity value acquisition of Tornier, N.V., and leading the diligence and integration planning of the sale of Wright Medical to Stryker Corp. Ms. Andrews was Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer from May 2012 to September 2019 of Wright Medical Group N.V. (f.k.a. Wright Medical Group Inc.). Prior to joining Wright Medical, Ms. Andrews spent fourteen years at Medtronic, Inc., a global medical device company. During her tenure with Medtronic, Ms. Andrews held numerous key financial positions including Vice President, Finance (Business Unit CFO) for the $3.5 billion Spine and Biologics business. Ms. Andrews began her career working with Thomas & Betts Corporation in Memphis, Tennessee and Thomas Havey, LLP in Chicago, Illinois. Ms. Andrews is currently on the board of directors of Priveterra (Nasdaq: PMGM), a healthcare focused special acquisition corporation and serves as the chair of their audit committee. Ms. Andrews received a BS in Accounting from Indiana University NW.

 

166


Table of Contents

We believe that Ms. Andrews is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her financial experience in the healthcare industry.

Robert J. Palmisano. Mr. Warner has been nominated to join our board of directors, effective concurrent with the closing of this offering, at which time he will also serve as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Palmisano served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and as the Executive Director of the Board of Directors and Board Member of Wright Medical Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: WMGI) from September 2011 until its acquisition by Stryker Corporation (NYSE: SYK) in November 2020. Mr. Palmisano served as President and Chief Executive Officer of ev3 Inc. from April 2008 to July 2010, when it was acquired by Covidien plc. Mr. Palmisano was President and Chief Executive Officer of IntraLase Corp. from April 2003 to April 2007, when it was acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. Before joining IntraLase, Mr. Palmisano was President and Chief Executive Officer of MacroChem Corporation from April 2001 to April 2003. Mr. Palmisano has served as Chairman of the Board of Priveterra Acquisition Corp. (Nasdaq: PMGMU) from December 2020 to present. Mr. Palmisano previously served as the Chairman of the Board of Avedro, Inc., and on the board of directors of ev3 Inc., Osteotech, Inc. and Abbott Medical Optics, Inc., all publicly held companies, and Bausch & Lomb, a privately held company. Mr. Palmisano holds a B.A. in Political Science from Providence College.

We believe Mr. Palmisano is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience leading and serving on the board of directors of medical device companies.

Board composition

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Following the resignations of Drs. Robertson and Schwartz and Messrs. Wolfen and Cox, and the election of Messrs. Warner and Palmisano and Ms. Andrews, our board of directors will consist of seven members. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Concurrent with the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

 

the Class I directors will be Ron Kurtz, M.D., J. Andy Corley, and Juliet Tammenoms Bakker, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

 

the Class II directors will be William J. Link, Ph.D., and Robert Warner, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

 

the Class III directors will be Julie B. Andrews, and Robert J. Palmisano, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, the successor to each such director in the class will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following his or her election and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of our directors.

 

167


Table of Contents

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within one year of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees be independent. Audit committee members and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 and Rule 10C-1, respectively, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Under the rules of Nasdaq, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 and under the rules of Nasdaq, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1 and under the rules of Nasdaq, the board of directors must affirmatively determine that each member of the compensation committee is independent, including a consideration of all factors specifically relevant to determining whether the director has a relationship to the company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: (i) the source of compensation of such director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the company to such director and (ii) whether such director is affiliated with the company, a subsidiary of the company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the company.

Our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Corley, Warner and Palmisano, Dr. Link, and Ms. Tammenoms Bakker and Ms. Andrews, representing six of our seven directors upon the closing of the offering, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of Nasdaq.

In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board leadership structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Corley. As a general policy, our board of directors believes that separation of the positions of Chair of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the

 

168


Table of Contents

independence of our board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of our board of directors as a whole. As such, Dr. Kurtz serves as our Chief Executive Officer while Mr. Corley serves as the Chair of our board of directors but is not an officer of the Company. We currently expect and intend the positions of Chair of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer to continue to be held by two individuals in the future.

Role of the board in risk oversight

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. Our board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. Although each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not negatively affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

Board committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a corporate governance and nominating committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of our board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Audit committee

Concurrent with the closing of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be Julie B. Andrews, William J. Link, and Juliet Tammenoms Bakker. Ms. Andrews will be the chair of our audit committee and will be our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of Nasdaq. Our audit committee will oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assist our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee will also:

 

 

select and hire the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

 

help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

approve audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

 

review financial statements and discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

 

prepare the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

 

review reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedure;

 

 

review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

169


Table of Contents
 

review and monitor conflicts of interest situations, and approve or prohibit any involvement in matters that may involve a conflict of interest or taking of a corporate opportunity;

 

 

review related party transactions; and

 

 

establish and oversee procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of accounting related complaints and the confidential submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will satisfy the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Concurrent with the closing of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be J. Andy Corley, Robert J. Palmisano and Robert Warner. Mr. Palmisano will be the chair of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. The compensation committee will also:

 

 

oversee our overall compensation philosophy and compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

 

review and approve or recommend to the board of directors for approval compensation for our executive officers and directors;

 

 

prepare the compensation committee report that the SEC will require to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

 

administer our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will satisfy the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Corporate governance and nominating committee

Concurrent with the closing of this offering, the members of our corporate governance and nominating committee will be Robert Warner, J. Andy Corley and Juliet Tammenoms Bakker. Mr. Warner will be the chair of our corporate governance and nominating committee. Our corporate governance and nominating committee will oversee and assist our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. Specifically, the corporate governance and nominating committee will:

 

 

identify, evaluate and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

 

consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

 

review developments in corporate governance practices;

 

 

evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

 

evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors.

Our corporate governance and nominating committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will satisfy the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

170


Table of Contents

Director compensation

Prior to this offering, we have not implemented a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors. Other than as set forth in the table below, we did not pay any compensation to any of our non-employee directors in 2020. We granted stock options to Mr. Corley for his service as the chairman of our board of directors, and such grants were made in 2015. We also reimburse our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to implement an annual cash and equity compensation program for our non-employee directors as described below.

Outside director compensation policy

In July 2021, our board of directors adopted our outside director compensation policy. We expect our stockholders to approve the policy prior to the completion of this offering. After the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards under our outside director compensation policy. Our board of directors will have the discretion to revise non-employee director compensation as it deems necessary or appropriate.

Cash Compensation.     All non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:

 

 

$40,000 per year for services as a board member;

 

 

$50,000 per year additionally for service as non-executive chairman of the board of directors;

 

 

$30,000 per year additionally for service as lead director of the board of directors;

 

 

$10,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the audit committee;

 

 

$10,000 per year additionally for service as an audit committee member;

 

 

$7,500 per year additionally for service as chairman of the compensation committee; and

 

 

$7,500 per year additionally for service as a compensation committee member;

 

 

$5,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and

 

 

$5,000 per year additionally for service as a nominating and corporate governance committee member.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if our board or any one committee of our board meets in excess of 8 times in a year (measured from annual meeting to annual meeting), such non-employee directors will be provided a fee of $1,500 for each additional meeting attended.

Each annual cash retainer and additional annual fee will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

Equity Compensation.     Non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except incentive stock options) under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary awards not covered under the outside director compensation policy. Following the completion of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of stock options will be made to our non-employee directors as follows:

 

 

Initial RSU Grant.     Each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the completion of this offering automatically will be granted an award of restricted stock units, or an Initial Award, covering a number of shares of our common stock having a value of $125,000, with any resulting fraction rounded down to the nearest whole share. The Initial Award will be granted automatically on the first trading day

 

171


Table of Contents
 

on or after the date on which such individual first becomes a non-employee director, or the Initial Start Date, whether through election by our stockholders or appointment by our board to fill a vacancy. If an individual was a member of our board and also an employee, becoming a non-employee director due to termination of employment will not entitle the non-employee director to an Initial Award. Each Initial Award will be scheduled to vest as follows: 1/3rd of the restricted stock units subject to the Initial Award will be scheduled to vest on each annual anniversary of the Initial Start Date (or, if there is no corresponding day in the applicable month, then the last day of such month), in each case subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a non-employee director through the applicable vesting date.

 

 

Annual RSU Grant.     Each non-employee director automatically will be granted an award of restricted stock units, or an Annual Award, with a value of $125,000 on the date of each annual meeting of our board of directors, or the Annual Meeting; provided that the first Annual Award granted to an individual who first becomes a non-employee director following the effective date of the policy will have a value equal to the product of (A) $125,000 multiplied by (B) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of fully completed months between the applicable Initial Start Date and the date of the first Annual Meeting to occur after such individual first becomes a non-employee director, and (ii) the denominator of which is 12; provided further that any resulting fraction with respect to an Annual Award shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share underlying the restricted stock unit. Each Annual Award will be scheduled to vest in full on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the date of the next Annual Meeting following the grant date, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a non-employee director through the applicable vesting date.

 

 

IPO RSU Grant.     On the first trading day following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director automatically will be granted an award of restricted stock units, or an IPO Award, covering a number of shares having a value equal to the product of (A) $125,000 multiplied by (B) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of full months between the effective date of the policy and the projected date of the first Annual Meeting to occur after the effective date, and (ii) the denominator of which is 12; provided that any resulting fraction with respect to an IPO Award shall be rounded down to the nearest whole restricted stock unit. Each IPO Award will be scheduled to vest in full on the date of the first Annual Meeting following the effective date of the policy, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a non-employee director through the applicable vesting date.

The “value” for the Initial Awards, Annual Awards and IPO Awards described above means the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or such other methodology our board of directors or compensation committee may determine.

In the event of a change in control, as such term is defined in the 2021 Plan, each non-employee director will fully vest in his or her outstanding equity awards, including any Initial Awards, Annual Awards and IPO Awards, provided that the non-employee director continues to be a non-employee director through the date of the change in control. Additionally, in the event of a non-employee director’s death or termination due to disability, such non-employee director will fully vest in his or her outstanding equity awards as of immediately prior to the non-employee director’s death or termination due to disability.

Pursuant to our outside director compensation policy, no non-employee director may be issued, in any fiscal year, cash retainers or fees and equity awards with an aggregate value greater than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 for the fiscal year an individual initially becomes a member of our board of directors.

 

172


Table of Contents

The following table presents the total compensation that each of our non-employee directors received during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

         
      Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
     Option
awards ($)
     All other
compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

J. Andy Corley(1)

     120,000                      120,000  

Bruce Robertson, Ph.D.

                           

William J. Link, Ph.D.

                           

Daniel Schwartz, M.D.

     75,000                      75,000  

Christopher Cox(2)

     50,000        19,405               69,405  

Rick Wolfen

                           

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker

                           

 

 

 

(1)   Mr. Corley was paid $120,000 in 2020 in fees for his service as the chairman of our board of directors.

 

(2)   The option grant to Mr. Cox vests in equal monthly installments over 24 months from the date of grant of July 30, 2020, subject to continuous service as of each such vesting date. Upon Mr. Cox’s resignation from the board of directors, the Company will enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Cox. The option grant granted to Mr. Cox will continue to vest so long as he continues to be a service provider to the Company.

Directors who are also our employees or officers receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During 2020, Dr. Kurtz served as an employee director. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information about Dr. Kurtz’s compensation.

Compensation committee interlocks and inside participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of business conduct and ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.rxsight.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to such code, or any waivers of its requirements, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified above. Information contained on the website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

173


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Summary compensation table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

             
Name and principal position(1)    Year      Salary($)      Bonus($)(2)      Option
awards($)(3)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total($)  

Ron Kurtz, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2020      $ 309,583      $ 27,000      $ 404,100      $      $ 740,683  

Shelley Thunen

Chief Financial Officer

     2020      $ 250,510      $ 45,000      $ 404,100      $
 

 
 
   $ 699,610  

Eric Weinberg

Chief Commercial Officer

     2020      $ 272,595      $ 45,000      $ 606,150      $
 

 
 
   $ 923,745  

Ilya Goldshleger, Ph.D.

Chief Operating Officer

     2020      $ 287,094      $ 45,000      $ 1,212,300      $
 

 
 
   $ 1,544,394  

 

 

 

(1)   RxSight has four named executive officers, each with corporate decision making authority. We have elected to provide compensation information for all four of them even though as an “emerging growth company” we are only required by SEC rules to disclose compensation for three named executive officers.

 

(2)   The bonus amounts listed in this column reflect annual discretionary bonuses, based on performance in 2020, as reduced due to COVID-19 cost saving measures, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(3)   These figures reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options (service-based) granted in the fiscal year, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

Annual Bonuses

We have maintained an annual discretionary cash bonus program, as determined by our Board of Directors, based on company and individual performance. The bonus amounts in the above table reflect annual discretionary bonuses for 2020, as reduced due to COVID-19 cost saving measures. Each of Dr. Kurtz, Ms. Thunen, Mr. Weinberg and Mr. Goldshleger received an actual bonus for 2020 that was 19%, 52%, 45% and 45%, respectively, of what they would have been eligible to receive if not for the COVID-19 cost saving measures.

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table sets forth the number of stock options outstanding that are held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020:

 

   
    Option awards  
Name   Grant
date(1)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#) Exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#) Unexercisable
    Option exercise
price ($)(2)
    Option
expiration date
 

Ron Kurtz, M.D

President and Chief Executive Officer

   

07/29/2015

03/14/2017

04/23/2020

(3) 

(4) 

(4) 

   

143,952

43,682

7,864

 

 

 

   

0

2,299

40,335

 

 

 

  $

$

$

3.93

4.34

15.09

 

 

 

   

07/29/2025

03/14/2027

04/23/2030

 

 

 

 

174


Table of Contents
   
    Option awards  
Name   Grant
date(1)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#) Exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#) Unexercisable
    Option exercise
price ($)(2)
    Option
expiration date
 

Shelley Thunen

Chief Financial Officer

   

02/04/2016

10/27/2016

03/14/2017

07/26/2018

04/23/2020

(5) 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

   

32,268

29,040

6,380

8,772

8,067

 

 

 

 

 

   

0

0

277

5,747

40,334

 

 

 

 

 

  $

$

$

$

$

3.93

4.34

4.34

18.91

15.09

 

 

 

 

 

   

02/04/2026

10/27/2026

03/14/2027

07/26/2028

04/23/2030

 

 

 

 

 

Eric Weinberg

Chief Commercial Officer

   

07/29/2015

03/14/2017

04/18/2019

04/23/2020

(7) 

(8) 

(8) 

(8) 

   

231,174

33,604

12,099

12,100

 

 

 

 

   

0

1,563

2,420

60,502

 

 

 

 

  $

$

$

$

3.93

4.34

23.04

15.09

 

 

 

 

   

07/29/2025

03/14/2027

04/18/2029

04/23/2030

 

 

 

 

Ilya Goldshleger, Ph.D.

Chief Operating Officer

   

10/27/2015

07/28/2016

10/27/2016

03/14/2017

04/26/2017

01/25/2018

07/26/2018

04/18/2019

04/23/2020

(9) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

   

41,142

4,840

9,680

9,277

19,965

10,587

11,697

25,492

24,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

0

0

0

403

1,815

3,932

7,662

5,098

121,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  $

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

3.93

4.14

4.34

4.34

4.14

18.91

18.91

23.04

15.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

10/27/2025

07/28/2026

10/27/2026

03/14/2027

04/26/2027

01/25/2028

07/26/2028

04/18/2029

04/23/2030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)   Each of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock was granted pursuant to our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

(2)   This column represents the exercise price of each award, which is equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

 

(3)   This award vests as follows: (i) 15.4% of the shares underlying this award vested as of the date of grant; (ii) an additional 15.4% of the shares underlying this award had a vesting commencement date of June 16, 2015 and became fully vested upon pre-market approval of the Company’s LAL by the FDA on or prior to December 31, 2017 (which was achieved in November 2017); and (iii) the remaining 69.2% of the shares underlying this award vested with a vesting commencement date of June 16, 2015, with 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months, such that this portion of the award was fully vested over 4 years.

 

(4)   The shares underlying this award vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months, such that the entire award is vested over 4 years. The vesting commencement date of this award is the grant date.

 

(5)   This award has a vesting commencement date of January 1, 2016 and vested as follows: 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months, such that the entire option is vested over 4 years.

 

(6)   The shares underlying this award vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months, such that the entire award is vested over 4 years. The vesting commencement date of this award is the grant date.

 

(7)   This award vests as follows: (i) 16.7% of the shares underlying this award vested on the date of grant; (ii) 8.3% of the shares underlying this award had a vesting commencement date of June 16, 2015 and became fully vested upon pre-market approval of the Company’s LAL by the FDA on or prior to December 31, 2017 (which was achieved in November 2017); and (iii) the remaining 75.0% of the shares underlying this award vested with a vesting commencement date of June 16, 2015 with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months, such that this portion of the award was fully vested over 4 years.

 

(8)   The shares underlying this award vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months, such that the entire award is vested over 4 years. The vesting commencement date of this award is the grant date.

 

(9)   This award has a vesting commencement date of September 8, 2015 and vested as follows: 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months, such that the entire option is vested over 4 years.

 

(10)   The shares underlying this award vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months, such that the entire award is vested over 4 years. The vesting commencement date of this award is the grant date.

 

175


Table of Contents

Employment arrangements with our named executive officers

Ron Kurtz, M.D.

We have entered into a new offer letter agreement, effective as of July 16, 2021, with Dr. Kurtz, our President and Chief Executive Officer. This letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Dr. Kurtz’s annual base salary as of July 16, 2021 is $500,000 and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 75% of his salary.

Pursuant to Mr. Kurtz’s offer letter, our board of directors is expected to grant Mr. Kurtz an option to purchase shares of our common stock on the date of our initial public offering, pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan and the form of option agreement thereunder. The option will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. The option will cover a number of shares of our common stock having a grant date fair value equal to $3,100,000, as determined in accordance with a Black-Scholes valuation model.

Shelley Thunen

We have entered into a new offer letter agreement, effective as of July 16, 2021, with Ms. Thunen, our Chief Financial Officer. This letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Ms. Thunen’s annual base salary as of July 16, 2021 is $375,000 and she is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 50% of her base salary.

Pursuant to Ms. Thunen’s offer letter, our board of directors is expected to grant Ms. Thunen an option to purchase shares of our common stock on the date of our initial public offering, pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan and the form of option agreement thereunder. The option will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. The option will cover a number of shares of our common stock having a grant date fair value equal to $900,000, as determined in accordance with a Black-Scholes valuation model.

Eric Weinberg

We have entered into a new offer letter agreement, effective as of July 16, 2021, with Mr. Weinberg, our Chief Commercial Officer. This letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Weinberg’s annual base salary as of July 16, 2021 is $375,000 and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 50% of his base salary.

Pursuant to Mr. Weinberg’s offer letter, our board of directors is expected to grant Mr. Weinberg an option to purchase shares of our common stock on the date of our initial public offering, pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan and the form of option agreement thereunder. The option will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. The option will cover a number of shares of our common stock having a grant date fair value equal to $800,000, as determined in accordance with a Black-Scholes valuation model.

Ilya Goldshleger, Ph.D.

We have entered into a new offer letter agreement, effective as of July 16, 2021, with Dr. Goldshleger, our Chief Operating Officer. This letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Dr. Goldshleger’s annual base salary as of July 16, 2021 is $375,000 and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 50% of his base salary.

Pursuant to Mr. Goldshleger’s offer letter, our board of directors is expected to grant Mr. Goldshleger an option to purchase shares of our common stock on the date of our initial public offering, pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan and the form of option agreement thereunder. The option will have a per share exercise price equal

 

176


Table of Contents

to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. The option will cover a number of shares of our common stock having a grant date fair value equal to $900,000, as determined in accordance with a Black-Scholes valuation model.

Potential payments upon termination or change of control

We have entered into a change in control and severance agreement, effective as of July 16, 2021, with each of Mr. Kurtz, Ms. Thunen, Mr. Weinberg and Mr. Goldshleger. Each change in control and severance agreement was approved by our board of directors in July 2021.

Pursuant to each applicable named executive officer’s severance agreement, if, within the change in control period beginning on the date a letter of intent or similar agreement is made between us and an acquiror, provided such date occurs no earlier than 9 months prior to a “change in control” (as defined in the applicable agreement), and ending 12 months following a change in control, we terminate the employment of the named executive officer without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the applicable agreement), and within 60 days following such termination, the named executive officer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable, the named executive officer will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of (A) 12 months (18 months with respect to Mr. Kurtz) of the named executive officer’s then current annual base salary and (B) 12 months (18 months with respect to Mr. Kurtz) of the named executive officer’s annual target bonus as in effect in the year of the applicable termination, (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, or COBRA for the named executive officer and his or her respective eligible dependents for up to 12 months (18 months with respect to Mr. Kurtz), and (iii) vesting acceleration as to 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of the named executive officer’s then outstanding equity awards (and in the case of awards with performance vesting, unless the applicable award agreement governing such award provides otherwise, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at target levels of achievement).

Pursuant to each applicable named executive officer’s severance agreement, if, outside of the change in control period, we terminate the employment of the named executive officer without cause (excluding death or disability) or the executive resigns for good reason, and within 60 days following such termination, the named executive officer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable, the named executive officer will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of (A) 12 months of the named executive officer’s then current annual base salary and (B) 12 months of the named executive officer’s annual target bonus as in effect in the year of the applicable termination, and (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for the named executive officer and the officer’s respective eligible dependents for up to 12 months.

Pursuant to each applicable named executive officer’s severance agreement, if we experience a change in control, and the named executive officer remains our employee through the date of such change in control, 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the named executive officer’s then outstanding equity awards will accelerate and fully vest (and in the case of awards with performance vesting, unless the applicable award agreement governing such award provides otherwise, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at target levels of achievement).

Pursuant to each applicable named executive officer’s severance agreement, in the event any payment to an executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), the executive will receive such payment as would entitle the executive to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay the executive a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

177


Table of Contents

Employee benefit and stock plans

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2021 Plan. We expect that our 2021 Plan will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and performance awards to our employees, directors, and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. Our 2015 Plan will terminate immediately prior to effectiveness of the 2021 Plan with respect to the grant of future awards.

Authorized Shares.     Subject to the adjustment provisions of and the automatic increase described in our 2021 Plan, a total of 7,260,406 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2021 Plan. In addition, subject to the adjustment provisions of our 2021 Plan, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan also will include any shares subject to awards granted under our 2015 Plan or 2006 Plan that, on or after the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised or issued in full, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2021 Plan pursuant to outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan and 2006 Plan is 4,840,271 shares). Subject to the adjustment provisions of our 2021 Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2022 fiscal year and ending on the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approved the 2021 Plan, in an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

7,260,406 shares of our common stock;

 

   

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such lesser number of shares of our common stock as the administrator may determine.

If a stock option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2021 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full or is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or, with respect to restricted stock, RSUs or stock settled performance awards, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, us due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan (unless the 2021 Plan has terminated). With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2021 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future issuance under the 2021 Plan (unless the 2021 Plan has terminated). Subject to the exceptions listed above, shares that have actually been issued under the 2021 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2021 Plan;. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, the cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Plan Administration.     We expect that our compensation committee will administer our 2021 Plan and may further delegate authority to one or more subcommittees or officers to the extent such delegation complies

 

178


Table of Contents

with applicable laws. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer our 2021 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering our 2021 Plan, including but not limited to: the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock; select the service providers to whom awards may be granted; determine the number of shares covered by each award; approve forms of award agreements for use under our 2021 Plan; determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the times or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto); construe and interpret the terms of our 2021 Plan and awards granted under it, including but not limited to determining whether and when a change in control has occurred; establish, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to our 2021 Plan, and adopt sub-plans relating to the 2021 Plan; interpret, modify, or amend each award, including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards; allow participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in any manner permitted by the 2021 Plan; delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees; authorize any person to take any steps and execute, on our behalf, any documents required for an award previously granted by the administrator to be effective; temporarily suspend the exercisability of an award if the administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes, provided that, unless prohibited by applicable laws, such suspension shall be lifted in all cases not less than ten trading days before the last date that the award may be exercised; allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award; and make any determinations necessary or appropriate under the adjustment provisions of the 2021 Plan. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or canceled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions will be final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

Stock Options.     Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of options. The exercise price of options granted under our 2021 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that options may be granted with a lower exercise price to a service provider who is not a U.S. taxpayer, or pursuant to certain transactions. The term of an option is determined by the administrator, provided that the term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, or wire transfer, cashless exercise, net exercise, promissory note, shares, or other consideration or method of payment acceptable to the administrator, to the extent permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award, the option will remain exercisable for thirty days. These exercise periods may be tolled in certain circumstances, for example if exercise prior to the end of the applicable period is not permitted because of applicable laws. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The term of stock appreciation rights is determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock

 

179


Table of Contents

appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for thirty days following the termination of service. These exercise periods may be tolled in certain circumstances, for example if exercise prior to the end of the applicable period is not permitted because of applicable laws. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right must be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock.     Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator determines the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, determines the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator has the authority to impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator will be able to set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest will be subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units.     Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of RSUs. Each RSU will represent an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator has the authority to set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned RSUs in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination of both. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting, or reduce or waive the criteria that must be met for vesting, of the RSUs or the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Awards.     Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of performance awards. Performance awards are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator may establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or the value of performance awards to be paid out to participants. The administrator has the authority to set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. Each performance award’s threshold, target, and maximum payout values are established by the administrator on or before the grant date. After the grant of a performance award, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance award. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance awards in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors.     Our 2021 Plan provides that all outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2021 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2021 Plan provides that in

 

180


Table of Contents

any given fiscal year, a non-employee director will not be paid, issued or granted cash retainer fees and equity awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $500,000 (increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service). The grant-date fair values will be determined according to GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under our 2021 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2021 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Certain Adjustments.     If any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of shares of our common stock or other of our securities, other change in our corporate structure affecting the shares, or any similar equity restructuring transaction affecting our shares occurs (including a change in control), the administrator, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be provided under the 2021 Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2021 Plan or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2021 Plan. The conversion of any of our convertible securities and ordinary course repurchases of our shares or other securities will not be treated as an event that will require adjustment under the 2021 Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation.     In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and, to the extent not exercised, all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed plan.

Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2021 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2021 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a requirement to obtain a participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that such award will be continued by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. An award generally will be considered continued if, following the transaction, (i) the award gives the right to purchase or receive the consideration received in the transaction by holders of our shares or (ii) the award is terminated in exchange for an amount of cash or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise or realization of the award at the closing of the transaction, which payment may be subject to any escrow applicable to holders of our common stock in connection with the transaction or subjected to the award’s original vesting schedule. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards or portions thereof, the vested and unvested portions of an award, or all participants similarly.

In the event that a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not continue an outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction, unless specifically provided for otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an option or stock appreciation right is not continued, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

With respect to awards granted to an outside director, in the event of a change in control, all of his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions

 

181


Table of Contents

on his or her restricted stock and RSUs will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance awards will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback.     Awards will be subject to any clawback policy that we are required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our stock is listed or as otherwise required by applicable laws, and the administrator will also be able to specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

Amendment; Termination.     The administrator will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend, or terminate our 2021 Plan, provided that we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with applicable laws. However, no amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of our 2021 Plan or an Award under it may, taken as a whole, materially impair the existing rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Our 2021 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated, provided that incentive stock options may not be granted after the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approved the 2021 Plan, and the automatic annual share increase will end on the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approved the 2021 Plan.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

Our 2015 Plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in 2015. Our 2015 Plan was most recently amended in March 2021.

Our 2015 Plan allows us to provide incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonqualified stock options, performance shares, performance share units, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock grants or stock units (each, an “award” and the recipient of such award, a “participant”) to eligible employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and any subsidiary of ours. It is expected that as of one business day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our 2015 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under our 2015 Plan thereafter. However, our 2015 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under our 2015 Plan.

As of March 31, 2021, stock options covering 4,423,932 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2015 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our 2015 Plan is administered by our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors, or the administrator. The administrator has full power to make all determinations it deems necessary or advisable for administration of our 2015 Plan, including the authority to construe and interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and the awards granted under our 2015 Plan. The administrator’s powers also include the power to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding award as provided in our 2015 Plan. The administrator’s determinations and decisions are final and binding on all participants and any other persons holding awards.

Eligibility.     Employees, directors and consultants of ours or our subsidiary companies are eligible to receive awards, provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly promote or maintain a market for our securities. Only our employees or employees of our subsidiary companies are eligible to receive incentive stock options.

Stock Options.     Stock options have been granted under our 2015 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the term of a stock option, the number of shares subject to a stock option and the time period in which a stock option may be exercised.

 

182


Table of Contents

The term of a stock option is stated in the applicable award agreement, but the term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years from the grant date. The administrator determines the exercise price of stock options, which generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, unless expressly determined in writing by the administrator on the stock option’s grant date. However, an incentive stock option granted to an individual who directly or by attribution owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock or of any parent or subsidiary may have a term of no longer than five years from the grant date and will have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. In addition, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year (under all our plans and any parent or subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such stock options will be treated as nonstatutory stock options.

The administrator determines how a participant may pay the exercise price of a stock option, and the permissible methods are generally set forth in the applicable award agreement. If a participant’s service to us or any subsidiary of ours is terminated, as applicable, that participant may exercise the vested portion of his or her stock option for the period of time stated in the applicable award agreement. Vested stock options generally will remain exercisable for three months or such other period of time as set forth in the applicable award agreement if a participant ceases to provide services for a reason other than death, disability or, if set forth in an award agreement, termination for cause. If a participant’s service is terminated due to death or disability, vested stock options generally will remain exercisable for 1 year from the date of termination (or such other period as set forth in the applicable award agreement). The administrator may provide in an award agreement that options will terminate immediately upon a participant’s termination for cause. In no event will a stock option remain exercisable beyond its original term. If a participant does not exercise his or her stock option within the time specified in the award agreement, the stock option will terminate. Except as described above, the administrator has the discretion to determine the post-termination exercisability periods for a stock option.

Non-transferability of Awards.     Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and with respect to non-statutory stock options, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust or by gift to immediate family. In addition, during an applicable participant’s lifetime, only that participant may exercise their award.

Certain Adjustments.     Upon a change in our corporate capitalization, such as a stock split, stock dividend or a corporate transaction, any merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares or the like, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan, the number, class and price of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under our 2015 Plan, and in the award limits set forth in our 2015 Plan, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. Additionally, the administrator will make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under our 2015 Plan.

Change in Control.     In the event of a change in control (as defined in our 2015 Plan), unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchange or trading system, or unless the otherwise specified in an award agreement, our board of directors may treat awards as follows: (i) elect to terminate options or stock appreciation rights in exchange for a cash payment equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares subject to such option or stock appreciation right to the extent the option or stock appreciation right has vested exceeds the exercise price with respect to such shares; (ii) elect to terminate options or stock appreciation rights provided that each participant is first notified of and given the opportunity to exercise his/her vested options or stock

 

183


Table of Contents

appreciation rights for a specified period of time (of not less than 15 days) from the date of notification and before the option or stock appreciation right is terminated; (iii) permit awards to be assumed by a new parent corporation or a successor corporation (or its parent) and replaced with a comparable award of the parent corporation or successor corporation (or its parent); (iv) amend an award agreement to accelerate vesting; (v) provide that vesting of any award shall accelerate if the participant is terminated other than for cause or if the participant resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined in the 2015 Plan); (vi) or implement any combination of the foregoing or implement any other action with respect to an award that it deems appropriate.

Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may, at any time, terminate or amend our 2015 Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of award agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to our 2015 Plan, but no such amendment may adversely affect in any material any award without the written consent of the holder of such award. To the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable laws, we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our 2015 Plan. As noted above, it is expected that as of one business day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our 2015 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under our 2015 Plan thereafter.

2006 Stock Plan

Our 2006 Plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in 2006. Our 2006 Plan was terminated in 2015 in connection with the adoption of our 2015 Plan and as a result no new awards may be issued under our 2006 Plan. However, our 2006 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under our 2006 Plan.

Prior to its termination, our 2006 Plan allowed us to grant incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, and stock purchase rights (each, an “award” and the recipient of such award, a “participant”) to eligible employees and consultants of ours and any parent or subsidiary of ours.

As of March 31, 2021, stock options covering 199,711 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2006 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our 2006 Plan is administered by our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors. Different committees may administer our 2006 Plan with respect to different service providers. The administrator has all authority and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer our 2006 Plan and to control its operation, including the authority to construe and interpret the terms of our 2006 Plan and the awards granted under our 2006 Plan. The administrator’s decisions are final and binding on all participants and any other persons holding awards.

Eligibility.     Employees and consultants of ours or our parent or subsidiary companies were eligible to receive awards under the 2006 Plan. Only our employees or employees of our parent or subsidiary companies were eligible to receive incentive stock options.

Stock Options.     Stock options have been granted under our 2006 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2006 Plan, the administrator determined the term of an option, the number of shares subject to an option, and the time period in which an option may be exercised.

Non-transferability of Awards.     Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain Adjustments.     If there is a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock effected without receipt by the participants of consideration by us, the number of shares of

 

184


Table of Contents

common stock covered by each outstanding award, as well as the price per share of common stock covered by each such outstanding award, shall be proportionately adjusted by the administrator for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock.

Dissolution or Liquidation.     In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Change of Control.     In the event of a corporate transaction (including a change in control), the administrator may, in its discretion, (1) provide for an assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding award by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, and/or (2) provide for termination of awards as a result of the corporate transaction on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including providing for cancellation of awards for a cash payment to the participant. The administrator need not provide for identical treatment of each outstanding award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding award shall accelerate such that the awards shall become fully vested and exercisable, in each case effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction. To the extent an award is not being assumed or substituted, such award shall terminate upon such consummation and the administrator shall notify the award holder of such fact at least five (5) days prior to the date on which the award terminates.

Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may, at any time, amend our 2006 Plan in any respect, but no such amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of any award holder under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. As noted above, our 2006 Plan was terminated in 2015.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2021 ESPP. Our 2021 ESPP will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in our 2021 ESPP will provide them with a further incentive towards promoting our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 484,027 shares of our common stock will be available for sale under our 2021 ESPP. The number of shares of our common stock that will be available for sale under our 2021 ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with our 2020 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

 

1,452,081 shares;

 

 

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

 

such other amount as the administrator may determine.

2021 ESPP Administration.     We expect that the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2021 ESPP and will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret, and apply the terms of the 2021 ESPP, delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees, designate separate offerings under the 2021 ESPP, designate our subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the 2021 ESPP, determine eligibility, adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the 2021 ESPP, and establish procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the 2021 ESPP, including, but not limited to, adopting such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the 2021 ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States. The administrator’s findings, decisions and determinations are final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

 

185


Table of Contents

Eligibility.     Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us, or any participating subsidiary or affiliate, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. The administrator, in its discretion, may, prior to an enrollment date, for all options to be granted on such enrollment date in an offering, determine that an employee who (i) has not completed at least two years of service (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator) since his or her last hire date, (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iii) customarily works not more than five months per calendar year (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to disclosure requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is or is not eligible to participate in such offering period.

However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2021 ESPP if such employee:

 

 

immediately after the grant would own capital stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of capital stock of ours or of any parent or subsidiary of ours; or

 

 

holds rights to purchase shares of our common stock under all employee stock purchase plans of ours or any parent or subsidiary of ours that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

Offering Periods.     Our 2021 ESPP will include a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, as described in our 2021 ESPP. Our 2021 ESPP will provide for offering periods as may be determined by the administrator in its discretion, in each case on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. Offering periods will expire on the earliest to occur of (i) the completion of the purchase of shares of common stock on the last exercise date occurring within 27 months of the applicable enrollment date on which the option to purchase shares was granted, or (ii) such shorter period as may be established by the administrator.

Contributions.     Our 2021 ESPP will permit participants to purchase shares of our common stock through contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise to the extent permitted by the administrator) of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings but excludes payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift premium, equity compensation income and other similar compensation. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, a participant may make a onetime decrease (but not increase) to the rate of his or her contributions to 0% during an offering period.

Exercise of Purchase Right.     Amounts contributed and accumulated by the participant will be used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering. Prior to the commencement of offerings under the 2021 ESPP, the administrator will determine the maximum number of shares that a participant may purchase. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability.     A participant may not transfer contributions credited to his or her account nor any rights granted under our 2021 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2021 ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2021 ESPP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2021 ESPP, a successor corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation)

 

186


Table of Contents

will assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period with respect to which the purchase right relates will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set that will be before the date of the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination.     The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2021 ESPP. Our 2021 ESPP automatically will terminate in 2041, unless we terminate it sooner.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

We expect our board of directors to approve our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or Master Bonus Plan which will become effective on the date it is approved.

Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the Master Bonus Plan, provided that unless and until our board of directors determines otherwise, our compensation committee will administer the Master Bonus Plan. The Master Bonus Plan allows the administrator to provide awards to our “officers” as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Master Bonus Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Master Bonus Plan. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may establish a target award for each participant under the Master Bonus Plan, which may be expressed as a percentage of the participant’s average annual base salary for the applicable performance period, a fixed dollar amount, or such other amount or based on such other formula as the administrator determines to be appropriate.

Under the Master Bonus Plan, the administrator determines the performance goals, if any, applicable to any target award (or portion thereof) for a performance period, which may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; revenue; capital raising; cash flow; cash position;; corporate transactions; earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income (loss); new product or business development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating income (loss); operating margin (loss); overhead or other expense reductions; patents; product release timelines; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; revenue growth; stock price; total stockholder return; working capital; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the administrator, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or non GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items or payments of awards under the Master Bonus Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment, or company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the administrator determines, including without limitation: (a) in absolute terms, (b) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (c) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (d) on a per-share basis, (e) against our performance as a whole or a segment or (f) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the applicable performance goals will result in a failure to earn the target award, subject to the administrator’s discretion to modify an award. The administrator also may determine that a target award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) as determined by the administrator.

 

187


Table of Contents

The administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce, or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce, or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the administrator’s discretion. The administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards under the Master Bonus Plan generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum only after they are earned and approved by the administrator, provided that the administrator reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including vesting requirements, as determined by the administrator in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise determined by administrator, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by us (or an affiliate of us, as applicable) through the date the bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the applicable performance period, but in no case after the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month of the fiscal year immediately following the fiscal year in which the bonuses vest and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the bonuses vest.

Awards under our Master Bonus Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that we adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws.

The administrator will have the authority to amend or terminate the Master Bonus Plan. However, such action may not materially alter or materially impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus without the participant’s consent. The Master Bonus Plan will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the terms of the Master Bonus Plan.

401(k) plan

We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation, within the limits prescribed by the Code, on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, through contributions to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those pre-tax contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and earnings on Roth contributions are not taxable when distributed from the 401(k) plan. We do not match contributions made by our employees or provide any other form of employer contributions, except as required by applicable law with respect to mandatory top-heavy contributions.

Limitation of liability and indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

188


Table of Contents

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each member of our board of directors and each of our officers prior to the completion of the offering. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Moreover, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

189


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Other than compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2018 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

 

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

 

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

 

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

On July 29, 2015, in connection with his appointment to the Board, the Board approved compensation for Christopher Cox consisting of (i) cash in the amount of $50,000 per annum (the “Cox Annual Cash Payment”), an initial stock option award of 48,402 shares of Common Stock vesting monthly in equal amounts over 24 months, and (iii) an annual stock option award in the amount of 2,420 shares of Common Stock beginning following the one-year anniversary of Mr. Cox joining the Board, subject to vesting monthly in equal amounts over 24 months following the date of grant (the “Cox Annual Grant”). To date, the Company has paid each of the Cox Annual Cash Payments and made the Cox Annual Grants owed to Mr. Cox pursuant to the aforementioned Board approvals. Upon Mr. Cox’s resignation from the Board, the Company will enter into a consulting agreement with Mr. Cox. Any option grants previously granted to Mr. Cox will continue to vest so long as he continues to be a service provider to the Company.

On January 1, 2019, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Yelroc Consulting, Inc., an entity owned by J. Andy Corley (the “Corley Consulting Agreement”). Under the Corley Consulting Agreement, J. Andy Corley agreed to serve as Chairman of the Board, help lead the Company’s strategic discussions and negotiations, and provide technical and commercial consulting experience. Mr. Corley is compensated for his services under the Corley Consulting Agreement at the rate of $10,000 per month and is also reimbursed for reasonable and customary business expenses that he incurs as a result of performing his consulting services. The original term of the Corley Consulting Agreement was until December 31, 2020. Amendment No. 1 to the Corley Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Yelroc Consulting, Inc., dated as of December 16, 2020, extended the term of the Corley Consulting Agreement until December 31, 2021. The Company and Yelroc Consulting Inc. have entered into a Termination Agreement effective upon the closing of this offering, whereby the parties will terminate the Corley Consulting Agreement.

On January 1, 2019, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Daniel M. Schwartz, MD (the “Schwartz Consulting Agreement”). Under the Schwartz Consulting Agreement, Daniel Schwartz agreed to serve as a member of the Board and assist with the Company’s strategic discussions and negotiations. Mr. Schwartz is compensated for his services under the Schwartz Consulting Agreement at the rate of $6,250 per month and is also reimbursed for reasonable and customary business expenses that he incurs as a result of performing his consulting services. The original term of the Schwartz Consulting Agreement was until December 31, 2020. Amendment No. 1 to the Schwartz Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Daniel M. Schwartz, MD, dated as of December 16, 2020, extended the term of the Schwartz Consulting Agreement until December 31, 2021.

On April 18, 2019, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note with Daniel Schwartz for $160,000.00 (“Schwartz Promissory Note”). The Schwartz Promissory Note contains a 7.0% annual interest rate and a three year term. The Schwartz Promissory Note is secured by a Stock Pledge Agreement. On July 23, 2021, Mr. Schwartz entered into a Share Forfeiture and Release Agreement with the Company, under which Mr. Schwartz forfeited certain shares of the Company in exchange for the satisfaction of Mr. Schwartz’s obligations under the Schwartz Promissory Note.

 

190


Table of Contents

Sales of securities

None.

Investor rights agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investor rights agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including (i) RxSight I, LLC, (ii) H.I.G. BioVentures - Calhoun, LLC, (iii) Longitude Venture Partners II, L.P., (iv) RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and (v) BP Calhoun Associates LLC. Under our investor rights agreement, certain holders of our capital stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Indemnification agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. The indemnification agreements and our amended restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” for additional information.

Equity grants to executive officers and directors

We have granted options to our named executive officers and certain of our non-employee directors as more fully described in the sections titled “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Related party transaction policy

Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. The charter of our audit committee will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transaction.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a formal written policy providing that we are not permitted to enter into any transaction that exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person has a direct or indirect material interest without the consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such transaction, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

191


Table of Contents

Principal Stockholders

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 2, 2021 by:

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each of the named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors; and

 

 

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 18,975,204 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 2, 2021, which includes 14,850,993 shares of our common stock resulting from the conversion of all 14,376,272 outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock at July 2, 2021 into our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of July 2, 2021. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on 26,325,204 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering assumes the sale of 7,350,000 shares by us in this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o RxSight, Inc., 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656.

 

     
   

Shares Beneficially Owned

Prior to this Offering

  Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares   Percentage   Shares     Percentage  

5% Stockholders:

       

RxSight I, LLC(1)

 

2,016,778

 

10.63%

    2,016,778       7.66%  

Longitude Venture Partners II, L.P.(2)

 

1,891,738

 

9.95%

    1,891,738       7.18%  

Entities affiliated with Richard M. Wolfen(3)

 

1,840,244

 

9.70%

    1,840,244       6.99%  

H.I.G. BioVentures – Calhoun, LLC(4)

 

1,431,912

 

7.52%

    1,431,912       5.43%  

RA Capital Healthcare Fund(5)

 

1,177,796

 

6.19%

    1,177,796       4.47%  

BP Calhoun Associates(6)

 

1,068,232

 

5.62%

    1,068,232       4.05%  

 

192


Table of Contents
     
   

Shares Beneficially Owned

Prior to this Offering

  Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares   Percentage   Shares     Percentage  

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees:

       

William J. Link, Ph.D.(7)

 

2,016,778

 

10.63%

    2,016,778       7.66%  

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker(8)

 

1,891,738

 

9.95%

    1,891,738       7.18%  

Richard M. Wolfen(9)

 

1,840,244

 

9.70%

    1,840,244       6.99%  

Bruce Robertson, Ph.D.(10)

 

1,431,912

 

7.52%

    1,431,912       5.43%  

Ron Kurtz, M.D.(11)

 

821,420

 

4.32%

    821,420       3.12%  

Daniel Schwartz(12)

 

612,701

 

3.20%

    612,701       2.31%  

Eric Weinberg(13)

 

590,697

 

3.07%

    590,697       2.22%  

J. Andy Corley(14)

 

378,243

 

1.99%

    378,243       1.44%  

Ilya Goldshleger(15)

 

204,127

 

1.06%

    204,127       *  

Shelley Thunen(16)

 

121,507

 

*

    121,507       *  

Christopher Cox(17)

 

60,864

 

*

    60,864       *  

Robert Warner(18)

   

           

Julie B. Andrews(19)

   

           

Robert J. Palmisano(20)

   

           

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)(21)

 

9,970,231

 

50.06%

    9,970,231       36.56%  

 

 

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1)   

Consists of 2,016,778 shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by RxSight I, LLC. William J. Link is a managing member of RxSight I, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the securities held by RxSight I, LLC. William disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his respective pecuniary interests therein. The address of RxSight I, LLC is 11 Linda Isle, Newport Beach, CA 92660.

(2)   

Consists of 1,613,423 shares of Series G Preferred Stock and 242,013 shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and 36,302 warrants for shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by Longitude Venture Partners II, L.P. (“LVP II”). Longitude Capital Partners II, LLC (“LCP II”) is the general partner of LVP II and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the securities held by LVP II Patrick G. Enright and Juliet Tammenoms Bakker are managing members of LCP II and may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the securities held by LVP II, LCP II and each of Mr. Enright and Ms. Tammenoms Bakker disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. The address of LVP II is 2740 Sand Hill Road, 2nd Floor, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(3)   

Consists of (i) 233,547 shares of Common Stock, 11,714 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 181,790 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 382,217 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (391,807 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 11,491 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (13,382 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,050 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (7,359 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 116,166 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (176,628 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 245,930 shares of the Series G Preferred Stock, and 92,771 shares of the Series H Preferred Stock held by Werner F. Wolfen & Mary G. Wolfen, Trustees of the Wolfen Revocable Trust date 7/22/02; (ii) 38,722 shares of Common Stock and 98,303 shares of Series G Preferred Stock held by Werner F. Wolfen and Mary G. Wolfen, Trustees of the Wolfen Family Foundation; (iii) 1,196 shares of Common Stock, 2,800 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 2,017 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 9,680 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (11,274 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 4,840 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (5,887 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 42,552 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and 9,680 shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and 1,452 warrants for shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by Richard M. Wolfen; (iv) 25,441 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 9,679 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (11,271 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), and 13,518 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (20,553 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by W&M Wolfen Receptacle Trust; (v) 5,512 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 5,531 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (5,669 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,914 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (8,052 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,050 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (7,359 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,497 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and 23,192 shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by Lawrence P. Wolfen Testamentary Trust; (vi) 5,512 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 5,531 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (5,669 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,914 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (8,052 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,050 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (7,359 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis), 6,497 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and 23,192 shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by Cynthia R. Scott Trust dated 7/1/2008; (vii) 5,531 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (5,669 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) and 18,554 shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by James A Wolfen 2008 Trust dated 5/19/2008; (viii) 5,798 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 7,421 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (11,283 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by Mary G. Wolfen 2020 Annuity Trust RxSight; (ix) 5,798 shares of

 

193


Table of Contents
 

Series B Preferred Stock and 7,421 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (11,283 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by Werner F. Wolfen 2020 Annuity Trust RxSight; (x) 7,499 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 4,650 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (5,414 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by R&K Wolfen Receptacle Trust; (xi) 1,684 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 10,360 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (15,752 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by Mary G. Wolfen; (xii) 3,510 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 1,386 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (1,614 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by Karen Africk Wolfen 2020 Annuity Trust RxSight; (xiii) 3,510 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 1,386 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (1,614 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by Richard M. Wolfen 2020 Annuity Trust RxSight; (xiv) 1,127 shares of Series D Preferred Stock held (1,312 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) by Karen Africk Wolfen; and (xv) 1,127 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (1,312 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) held by Richard M. Wolfen. The address of all “Wolfen Entities” is 919 North Roxbury Drive, Beverly Hills, CA 90210.

(4)   

Consists of 968,054 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, 403,355 shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and 60,503 warrants for shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by H.I.G. BioVentures – Calhoun, LLC. Affiliates of H.I.G. Capital manage all aspects of H.I.G. BioVentures – Calhoun, LLC. Anthony Tamer and Sami Mnaymneh are the managing partners of H.I.G. Capital and as such have the right to direct all activities related thereto. Alex Zisson, Dr. Michael Wasserman, and Dr. Bruce Robertson are the managing directors of H.I.G. BioVentures – Calhoun, LLC, an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital. Dr. Robertson, a director of RxSight, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by H.I.G. BioVentures – Calhoun, LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein. The address of H.I.G. BioVentures – Calhoun, LLC is 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, FL 33131.

(5)   

Consists of (i) 661,503 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, 262,987 shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and 39,448 warrants for shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (RA Healthcare); and (ii) 145,208 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, 59,696 shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and 8,954 warrants for shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by held by Blackwell Partners LLC-Series A (Blackwell). RA Capital Management, L.P. is the investment manager for RA Healthcare and Blackwell. The general partner of RA Capital Management, L.P. is RA Capital Management GP, LLC, of which Peter Kolchinsky and Rajeev Shah are the managing members. RA Capital Management, L.P., RA Capital Management GP, LLC, Peter Kolchinsky and Rajeev Shah may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by RA Healthcare and Blackwell. RA Capital Management, L.P., RA Capital Management GP, LLC, Peter Kolchinsky and Rajeev Shah disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities listed above is 200 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(6)   

Consists of 806,711 shares of Series G Preferred Stock and 227,410 shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and 34,111 warrants for shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by BP Calhoun Associates. The address of BP Calhoun Associates is 285 Riverside Ave., #200, Westport, CT 06880.

(7)   

Consists of the shares described in note 1 above.

(8)   

Consists of the shares described in note 2 above.

(9)   

Consists of the shares described in note 3 above.

(10)   

Consists of the shares described in note 4 above.

(11)   

Consists of (i) 800,972 shares of Common Stock held by Cricklewood LP and (iii) 20,448 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Mr. Kurtz exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021. Ronald Kurtz, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board directors is the manager of the general partner of Cricklewood LP and shares voting and investment control of the general partner of Cricklewood LP with Jennifer Simpson, Mr. Kurtz’s spouse.

(12)   

Consists of (i) 414,690 shares of Common Stock held directly by Daniel Schwartz, (ii) 3,872 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held (3,969 shares of Common Stock on an as converted basis) directly by Daniel Schwartz, and (iii) 194,042 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Daniel Schwartz exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021.

(13)   

Consists of (i) 318,728 shares of Common Stock held by EJW Living Trust and (ii) 271,969 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Eric Weinberg exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021.

(14)   

Consists of (i) 358,076 shares of Common Stock held by Andy Corley Living Trust dated 7/17/2013 and (ii) 20,167 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Andy Corley exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021.

(15)   

Consists of 204,127 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Ilya Goldshleger exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021.

(16)   

Consists of (i) 48,402 shares of Common Stock held by Shelley B. Thunen Revocable Family Trust, as Amended and 73,105 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Shelley B. Thunen exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021.

(17)   

Consists of 60,864 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Chris Cox exercisable within 60 days of July 2, 2021.

(18)   

Mr. Warner has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

(19)   

Ms. Andrews has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

(20)   

Mr. Palmisano has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors effective concurrent with the closing of this offering.

(21)   

Consists of the shares described in notes 7 through 20 above.

 

194


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following description summarizes certain terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes certain of the provisions that are expected to be included in those documents. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 900,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Upon the completion of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of our common stock.

Based on 18,944,988 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding 14,376,272 shares of convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2021 into an aggregate of 14,850,993 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the issuance of 7,350,000 shares of common stock in this offering, there will be 26,294,988 shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering. As of March 31, 2021, we had 428 stockholders of record. As of March 31, 2021, there were 4,623,643 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options.

Common stock

Voting rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding convertible preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock.

 

195


Table of Contents

Rights and preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our convertible preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully paid and nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, upon payment and delivery in accordance with the underwriting agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Common stock options

As of March 31, 2021, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 4,423,932 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $10.63 per share, under our 2015 Plan. After March 31, 2021, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 7,260 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $19.94 per share, under our 2015 Plan.

Registration rights

After the completion of this offering, under our investor rights agreement, the holders of up to 14,850,993 shares of common stock or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 14,850,993 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning after 180 days following the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of the shares having registration rights then outstanding can request that we file a registration statement to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are only obligated to effect up to two such registrations. Each such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of which, before deducting underwriting discounts and expenses, is at least $20 million. These demand registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any twelve month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

 

196


Table of Contents

Form S-3 registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 14,850,993 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. At any time after 180 days following the completion of this offering when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of the shares having these rights then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock on a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which is at least $1 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on a registration statement on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the twelve-month period preceding the date of the request. These Form S-3 registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any twelve month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Piggyback registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 14,850,993 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, all holders of these shares then outstanding can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, (3) a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales or (4) a registration pursuant to the demand or Form S-3 registration rights described in the preceding two paragraphs above, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Expenses of registration

We will pay all expenses up to $50,000 relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, subject to specified exceptions.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date that is three years after the completion of this offering, (2) immediately prior to the completion of certain liquidation events and (3) as to a given holder of registration rights, the date after the completion of this offering when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities during any ninety day period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and such holder holds less than one percent (1%) of our outstanding securities.

Anti-takeover effects of certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law and certain provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

 

197


Table of Contents

Preferred stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that permit our board of directors to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting rights (if any) of the shares of the series and the powers, preferences or relative, participation, optional and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of such series.

Classified board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class will be an equal number of directors, as nearly as possible, consisting of one third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors. The term of initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2022 annual meeting, the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2023 annual meeting, and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2024 annual meeting. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2022, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting will be elected for a three-year term.

Removal of directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may only remove a director for cause by a vote of no less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote.

Director vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships.

No cumulative voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders do not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

Special meetings of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by an officer at the request of a majority of our board of directors, by the Chair of our board of directors, by our President or by our Chief Executive Officer.

Advance notice procedures for director nominations

Our bylaws will provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice generally will have to be delivered to and received at our principal executive offices before notice of the meeting is issued by the secretary of the company, with such notice being served not less than 90 nor more than 120 days before the meeting. Although the amended and restated bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates to be elected at an annual meeting, the amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

 

198


Table of Contents

Action by written consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that any action to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by written consent.

Amending our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended or altered in any manner provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. Our amended and restated bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by stockholders only upon approval of at least majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of the common stock, except for any amendment of the above provisions, which would require the approval of a two-thirds majority of our then outstanding common stock. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the board of directors.

Authorized but unissued shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval, except as required by the listing standards of Nasdaq, and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive jurisdiction

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the DGCL, any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This Delaware forum provision does not apply to actions arising under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide further, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, that the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933 against any person in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including but not limited to any auditor, underwriter, selling shareholder, expert, control person, or other defendant.

Business combinations with interested stockholders

We are governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of

 

199


Table of Contents

determining the voting stock of such corporation outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (A) by persons who are directors and also officers of such corporation and (B) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (iii) at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders (and not by written consent) by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We are expressly authorized to, and do, carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing coverage for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive directors.

The limitation on liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RXST.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is 718-921-8300. Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

 

200


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities of ours at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of the 14,850,993 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 2021, 26,294,988 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or 27,397,488 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701 and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

 

7,350,000 shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

 

18,944,988 shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements

Our officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock, options and warrants have entered into market stand-off agreements with us and have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Rule 144

Rule 144, as currently in effect, generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our capital stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell

 

201


Table of Contents

such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). If such stockholder has beneficially owned the shares of our capital stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then such person is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with any of the conditions of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable).

Rule 144 also provides that a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal 262,949 shares immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales of our capital stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days are also subject to the current public information, manner of sale and notice conditions of Rule 144. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares (to the extent such shares are not subject to a lock-up agreement) in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the current public information or holding period conditions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also provides that a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period condition of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). However, all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable).

Registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 14,850,993 shares of our common stock will, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above, be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The registration of these shares of our common stock under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.

 

202


Table of Contents

Registration statement

After the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. The shares of our common stock covered by such registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to vesting restrictions, the conditions of Rule 144 applicable to affiliates, and any applicable market stand-off agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

203


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax considerations different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax rules, and does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts or other financial institutions;

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare surtax on net investment income;

 

 

pension plans and tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

 

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

 

traders in securities;

 

 

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

 

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

 

partnerships (or entities or arrangements classified as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes), other pass-through entities and investors therein;

 

 

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

 

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option;

 

 

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment); or

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership, entity or arrangement classified as a partnership or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on

 

204


Table of Contents

the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership or other entity and on certain determinations made at the partner level. A partner in a partnership or other such entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other such entity, as applicable.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal gift or estate tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. holder defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership and the equity holders therein) or:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

 

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since inception, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income and in the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA),” any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, we may withhold up to 30% of the gross amount of the entire distribution even if the amount constituting a dividend, as described above, is less than the gross amount. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. You should consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaty. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other

 

205


Table of Contents

agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, subject to the discussion below in the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA).” In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, are taxed at the same federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on disposition of common stock

Subject to the discussion in the section titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

 

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest (USRPI) by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and you hold no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly, indirectly and constructively, at all times, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the taxable disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our U.S. and worldwide real property interests plus our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. If our common stock constitutes a USRPI and either our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or you hold more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly, indirectly and constructively, during the applicable testing period, you will generally be taxed on any gain in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. If our common stock constitutes a USRPI and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, your proceeds on the disposition of shares will also generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 15%. You are encouraged to

 

206


Table of Contents

consult your own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to you if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, you will be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions and credits) or other disposition of our common stock under the same U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above, you will be subject to tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our common stock, which gain may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses for the year, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup withholding and information reporting

Generally, we or the applicable agent must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you and the amount of tax withheld, if any. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock made to you may also be subject to backup withholding at a current rate of 24% and information reporting unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign account tax compliance act (FATCA)

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, Treasury Regulations issued thereunder and official IRS guidance, collectively “FATCA,” generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless otherwise provided by the Treasury Secretary or such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities certain information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Subject to the following paragraph, FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless otherwise provided by the Treasury Secretary or such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners, or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment otherwise would be exempt from U.S. nonresident and backup withholding tax, including under the other exemptions described above. Under certain

 

207


Table of Contents

circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA withholding to their investment in, and ownership and disposition of, our common stock.

The Treasury Secretary has issued proposed Treasury Regulations, which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate withholding under FATCA with respect to payment of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the Treasury Secretary stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations until final regulations are issued.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice to investors in their particular circumstances. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax considerations of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

208


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. SVB Leerink LLC is also acting as a book-running manager of the offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name    Number of shares  
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   
BofA Securities, Inc.   
SVB Leerink LLC   
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC   
BTIG, LLC   
  

 

 

 

Total

     7,350,000  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased, or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common stock is not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 1,102,500 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $     per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     
     

Without

option to purchase
additional shares

exercise

  

With full
option to purchase
additional shares

exercise

Per Share    $                $            
Total    $    $

 

 

209


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2,750,000. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock-based compensation plans.

The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our stock-based compensation plans.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our stockholders, or the “lock-up parties”, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of the representatives, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”)), (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences

 

210


Table of Contents

of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including:

 

  (i)   transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, including a bona fide gift to a charitable organization, as such term is described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

  (ii)   transfers by will, other testamentary document, or intestacy;

 

  (iii)   transfers to any trust or other entity formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the under-signed or the immediate family of the lock-up party, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

  (iv)   transfers to any immediate family member;

 

  (v)   transfers to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party are directly or indirectly the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

  (vi)   transfers to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above;

 

  (vii)   if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or affiliates of the lock-up party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the lock-up party is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution to members or shareholders of the undersigned;

 

  (viii)   transfers by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement, or court order;

 

  (ix)   transfers to the Company from an employee or other service provider of the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment or other service relationship, in each case, of such employee or other service provider;

 

  (x)   reserved;

 

  (xi)  

transfers to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such

 

211


Table of Contents
 

exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements with the lock-up parties, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights are held by the lock-up party pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, each such agreement or plan which is described in this prospectus and the registration statement of which it is a part; or

 

  (xii)   transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the out-standing voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the lock-up party Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreements with the lock-up parties.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RXST.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the

 

212


Table of Contents

common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. For example, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc. is collateral agent under our Credit Agreement. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or, each a Member State, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a

 

213


Table of Contents

prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, or, all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons, or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

214


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27f of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of

 

215


Table of Contents

securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act;

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act, Exempt Investors.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the SFO, of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong), or the CO, or which do not constitute an

 

216


Table of Contents

offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Singapore SFA Product Classification — In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, the we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

(a)   to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time, or the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

(b)   to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

(c)   otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (ii)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (iii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iv)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

217


Table of Contents
  (v)   as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or the CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be, offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of us. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), or BVI Companies, but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea, or the FSCMA, and the decrees and regulations thereunder and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea, or the FETL, and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

 

218


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted), or the South African Companies Act, is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

Section 96 (1) (a) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

  (i)

persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

  (ii)

the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

  (iii)

persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

  (iv)

authorized financial service providers under South African law;

 

  (v)

financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

 

  (vi)

a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

  (vii)

any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

 

Section 96 (1) (b)    the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares of common stock is directed only

 

219


Table of Contents

at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

 

220


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, San Diego, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel for the underwriters. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, own an interest representing less than one percent of the shares of our common stock.

Experts

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, as set forth in their report. We’ve included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find additional information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as the exhibits thereto. These documents, along with future reports, proxy statements and other information about us, are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.rxsight.com where these materials are available. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

221


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Index to financial statements

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-8  

RxSight, Inc.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

Index to financial statements

 

     Page  

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

     F-43  

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-44  

Condensed consolidated statements of redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-45  

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-47  

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

     F-48  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Stockholders and the Board of Directors of RxSight, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RxSight, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, redeemable common stock, stock options and convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Irvine, California

May 14, 2021

except for the retroactive effect of the 1-for-10.33 reverse stock split as described in the fourth paragraph

of Note 17, as to which the date is

July 23, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Consolidated balance sheets

 

   
     December 31,  
(In thousands, except number of shares and per share amounts)    2020     2019  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,994     $ 7,958  

Short-term investments

     54,981       72,710  

Accounts receivable

     2,865       789  

Inventories, net of reserves of $316 and $224, respectively

     8,288       7,219  

Prepaid and other current assets

     1,372       1,523  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     81,500       90,199  

Property and equipment, net

     13,287       14,858  

Operating leases right-of-use assets

     5,319       4,392  

Restricted cash

     461       872  

Other assets

     110       111  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 100,677     $ 110,432  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable common stock, redeemable stock options, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,134     $ 2,199  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     4,174       5,268  

Warrant liability

     5,018        

Lease liabilities

     1,274       990  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     11,600       8,457  

Long-term warrant liabilities

     3,828       71,881  

Long-term lease liabilities

     5,079       4,526  

Long-term accrued compensation

           2,598  

Term loan, net

     24,399        
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     44,906       87,462  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

    

Redeemable common stock:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 24,545,966 shares authorized, 3,813,450 and 3,563,884 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     80,780       56,422  

Notes receivable for common stock issued

     (803     (855

Redeemable stock options

     53,085       59,631  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 16,572,792 shares authorized, 14,376,272 and 14,374,455 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     353,300       327,581  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Series G common stock, $0.001 par value, 1 share authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

            

Series W common stock, $0.001 par value, 1 share authorized and no shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

            

Additional paid-in capital

            

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (3     46  

Accumulated deficit

     (430,588     (419,855
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (430,591     (419,809
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable common stock, redeemable stock options, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 100,677     $ 110,432  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)    2020     2019  

Sales

   $ 14,678     $ 2,241  

Cost of sales

     12,973       4,060  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     1,705       (1,819
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

     15,176       15,203  

Research and development

     21,934       29,569  

Loss (gain) on sale of equipment

     7       (521
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37,117       44,251  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (35,412     (46,070

Other income (expense), net:

    

Change in fair value of warrants

     63,011       169,230  

Expiration of warrants

           803  

Interest expense

     (510     (26

Interest and other income

     543       2,307  
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     27,632       126,244  

Income tax expense

     57       24  
  

 

 

 

Net income

     27,575       126,220  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

     (24,209     (82,121

Earnings allocated to redeemable preferred stock

           (17,972
  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

     3,366       26,127  

Other comprehensive income

    

Unrealized (loss) gain on short-term investments

     (49     68  

Foreign currency translation gain

           5  
  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (49     73  

Comprehensive income

   $ 27,526     $ 126,293  
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share:

    

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic

   $ 0.91     $ 7.62  

Attributable to redeemable common stock, diluted

   $ 0.15     $ 6.00  

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic

   $ (0.39   $ 0.01  

Attributable to Series G common stock, diluted

   $ (0.62   $ 0.01  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

    

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic

     3,707,207       3,429,975  

Attributable to redeemable common stock, diluted

     5,532,305       20,580,003  

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic and diluted

     1       1  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Consolidated statements of redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

                       
    Redeemable
common stock
    Notes
receivable
for
common
stock
issued
    Redeemable
stock
options
    Redeemable convertible
preferred stock
         Series G
common stock
    Series W
common stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

deficit
 
(In thousands, except number of
shares)
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    3,344,750     $ 25,105     $ (779   $ 51,034       14,318,012     $ 257,279           1     $       1     $     $     $ (27   $ (442,989   $ (443,016

Adjustment to accumulated deficit from adoption of ASC 842

                                                                                37       37  

Exercise of stock options

    219,134       5,717             (4,826                                                                

Exercise of warrants

                            56,443       1,604                                                      

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                    4,598                   4,598  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock options

                      13,423                                               (4,598           (8,825     (13,423

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock

          25,600                         68,698                                               (94,298     (94,298

Unrealized gain on short-term investments and cash equivalents, net of tax

                                                                          68             68  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                                          5             5  

Change in notes receivable for common stock issued

                (76                                                                      

Net income

                                                                                126,220       126,220  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    3,563,884     $ 56,422     $ (855   $ 59,631       14,374,455     $ 327,581           1     $       1     $     $     $ 46     $ (419,855   $ (419,809

Exercise of stock options

    249,566       6,075             (5,083                                                                

Exercise of warrants

                            1,817       47                                                      

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                    4,185                   4,185  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock options

                      (1,463                                                         1,461       1,461  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock

          18,283                         25,672                                   (4,185           (39,769     (43,954

Unrealized loss on short-term investments and cash equivalents, net of tax

                                                                          (49           (49

Change in notes receivable for common stock issued

                52                                                                        

Net income

                                                                                27,575       27,575  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    3,813,450     $ 80,780     $ (803   $ 53,085       14,376,272     $ 353,300           1     $       1     $     $     $ (3   $ (430,588   $ (430,591

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2020     2019  

Operating Activities:

    

Net income

   $ 27,575     $ 126,220  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,853       3,757  

Amortization of right-of-use lease assets

     159       173  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and premium

     85        

Change in fair value of warrants

     (63,011     (169,230

Expiration of warrants

           (803

Amortization of discount on short-term investments

     (446     (1,963

Stock-based compensation

     4,185       4,598  

Loss (gain) on sale of equipment

     7       (521

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     238       1,121  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (2,076     (789

Inventories, net

     (1,307     (5,471

Prepaid and other assets

     180       (337

Accounts payable

     (954     1,133  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (3,691     1,493  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (35,203     (40,619
  

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,539     (4,086

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     3       603  

Maturity of short-term investments

     116,000       130,000  

Purchase of short-term investments

     (97,873     (132,387
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     15,591       (5,870
  

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from term loan

     25,000        

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (687      

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     23       700  

Principal payments on finance lease liabilities

     (142     (185

Notes receivable for common stock issued

     51       (76

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     992       891  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     25,237       1,330  
  

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

           5  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     5,625       (45,154

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

     8,830       53,984  
  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

   $ 14,455     $ 8,830  

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
   
     Year ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2020      2019  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

     

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 987      $ 1,370  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 61      $ 19  

Cash paid for interest on financing leases

   $ 14      $ 26  

Cash paid for interest on term loan

   $ 411      $  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

     

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

     

Operating lease

   $ 1,953      $ 5,430  

Finance lease

   $ 48      $ 369  

Lease obligations recorded for right-of-use assets:

     

Operating lease

   $ 1,953      $ 6,012  

Finance lease

   $ 48      $ 350  

Acquisition of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 40      $ 232  

Reclassification of warrant liabilities upon exercise of warrant

   $ 24      $ 904  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock and stock options

   $ 38,308      $ 103,123  

Payment-in-kind interest income added to principal of notes receivable

   $ 54      $ 56  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

Note 1—Organization and basis of presentation

The company

RxSight, Inc. (the “Company”) is a California corporation headquartered in Aliso Viejo, California and has two wholly owned subsidiaries. One subsidiary is located in Amsterdam, Netherlands, with registered branches in the United Kingdom and Ireland (closed in 2020). The Netherlands entity also has a wholly owned subsidiary in Germany. A second subsidiary, closed in 2020, was located in Tijuana, Mexico. The Company is engaged in the research and development, manufacture and sale of light adjustable intraocular lenses used in cataract surgery along with capital equipment used with the lenses. The Company’s products, which include the light adjustable lens (“LAL”® or “RxLAL”®) and a specially designed machine for delivering light to the eye, the Light Delivery Device (“LDD”), are approved by the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for sale in the U.S. and have regulatory approval in the U.S and Europe. The Company began marketing its products in the U.S. during the second quarter of 2019 and in Europe during the third quarter of 2019. The RxLAL is a premium intraocular lens (“IOL”) which is partially reimbursable under Medicare. The Company competes with other IOLs in the premium market in the U.S. and Europe.

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of RxSight, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, RxSight, B.V., located in the Netherlands, RxSight GmbH, located in Germany, and RxSight S de R.L. de C.V., located in Mexico. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Liquidity and financial position

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $69.0 million.

The Company began generating revenue from its principal operations in 2019. The Company has a limited operating history, and the revenue and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. The Company has experienced recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since its inception. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred losses from operations of $35.4 million and $46.1 million, respectively. Due to the Company’s continuing research and development activities, the Company expects to continue to incur net operating losses into the foreseeable future. Successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon gaining market acceptance of the Company’s products and achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations using its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as of December 31, 2020 and meet its capital funding needs through equity or debt financings, other third-party funding, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, its stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which the Company enters may impose additional covenants that restrict operations, including limitations on its ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make certain investments or engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity raise may contain terms that are not favorable to the Company or its stockholders. If the Company is required to enter into collaborations and other arrangements to address its liquidity needs, it may have to give up certain rights that limit its ability to develop and commercialize product candidates or may have other terms that are not favorable to the Company or its

 

F-8


Table of Contents

stockholders, which could materially and adversely affect its business and financial prospects. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible and/or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

COVID-19

The Company has been actively monitoring the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, situation and its impact. In response to the pandemic, numerous state and local jurisdictions imposed “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines and other restrictions. Starting in March 2020 in the United States, governmental authorities recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments be suspended or canceled. Similarly, in March 2020, the governor of California, where the Company’s headquarters is located, issued “stay at home” orders limiting non-essential activities, travel and business operations. Such orders or restrictions resulted in reduced operations at the Company’s headquarters, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events. These orders and restrictions significantly decreased the number of procedures performed using the Company’s products during March and April 2020.

In response to the impact of COVID-19, the Company implemented a variety of measures to help manage through the impact and position it to resume operations quickly and efficiently once these restrictions were lifted. These measures included: remote work as needed, suspension of non-essential travel, restrictions on in-person work-related meetings, the wearing of personal protective equipment, social distancing, increased facility cleaning and air purification in all of the Company’s buildings and daily health monitoring of all Company employees to prevent or contain COVID-19 exposure. In addition, the Company took steps to preserve liquidity, reduce expenses and monitor operations to mitigate the impact on its current and future financial condition. The impact of COVID-19 continues to change and cannot be predicted. As a result, the Company expects the pandemic could continue to negatively impact its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operating segments

Operating segments are defined as components for which discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker to make resource allocation decisions and conduct performance assessments. The Company determined that it operates and manages its business (including its non-US subsidiaries) in one reportable segment: the research and development, manufacture and sale of light adjustable lenses and related capital equipment.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has irrevocably elected to not take this exemption and, as a result, will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant effective dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Note 2—Summary of accounting policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make informed estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and disclosures in the accompanying notes as of the date of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. In addition, other factors may affect estimates, including the expected business and operational changes, the sensitivity and volatility associated with the assumptions used in developing estimates and whether historical trends are expected to be representative of future trends. The estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates of the ultimate future outcomes, and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. On an on-going basis, management evaluates the most critical estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition; valuation of the Company’s common stock, warrants and other equity awards; estimated timing of redemption of equity instruments, the realization of income tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, and obsolete and slow-moving inventory. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements under different assumptions or conditions.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase that can be liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments are classified based on the maturity date of the related securities. Based on the nature of the assets, the Company’s short-term investments, which are government securities, are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at their estimated fair value as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets. Realized gains and losses are included as other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The cost basis for realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a specific identification basis. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates such determination at each balance sheet date. The Company periodically reviews its investments for unrealized losses other than credit losses and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In determining whether the carrying value is recoverable, management considers the following factors:

 

 

whether the investment has been in a continuous realized loss position for over 12 months;

 

 

the duration to maturity of investments;

 

 

intention and ability to hold the investment to maturity and if it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investment before recovery of the amortized cost bases;

 

 

the credit rating, financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and

 

 

the type of investments made.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company had $2,000 of unrealized losses and $46,000 of unrealized gains related to short-term investments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. To date, the Company has not identified any unrealized losses other than credit losses for its short-term investments as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash consists of cash held as collateral for a letter of credit as security for future facility lease payments and corporate credit cards at the Company’s bank. Restricted cash decreased $411,000 during the year ended December 31, 2020 to $461,000 as required for these operating activities.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets to the amount reported in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands).

 

   
       Year ended December 31,  
        2020        2019  

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 13,994        $ 7,958  

Restricted cash

       461          872  
    

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in the consolidated statements of cash flows

     $ 14,455        $ 8,830  

 

 

Concentration of credit risk and other risks and uncertainties

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company’s policy is to invest cash in institutional money market funds and marketable securities of the U.S. government to limit the amount of credit exposure. The Company currently maintains a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in short-term money market funds and U.S. treasury bills. Additionally, the Company has established guidelines regarding diversification of its investments and their maturities, which are designed to maintain principal and maximize liquidity. The Company has not experienced material losses on cash equivalents and short-term investments.

The Company’s products require approval from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies before commercial sales can commence. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will receive any of these required approvals. The denial or delay of such approvals may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and may impact business in the future. In addition, after the approval by the FDA, there is still an ongoing risk of adverse events that did not appear during the device approval process.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, clinical development risk, establishment of appropriate commercial partnerships, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government and environmental regulations, uncertainty of market acceptance of our products, product liability and the need to obtain additional financing.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable pertain to contracts with customers who are granted credit by the Company in the ordinary course of business and are recorded at net realizable value. Accounts receivable are generally due 30 days after invoicing. The Company reserves for bad debts by establishing an allowance for doubtful accounts. The

 

F-11


Table of Contents

allowance is developed using an aging of receivables where receivables are segregated into various categories based upon due date, and a historical loss percentage is applied to each category that is adjusted for current receivable composition, specific risk, prevailing economic condition and supportable forecasted economic conditions. Once a receivable is deemed uncollectible after collection efforts have been exhausted, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company closely monitors the credit quality of its customers and has yet to experience a credit loss. The Company does not generally require collateral or other security on receivables. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had one customer who individually accounted for approximately 35% of gross accounts receivable, and as of December 31, 2019, the Company had four customers who individually accounted for approximately 22%, 22%, 21% and 19% of gross accounts receivable. After evaluation of the collectability of accounts receivable, the Company did not record an allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods. Raw materials are comprised of chemicals and parts used in the production of the Company lenses, injectors, and LDDs. Finished goods are comprised of lenses, injectors, accessories and LDDs. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. The carrying value of inventories is reviewed for potential impairment whenever indicators suggest that the cost of inventories exceeds the carrying value and management adjusts the inventories to its net realizable value. The cost of finished goods and work-in-process is comprised of raw materials, direct labor, other direct costs and related production overhead to the extent that these costs do not exceed the net realizable value of the goods produced. For the first six months of the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company was developing its production processes for the LDD and completing its qualification and validation of the manufacturing processes. Inventories built during this time was produced to complete the validation and finalize the development and manufacturability of the LDD for commercial production. As such, certain direct and indirect costs related to production during this time in excess of net realizable value were not capitalized as inventories and were included in research and development costs in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2019. The amount charged to research and development for the year ended 2019 was $1.2 million. The Company periodically reviews inventories for potential impairment and adjusts inventories for estimated losses from obsolescence, material expirations or unmarketable inventories and writes down the cost of inventories to net realizable value at the time such determinations are made.

Long-lived assets

Property and equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to five years, using a straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated economic lives. Repairs and maintenance costs are charged directly to operations as incurred, while renewals and betterments are capitalized.

All long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever circumstances such as events or changes in the business indicate that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be recoverable based on undiscounted future operating cash flows to be derived from their use. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current period operating or cash flow loss or a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is

 

F-12


Table of Contents

performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets. Fair value is determined primarily using the discounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of assets. Significant management judgment is required in the forecast of future operating results that are used in the preparation of expected cash flows.

Leases

Lease right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company takes possession of the leased property (the “Commencement Date”) based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company estimates the incremental borrowing rate based upon the cost of its own debt financing, current market interest rates and quoted offerings or the rate implicit in the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets also include any lease payments made at or before lease commencement and exclude any lease incentives received. The lease terms used to calculate the right-of-use asset and related lease liability include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Rent expense on noncancelable leases containing known future scheduled rent increases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases beginning on the Commencement Date. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is accounted for as a component of operating lease right-of-use assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Landlord improvement allowances and other such lease incentives are recorded as property and equipment and as reduction of the right-of-use leased assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to operating lease costs. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are expensed as incurred and are not recorded as right-of-use assets on the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 15 – Leases).

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, operating lease liabilities, warrant liabilities and a term loan. Fair value is measured as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques that are consistent with the market, income or cost approach are used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

Level 3—One or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment and assumptions. Level 3 assets and liabilities

 

F-13


Table of Contents

include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. These include the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses inputs such as expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term to determine fair market valuation.

Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification at each reporting date. Changes in the ability to observe valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between the levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years presented.

Cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at their estimated fair value because of the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The Company’s short-term investments in government securities are carried at fair value, determined based on publicly available quoted market prices for identical securities at the measurement date. The Company believes the fair values of its operating lease liabilities and term loan at December 31, 2020 and 2019 approximated their carrying values, based on the borrowing rates that were available for loans with similar terms as of that date.

Warrants to purchase stock

The Company recognizes the freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value as these warrant instruments are embedded in contracts that may be cash settled. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were issued for no cash consideration as detachable freestanding instruments but can be converted to redeemable convertible preferred stock at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant. However, the deemed liquidation provisions of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions that are not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified in temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and the warrants to purchase the redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities. The Company recognized a freestanding warrant to purchase a share of Series W common stock as a liability at fair value because this instrument is not indexed to the Company’s own stock as the settlement calculation incorporates variables other than those used to determine the fair value of a fixed-for-fixed forward or option on equity shares. The common stock warrant was issued for cash consideration as a freestanding instrument and can be converted to one share of common stock, Series W, at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant.

The warrants were recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Upon issuance of the Series W common stock warrant, the Company engaged valuation specialists to assist with determining its fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation approach. In addition, the Company engaged the valuation specialists to derive an estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants using a probability weighted expected return model/option pricing model (“PWERM/OPM”) hybrid valuation model. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, including the Special Redemption (see Note 9), the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock or until the holders of the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. Pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock warrants, upon the conversion of the class of preferred stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying class of preferred stock. The exercise of the common stock warrant or consummation of a qualified initial public offering will result in the automatic conversion of all

 

F-14


Table of Contents

classes of the Company’s preferred stock into common stock. Upon such conversion of the underlying classes of preferred stock, the warrants will be classified as a component of equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock options on the date of grant to employees, directors and consultants based on the estimated fair value of the award, which requires the recognition of compensation expense for all equity-based payments, including stock options. The fair value of the awards is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognized in expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income over requisite service period, which is generally four years. The Company amortizes the stock-based compensation for equity awards with service conditions on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the awards. Certain executives and consultants have been granted stock options that contain performance conditions. Compensation cost for stock options with performance conditions is recognized based upon the probability of that performance condition being met. Forfeitures of unvested stock option awards are recognized as reductions of expense as they occur.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of assumptions about a number of variables, such as the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, expected term and expected volatility:

 

 

Given the absence of a public trading market, the fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) at the time of each option grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors. These factors include the valuation of a select group of public peer group companies within the medical device industry that focus on technological advances and development that the Board believes is comparable to the Company’s operations; operating and financial performance; the lack of liquidity of the common stock and trends in the broader economy and medical device industry also impact the determination of the fair value of the common stock. In addition, the Company regularly engages a third-party valuation specialist to assist with estimates related to the valuation of the Company’s common stock;

 

 

The risk-free interest rate used is based on the published U.S. Department of Treasury interest rates in effect at the time of stock option grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximating each grant’s expected term;

 

 

The dividend yield is zero as the Company has not paid dividends and does not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future;

 

 

The expected term for options granted is calculated using the “simplified method” and represents the average time that options are expected to be outstanding based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term of the award;

 

 

Expected volatility is derived from the historical volatilities of a select group of comparable peer companies, for a look-back period commensurate with the expected term of the stock options, as the Company has no trading history of common stock.

As a result of the Special Redemption provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (adopted in October 2017), stock option awards are reflected in temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and statement of redeemable common stock, stock options, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit at their redemption value. The redemption value was calculated as the estimated redemption amount at the estimated date of redemption less the stock option award strike price, recognized over the same period as the grant date fair value share-based compensation expense recorded in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Income. Changes in the projected redemption value and redemption date are accounted for prospectively. The redemption value reflected in the accompanying financial statements is recorded as a reduction of permanent equity, and in the absence of retained earnings, first from additional paid-in capital and then from accumulated deficit.

Net income (loss) per share

The Company computes basic net income (loss) per share to redeemable common stock and Class G common stock using the two-class method required for companies with participating securities based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents, unless the effect of inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For purposes of this calculation, common stock equivalents include the Company’s redeemable stock options, warrants and the shares issuable upon the conversion of the redeemable preferred stock. For redeemable stock options and redeemable preferred stock, the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share includes an adjustment for the additional share of undistributed earnings and accretion to redemption value for the period that the common stockholders are entitled to if exercise is assumed. For warrants that are recorded as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share requires that, to the extent the average market price of the underlying shares for the reporting period exceeds the exercise price of the warrants and the presumed exercise of the warrants is dilutive to income (loss) per share for the period, an adjustment is made to net income (loss) used in the calculation to remove the change in fair value of the warrants from the numerator for the period. Likewise, an adjustment to the denominator is required to reflect the related dilutive shares, if any, under the treasury stock method.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following tables show the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for 2020 and 2019 (redeemable common stock in thousands, except number of shares):

 

   
     Year Ended December 31,  
      2020     2019  

Redeemable Common Stock

    

Numerator:

    

Net income available to stockholders, basic

   $ 3,366     $ 26,127  

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Redeemable preferred stock

           86,670  

Preferred stock warrants

           (2,214

Redeemable stock options

     (2,511     12,822  
  

 

 

 

Net income available to stockholders, diluted

   $ 855     $ 123,405  
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic

     3,707,207       3,429,975  

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Redeemable preferred stock

           14,826,008  

Preferred stock warrants

           111,127  

Redeemable stock options

     1,825,098       2,212,893  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares, diluted

     5,532,305       20,580,003  
  

 

 

 

Basic net income per share

   $ 0.91     $ 7.62  

Diluted net income per share

   $ 0.15     $ 6.00  

Series G Common Stock

    

Numerator:

    

Net income available to stockholder, basic

   $ (0.39   $ 0.01  

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Redeemable preferred stock and warrants

     (0.23      
  

 

 

 

Net income available to stockholder, diluted

   $ (0.62   $ 0.01  
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     1       1  

Basic net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.39   $ 0.01  

Diluted net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.62   $ 0.01  

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, a weighted-average of 1,444,611 shares from redeemable stock options and 14,883,489 shares from redeemable preferred stock and warrants were anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share for redeemable common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2019, a weighted-average of 643,040 shares from redeemable stock options were anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share for redeemable common stock.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit

 

F-17


Table of Contents

carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The likelihood of realizing the tax benefits related to a potential deferred tax asset is evaluated, and a valuation allowance is recognized to reduce that deferred tax asset if it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at the beginning and end of the year; the change in the sum of the deferred tax asset, valuation allowance and deferred tax liability during the year generally is recognized as a deferred tax expense or benefit. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered as deductions from future taxable income. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis and includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, earnings history and reliability of forecasting. The Company recognized a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 after evaluating that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized as of those dates.

The Company evaluates the accounting for uncertainty in income tax recognized in the consolidated financial statements and determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit is recorded in its consolidated financial statements. For those tax positions where it is “not more likely than not” that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized. Where applicable, associated interest and penalties are also recorded. The Company has not accrued any liabilities for any such uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 or 2019. The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state tax authority examinations for all the years since inception due to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The net operating losses and tax credits are subject to adjustment until the statute closes on the year the attributes are ultimately utilized.

The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. While the Company believes it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of potential revisions and adjusts the income tax provision, income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

The Company is required to file federal and state income tax returns in the United States, United Kingdom, Ireland, Netherlands, Germany and Mexico. The preparation of these income tax returns requires the Company to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect on such jurisdictions, which could impact the amount of tax paid. An amount is accrued for the estimate of additional tax liabilities, including interest and penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. The accrual for uncertain tax positions is updated when more definitive information becomes available.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

The Company commenced sales of its products in June 2019. The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of light adjustable intraocular lenses (RxLAL) used in cataract surgery along with a specifically designed machine for delivering light to the eye, the Light Delivery Device (LDD), to adjust the lens post-surgery, as needed. Revenue is recognized from sales of products in the U.S. and Europe. Customers are primarily comprised of ambulatory surgery centers, hospitals, and physician private practices.

The Company recognizes revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers at a transaction price that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Specifically, the Company applies the following five steps to recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration to which it is entitled in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods promised within each customer contract to determine the individual deliverables in its product offerings as separate performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based either on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in non-contracted arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue as the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied, considering whether or not this occurs at a point in time or over time. The Company elected to account for shipping costs as fulfillment costs rather than a promised service and excludes from revenue any taxes collected from customers that are remitted to government authorities.

The Company’s LDD contracts contain multiple performance obligations bundled for one transaction price, with all obligations generally satisfied within one year. For these bundled arrangements, the Company accounts for individual products and services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct, that is, if a product or service is separately identifiable from other items in the bundled package, and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. The Company’s LDD contracts include a combination of the following performance obligations: (1) LDD capital asset and related components, (2) training and (3) device service (initial year). Each of these three performance obligations are considered distinct. The LDD capital asset is distinct because the customer can benefit from it together with other resources that are readily available to the customer. Training on the use of the machine is offered as a distinct activity after installation of the LDD to enhance the customer’s ability to utilize the machine by having an industry professional provide best practices and customize training to the specific needs of the customer. Each LDD comes with a twelve-month manufacturer’s warranty (service-type) that includes preventative maintenance, unscheduled service (labor and parts) and software updates. After the first year, service contracts can be purchased separately on a standalone basis. The Company recognizes revenue as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the product or service to a customer. Specifically, revenue for the LDD capital asset is recognized at a point in time at installation. Revenue for training is also recorded at a point in time, generally 30 days after installation. Revenue for the device service is recognized ratably over time after installation, generally 12 months. The Company has determined that the transaction price is the invoice price, net of adjustments, if any. The allocation to the separate performance obligations is based upon the relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling prices are based on observable prices at which the Company separately sells the products or services The Company estimates the standalone selling price using the market assessment approach considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. The Company regularly reviews and updates standalone selling prices as necessary.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

RxLALs are held at customer sites on consignment. The single performance obligation is satisfied and revenue is recognized for RxLALs upon customer notification that the RxLALs have been implanted in a patient. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, credits related to returns and rebates on list prices were not significant.

The Company has adopted the practical expedient permitting the direct expensing of costs incurred to obtain contracts where the amortization of such costs would occur over one year or less, and it applied to substantially all the Company’s contracts.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized deferred revenue on its consolidated balance sheets of $345,000 and $10,000, respectively, related to the service agreement performance obligation. Revenue for service agreements is recognized ratably over the term of each contract.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, revenue from contracts with customers consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
     2020      2019  

LDD (including training)

   $ 10,159      $ 1,187  

LAL

     4,256        1,026  

Service warranty, service contracts, and accessories

     263        28  
  

 

 

 
   $ 14,678      $ 2,241  

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company had one customer who individually accounted for 27% of revenue, and for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had two customers who individually accounted for approximately 35% and 14% of revenue.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales consists of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead incurred to produce the Company’s products as well as the cost of shipping and handling.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of upfront fees and milestones paid to collaborators and expenses incurred in performing research and development activities for new products and technology. The expenses include personnel-related costs, including compensation and benefits and stock-based compensation, consultants hired to perform research projects, costs incurred at clinical trial sites, regulatory and manufacturing engineering costs related to FDA premarket approval submission preparation, various laboratory and research supplies, write-off of pre-approved inventory utilized for clinical trial and research purposes, costs incurred in the development of manufacturing processes in excess of capitalizable value, fees paid to contract research organizations and direct FDA related costs. The Company also accrued the costs of ongoing clinical trials associated with programs that have been terminated or discontinued for which there is no future economic benefit at the time the decision is made to terminate or discontinue the program.

Comprehensive income

All components of comprehensive income, including net income (loss), are reported in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13), which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses rather than incurred losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This may result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which provided additional implementation guidance on the previously issued standard. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2020, and determined there was no cumulative-effect transition adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit for recognition of additional credit losses upon adoption of this standard as of January 1, 2020 based on its outstanding accounts receivable, the composition and credit quality of its short-term investments and current economic conditions as of that date.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows an entity to elect to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Reform) on items within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. An entity that does not elect to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Reform is required to disclose, in the period of adoption, a statement that an election was not made to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Reform from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. The standard became effective for the Company on April 1, 2019. The Company elected not to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Reform from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. Under the guidance, the measurement of equity-classified non-employee awards will be fixed at the grant date and may be accounted for using certain practical expedients that are already available for employee awards. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-08, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) and revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires all share-based payments to customers to adopt the measurement approach in accordance with ASC 718. The amount recorded as a reduction of the transaction price is measured using the grant date fair value of the share-based payment. The award is measured and classified under ASC 718 for its entire life, unless the award is modified after it vests, and the grantee is no longer a customer. The Company elected to early adopt both ASUs effective January 1, 2019, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement: Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Under the new guidance, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, or valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. However, public companies will be required to disclose the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and related changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income. The updated guidance was effective for the Company starting in the first quarter of 2020. As a result, the Company modified certain fair value measurement disclosures primarily related to its Level 3 liabilities.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which changes the accounting for implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing

 

F-21


Table of Contents

arrangement that is a service contract. The update aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The implementation costs should be presented as a prepaid expense in the balance sheet and expensed over the term of the hosting arrangement. This standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021, and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (ASC 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in ASC 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2019-12 effective December 31, 2019, and the adoption did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which is intended to simplify the accounting for convertible instruments. This new guidance eliminates certain models that require separate accounting for embedded conversion features and eliminates certain of the conditions for equity classification for contracts in an entity’s own equity. Accordingly, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability measured at its amortized cost, as long as no other features require bifurcation and recognition as derivatives. The new guidance can be adopted through either a modified retrospective method of transition or a fully retrospective method of transition. ASU 2020-06 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of the adoption of the standard on its consolidated financial statements as well as whether to early adopt the new standard.

Note 3 – Short-term investments

Short-term investments, principally U.S. Treasury bills, are available-for-sale and consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     As of December 31, 2020  
      Amortized cost      Unrealized loss, net     Estimated fair value  

Government securities

   $ 54,983      $ (2   $ 54,981  

 

 

 

   
     As of December 31, 2019  
      Amortized cost      Unrealized gain, net      Estimated fair value  

Government securities

   $ 72,664      $ 46      $ 72,710  

 

 

All available-for-sale securities held as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 had a maturity of less than one year. The Company has classified all marketable securities, regardless of maturity, as short-term investments based upon the Company’s ability and intent to use any and all of those marketable securities to satisfy the Company’s liquidity requirements. The Company does not intend to sell the available-for-sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 4—Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

Finished goods

   $ 5,092     $ 3,650  

Raw materials

     1,827       1,548  

Work-in-process

     1,685       2,245  
  

 

 

 
     8,604       7,443  

Less: reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

     (316     (224
  

 

 

 
   $ 8,288     $ 7,219  

 

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, finished goods included $2.7 million and $1.5 million of inventory held on consignment at customer sites, respectively.

Note 5—Property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

Machinery and equipment

   $ 11,153     $ 9,960  

Leasehold improvements

     10,152       8,365  

Construction in progress

     1,474       2,783  

Computer hardware and software

     1,101       919  

Production molds

     867       529  

Furniture and fixtures

     855       646  

Right-of-use equipment

     58       195  
  

 

 

 
     25,660       23,397  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (12,373     (8,539
  

 

 

 
   $ 13,287     $ 14,858  

 

 

The Company recorded $3.9 million and $3.8 million in depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company sold six LDDs that were classified within machinery and equipment, as they were previously used for training and clinical studies, and recognized an aggregate gain of $521,000.

Note 6—Fair value of financial instruments

The table and disclosures below (in thousands) present the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value. See Note 9—Common Stock Warrant Liability and Note 11—Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants for more information on the valuation technique and inputs used for the fair value measurements of the warrant liabilities, including quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of the warrant liabilities.

Money market funds are liquid investments and are actively traded. The pricing information on these investment instruments is readily available and can be independently validated as of the measurement date.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

This approach results in the classification of these securities as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. U.S. Government securities are measured at fair value using Level 2 inputs. The Company reviews trading activity and pricing for these investments as of each measurement date. When sufficient quoted pricing for identical securities is not available, the Company uses market pricing and other observable market inputs for similar securities obtained from various third-party data providers. These inputs represent quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or these inputs have been derived from observable market data. This approach results in the classification of these securities as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 approximate their related fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

   
     As of December 31, 2020  
      Level I      Level II      Level III     Total  

Assets:

          

Money market securities

   $ 11,822      $      $     $ 11,822  

Government securities

            54,981              54,981  
  

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 11,822      $ 54,981      $     $ 66,803  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Common stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ (5,018   $ (5,018

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                   (3,828     (3,828
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $      $      $ (8,846   $ (8,846

 

 

 

   
     As of December 31, 2019  
      Level I      Level II      Level III     Total  

Assets:

          

Money market securities

   $ 5,179      $      $     $ 5,179  

Government securities

            72,710              72,710  
  

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 5,179      $ 72,710      $     $ 77,889  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Common stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ (69,646   $ (69,646

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                   (2,235     (2,235
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $      $      $ (71,881   $ (71,881

 

 

The following table sets forth changes in the estimated fair values for the Company’s warrant liabilities measured using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2020     2019  

Beginning of year

   $ 71,881     $ 242,818  

Exercise of preferred stock warrants

     (24     (904

Expiration of preferred stock warrants

           (803

Change in fair value of common stock warrant

     (64,628     (167,818

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     1,617       (1,412
  

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 8,846     $ 71,881  

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The term loan is not actively traded. The Company measures the value of the debt instrument by considering prevailing interest rates, the pricing of public debt of similar reporting entities with consistent credit standing and its own nonperformance risk, including credit risk. Because significant pricing inputs are unobservable, the debt instrument is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The carrying amount of the term loan approximated its fair value at December 31, 2020.

Note 7—Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Compensation

   $ 2,943      $ 4,427  

Vendor invoices

     745        427  

Deferred revenue

     417        63  

Customer deposits

     21        315  

Other

     48        36  
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,174      $ 5,268  

 

 

Note 8—Term loan

On October 29, 2020, the Company entered into a loan facility (“Term Loan”) with an initial draw of $25 million. Proceeds were used to help fund the Company’s ongoing operations. As part of the Term Loan, the lender committed to providing further loans of up to $35 million to the Company at its election (or for one specific draw, upon occurrence of a revenue milestone) during various draw periods in the future, provided the Company is not in default at the time of the additional loan draws.

The Term Loan is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including a negative lien on the Company’s intellectual property assets. The Company is subject to various standard covenants, such as quarterly reporting, annual audits, submission of annual projections and limitations on dividends, further investments and indebtedness. The Term Loan also contains a covenant (“Performance to Plan”) that provides that, beginning on March 31, 2022 and measured monthly, the Company must achieve trailing twelve-month revenue equal to or greater than 50% of the Company’s annual operating budget as approved by the Company’s board of directors and the lender. If the Company completes an initial public offering of at least $70 million in proceeds, the Company may continue the Performance to Plan covenant or may replace it with a positive lien on its intellectual property. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Interest for all borrowings under the Term Loan is determined as the greater of (1) 9.25% or (2) 9.09% plus the greater of 30-day LIBOR published in the Wall Street Journal and 0.16%. The Company may elect an interest rate equal to 10.25% plus the greater of (1) the Wall Street Journal Prime rate or (2) 7%. The interest rate resets monthly on the last day of the month prior to the month in which interest accrues, and an actual/360-day convention applies. If the Company is considered to be in default as defined by the Term Loan, additional interest of 5% applies. The LIBOR rate is subject to change to another basis, presently undetermined, when LIBOR ceases to exist.

The Term Loan requires 36 months of interest-only payments, followed by 23-months of amortization. If the Company is in compliance with the Performance to Plan covenant through October 31, 2023, the interest-only period is extended by 12 months, and the amortization period is reduced by 11 months. Payments are due on the first day of each month in arrears. All unpaid amounts under the Term Loan mature on October 1, 2025.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Term Loan is prepayable at any time without penalty; however, the loan must be prepaid in full or in specific increments, and amounts prepaid may not be subsequently reborrowed. The loan may also be accelerated by the lender in the event of a default.

If the loan is not fully prepaid by December 31, 2021, the Company will become subject to an additional fee (the “Exit Fee”). The fee is 3% of the original draw amount if prepaid between January 1, 2022 and October 31, 2022 ($750,000), 4% if prepaid between November 1, 2022 and October 31, 2023 ($1 million) and 5% ($1.3 million) if paid subsequently, including at maturity. The Exit Fee is being accreted to the carrying value of the debt as a debt premium and interest expense over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. Third-party professional service fees totaling $687,000 were incurred by the lender and the Company that are directly attributable to execution of the Term Loan transaction. These issuance costs have been recorded as a discount to the carrying amount of the debt and are being amortized to interest expense over the effective term of the debt using the effective interest method.

As of December 31, 2020, annual principal payments due under the Term Loan were as follows (in thousands):

 

   
Year Ended December 31,       

2021

   $  

2022

      

2023

     1,087  

2024

     13,043  

2025

     10,870  
  

 

 

 

Total

     25,000  

Less: unamortized issuance costs and Exit Fee

     (601
  

 

 

 

Term loan, net

   $ 24,399  

 

 

During 2020, the interest rate charged on cash payments was 9.25%. The effective interest rate during the same period was 11.31%.

Note 9—Common stock warrant liability

Warrant agreement and share purchase agreement

On October 12, 2017, the Company issued a “Strategic Partner” a warrant to purchase Series W common stock (the “Warrant Agreement”) for a non-refundable payment of $60 million. This Series W common stock warrant (the “Series W Warrant”) had an initial expiration date of December 31, 2018 unless extended as provided for in the Warrant Agreement. On December 27, 2018, the Strategic Partner chose to extend the expiration date of the Series W Warrant, by making an additional non-refundable payment of $40 million, until the sooner of the achievement of performance milestones (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) or November 22, 2021. On March 18, 2020, the Company and the Strategic Partner signed an amendment to the Warrant Agreement that removed the milestone triggers for early exercise and changed the expiration date to March 31, 2021.

Concurrent with the Warrant Agreement, the Strategic Partner and the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”). Under the Purchase Agreement, the Strategic Partner purchased one share of the Company’s non-voting $0.001 par value per share Series G common stock for $0.01. Upon exercise of the Series W Warrant, the Strategic Partner will receive one share of voting, $0.001 par value, Series W common stock. Per the Warrant Agreement, the exercise price of the Series W Warrant is $630.0 million plus adjustments for the Company’s cash, working capital, indebtedness and transaction expenses, subject to an escrow holdback of $92.0 million and a shareholder representative holdback of $500,000. The Warrant Agreement also provides for

 

F-26


Table of Contents

potential aggregate milestone payments of up to $827 million for various sales-based and operating milestones and $185 million for certain regulatory milestones, either at the time of the Series W Warrant’s exercise or at dates subsequent, as defined in the Warrant Agreement. Upon notice of exercise of the Series W Warrant by the Strategic Partner and receipt of the required funds, a Special Redemption, as defined in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, will trigger automatic redemption of all the Company’s outstanding capital instruments, except for the Series G common stock and Series W common stock, and the Strategic Partner will acquire the Company.

Under the Warrant Agreement, the Company is solely responsible for all research and preclinical, clinical and other development and commercialization of the LAL and LDD products. While the Series W Warrant is outstanding, the Company retains all decision-making rights regarding development and commercialization of its products.

The Series W warrant fair value was determined by management, with input and assistance from a third-party valuation specialist, upon issuance and is revalued as of each reporting date. The valuation specialist utilized a Monte Carlo Simulation (“MCS”) under the income method utilizing assumptions and financial data prepared by the Company. This valuation approach uses a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method to calculate the starting equity value of the Company based upon future cash flow generation. The starting equity value of the Company is determined utilizing (1) forecasted financial projections for the next five years developed by management, (2) a terminal value assigned using an exit multiple method, and (3) a discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital. Then a simulated equity value of the Company as of the expected exercise date is determined using the MCS method. The MCS inputs include: (1) the assumed amount of time until the exercise of the warrant, (2) the risk-free interest rate over the period until the assumed warrant exercise, (3) the assumed volatility in the value of the equity of the company, and (4) the starting equity value of the Company as determined from the discounted cash flow method. In order to determine the overall value of the warrant, the valuation specialists also simulate the payments for sales-based, operating and regulatory milestones based upon similar inputs to determine the expected overall purchase price of the Company. The net difference between the expected purchase price and the average simulated equity value determines the “option payoff”. Finally, management assigns a probability that the Strategic Partner will exercise the warrant which is applied to the present value of the “option payoff” to arrive at the recorded value reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The following table presents the assumptions used in the DCF and MCS calculations to determine the fair value of the Series W warrant:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,
      2020    2019

Terminal value—exit multiple

   7.00    7.00

Weighted average cost of capital discount rate

   22.0%    22.0%

Expected life (in years)

   0.25 year    0.92 and 2.09 years

Risk-free interest rate

   0.9%    1.58% and 1.59%

Expected volatility

   56.9%    59.6% and 66.8%

 

Special redemption

On October 25, 2017, the Company adopted the 12th Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Amendment”). Under Article IV of the Amendment, if the Strategic Partner exercises the Series W Warrant, an automatic redemption, conversion, termination and cancellation of all then outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, options and warrants will occur without any further action required. Immediately prior to the automatic redemption, all outstanding preferred shares convert to common shares, unvested stock options accelerate and become fully vested and all stock options terminate along with any preferred stock warrants outstanding. Shareholders, option holders and warrant holders have the right to receive the initial per

 

F-27


Table of Contents

share price less the strike price as defined in the Warrant Agreement. The Strategic Partner will advance (through an exchange agent) the funds to the Company, which will then disburse the funds to all shareholders, option holders and warrant holders. If the Series W Warrant is terminated or expires unexercised, Article IV of the Amendment is terminated and is of no further force and effect.

Upon adoption, management determined that the exercise of the Series W Warrant by the Strategic Partner (and therefore, the Special Redemption) was a probable, though not certain event. As a result, as of October 2017, the Company began accreting common stock to the expected redemption value and reflected the redemption value of stock options in temporary equity. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $18.3 million of accretion of common stock and a credit of $1.5 million related to the value of redeemable stock options, which reflected the expected redemption value less strike price on vested stock options outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded $25.6 million of accretion of common stock and an entry to record $13.4 million in redemption value related to redeemable stock options. In December 2020, management determined that exercise of the Series W Warrant was no longer probable, at which point accretion to redemption value of common stock and the entry to record the redemption value of stock options ceased.

Note 10—Redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

The Amendment authorized eight classes of preferred stock, Series A through F, the “Prior Preferred Stock” and Series G and H, the “Senior Preferred Stock”. All of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as all such preferred stock is redeemable either at the option of the holder or upon an event outside the control of the Company (i.e., a change in control). The redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable per the Special Redemption (see Note 9) or upon certain change in control events (including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company); however, the Special Redemption is not a certain event, and all change in control events are outside of the Company’s control. In the event of the Special Redemption, the holders will receive redemption proceeds as defined in the Warrant Agreement. In the event of liquidation, holders of the convertible preferred stock may have the right to receive its liquidation preference under the terms of the Company’s Amendment.

As a result of management’s determination that the Special Redemption is probable, but not certain, the Company began accreting to the expected redemption value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock in October 2017. The Company recorded $25.7 million and $68.7 million of accretion on all redeemable convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In December 2020, management determined that the Special Redemption was no longer probable, at which point accretion to redemption value ceased.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize information related to issuance of the Company’s preferred stock (in thousands, except number of shares and per share amounts):

 

   
     As of December 31, 2020  
      Par
value
     Date of
issuance
    

Share
price at

issuance

     Shares
authorized(1)
    

Shares
issued and

outstanding(1)

     Liquidation
preference
     Carrying
value(2)
share capital
 

Series A

   $ 0.001        Feb-2000      $ 40.81        355,921        355,903      $ 14,523      $ 13,535  

Series B

   $ 0.001        May-2003      $ 9.07        1,741,452        1,741,399        15,795        39,715  

Series C

   $ 0.001        Feb-2007      $ 12.92        1,168,344        1,168,311        15,086        28,136  

Series D

   $ 0.001        Aug-2009      $ 18.08        663,808        663,728        12,000        18,503  

Series E

   $ 0.001        Oct-2011      $ 20.66        353,339        353,327        7,300        10,350  

Series F

   $ 0.001        May-2012      $ 25.83        507,744        499,159        12,891        18,305  

Series G

   $ 0.001        Jun-2015      $ 12.40        5,832,685        5,788,878        71,759        135,682  

Series H

   $ 0.001        Feb-2017      $ 12.40        5,949,499        3,805,567        47,174        89,074  
           

 

 

 
              16,572,792        14,376,272      $ 196,528      $ 353,300  

 

 

 

   
     As of December 31, 2019  
      Par
value
     Date of
issuance
    

Share
price at

issuance

     Shares
authorized(1)
    

Shares
issued and

outstanding(1)

     Liquidation
preference
     Carrying
value(2)
share capital
 

Series A

   $ 0.001        Feb-2000      $ 40.81        355,921        355,903      $ 14,523      $ 13,535  

Series B

   $ 0.001        May-2003      $ 9.07        1,741,452        1,741,399        15,795        34,929  

Series C

   $ 0.001        Feb-2007      $ 12.92        1,168,344        1,168,311        15,086        26,105  

Series D

   $ 0.001        Aug-2009      $ 18.08        663,808        663,726        12,000        17,753  

Series E

   $ 0.001        Oct-2011      $ 20.66        353,339        353,327        7,300        10,042  

Series F

   $ 0.001        May-2012      $ 25.83        507,744        499,157        12,891        17,807  

Series G

   $ 0.001        Jun-2015      $ 12.40        5,832,685        5,788,878        71,759        125,362  

Series H

   $ 0.001        Feb-2017      $ 12.40        5,949,499        3,803,754        47,152        82,048  
           

 

 

 
              16,572,792        14,374,455      $ 196,506      $ 327,581  

 

 

 

(1)   The shares authorized, issued and outstanding do not reflect any anti-dilution provisions of Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F as a result of the Series G financing.

 

(2)   The carrying value reflects the gross proceeds received from the sale of the preferred stock less issuance costs and the fair value at issuance of preferred stock warrants classified as a liability, plus accretion of redemption value.

Series H financing

On February 24, 2017, the Company issued 2,874,555 shares of Series H preferred stock (par value $0.001) at a price per share of $12.40 for gross proceeds of $35.6 million. On March 23 and 24, 2017, the Company completed a second and third closing, respectively, and issued a total of 896,527 shares of Series H preferred stock, for $11.1 million. Warrants were also issued as part of the Series H financing (see Note 11). In addition to warrant expense, Series H financing closing costs were $285,000.

Conversion rights

As a result of the Series G financing and as a continued provision of the Series H financing, certain anti-dilution provisions were triggered in the Series G offering in the Prior Preferred Stock. This resulted in an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock. Additionally, the number of shares of common stock issued would increase if Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock (the “Conversion Shares”) converted to common stock. This increase is determined by a conversion factor based on the original issuance price (“OIP”) of the individual Conversion Shares. The Prior Preferred Shares conversion to common stock would

 

F-29


Table of Contents

increase the number of common shares outstanding by 474,733 if all the Conversion Shares exercise their conversion rights.

Liquidation rights

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon an asset transfer or acquisition (a “Liquidation Event”), the priority for amounts available for distribution to the Preferred Stockholders are as follows:

 

 

Series G, Series H

 

Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F

 

Series A

Preferred stock is entitled to a liquidation preference at OIP, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If the Company’s assets are insufficient to make payment in full to all these equity holders, then the assets will be distributed ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

Once the holders of preferred stock have been paid, any remaining assets available shall be distributed among the holders of common stock and any previously converted preferred shares based upon the number of shares of common stock held by each (on an as converted basis).

Optional conversions

Preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into common stock on a one for one basis.

The following table shows the common stock equivalent of preferred stock, if converted, as a result of the anti-dilution provisions enacted during the Series G financing.

 

   
Converted    Fully diluted on
conversion(1)
 
shares    12/31/2020      12/31/2019  

Series A

     355,903        355,903  

Series B

     1,741,399        1,741,399  

Series C

     1,197,590        1,197,591  

Series D

     772,963        772,960  

Series E

     429,766        429,766  

Series F

     758,941        758,937  

Series G

     5,788,878        5,788,878  

Series H

     3,805,567        3,803,754  
  

 

 

 

Total

     14,851,007        14,849,188  

 

 

 

(1)   Excludes preferred stock warrants (Note 11).

Automatic conversions

The preferred stock is subject to automatic conversion under several circumstances:

 

 

Each individual class of preferred stock can be converted into shares of common stock based on the following:

 

  -   Series A and Series B—If a majority of Series A and Series B preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class, make such an election.

 

  -   Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F—Each share of the Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock classes shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock if a majority of each separate series, voting together as a single class, make such an election.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
  -   Series G and H—Upon a vote of more than 51% of the Series G and H preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class, all Series G and H preferred stock shares will automatically be converted into shares of common stock.

 

 

Preferred stock is automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company, at an offering price per share greater than or equal to $24.80 (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and similar equity transactions with respect to the common stock) and in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company are at least $40 million and after which the common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

 

Immediately prior to the closing of the exercise of the Series W Warrant and under the Special Redemption, each share will be mandatorily redeemed, cancelled, retired and shall cease to exist and be converted into the right to receive the per share redemption payment in cash.

Redemptions

As of October 2017, under the provisions of the Special Redemption, if the Strategic Partner exercised the Series W Warrant, the Company would have mandatorily redeemed, canceled and retired all outstanding shares of preferred stock and converted them to cash with a right to receive the per share redemption payments as defined in the Warrant Agreement. As of March 31, 2021, the Series W Warrant expired unexercised and all redemption provisions of the Special Redemption lapsed.

Common stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:

 

     
      December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Conversion of preferred stock

     14,851,007        14,849,188  

Preferred stock warrants

     225,945        227,762  

Common stock warrant

     1        1  

Stock options issued and outstanding under the 2006 and 2015 plans

     4,201,935        3,473,757  
  

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock reserved

     19,278,888        18,550,708  

 

 

Dividends

Any dividends preferred or otherwise, are payable, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, are non-cumulative and priority is given to the Senior Preferred, Prior Preferred and common stockholders as follows:

 

 

Senior Preferred at a rate of 8% of the OIP per share

 

Prior Preferred at 8% of OIP per share

 

Common stockholders

No dividends were declared to date or during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Note 11—Convertible preferred stock warrants

Series F, G and H convertible preferred stock warrants were recorded at fair value at issuance and are revalued as of each reporting date until exercised or expired. The fair value of Series F, G and H convertible preferred

 

F-31


Table of Contents

stock warrants were determined with the assistance of valuation specialists using a Probability-Weighted Expected Return Model and Option Pricing Model (PWERM/OPM) Hybrid Method. This method essentially utilizes a combination of market and income method approaches for each part of the calculation of enterprise value and combines them in a probabilistic manner. The valuation considers several future scenarios for the Company, each of which assumes a shareholder exit either through initial public offering (“IPO”), sale (“M&A”) or dissolution. Based upon the current IPO market, M&A values for private companies and the historical likelihood of dissolution or no exit, the Company concluded that the probabilities and time frames are reasonable. Implicit in the timing used in the application of the PWERM/OPM Hybrid Method is also the possibility of no exit. The option pricing model’s inputs included: (1) the assumed time until a liquidity event, (2) the risk-free interest rate over the period until the assumed liquidity event, (3) the assumed volatility in the value of the equity of the company (which corresponds to the model’s underlying asset volatility), (4) the enterprise value and preferred investment amount and (5) the key price points in the Company’s capital structure in terms of exit levels on the assumed liquidation date. A significant increase (decrease) in any of these inputs in isolation, particularly the estimated price of the Company’s preferred stock, would have resulted in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The following scenario probability-weighted assumptions were used to revalue the convertible preferred stock warrants to fair value:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,
     2020    2019
      Range    Weighted
average
   Range    Weighted
average

Expected volatility

   83.4% to 97.4%    94.6%    60.7% to 66.6%    61.9%

Risk adjusted discount factor

   16% to 31%    25%    16% to 22%    20%

Expected life (in years)

   0.4 to 2.0 years    1.1 years    0.9 to 2.3 years    1.9 years

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

 

As a result of the Series G financing, certain anti-dilution provisions were triggered in the conversion shares and the Series F warrants, if converted to common stock. Series F warrants would have increased by a conversion factor of 1.52 to 13,026, an increase of 4,459. If Series F warrants had been exercised, total cash proceeds would be approximately $200,000 to the Company.

The Series F warrants expired on June 3, 2019, and the Company recognized a gain on expiration of $157,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 56,443 Series G warrants were exercised and converted to Series G convertible preferred stock. The remaining 40,350 warrants expired unexercised on June 3, 2019, and the Company recognized a gain on expiration of $646,000.

In February and March 2017, the Company issued 260,434 warrants to purchase shares of Series H convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $12.40. Series H warrants were initially issued with a five-year life; in November 2017, they were extended another five years to 2027. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had 225,945 and 227,762 Series H warrants outstanding, respectively. The fair value of Series H warrants was $16.95 and $9.82 per share as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Thus, outstanding Series H warrants had an estimated fair value of $3.8 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, 1,817 Series H warrants were exercised. There were no exercises of Series H warrants during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Series H warrants are classified as liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and re-measured at fair value as of each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are recognized as a component of

 

F-32


Table of Contents

other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income.

Note 12—Stock-based compensation expense

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had two stock-based incentive compensation plans, the Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Stock Plan”) and the Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Stock Plan”) (collectively the “Plans”).

The 2006 Stock Plan expired in 2016. No stock options may be granted under this stock plan. Outstanding awards will continue to vest under the original grant terms. Options forfeited or expired will be cancelled. The 2015 Stock Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock (non-vested awards), stock awards, performance shares, performance share units and stock units, together the “Awards”. Each Award under the 2015 Stock Plan has a maximum term of 10 years from the grant date.

Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price of no less than 100% of estimated fair market value on the date of grant. Time based awards generally vest over four years as follows: one fourth of the total number of shares vest and become exercisable on the one-year anniversary; 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary thereafter for the remaining 3 years. The purpose of the Plans is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of stock awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in the value of the common stock in order to retain or procure the services of the employees, members of the Board and consultants.

A summary of stock option activities for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:

 

           
      Shares
available for
grant
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
     Weighted avg
remaining
contractual
life (years)
 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2018

     217,478       3,565,002     $ 6.67           7.00  

Granted

     (257,914     257,914     $ 22.28      $ 11.46     

Exercised

       (219,134   $ 4.07      $ 1.96     

Forfeited

     50,574       (50,594   $ 12.85      $ 6.07     

Expired

     48,393       (79,431   $ 13.09      $ 0.71     
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2019

     58,531       3,473,757     $ 7.76           6.00  

Issued

     1,181,026            

Granted

     (1,156,078     1,156,078     $ 15.09      $ 8.39     

Exercised

       (249,566   $ 3.98      $ 2.08     

Forfeited

     168,831       (168,831   $ 18.53      $ 8.96     

Expired

       (9,503   $ 4.14      $     
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2020

     252,310       4,201,935     $ 9.57           6.46  
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of December 31, 2020

       3,024,770     $ 7.17           5.50  

 

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the intrinsic value of options vested was $26.2 million and $29.2 million, respectively, and of all options outstanding was $26.4 million and $31.1 million, respectively. During 2020 and

 

F-33


Table of Contents

2019, the total cash received from the exercise of stock options was $991,000 and $891,000, respectively. The total fair value less strike price of these options was $2.8 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Vested and non-vested options granted by the Company were comprised of the following:

 

   
     As of December 31, 2020  
Plan name    Exercise price      Options
outstanding
     Options
exercisable
 

2006 Stock Plan

   $ 4.14        199,711        199,711  

2015 Stock Plan

   $ 3.93—$23.04        4,002,224        2,825,059  
     

 

 

 
        4,201,935        3,024,770  

 

 

 

   
     As of December 31, 2019  
Plan name    Exercise price      Options
outstanding
     Options
exercisable
 

2006 Stock Plan

   $ 4.14        237,149        237,149  

2015 Stock Plan

   $ 3.93—$23.04        3,236,608        2,579,507  
     

 

 

 
        3,473,757        2,816,656  

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense was classified in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income as follows (in thousands):

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2020      2019  

Research and development

   $ 2,200      $ 1,855  

Selling, general and administrative

     1,344        2,336  

Cost of goods sold

     641        407  
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,185      $ 4,598  

 

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 1,177,165 and 657,101 unvested options, respectively. Total unrecognized expense related to unvested stock options was approximately $9.8 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amounts are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.9 and 2.0 years, respectively.

The following table presents the range and weighted-average assumptions, used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,
     2020    2019
      Range    Weighted
average
   Range    Weighted
average

Expected volatility

   60.1% to 61.9%    61.2%    52.0% to 54.2%    52.6%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.3% to 0.9%    0.4%    1.8% to 2.7%    2.4%

Expected life (in years)

   5.52 to 10.0 years    6.11 years    5.52 to 10.0 years    6.11 years

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

Grant date fair value

   $1.46    $1.46    $0.38 to $2.23    $2.16

 

Awards to non-employees

Expenses related to stock options issued to non-employees have been calculated using the fair value of the

options at the date of grant based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using assumptions consistent with those used for stock options issued to employees, except that the contractual term used is the expected term.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Expense is recorded as services are provided by the non-employee. As of December 31, 2020, the 4,201,935 outstanding options were comprised of 3,327,095 options granted to employees and 874,840 options granted to non-employees. As of December 31, 2019, the 3,473,757 outstanding options were comprised of 2,437,852 options granted to employees and 1,035,905 options granted to non-employees. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company granted 19,360 and 29,040 shares to non-employees, respectively. Expense related to stock options issued to non-employees was $419,000 and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Performance-based awards

During 2018, the Board approved performance-based stock options for two employees with vesting based on the attainment of certain performance conditions during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Performance conditions were not met in either year. Therefore, no expense related to redeemable stock options was recorded related to these performance-based awards during the year ended December 31, 2019, and they were cancelled as of December 31, 2019.

Note 13—Income taxes

The components of income before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
              2020              2019  

U.S. income before taxes

   $ 27,577      $ 126,145  

Foreign income before taxes

     55        99  
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 27,632      $ 126,244  

 

 

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
              2020              2019  

Current:

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     46        1  

Foreign

     11        23  
  

 

 

 
     57        24  
  

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

     (7,179      (6,909

State

     (2,642      (2,283

Foreign

             
  

 

 

 
     (9,821      (9,192
  

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

     9,821        9,192  
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 57      $ 24  

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The significant components that comprised the Company’s net deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     
      December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss

   $ 52,138     $ 43,277  

Amortization

     134       152  

Stock-based compensation

     2,297       1,986  

Research and development credit

     6,663       5,314  

Right-of-use liability

     1,585       1,112  

Depreciation

     298       114  

Other

     740       1,841  
  

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     63,855       53,796  

Less: valuation allowance

     (62,366     (52,545
  

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     1,489       1,251  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Right-of-use asset

     (1,489     (1,251
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  

 

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes with the expected income tax computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to loss before provision for income taxes was calculated as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

     
     December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  
      Rate      Amount     Rate      Amount  

Income tax provision at the federal statutory tax rate

     21.0%      $ 5,793       21.0%      $ 26,519  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     -5.3%        (1,468     -0.9%        (1,075

Research and development credits

     -4.7%        (1,306     -1.9%        (2,342

Stock-based compensation

     0.4%        122       0.2%        230  

Other non-deductible permanent items

     -47.9%        (13,204     -28.3%        (35,662

Section 382 limitation and credit expiration

     1.5%        426       2.3%        2,959  

Other

     -0.5%        (127     0.2%        203  

Change in valuation allowance

     35.6%        9,821       7.3%        9,192  
  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     0.1%      $ 57       0.0%      $ 24  

 

 

The tax effects of items that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets are primarily net operating loss carryforwards. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets and assesses all available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. Based on the weight of all the evidence, including a history of operating losses and the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income to realize these assets, a full valuation allowance has been recorded to offset the net deferred tax asset as realization of such asset is uncertain. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $9.8 million in 2020.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $230,218,711 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $68,778,139 which may be available to offset future taxable income for tax purposes. Of the $230,218,711 in federal NOLs, $109,268,399 will not expire and will be able to offset 80% of taxable income in future years. Of the $68,778,139 in state NOLs, $11,322,562 will not expire and will be able to offset 80% of taxable income in future years. The remaining federal NOL carryforwards will begin to expire

 

F-36


Table of Contents

between 2021 and 2037, and the remaining state NOL carryforwards will expire between 2028 and 2040. In addition, the Company also had federal credit carry forwards of $3,875,373, net of Section 382 limitations, and state credit carry forwards of $6,340,004 as of December 31, 2020, which may be available to offset future tax liabilities. The federal credits will expire between 2037 and 2040, and the state credits do not expire.    

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits NOL carryovers and carrybacks to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows NOLs incurred in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to be carried back to each of the five preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes. Due to the Company’s history of net operating losses, the CARES Act is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On December 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (the Appropriations Act). Included in the tax provisions are a number of items directly related to COVID-19 relief such as a provision allowing recipients of Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans to deduct associated costs and an extension and significant expansion of the employee retention credit originally enacted in the CARES Act. There was no material impact to the Company from the provisions of the Appropriations Act in 2020.

On June 29, 2020, the state of California enacted Assembly Bill No. 85 (AB 85) suspending California net operating loss utilization and imposing a cap on the amount of business incentive tax credits companies can utilize, effective for tax years 2020, 2021 and 2022. There was no material impact from the provisions of AB 85 in 2020.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382 of the Code, results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups.

During 2019, the Company completed a preliminary study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred. The results of the preliminary study were extended through December 31, 2019. Based upon the preliminary study, the Company determined that it was more likely than not an ownership change had occurred during 2017, causing the annual utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards to be limited. At December 31, 2019, the Company reduced the deferred tax assets related to the net operating loss and credit carryforwards generated through the date of the ownership change, reflecting the result of the annual limitations on the utilization of those attributes. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, the reduction of the deferred tax assets with respect to the NOL and credit carryforwards had no impact on the Company’s effective tax rate.

The following changes occurred in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2020      2019  

Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefits

   $ 2,056      $ 2,116  

Additions for current year tax positions

     486        615  

Reductions for prior year tax positions

     12        (676
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,554      $ 2,055  

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

None of the unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the annual effective rate, due to the valuation allowance. The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as a reduction in deferred tax assets. The Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal and various states income taxes. The federal returns for tax years 2017 through 2020 remain open to examination and the state returns remain subject to examination for tax years 2016 through 2020. Carryforward attributes that were generated in years where the statute of limitations is closed may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or other respective tax authorities. All other state jurisdictions remain open to examination.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2019-12 in 2019, intraperiod tax allocation rules required the Company to allocate the provision for income taxes between continuing operations and other categories of earnings, such as other comprehensive income. In periods in which the Company had a year-to-date pre-tax loss from continuing operations and pre-tax income in other categories of earnings, such as other comprehensive income, the tax provision was allocated to the other categories of earnings. The Company then recorded a related tax benefit in continuing operations. However, with the adoption of ASU 2019-12 in 2019, the Company is no longer required to allocate the tax provision to the other categories of earnings and related benefit to continuing operations under these circumstances.

Note 14—Notes receivable for redeemable common stock

During 2016 and 2017, the Company entered into or renewed full recourse promissory notes with former or current Board Members and certain other parties with an aggregate principal of $693,000, which included unpaid principal and accrued interest thereon. The notes bear interest at 7%, compounded annually. The initial maturity of the notes was amended to extend the maturity dates into 2021 and 2022 in exchange for payments totaling $105,000. Common stock was originally issued as consideration for the promissory notes and is being held as collateral. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, accrued interest was $110,000 and $162,000, respectively.

The promissory notes and outstanding interest thereon are reported as a component of temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of redeemable common stock, stock options, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit.

Note 15—Leases

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, and its subsequent related amendments (collectively referred to as “ASC 842”), which requires that lessees recognize a right-to-use asset and related lease liability for all significant finance and operating leases not considered short-term leases (less than 12 months) and specifies where in the consolidated statement of cash flows the related lease payments are to be presented. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The Company early adopted this standard on January 1, 2019 and elected the modified retrospective method for all lease arrangements at the beginning of the period of adoption. Results for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 are presented under ASC 842.

For leases that commenced before the effective date of ASC 842, the Company did not elect the three practical expedients permitted within ASC 842 but re-evaluated prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. A cumulative adjustment for the adoption of ASC 842 has been recorded in the accompanying statement of redeemable common stock, stock options, preferred stock and stockholder’s deficit as of January 1, 2019 in the amount of $37,000. The Company elected the hindsight practical expedient,

 

F-38


Table of Contents

which permits the use of hindsight when determining the lease term and impairment of right-of-use assets. Further, the Company elected a short-term lease exception policy, permitting the Company not to apply the recognition requirements of this standard to short-term leases (i.e., leases with 12 months or less). The Company has accounted for lease and non-lease components separately. As a result of adopting ASC 842 as of January 1, 2019, the Company recorded an operating lease right-of-use asset of $5.3 million and related operating lease liability of $5.9 million primarily related to facilities and certain equipment, based on the present value of the future lease payments on the date of adoption. The Company also recorded a finance lease right-of-use asset of $317,000 and related debt liability of $315,000 on the date of adoption. Adopting ASC 842 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and cash flows.

The Company has operating and finance leases for facilities and certain equipment. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company does not combine lease and non-lease components in the recognition of lease expense.

The Company’s leases have remaining non-cancelable lease terms of approximately 1 year to 6 years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 10 years. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion. The Company recognizes rent expense for minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, including rent holidays, rent escalation clause and/or cancelable option periods where failure to exercise such options would result in an economic penalty.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company held three leases for office, manufacturing and warehouse facilities in Aliso Viejo, California. The three leases are for 19,680, 42,106 and 48,036 square feet and expire on March 31, 2023, September 30, 2024 and January 31, 2026, respectively. For one of the facilities operating leases, the lessor provided $900,000 in tenant allowances.

The following table presents the lease balances within the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

       
Leases    Classification    December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Assets

        

Operating

   Operating leases right-of-use assets    $ 5,319      $ 4,392  

Finance

   Property and equipment, net      58        195  
     

 

 

 

Total lease assets

        5,377        4,588  
     

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current

        

Operating

   Lease liabilities      1,247        861  

Finance

   Lease liabilities      27        129  

Noncurrent

        

Operating

   Long-term lease liabilities      5,042        4,472  

Finance

   Long-term lease liabilities      37        54  
     

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

      $ 6,353      $ 5,516  

 

 

As the implicit rates in the Company’s leases were not readily available, the incremental borrowing rate was determined based upon information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of future lease payments.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the components of operating and finance lease expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

       
Lease cost    Classification    December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Operating lease cost

   Cost of goods sold    $ 13      $ 15  
   Research and development      180        2  
   Selling, general and administrative expenses      1,544        1,228  

Finance lease cost

   Amortization of right-of-use asset included in Research and development expenses      115        149  
   Amortization of right-of-use asset included in Selling, general and administrative expenses      44        25  

Finance lease cost

   Interest expense      14        26  

 

 

Maturities of the Company’s operating and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     
Year ending December 31,    Operating
leases
     Finance
leases
 

2021

   $ 1,849      $ 32  

2022

     1,881        23  

2023

     1,682        18  

2024

     1,456         

2025

     951         

Thereafter

     79         
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     7,898        73  

Less: imputed interest

     1,608        10  
  

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

   $ 6,290      $ 63  

 

 

The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate used to determine lease liabilities related to the Company’s operating and finance leases as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were:

 

     
Lease term and discount rate    December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

     

Operating leases

     4.21        4.87  

Finance leases

     2.42        1.59  

Weighted average discount rate

     

Operating leases

     10.5%        10.2%  

Finance leases

     10.5%        10.5%  

 

 

Note 16—Commitments and contingencies

Letter of credit

The Company has a standby letter of credit, expiring September 30, 2024, issued by a financial institution as required security for one operating lease. The aggregate amount of the letter of credit was $360,000 and $570,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Legal matters

From time-to-time, the Company may be involved in certain legal proceedings or regulatory matters arising in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation, actions with respect to intellectual property, employment, regulatory, product liability and contractual matters. In connection with these proceedings or matters, the Company regularly assesses the probability and amount (or range) of possible issues based on the developments in these proceedings or matters. A liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements if it is determined that it is probable that a loss has been incurred, and that the amount (or range) of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because of the uncertainties related to any pending proceedings or matters, the Company is currently unable to predict their ultimate outcome and, with respect to any legal proceeding or regulatory matter where no liability has been accrued, to make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss (or range of loss) that could result from an adverse outcome. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no legal proceedings, regulatory matters, or other disputes or claims for which a material loss was considered probable or for which the amount (or range) of loss was reasonably estimable. However, regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes and claims can have an adverse impact on the Company because of legal costs, diversion of management time and resources, and other factors.

Special redemption of equity instruments

The Company committed to redeem all common and preferred stock, preferred stock warrants and stock options in the event that the Series W Warrant was exercised using the funds provided by the Warrant Holder. On March 31, 2021, the Series W Warrant expired; therefore, the Special Redemption had no effect and is unenforceable by the various equity holders. As of December 31, 2020, management believed the exercise of the Warrant, and therefore the Special Redemption, was not probable. Management believed that the estimates used to value the equity instruments were based upon reasonable assumptions about the likelihood as to the occurrence, timing and financial forecast of the Company upon the expected exercise of the Series W Warrant and that the accompanying consolidated financial statements represent fairly in all material respects the impact on the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Accrued compensation

As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded accrued compensation of $2.6 million related to bonuses contingent upon a change of control in connection with the exercise of the Series W Warrant. Unrecognized compensation expense related to these contingent bonuses was $795,000 as of December 31, 2019. Amounts were included in long-term accrued compensation for the year ended December 31, 2019 on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In March 2021, the Series W warrant expired unexercised (see Note 17). In accordance with ASC 855, Subsequent Events, this is a recognizable subsequent event as it relates to this estimated accrued compensation and, accordingly, the liability balance for the year ended December 31, 2020 was derecognized.

Note 17—Subsequent events

For purposes of the financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through May 14, 2021, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no events or transactions have occurred that require disclosure.

On March 29, 2021, the Company made a $5 million additional draw on its Term Loan for general corporate purposes.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

On March 31, 2021, the Warrant to purchase Series W common stock terminated at 11:59 p.m. Central Time as the Strategic Partner did not provide notice of exercise of the Warrant to purchase Series W common stock.

On July 22, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to effect a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock, excluding Series G and Series W common stock, and convertible preferred stock on a 1-for-10.33 basis (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The par values of the common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All references to common stock, excluding Series G and Series W common stock, options to purchase common stock, convertible preferred stock, share data, per share data and related information contained in the consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the effect of the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented. The Reverse Stock Split was effected on July 23, 2021.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

 

     
     March 31,     December 31,  
(In thousands, except number of shares and per share amounts)    2021     2020  
     (Unaudited)        

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,385     $ 13,994  

Short-term investments

     39,997       54,981  

Accounts receivable

     2,266       2,865  

Inventories, net of reserves of $316 and $121, respectively

     9,760       8,288  

Prepaid and other current assets

     1,436       1,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     77,844       81,500  

Property and equipment, net

     12,838       13,287  

Operating leases right-of-use assets

     5,038       5,319  

Restricted cash

     461       461  

Other assets

     110       110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 96,291     $ 100,677  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,861     $ 1,134  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,679       4,174  

Warrant liability

           5,018  

Lease liabilities

     1,317       1,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     6,857       11,600  

Long-term warrant liability

     3,828       3,828  

Long-term lease liabilities

     4,733       5,079  

Term loan, net

     29,472       24,399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     44,890       44,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

    

Redeemable common stock:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 24,545,966 shares authorized, 3,813,450 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020

           80,780  

Notes receivable for common stock issued

           (803

Redeemable stock options

           53,085  

Convertible preferred stock:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 16,572,792 shares authorized, 14,376,272 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (redeemable), respectively

     353,300       353,300  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 24,545,966 shares authorized, 4,093,995 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021

     4        

Additional paid-in capital

     136,307        

Notes receivable for common stock issued

     (817      

Series G common stock, $0.001 par value, 1 share authorized and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

            

Series W common stock, $0.001 par value, 1 share authorized and no shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

           (3

Accumulated deficit

     (437,393     (430,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (301,899     (430,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 96,291     $ 100,677  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (unaudited)

 

   
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)    2021     2020  

Sales

   $ 3,484     $ 2,888  

Cost of sales

     2,365       2,810  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,119       78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

     5,611       3,698  

Research and development

     6,643       5,777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12,254       9,475  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,135     (9,397

Other income (expense), net:

    

Change in fair value of warrants

           (7,407

Expiration of warrant

     5,018        

Interest expense

     (698     (5

Interest and other income

     17       312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (6,798     (16,497

Income tax expense

     7       5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (6,805     (16,502

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable preferred stock and redeemable stock options

           (4,246
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (6,805     (20,748

Other comprehensive income

    

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

     7       77  

Foreign currency translation loss

     (4     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     3       76  

Comprehensive loss

   $ (6,802   $ (16,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

    

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic and diluted

         $ (5.81

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (0.16   $ (0.66

Attributable to common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (1.70      

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

    

Attributable to redeemable common stock, basic and diluted

           3,570,417  

Attributable to Series G common stock, basic and diluted

     1       1  

Attributable to common stock, basic and diluted

     3,996,173        

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit (unaudited)

 

                     
    Redeemable
common stock
    Notes
receivable for
common stock

issued
    Redeemable
stock options
    Redeemable Convertible
preferred stock
         Common stock     Additional
paid-

in capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive

(loss) income
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

deficit
 
(In thousands, except
number of shares)
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

    3,563,884     $ 56,422     $ (855   $ 59,631       14,374,455     $ 327,581           1     $     $     $ 46     $ (419,855   $ (419,809

Exercise of stock options

    11,351       303             (257                                                    

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                        623                   623  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock options

                      (2,924                                             2,924       2,924  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable stock

          3,493                         7,170                       (623           (10,040     (10,663

Unrealized gain on short-term investments and cash equivalents, net of tax

                                                              77             77  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                              (1           (1

Change in notes receivable for common stock issued

                84                                                            

Net loss

                                                                    (16,502     (16,502
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

    3,575,235     $ 60,218     $ (771   $ 56,450       14,374,455     $ 334,751           1     $     $     $ 122     $ (443,473   $ (443,351

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit (unaudited)

 

                       
    Redeemable
common stock
    Notes
receivable for
common stock

issued
    Redeemable
stock options
    Convertible preferred
stock
          Common stock     Additional
paid-

in capital
    Notes
receivable
for

common
stock

issued
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive

(loss) income
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

deficit
 
(In thousands, except
number of shares)
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2020

    3,813,450     $ 80,780     $ (803   $ 53,085       14,376,272     $ 353,300           1     $     $     $     $ (3   $ (430,588   $ (430,591

Exercise of stock options

    280,545       6,922             (5,715                                                          

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                        1,239                         1,239  

Unrealized gain on short-term investments and cash equivalents, net of tax

                                                                    7             7  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                                    (4           (4

Change in notes receivable for common stock issued

                (14                                                                

Reclassification of 42,292,522 shares of redeemable common stock to 42,292,522 shares of common stock

    (4,093,995     (87,702     817                             4,093,995       4       87,698       (817                 86,885  

Reclassification of redeemable common stock options to common stock options

                      (47,370                                 47,370                         47,370  

Net loss

                                                                          (6,805     (6,805
                                                               

Balance at March 31, 2021

        $ —       $ —       $ —         14,376,272     $ 353,300           4,093,996     $ 4     $ 136,307     $ (817   $     $ (437,393   $ (301,899

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

RxSight, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited)

 

   
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands)    2021     2020  

Operating Activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (6,805   $ (16,502

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     958       900  

Amortization of right-of-use lease assets

     8       53  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and premium

     114        

Change in fair value of warrants

           7,407  

Gain on expiration of warrant

     (5,018      

Amortization of discount on short-term investments

     (10     (278

Stock-based compensation

     1,239       623  

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     (7     9  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     600       76  

Inventories, net

     (1,465     (1,587

Prepaid and other assets

     (89     179  

Accounts payable

     721       581  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (498     (3,679
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (10,252     (12,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (498     (848

Maturity of short-term investments

     20,000       35,000  

Purchase of short-term investments

     (4,999     (9,927
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     14,503       24,225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from term loan

     5,000        

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (40      

Principal payments on finance lease liabilities

     (9     (55

Notes receivable for common stock issued

     (14     84  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,207       46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     6,144       75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (4     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     10,391       12,081  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of period

     14,455       8,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of period

   $ 24,846     $ 20,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

    

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 294     $ 200  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 11     $ 3  

Cash paid for interest on financing leases

   $ 2     $ 5  

Cash paid for interest on term loan

   $ 582     $  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Acquisition of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 60     $ 71  

Payment-in-kind interest income added to principal of notes receivable

   $ 13     $ 14  

Reclassification of 4,093,995 shares of redeemable common stock to 4,093,995 shares of common stock

   $ 87,702    

Reclassification of redeemable common stock options to common stock options

   $ 47,370    

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation

RxSightTM, Inc. (the “Company”) is a California corporation headquartered in Aliso Viejo, California and has two wholly owned subsidiaries. One subsidiary is located in Amsterdam, Netherlands, with registered branches in the United Kingdom and Ireland (closed in 2020). The Netherlands entity also has a wholly owned subsidiary in Germany. A second subsidiary, closed in 2020, was located in Tijuana, Mexico. The Company is engaged in the research and development, manufacture and sale of light adjustable intraocular lenses used in cataract surgery along with capital equipment used with the lenses. The Company’s products, which include the light adjustable lens (“LAL”® or “RxLAL”®) and a specially designed machine for delivering light to the eye, the Light Delivery Device (“LDD”), are approved by the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for sale in the U.S. and have regulatory approval in the U.S and Europe. The Company began marketing its products in the U.S. during the second quarter of 2019 and in Europe during the third quarter of 2019. The RxLAL is a premium intraocular lens (“IOL”) which is partially reimbursable under Medicare. The Company competes with other IOLs in the premium market in the U.S. and Europe.

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of RxSight, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, RxSight, B.V., located in the Netherlands, RxSight GmbH, located in Germany, and RxSight S de R.L. de C.V., located in Mexico. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of presentation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP.

Liquidity and financial position

As of March 31, 2021, the Company has cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $64.4 million.

The Company began generating revenue from its principal operations in 2019. The Company has a limited operating history, and the revenue and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. The Company has experienced recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since its inception. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred losses from operations of $11.1 million and $9.4 million, respectively. Due to the Company’s continuing research and development activities, the Company expects to continue to incur net operating losses into the foreseeable future. Successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon gaining market acceptance of the Company’s products and achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations using its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as of March 31, 2021 and meet its capital funding needs through equity or debt financings, other third-party funding, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, its stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which the Company enters may impose additional covenants that restrict operations, including limitations on its ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make certain investments or engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity raise may contain terms that are not favorable to the Company or its stockholders. If the Company is required to enter into collaborations and other arrangements to address its liquidity needs, it may have to give up certain rights that limit its ability to develop and commercialize product candidates or may have other terms that are not favorable to the Company or its stockholders, which could materially and adversely affect its business and financial prospects. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in

 

F-48


Table of Contents

spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible and/or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

Unaudited interim financial statements

The interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021, and the interim condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable common stock, stock options, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 are unaudited. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the Company’s annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial information. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements related to the three-month periods are also unaudited. The condensed consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021 or for any other future annual or interim period. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed consolidated or omitted. Therefore, these interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

COVID-19

The Company has been actively monitoring the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, situation and its impact. In response to the pandemic, numerous state and local jurisdictions imposed “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines and other restrictions. Starting in March 2020 in the United States, governmental authorities recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments be suspended or canceled. Similarly, in March 2020, the governor of California, where the Company’s headquarters is located, issued “stay at home” orders limiting non-essential activities, travel and business operations. Such orders or restrictions resulted in reduced operations at the Company’s headquarters, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events. These orders and restrictions significantly decreased the number of procedures performed using the Company’s products during March and April 2020.

In response to the impact of COVID-19, the Company implemented a variety of measures to help manage through the impact and position it to resume operations quickly and efficiently once these restrictions were lifted. These measures included: remote work as needed, suspension of non-essential travel, restrictions on in-person work-related meetings, the wearing of personal protective equipment, social distancing, increased facility cleaning and air purification in all of the Company’s buildings and daily health monitoring of all Company employees to prevent or contain COVID-19 exposure. In addition, the Company took steps to preserve liquidity, reduce expenses and monitor operations to mitigate the impact on its current and future financial condition. The impact of COVID-19 continues to change and cannot be predicted. As a result, the Company expects the pandemic could continue to negatively impact its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Note 2—Summary of accounting policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make informed estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial

 

F-49


Table of Contents

statements and disclosures in the accompanying notes as of the date of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. On an on-going basis, management evaluates the most critical estimates and assumptions for continued reasonableness. In particular, management makes estimates with respect to revenue recognition; valuation of the Company’s common stock, warrants and other equity awards; estimated timing of redemption of equity instruments, the realization of income tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, and obsolete and slow-moving inventory. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements under different assumptions or conditions.

Significant accounting policies

There have been no significant changes to the accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2021 as compared to the significant accounting policies described in Note 2 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included in the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase that can be liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments are classified based on the maturity date of the related securities. Based on the nature of the assets, the Company’s short-term investments, which are government securities, are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at their estimated fair value as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a component of other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets. Realized gains and losses are included as other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The cost basis for realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a specific identification basis. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates such determination at each balance sheet date. The Company periodically reviews its investments for unrealized losses other than credit losses and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In determining whether the carrying value is recoverable, management considers the following factors:

 

 

whether the investment has been in a continuous realized loss position for over 12 months;

 

 

the duration to maturity of investments;

 

 

intention and ability to hold the investment to maturity and if it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investment before recovery of the amortized cost bases;

 

 

the credit rating, financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and

 

 

the type of investments made.

The Company had $7,000 and $77,000 of unrealized gains related to short-term investments as of March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. To date, the Company has not identified any unrealized losses other than credit losses for its short-term investments as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash to the amount reported in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

   
     Three months ended March 31,  
      2021      2020  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,385      $ 20,039  

Restricted cash

     461        872  
  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in the consolidated statements of cash flows

   $ 24,846      $ 20,911  

 

 

Concentration of credit risk and other risks and uncertainties

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company’s policy is to invest cash in institutional money market funds and marketable securities of the U.S. government to limit the amount of credit exposure. The Company currently maintains a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in short-term money market funds and U.S. treasury bills. Additionally, the Company has established guidelines regarding diversification of its investments and their maturities, which are designed to maintain principal and maximize liquidity. The Company has not experienced material losses on cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Accounts receivable

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had one customer who individually accounted for approximately 35% of gross accounts receivable. After evaluation of the collectability of accounts receivable, the Company did not record an allowance for doubtful accounts as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods. Raw materials are comprised of chemicals and parts used in the production of the Company lenses, injectors, and LDDs. Finished goods are comprised of lenses, injectors, accessories and LDDs. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. The carrying value of inventories is reviewed for potential impairment whenever indicators suggest that the cost of inventories exceeds the carrying value and management adjusts the inventories to its net realizable value. The cost of finished goods and work-in-process is comprised of raw materials, direct labor, other direct costs and related production overhead to the extent that these costs do not exceed the net realizable value of the goods produced. The Company periodically reviews inventories for potential impairment and adjusts inventories for estimated losses from obsolescence, material expirations or unmarketable inventories and writes down the cost of inventories to net realizable value at the time such determinations are made.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, operating lease liabilities, warrant liabilities and a term loan. Fair value is measured as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques that are consistent

 

F-51


Table of Contents

with the market, income or cost approach are used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

Level 3—One or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment and assumptions. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. These include the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses inputs such as expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term to determine fair market valuation.

Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification at each reporting date. Changes in the ability to observe valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between the levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years presented.

Cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at their estimated fair value because of the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The Company’s short-term investments in government securities are carried at fair value, determined based on publicly available quoted market prices for identical securities at the measurement date. The Company believes the fair values of its operating lease liabilities and term loan at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 approximated their carrying values, based on the borrowing rates that were available for loans with similar terms as of that date.

Warrants to purchase stock

The Company recognizes the freestanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value as these warrant instruments are embedded in contracts that may be cash settled. The convertible preferred stock warrants were issued for no cash consideration as detachable freestanding instruments but can be converted to convertible preferred stock at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant. However, the deemed liquidation provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions that are not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the convertible preferred stock is classified in temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and the warrants to purchase the convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities. The Company recognized a freestanding warrant to purchase a share of Series W common stock as a liability at fair value because this instrument was not indexed to the Company’s own stock as the settlement calculation incorporated variables other than those used to determine the fair value of a fixed-for-fixed forward or option on equity shares. The common stock warrant was issued for cash consideration as a freestanding instrument and could be converted to one share of common stock, Series W, at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant and prior to the expiration date of March 31, 2021.

The warrants were recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are

 

F-52


Table of Contents

recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Upon issuance of the Series W common stock warrant, the Company engaged valuation specialists to assist with determining its fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation approach. In addition, the Company engaged the valuation specialists to derive an estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants using a probability weighted expected return model/option pricing model (“PWERM/OPM”) hybrid valuation model. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock or until the holders of the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. Pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock warrants, upon the conversion of the class of preferred stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying class of preferred stock. The exercise of the common stock warrant or consummation of a qualified initial public offering would result in the automatic conversion of all classes of the Company’s preferred stock into common stock. Upon such conversion of the underlying classes of preferred stock, the warrants would be classified as a component of equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Net loss per share

The Company computes basic net loss per share for common stock using the two-class method required for companies with participating securities based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents, unless the effect of inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For purposes of this calculation, common stock equivalents include the Company’s stock options, warrants and the shares issuable upon the conversion of the preferred stock. For stock options and preferred stock, the calculation of diluted loss per share requires an adjustment for the additional share of undistributed earnings and accretion to redemption value for the period that the common stockholders are entitled to if exercise is assumed. For warrants that are recorded as a liability in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, the calculation of diluted loss per share requires that, to the extent the average market price of the underlying shares for the reporting period exceeds the exercise price of the warrants and the presumed exercise of the warrants is dilutive to the loss per share for the period, an adjustment is made to net loss used in the calculation to remove the change in fair value of the warrants from the numerator for the period. Likewise, an adjustment to the denominator is required to reflect the related dilutive shares, if any, under the treasury stock method.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, as a result of the Company’s net loss, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, a weighted-average of 4,103,694 and 3,361,788 shares from redeemable stock options were anti-dilutive, respectively, and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share for common stock. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, a weighted-average 15,076,938 shares from redeemable preferred stock and warrants were anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share for redeemable common stock.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of light adjustable intraocular lenses (RxLAL) used in cataract surgery along with a specifically designed machine for delivering light to the eye, the Light Delivery Device (LDD), to adjust the lens post-surgery, as needed. Revenue is recognized from sales of products in the U.S. and Europe. Customers are primarily comprised of ambulatory surgery centers, hospitals, and physician private practices.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers at a transaction price that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Specifically, the Company applies the following five steps to recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration to which it is entitled in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods promised within each customer contract to determine the individual deliverables in its product offerings as separate performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based either on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in non-contracted arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue as the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied, considering whether or not this occurs at a point in time or over time. The Company elected to account for shipping costs as fulfillment costs rather than a promised service and excludes from revenue any taxes collected from customers that are remitted to government authorities.

The Company’s LDD contracts contain multiple performance obligations bundled for one transaction price, with all obligations generally satisfied within one year. For these bundled arrangements, the Company accounts for individual products and services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct, that is, if a product or service is separately identifiable from other items in the bundled package, and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. The Company’s LDD contracts include a combination of the following performance obligations: (1) LDD capital asset and related components, (2) training and (3) device service (initial year). Each of these three performance obligations are considered distinct. The LDD capital asset is distinct because the customer can benefit from it together with other resources that are readily available to the customer. Training on the use of the machine is offered as a distinct activity after installation of the LDD to enhance the customer’s ability to utilize the machine by having an industry professional provide best practices and customize training to the specific needs of the customer. Each LDD comes with a twelve-month manufacturer’s warranty (service-type) that includes preventative maintenance, unscheduled service (labor and parts) and software updates. After the first year, service contracts can be purchased separately on a standalone basis. The Company recognizes revenue as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the product or service to a customer. Specifically, revenue for the LDD capital asset is recognized at a point in time at installation. Revenue for training is also recorded at a point in time, generally 30 days after installation. Revenue for the device service is recognized ratably over time after installation, generally 12 months. The Company has determined that the transaction price is the invoice price, net of adjustments, if any. The allocation to the separate performance obligations is based upon the relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling prices are based on observable prices at which the Company separately sells the products or services The Company estimates the standalone selling price using the market assessment approach considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. The Company regularly reviews and updates standalone selling prices as necessary.

RxLALs are held at customer sites on consignment. The single performance obligation is satisfied and revenue is recognized for RxLALs upon customer notification that the RxLALs have been implanted in a patient. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, credits related to returns and rebates on list prices were not significant.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The Company has adopted the practical expedient permitting the direct expensing of costs incurred to obtain contracts where the amortization of such costs would occur over one year or less, and it applied to substantially all the Company’s contracts.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company recognized deferred revenue on its condensed consolidated balance sheets of $330,000 and $345,000, respectively, related to the service agreement performance obligation. Revenue for service agreements is recognized ratably over the term of each contract.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, revenue from contracts with customers consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
       Three months ended March 31,  
        2021      2020  

LDD (including training)

     $ 1,837      $ 2,159  

LAL

       1,529        671  

Service warranty, service contracts, and accessories

       118        58  
    

 

 

 
     $ 3,484      $ 2,888  

 

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which changes the accounting for implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. The update aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The implementation costs should be presented as a prepaid expense in the balance sheet and expensed over the term of the hosting arrangement. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2021, and adoption did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which is intended to simplify the accounting for convertible instruments. This new guidance eliminates certain models that require separate accounting for embedded conversion features and eliminates certain of the conditions for equity classification for contracts in an entity’s own equity. Accordingly, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability measured at its amortized cost, as long as no other features require bifurcation and recognition as derivatives. The new guidance can be adopted through either a modified retrospective method of transition or a fully retrospective method of transition. ASU 2020-06 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of the adoption of the standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements as well as whether to early adopt the new standard.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has irrevocably elected to not take this exemption and, as a result, will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant effective dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Note 3 – Short-term investments

Short-term investments, principally U.S. Treasury bills, are available-for-sale and consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     As of March 31, 2021  
      Amortized cost      Unrealized gain, net     Estimated fair value  

Government securities

     $39,992        $ 5       $39,997  
   
     As of December 31, 2020  
      Amortized cost      Unrealized loss, net     Estimated fair value  

Government securities

     $54,983        $(2     $54,981  

 

 

All available-for-sale securities held as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 had a maturity of less than one year.

Note 4 – Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
 

Finished goods

   $ 5,813     $ 5,092  

Raw materials

     2,073       1,827  

Work-in-process

     1,995       1,685  
  

 

 

 
     9,881       8,604  

Less: reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

     (121     (316
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,760     $ 8,288  

 

 

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, finished goods included $2.4 million and $2.7 million of inventory held on consignment at customer sites, respectively.

Note 5 – Fair value measurements

The table and disclosures below (in thousands) present the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value.

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 approximate their related fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

   
     As of March 31, 2021  
      Level I      Level II      Level III     Total  

Assets:

          

Money market securities

   $ 22,778      $      $     $ 22,778  

Government securities

            39,997              39,997  
  

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 22,778      $ 39,997      $     $ 62,775  
  

 

 

 

Liability:

          

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ (3,828   $ (3,828

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents
   
     As of December 31, 2020  
      Level I      Level II      Level III     Total  

Assets:

          

Money market securities

   $ 11,822      $      $     $ 11,822  

Government securities

            54,981              54,981  
  

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 11,822      $ 54,981      $     $ 66,803  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Common stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ (5,018   $ (5,018

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                   (3,828     (3,828
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $      $      $ (8,846   $ (8,846

 

 

The Series W warrant fair value was determined by management, with input and assistance from a third-party valuation specialist, upon issuance and is revalued as of each reporting date. The valuation specialist utilized a Monte Carlo Simulation (“MCS”) under the income method utilizing assumptions and financial data prepared by the Company. This valuation approach uses a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method to calculate the starting equity value of the Company based upon future cash flow generation. The starting equity value of the Company is determined utilizing significant unobservable inputs, including (1) forecasted financial projections for the next five years developed by management, (2) a terminal value assigned using an exit multiple method, and (3) a discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital. Then a simulated equity value of the Company as of the expected exercise date is determined using the MCS method. The MCS inputs include: (1) the assumed amount of time until the exercise of the warrant, (2) the risk-free interest rate over the period until the assumed warrant exercise, (3) the assumed volatility in the value of the equity of the company, and (4) the starting equity value of the Company as determined from the discounted cash flow method. In order to determine the overall value of the warrant, the valuation specialists also simulate the payments for sales-based, operating and regulatory milestones based upon similar inputs to determine the expected overall purchase price of the Company. The net difference between the expected purchase price and the average simulated equity value determines the “option payoff”. Finally, management assigns a probability that the warrant will be exercised, which is applied to the present value of the “option payoff” to arrive at the recorded value reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

The estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants was determined by management, with input and assistance from a third-party valuation specialist, using a probability weighted expected return model/option pricing model (“PWERM/OPM”) hybrid valuation model. This method essentially utilizes a combination of market and income method approaches for each part of the calculation of enterprise value using assumptions and financial data prepared by the Company and combines them in a probabilistic manner. The valuation considers several future scenarios for the Company, each of which assumes a shareholder exit either through initial public offering (“IPO”), sale (“M&A”) or dissolution. Based upon the current IPO market, M&A values for private companies and the historical likelihood of dissolution or no exit, the Company concluded that the probabilities and time frames are reasonable. Implicit in the timing used in the application of the PWERM/OPM Hybrid Method is also the possibility of no exit. The option pricing model’s significant unobservable inputs included: (1) the assumed time until a liquidity event, (2) the risk-free interest rate over the period until the assumed liquidity event, (3) the assumed volatility in the value of the equity of the company (which corresponds to the model’s underlying asset volatility), (4) the enterprise value and preferred investment amount and (5) the key price points in the Company’s capital structure in terms of exit levels on the assumed liquidation date. A significant increase (decrease) in any of these inputs in isolation, particularly the estimated price of the Company’s preferred stock, would have resulted in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth changes in the estimated fair values for the Company’s warrant liabilities measured using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     
      Three months ended
March 31, 2021
    Year ended
December 31, 2020
 

Beginning of period

   $ 8,846     $ 71,881  

Exercise of preferred stock warrants

           (24

Expiration of common stock warrant

     (5,018      

Change in fair value of common stock warrant

           (64,628

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

           1,617  
  

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 3,828     $ 8,846  

 

 

The carrying amount of the term loan approximated its fair value at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Note 6 – Term loan

In October 2020, the Company entered into a loan facility (“Term Loan”) with an initial draw of $25 million. Proceeds were used to help fund the Company’s ongoing operations. As part of the Term Loan, the lender committed to providing further loans of up to $35 million to the Company at its election (or for one specific draw, upon occurrence of a revenue milestone) during various draw periods in the future, provided the Company is not in default at the time of the additional loan draws. In March 2021, the Company drew an additional $5 million from the facility for the purpose of funding ongoing operations.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, cash interest paid for all borrowings under the Term Loan was 9.25%. The effective interest rate during the same period was 11.29%.

As of March 31, 2021 annual principal payments due under the Term Loan were as follows (in thousands):

 

 
Year Ended December 31,  

2021

   $  

2022

      

2023

     1,304  

2024

     15,652  

2025

     13,044  
  

 

 

 

Total

     30,000  

Less: unamortized issuance costs and exit fee

     (528
  

 

 

 

Term loan net

   $ 29,472  

 

 

Note 7 – Common stock warrant liability

Warrant agreement and share purchase agreement

On October 12, 2017, the Company issued to a “Strategic Partner” a warrant to purchase Series W common stock (the “Warrant Agreement”) for a non-refundable payment of $60 million. This Series W common stock warrant (the “Series W Warrant”) had an initial expiration date of December 31, 2018 unless extended as provided for in the Warrant Agreement. On December 27, 2018, the Strategic Partner chose to extend the expiration date of the Series W Warrant, by making an additional non-refundable payment of $40 million, until

 

F-58


Table of Contents

the sooner of the achievement of performance milestones (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) or November 22, 2021. On March 18, 2020, the Company and the Strategic Partner signed an amendment to the Warrant Agreement that removed the milestone triggers for early exercise and changed the expiration date to March 31, 2021.

Concurrent with the Warrant Agreement, the Strategic Partner and the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”). Under the Purchase Agreement, the Strategic Partner purchased one share of the Company’s non-voting $0.001 par value per share Series G common stock for $0.01. Upon exercise of the Series W Warrant, the Strategic Partner would have received one share of voting, $0.001 par value, Series W common stock. Per the Warrant Agreement, the exercise price of the Series W Warrant was $630.0 million plus adjustments for the Company’s cash, working capital, indebtedness and transaction expenses, subject to an escrow holdback of $92.0 million and a shareholder representative holdback of $500,000. The Warrant Agreement also provided for potential aggregate milestone payments of up to $827 million for various sales-based and operating milestones and $185 million for certain regulatory milestones, either at the time of the Series W Warrant’s exercise or at dates subsequent, as defined in the Warrant Agreement. Upon notice of exercise of the Series W Warrant by the Strategic Partner and receipt of the required funds, a Special Redemption, as defined in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, would have triggered automatic redemption of all the Company’s outstanding capital instruments, except for the Series G common stock and Series W common stock, and the Strategic Partner would have acquired the Company.

Special redemption

On October 25, 2017, the Company adopted the 12th Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Amendment”). Under Article IV of the Amendment, if the Strategic Partner had exercised the Series W Warrant, an automatic redemption, conversion, termination and cancellation of all then outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, options and warrants would have occurred without any further action required. Immediately prior to the automatic redemption, all outstanding preferred shares would have converted to common shares, unvested stock options would have accelerated and became fully vested and all stock options would have terminated along with any preferred stock warrants outstanding. Shareholders, option holders and warrant holders would have had the right to receive the initial per share price less the strike price as defined in the Warrant Agreement. The Strategic Partner would have advanced (through an exchange agent) the funds to the Company, which would then have disbursed the funds to all shareholders, option holders and warrant holders. If the Series W Warrant was terminated or expired unexercised, Article IV of the Amendment would terminate and would be of no further force and effect.

In December 2020, management determined that exercise of the Series W Warrant was no longer probable, at which point further accretion to redemption value of common stock, preferred stock and stock options ceased.

On March 31, 2021, the Series W Warrant terminated as the Strategic Partner did not provide notice of exercise. A gain of $5.0 million was recorded on the expiration of the Series W Warrant in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Upon termination, amounts recorded in temporary equity for common stock and stock options were reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital within permanent equity as these instruments were no longer redeemable.

Note 8—Convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

Convertible preferred stock

The Amendment authorized eight classes of preferred stock, Series A through F, the “Prior Preferred Stock” and Series G and H, the “Senior Preferred Stock”. All of the Company’s convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, as all such preferred stock is

 

F-59


Table of Contents

redeemable either at the option of the holder or upon an event outside the control of the Company (i.e., a change in control). The redeemable convertible preferred stock was previously redeemable per the Special Redemption (see Note 7) or upon certain change in control events (including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company); however, all change in control events are outside of the Company’s control. In the event of the Special Redemption, the holders would have received redemption proceeds as defined in the Warrant Agreement. In the event of liquidation, holders of the convertible preferred stock may have the right to receive its liquidation preference under the terms of the Company’s Amendment.

As a result of management’s determination that the Special Redemption was probable, but not certain, the Company began accreting to the expected redemption value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock in October 2017. In December 2020, management determined that the Special Redemption was no longer probable, at which point accretion to redemption value ceased. As of March 31, 2021, the Series W Warrant expired unexercised and all redemption provisions of the Special Redemption lapsed.

The following table summarizes information related to issuance of the Company’s preferred stock (in thousands, except number of shares and per share amounts):

 

   
     As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020  
      Par
value
     Date of
issuance
     Share
price at
issuance
     Shares
authorized(1)
     Shares
issued and
outstanding(1)
     Liquidation
preference
     Carrying
value(2)
share capital
 

Series A

   $ 0.001        Feb-2000      $ 40.81        355,921        355,903      $ 14,523      $ 13,535  

Series B

   $ 0.001        May-2003      $ 9.07        1,741,452        1,741,399        15,795        39,715  

Series C

   $ 0.001        Feb-2007      $ 12.92        1,168,344        1,168,311        15,086        28,136  

Series D

   $ 0.001        Aug-2009      $ 18.08        663,808        663,728        12,000        18,503  

Series E

   $ 0.001        Oct-2011      $ 20.66        353,339        353,327        7,300        10,350  

Series F

   $ 0.001        May-2012      $ 25.83        507,744        499,159        12,891        18,305  

Series G

   $ 0.001        Jun-2015      $ 12.40        5,832,685        5,788,878        71,759        135,682  

Series H

   $ 0.001        Feb-2017      $ 12.40        5,949,499        3,805,567        47,174        89,074  
           

 

 

 
              16,572,792        14,376,272      $ 196,528      $ 353,300  

 

 

 

(1)   The shares authorized, issued and outstanding do not reflect any anti-dilution provisions of Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F as a result of the Series G financing.

 

(2)   The carrying value reflects the gross proceeds received from the sale of the preferred stock less issuance costs and the fair value at issuance of preferred stock warrants classified as a liability, plus accretion of redemption value.

Common stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:

 

     
      March 31,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Conversion of preferred stock

     14,850,993        14,851,007  

Preferred stock warrants

     225,945        225,945  

Common stock warrant

     0        1  

Stock options issued and outstanding under the 2006 and 2015 plans

     4,623,643        4,201,935  
  

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock reserved

     19,700,581        19,278,888  

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Note 9—Stock-based compensation expense

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had two stock-based incentive compensation plans, the Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and the Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (collectively the “Plans”).

Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price of no less than 100% of estimated fair market value on the date of grant. Time based awards generally vest over four years as follows: one fourth of the total number of shares vest and become exercisable on the one-year anniversary; 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary thereafter for the remaining 3 years. The purpose of the Plans is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of stock awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in the value of the common stock in order to retain or procure the services of the employees, members of the Board and consultants.

In determining the fair value of the stock options granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment.

Fair value of common stock—Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors with input from management considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock. The factors included, but were not limited to: (i) third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock; (ii) the Company’s stage of development; (iii) the status of research and development efforts; (iv) the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s convertible preferred stock relative to those of the Company’s common stock; (v) the Company’s operating results and financial condition, including the Company’s levels of available capital resources; (vi) equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; (vii) general U.S. market conditions and (viii) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock.

Expected term—The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company used the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) to determine the expected term.

Expected volatility—Since the Company is privately held and does not have any trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average historical volatilities for comparable publicly traded medical device companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle and area of specialty. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Dividend yield—The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

A summary of stock option activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

           
      Shares
available for
grant
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
     Weighted avg
remaining
contractual life
(years)
 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2020

     252,310       4,201,935     $ 9.57           6.46  

Issued

     575,490            

Granted

     (716,826     716,826     $ 15.60      $ 8.99     

Exercised

       (280,545   $ 4.31      $ 2.07     

Forfeited

     14,573       (14,573   $ 15.83      $ 8.47     
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2021

     125,547       4,623,643     $ 10.81           6.88  
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of March 31, 2021

       2,885,236     $ 7.86           5.44  

 

 

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 the intrinsic value of options vested was $24.6 million and $26.2 million, respectively, and of all options outstanding was $25.1 million and $26.4 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the total cash received from the exercise of stock options was $1.2 million and $46,000, respectively. The total fair value less strike price of these options was $3.1 million and $132,000, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense was classified in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

   
     Three months ended March 31,  
              2021              2020  

Research and development

   $ 597      $ 105  

Selling, general and administrative

     463        358  

Cost of goods sold

     179        160  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,239      $ 623  

 

 

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 1,738,407 and 1,177,165 unvested options, respectively. Total unrecognized expense related to unvested stock options was approximately $14.9 million and $9.8 million as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Amounts are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.0 and 2.9 years, respectively.

The following table presents the range and weighted-average assumptions, used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options:

 

   
     Three months ended March 31, 2021
      Range    Weighted average

Expected volatility

   62.3% to 63.6%    63.6%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.6% to 1.1%    1.1%

Expected life (in years)

   5.52 to 10.00 years    6.03 years

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%

Grant date fair value

   $1.51    $1.51

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Note 10—Income taxes

The Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 based on the current assessment that it is not more likely than not these future benefits will be realized before expiration. No material income tax expense or benefit has been recorded given the valuation allowance position and projected taxable losses in the jurisdictions where the Company files income tax returns.

The Company has not experienced any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax benefits since December 31, 2020 and does not expect any within the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal and various states income taxes. The federal returns for tax years 2017 through 2019 remain open to examination and the state returns remain subject to examination for tax years 2016 through 2020. Carryforward attributes that were generated in years where the statute of limitations is closed may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or other respective tax authorities. All other state jurisdictions remain open to examination.

Note 11—Leases

The Company has operating and finance leases for facilities and certain equipment. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company does not combine lease and non-lease components in the recognition of lease expense.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 the Company held three leases for office, manufacturing and warehouse facilities in Aliso Viejo, California. The three leases are for 19,680, 42,106 and 48,036 square feet and expire on March 31, 2023, September 30, 2024 and January 31, 2026, respectively. For one of the facilities operating leases, the lessor provided $900,000 in tenant allowances.

The following table presents the lease balances within the condensed consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

       
Leases    Classification    March 31,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Assets

        

Operating

   Operating leases right-of-use assets    $ 5,038      $ 5,319  

Finance

   Property and equipment, net      50        58  
     

 

 

 

Total lease assets

        5,088        5,377  
     

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current

        

Operating

   Lease liabilities      1,294        1,247  

Finance

   Lease liabilities      23        27  

Noncurrent

        

Operating

   Long-term lease liabilities      4,702        5,042  

Finance

   Long-term lease liabilities      32        37  
     

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

      $ 6,051      $ 6,353  

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the components of operating and finance lease expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

       
Lease cost    Classification    March 31,
2021
     March 31,
2020
 

Operating lease cost

   Cost of goods sold    $ 3      $ 4  
   Research and development      79        29  
   Selling, general and administrative expenses      402        307  

Finance lease cost

   Amortization of right-of-use asset included in Research and development expenses             41  
   Amortization of right-of-use asset included in Selling, general and administrative expenses      8        12  

Finance lease cost

   Interest expense      2        5  

 

 

Maturities of the Company’s operating and finance lease liabilities as of March 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     
Year ending December 31,    Operating
leases
     Finance
leases
 

2021 (remainder)

   $ 1,392      $ 21  

2022

     1,881        23  

2023

     1,682        18  

2024

     1,456         

2025

     951         

2026

     79         
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     7,441        62  

Less: imputed interest

     1,445        7  
  

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

   $ 5,996      $ 55  

 

 

The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate used to determine lease liabilities related to the Company’s operating and finance leases as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were:

 

     
Lease term and discount rate    March 31,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

     

Operating leases

     4.00        4.21  

Finance leases

     2.31        2.42  

Weighted average discount rate

     

Operating leases

     10.5%        10.5%  

Finance leases

     10.5%        10.5%  

 

 

Note 12—Commitments and contingencies

Legal matters

From time-to-time, the Company may be involved in certain legal proceedings or regulatory matters arising in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation, actions with respect to intellectual property, employment, regulatory, product liability and contractual matters. In connection with these proceedings or

 

F-64


Table of Contents

matters, the Company regularly assesses the probability and amount (or range) of possible issues based on the developments in these proceedings or matters. A liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements if it is determined that it is probable that a loss has been incurred, and that the amount (or range) of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because of the uncertainties related to any pending proceedings or matters, the Company is currently unable to predict their ultimate outcome and, with respect to any legal proceeding or regulatory matter where no liability has been accrued, to make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss (or range of loss) that could result from an adverse outcome. At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no legal proceedings, regulatory matters, or other disputes or claims for which a material loss was considered probable or for which the amount (or range) of loss was reasonably estimable. However, regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes and claims can have an adverse impact on the Company because of legal costs, diversion of management time and resources, and other factors.

Note 13—Subsequent events

For purposes of the condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2021 and the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through May 14, 2021, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

The Company has also evaluated subsequent events through July 23, 2021, and determined that there have been no events for disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements except for the following.

On June 28, 2021, the Company made a $10 million additional draw on its Term Loan for general corporate purposes.

On July 6, 2021, the Company re-incorporated in Delaware. This jurisdictional change had no impact to the capital structure, stockholder rights, assets, or liabilities of the Company.

On July 22, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to effect a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock, excluding Series G and Series W common stock, and convertible preferred stock on a 1-for-10.33 basis (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The par values of the common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All references to common stock, excluding Series G and Series W common stock, options to purchase common stock, convertible preferred stock, share data, per share data and related information contained in the condensed consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the effect of the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented. The Reverse Stock Split was effected on July 23, 2021.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Adjustable

for every patient.

Better Medicine. Better Business.

The Light Adjustable Lens™ is

the first and only implantable

intraocular lens that can be

adjusted after cataract surgery.

©2021 RxSIGHT. All Rights Reserved. COM 0072

A cataract is the clouding and hardening of the eye’s natural lens. To treat them, a surgeon removes the cloudy lens and replaces it with an intraocular lens (IOL). Nearly 30 million global cataract surgeries are performed each year.

Current IOL options for cataract surgery often fail to meet the demands of ophthalmologists

or their patients. This is because non-adjustable lenses rely on pre-operative estimates to

predict vision outcomes.


Table of Contents

7,350,000 Shares

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Common stock

 

 

J.P. Morgan   BofA Securities   SVB Leerink
Wells Fargo Securities     BTIG

 

 

                            , 2021

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in the prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission’s registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.’s filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

 

      Amount to
be paid
 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 16,599.02  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 23,321.75  

Nasdaq listing fee

   $ 125,000.00  

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ 275,000.00  

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 1,500,000.00  

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 600,000.00  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

   $ 20,000.00  

Miscellaneous expenses

   $ 190,079.23  

Total

   $ 2,750,000.00  

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s actions were unlawful. The Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for the indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the registrant’s directors shall not be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant’s directors and certain of the registrant’s officers which would require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements intended to be entered into between the registrant and the registrant’s officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant’s directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2018. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

(a) From January 1, 2018 through the date of this prospectus, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,842,170 shares of common stock under our 2015 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $15.09 to $23.04, and have issued 739,251 of approximately $4.11.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(b) From January 1, 2018 through the date of this prospectus, we issued and sold to certain service providers of ours an aggregate of 106,329 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2006 Plan for a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.13.

(c) From January 1, 2018 through the date of this prospectus, we issued and sold an aggregate of 56,443 shares of Series G preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Series G preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $12.40.

(d) From January 1, 2018 through the date of this prospectus, we issued and sold an aggregate of 11,499 shares of Series H preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Series H preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $4.14.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a) and 15(b) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of such securities were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the securities under our 2006 Plan or 2015 Plan. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(c) and 15(d) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited person and had adequate access, through employment, business, or other relationships, to information about the registrant.

Item 16. Exhibit and financial statement schedules

(a)        Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)        Financial statement schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the completion specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for

 

II-3


Table of Contents

indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
Number
   Description
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement, including Form of Lock-up Agreement.
  3.1**    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2**    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3**    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4**    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1**    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated February 24, 2017.
  4.2    Specimen common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+**    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3+    2021 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.4+    2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.5**    Loan and Security Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC, the lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 thereto, dated as of October 29, 2020.
10.6    Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and the lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 thereto, dated July 6, 2021.
10.7#**    License Agreement by and between the Registrant and the California Institute of Technology dated July 28, 2015.
10.8#**    Exclusive License Agreement between the Regents of the University of California and the Registrant dated March 1, 2000 as amended May 29, 2008, December 5, 2013, November 10, 2016, April 4, 2017, June 21, 2017, and May 21, 2019.
10.9**    License and Maintenance Agreement between QAD, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the Registrant dated October 29, 2015.
10.10**    QAD Hosted On Premise Project Proposal between Strategic Information Group (“SIG”) and the Registrant October 29, 2015.
10.11**    Cloud Services Agreement between QAD, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the Registrant, dated May 28, 2021.
10.12**    Lease dated October 27, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Accuride International Inc., as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated November 23, 2015, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated December 22, 2015, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated January 18, 2016 and that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated November 12, 2016 for premises located at 100-150 Columbia, Suites 100 and 200, Aliso Viejo, California 92656.
10.13**    Lease dated March 27, 2020, by and between Pacific Park Investments, Inc., and the Registrant for premises located at 75 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656.
10.14**    Lease dated January 10, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Clifford D. Downs, as amended by that certain Commencement Date Memorandum dated February 22, 2018, for premises located at 5 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, California 92656.
10.15+**    Confirmatory Employment Letter by and between the Registrant and Ron Kurtz, dated as of July 8, 2021.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
   Description
10.16+**    Confirmatory Employment Letter by and between the Registrant and Shelley Thunen, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.17+**    Confirmatory Employment Letter by and between the Registrant and Eric Weinberg, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.18+**    Confirmatory Employment Letter by and between the Registrant and Ilya Goldshleger, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.19+**    Change in Control Severance Agreement by and between the Registrant and Ron Kurtz, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.20+**    Change in Control Severance Agreement by and between the Registrant and Shelley Thunen, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.21+**    Change in Control Severance Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eric Weinberg, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.22+**    Change in Control Severance Agreement by and between the Registrant and Ilya Goldshleger, dated as of July 8, 2021.
10.23**    Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Yelroc Consulting, Inc., dated as of January 1, 2019, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 16, 2020.
10.24    Termination Agreement by and between the Registrant and Yelroc Consulting, Inc., effective as of the completion of this offering.
10.25**    Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Daniel Schwartz, MD, dated as of January 1, 2019, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 16, 2020.
10.26**    Amended and Restated Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note by and between Daniel Schwartz and the Company, dated as of April 18, 2019.
10.27    Share Forfeiture and Release Agreement by and between the Registrant and Daniel M. Schwartz, dated as of July 23, 2021.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**    Power of Attorney (see page II-7 to this Form S-1).
99.1    Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee (Robert Warner).
99.2    Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee (Julie B. Andrews).
99.3    Consent to be Named as a Director (Robert J. Palmisano).

 

+   Indicated management contract or compensatory plan.
**   Previously filed.
#   Portions of the exhibit have been omitted as the Registrant has determined that: (i) the omitted information is not material; and (ii) the omitted information would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Aliso Viejo, California, on July 26, 2021.

 

RXSIGHT, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Ron Kurtz, M.D.

  Ron Kurtz, M.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ron Kurtz, M.D. and Shelley Thunen as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of RxSight, Inc.) to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title    Date  

/s/ Ron Kurtz, M.D.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director      July 26, 2021  

Ron Kurtz, M.D.

   (Principal Executive Officer)   

/s/ Shelley Thunen

   Chief Financial Officer
     July 26, 2021  

Shelley Thunen

   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   

*

   Chair of the Board      July 26, 2021  

J. Andy Corley

     

*

   Director      July 26, 2021  

Bruce Robertson, Ph.D.

     

*

   Director      July 26, 2021  

William J. Link, Ph.D.

     

*

   Director      July 26, 2021  

Daniel Schwartz, M.D.

     

*

   Director      July 26, 2021  

Christopher Cox

     

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Signature    Title    Date  

*

   Director      July 26, 2021  

Rick Wolfen

     

*

   Director      July 26, 2021  
Juliet Tammenoms Bakker      

 

*   Pursuant to power of attorney

 

By:

 

/s/ Ron Kurtz, M.D.

  Ron Kurtz, M.D.
  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-8

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

RxSight, Inc.

[●] Shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Underwriting Agreement

[●], 2021

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

As Representatives of the

    several Underwriters listed

    in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

RxSight, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [•] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [•] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-257790), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of


its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [●], 2021 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [●] [A/P].M., New York City time, on [●], 2021.

2. Purchase of the Shares.

(a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[●] (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date


nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, California 94025 at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on [•], 2021, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date,” and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date.”

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own respective legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, and tax advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:


(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing


Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(d) Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on either Section 5(d) of, or Rule 163B under the Securities Act.

(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives (x) with entities that are qualified institutional buyers (“QIBs”) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Securities Act (“IAIs”) and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the Securities Act or (y) with entities that the Company reasonably believed to be QIBs or IAIs and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Rule 163B under the Securities Act] and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end adjustments and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly, in all material respects, the information shown thereby.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing


equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(i) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or lease their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in the Registration Statement. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company.

(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the headings “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any


capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.

(k) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and, to the knowledge of the Company (other than with respect to due execution by the Company), the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.

(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied.


(o) Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(p) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.


(s) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is, or, to the Company’s knowledge, may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is, or, to the Company’s knowledge, may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the knowledge of the Company no such actions are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t) Independent Accountants. Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(u) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) that exist under the security interest under the Oxford Loan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Intellectual Property. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries own or have licensed rights to use any and all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, licenses, know-how (including trade secrets, systems, procedures, and other unpatented or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information) and all other similar worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, any of the foregoing)


(collectively, “Intellectual Property”) as described in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus as being owned by or licensed to the Company or its subsidiaries that are used or held for use in or necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses, including the sale, offering for sale, marketing and other commercialization of their respective products and services, does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, and has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property of any third party, (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any written notice and are not otherwise aware of any pending or threatened claim alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any Intellectual Property of any third party, or challenging the validity, enforceability, scope or ownership of any Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, no Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries has been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person; (v) to the knowledge of the Company, all Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries is valid and enforceable in all material respects; and (vi) the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential information (including software source code and trade secrets) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and no such confidential information has been disclosed other than to employees, consultants, agents and contractors of the Company or its subsidiaries in the course of their services to the Company or its subsidiaries, all of whom are bound by valid and enforceable confidentiality obligations with respect to such confidential information, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has deposited into escrow the source code of any software owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and no such source code has been released to any third party, or is entitled to be released to any third party, by any escrow agent.

(w) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof received by the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).


(y) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, other than any such deficiencies that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all required licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits, accreditations, clearances, exemptions, approvals and other authorizations necessary for its current business issued by, and have made all required declarations and filings with the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities (each, a “Governmental Authority”) that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective current businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including, without limitation, from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice of any revocation or termination of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit, clearance or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

(aa) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated, threatened or imminent, and (ii) the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

(bb) Certain Environmental Matters. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety (as it relates to exposure to hazardous or toxic substances), the protection of the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the


investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such written notice; and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (y) neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have any knowledge of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company or its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries is or would reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Company, at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in material violation by the Company or its subsidiaries of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that would reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries under any Environmental Law. “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.

(cc) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Code would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited


transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA) (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”), in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), (ix) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the PBGC or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan and (x) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all ERISA Plans by the Company in the current fiscal year of the Company compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year; except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (x) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd) Disclosure Controls. The Company maintains an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(ee) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been


designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(ff) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks that the company reasonably believes are prudent and customary in the business in which the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business in all material respects.

(gg) Cybersecurity; Data Protection. Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries’ respective information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware, malicious code and other corruptants. Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards designed to maintain and protect (i) their confidential information, (ii) the integrity, substantially continuous operation, redundancy, and security of all IT Systems (including any and all data stored


thereon or transmitted thereby), and (iii) any data that is defined as “personal data,” “personally identifiable information,” “protected health information,” or similar term under applicable Privacy Laws in the possession and control of the Company and its subsidiaries (“Personal Data”) and sensitive, confidential or regulated data (in each case of (ii) and (iii), including any such data of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors, and any third parties maintained by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), in each case of (i) – (iii), used by the Company and its subsidiaries in the operation of their businesses, including commercially reasonable efforts to establish and maintain, and have established, maintained, implemented and complied with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of any IT System, Personal Data or sensitive, confidential or regulated data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ respective businesses (“Breach”). Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, there has been no such Breach that has resulted in any unauthorized access to, or unauthorized disclosures, outages, or uses of, the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ IT Systems, Personal Data, or sensitive, confidential or regulated data.

(hh) Compliance with Data Privacy Laws. Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries are presently in compliance with all applicable (i) laws or statutes (including, as applicable, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act; the European Union General Data Protection Regulation and the California Consumer Privacy Act) (“Privacy Laws”), (ii) judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or its subsidiaries, and (iii) internal and external policies, industry standards with which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has represented compliance or is contractually bound to comply with, and contractual obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case of (i) – (iii), relating to the privacy and security of the IT Systems and the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ collection, storage, transfer, processing, and/or use of Personal Data. The Company and its subsidiaries: (A) have not, except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, received any written notice of any actual or alleged violation of Privacy Laws by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (B) are not, to the knowledge of the Company, a party to any order, decree, or agreement that imposes any corrective obligation or liability by any governmental or regulatory authority under any Privacy Law.

(ii) Software. (i) Any and all use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the MIT License, Apache License, GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General


Public License) (“Open Source Software”) is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software; and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries uses or distributes or has used or distributed any Open Source Software in any manner that requires or has required (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any proprietary products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any proprietary software code or other technology owned or otherwise distributed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any proprietary products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any proprietary software code or other technology owned or otherwise distributed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to be (1) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (2) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (3) redistributed at no charge.

(jj) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(kk) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental or regulatory agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.


(ll) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, or officers, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(mm) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package, or prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

(nn) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(oo) No Registration Rights. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package, or prospectus, no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares, other than those rights that have been waived.


(pp) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(qq) Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

(rr) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(ss) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(tt) Regulatory Compliance. The Company and its subsidiaries: (i) have not received any Form 483 that remains unresolved, notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or written notice from the FDA, or other governmental authority alleging or asserting a violation of any Health Care Laws (as defined below) ; (ii) possess all required clearances, approvals, exemptions, or authorizations necessary for the Company’s business as currently conducted or current products (collectively, “Authorizations”) and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries is in violation in respect of any material term of any such Authorizations; (iii) have not received any written notice that any governmental authority has taken or intends to take action to suspend, materially limit or modify or revoke any Authorizations that have not been closed without material impact to the Company’s business and have no knowledge that any such governmental authority is threatening to take such action, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any Authorization; (iv) (a) have filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Health Care Laws or Authorizations (“Submissions”), (b) all such Submissions were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission), and (c) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any reasonable basis for any liability with respect to such Submissions; (v) have not, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated or conducted, any material recall, market withdrawal, safety alert, “dear doctor” letter, or other notice of action relating to the alleged lack of safety or efficacy of any product or violation of Health Care Law; and (vi) have not, and the respective officers, employees and, to the


Company’s knowledge, authorized agents of the Company and its subsidiaries have not, made any untrue statement of a material fact or fraudulent statement to any governmental authority or knowingly failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to any governmental authority.

(uu) Compliance with Health Care Laws. The Company and each of the Company’s subsidiaries is currently in compliance with all Health Care Laws, except where the failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries is in violation of any Health Care Laws, and none have received any written notice from any governmental or regulatory authority of a violation of any Health Care Laws, or liability of, the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries under any Health Care Laws “Health Care Laws” means any local, state, federal and foreign healthcare laws, rules and regulations which are applicable to the Company’s current business, including but not limited to, such laws, rules and regulations relating to the commercialization, marketing or advertising of, and/or billing, coding, reimbursement or payment for, medical devices, including, but not limited to any applicable laws related to the development, clearance, approval, distribution, or commercialization of medical devices.

(vv) Description of Health Care Laws. The statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions: “Business—Government Regulation” are true and correct in all material respects; and there are no Health Care Laws which as of this date are material to the business of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries which are not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

(ww) Product Manufacturing. The manufacture of the Company’s products by or on behalf of the Company is being conducted in compliance in all material respects with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, including, without limitation, the FDA’s Quality System Regulation at 21 CFR Part 820 (collectively, “FDCA”). The Company is not aware of any manufacturing site (whether Company-owned or that of a third-party manufacturer for the Company’s products) that performs manufacturing activity for the Company subject to a governmental authority (including the FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition.

(xx) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, applicable to the Company.

(yy) Status under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the


Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

(zz) No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

(aaa) Market Stand-off. The holders of substantially all of the Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, including any securities that are issuable pursuant to an award granted prior to the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and issued pursuant to any employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Preliminary Prospectus, that have not delivered executed lock-up agreements to the Representatives as of the date hereof are bound by market standoff provisions with the Company pursuant to which such holders have agreed not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of such holder’s securities during the Company Lock-Up Period (as defined below) without the consent of the Company (“Market Standoff Provisions”) that are enforceable by the Company. Each such Market Standoff Provision is in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall remain in full force and effect during the Company Lock-Up Period.

4. Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. Upon written request of the Representatives, the Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, five signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.


(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object in a reasonably timely manner.

(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which may be via electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or, to the knowledge of the Company, the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or, to the knowledge of the Company, the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.


(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Earnings Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as reasonably practicable an earnings statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,


grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than the Shares to be sold hereunder.

The restrictions described above do not apply to (i) the issuance of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of this Agreement and described in the Prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the Closing Date and described in the Prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters; (iii) the issuance of up to 5.0% of the outstanding shares of Stock, or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or which are otherwise exchangeable for, Stock, immediately following the Closing Date, in acquisitions or other similar strategic transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters; or (iv) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of this Agreement and described in the Prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

(j) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.


(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Nasdaq Market”).

(l) Reports. For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

(m) Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o) Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

(p) The Company shall not waive or amend the Market Standoff Provisions without the consent of the Representatives, except that this provision shall not prevent the Company from effecting such a waiver or amendment to permit a transfer of securities which would be permissible if such securities were subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto.

5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not, and will not, use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).


(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(d) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the


chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above.

(e) Comfort Letters; CFO Certificate. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(ii) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(f) Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., intellectual property counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinions, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(g) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional


Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

(j) Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(k) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

(l) Lock-up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(m) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, employees, agents, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal fees and other reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as


such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (b) below.

(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission of material fact or alleged untrue statement or omission of material fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the [third] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the [fourteenth and fifteenth] paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting.”

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it


from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or


liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.


9. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriter.

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.


(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses.

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Market. Except as provided for by this Agreement, the Underwriters will pay all of their own expenses, including the fees of their counsel and travel and lodging expenses of the Representatives.

(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(b), the Company shall in no event be liable to any of the Underwriters for any other amounts (for the avoidance of doubt, not including any amounts


under Section 7 hereof), including, without limitation, damages on account of loss of anticipated profits from the sale of the Shares. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of termination pursuant to Sections 9(iii) or (iv), the Company shall not be responsible or obligated to reimburse the Underwriters, for any costs or expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with any road show. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the company shall not pay or reimburse any costs, fees, or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

13. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 7 hereof.

14. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

15. Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

16. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o BofA Securities, Inc., 1540 Broadway, NY8-540-26-02, New York, New York 10036; Attention: High Grade Transaction Management/Legal (fax: (646) 855-5958). Notices to the Company shall be given to it at RxSight, Inc., 100


Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 12235 El Camino Real, San Diego, CA 92130, Attention: Martin Waters.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

(d) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(e) Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

As used in this Section 16(e):

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or


(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures Records Act, or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

(g) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(h) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

(h) Integration. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
RxSight, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted: As of the date first written above
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

For itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     [            

BofA Securities, Inc.

     [            

SVB Leerink LLC

     [            

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

     [            

BTIG, LLC

     [            
  

 

 

 

Total

     [            
  

 

 

 


Schedule 2

Significant Subsidiaries

None


Annex A

 

a.

Pricing Disclosure Package

[None]

 

b.

Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

Price per Share: $[●]

 

Number of Shares:    [●] Underwritten Shares plus
   [●] Option Shares


Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

The Investor Presentation used in June 2021

The Investor Presentation used in July 2021


Annex C

RxSight, Inc.

Pricing Term Sheet

[None]


Exhibit A

Testing the Water Authorization Letter

[Attached]


Exhibit B

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

RxSight, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

                , [2021]

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by RxSight, Inc. (the “Company”) of [●] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [●], 2021 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [●], 2021, with respect to [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [●], 2021 ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].


Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

Yours very truly,

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

cc: Company


Exhibit C

[Form of Press Release]

RxSight, Inc.

[Date]

RxSight, Inc. (“Company”) announced today that c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc., the book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [●], 2021, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit D

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

                , 2021

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

Agreement referred to below

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

Re:    RxSight, Inc.— Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with RxSight Inc., a California corporation that will be reincorporated as a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. (the “Representatives”) on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, and will not cause any direct or indirect affiliate to, in each case subject to the exceptions set forth below, during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending at the close of business 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase,


lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock, $0.001 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the Common Stock, the “Lock-Up Securities”), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (whether by the undersigned or any other person) of any economic consequences of the undersigned’s ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise. The undersigned further confirms that the undersigned has furnished the Representatives with the details of any transaction the undersigned, or any of the undersigned’s affiliates, is a party to as of the date hereof, which transaction would have been restricted by this Letter Agreement if it had been entered into by the undersigned during the Restricted Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the undersigned hereby waives any and all notice requirements and rights with respect to the registration of any securities in connection with the Public Offering pursuant to any agreement, instrument, understanding or otherwise, including any stockholders or registration rights agreement or similar agreement, to which the undersigned is a party or under which the undersigned is entitled to any right or benefit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:

(a) transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities:

(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, including a bona fide gift to a charitable organization, as such term is described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,

(ii) by will, other testamentary document, or intestacy,

(iii) to any trust or other entity formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin),

(iv) to any immediate family member,


(v) to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned are directly or indirectly the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests,

(vi) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above,

(vii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution to members or shareholders of the undersigned,

(viii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement, or court order,

(ix) to the Company from an employee or other service provider of the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment or other service relationship, in each case, of such employee or other service provider,

(x) as part of a sale of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing date for the Public Offering,

(xi) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights are held by the undersigned pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, each such agreement or plan which is described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or

(xii) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Letter Agreement,


provided that (A) in the case of any transfer, disposition, or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii), such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement, (B) in the case of any transfer, disposition, or distribution pursuant to clause (a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi), no filing by any party (donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to above) and (C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(viii) and (ix) it shall be a condition to such transfer that no public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made and if any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock in connection with such transfer or distribution shall be legally required during the Restricted Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer;

(b) exercise outstanding options, settle restricted stock units or other equity awards or exercise warrants pursuant to plans described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that any Lock-up Securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement;

(c) convert outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock or convertible securities into shares of Common Stock or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock; provided that any such shares of Common Stock or warrants received upon such conversion shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement; and

(d) establish trading plans pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Lock-Up Securities; provided that (1) such plans do not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Restricted Period and (2) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such trading plan during the Restricted Period.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any


release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Lock-Up Securities, the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver by press release. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or that is to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

In the event that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. release, in full or in part, any officer, director or other stockholder of the Company who beneficially owns (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (a “Triggering Stockholder”) from the restrictions of any lock-up agreement similar to this Letter Agreement signed by such Triggering Stockholder for the benefit of any Underwriter in connection with the Public Offering (a “Triggering Release”), then the undersigned shall be automatically released from this Letter Agreement to the same extent, with respect to the same percentage of Company securities of the undersigned as the percentage of Company securities being released in the Triggering Release represent with respect to the Company securities held by the Triggering Stockholder (calculated as a percentage of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Triggering Stockholder) at the time of the request of the Triggering Release. In the event of a Triggering Release, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to notify the undersigned within two (2) business days of the occurrence of such Triggering Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply (i) if the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not involving a disposition for value, (ii) in the case of any primary and/or secondary underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, provided that such waiver or release shall only apply with respect to the undersigned’s participation in such offering, (iii) if the release or waiver is granted to any individual party by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. in an amount, individually or in the aggregate with other releases and waivers to other individuals (excluding any such releases pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) of this paragraph), less than or equal to 1.0% of the total number of outstanding Shares, or (iv) if the release or waiver is granted to an individual due to circumstances of an emergency or hardship as determined by the J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. in their sole judgment.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs


or personal representatives of the undersigned. This Letter Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Securities and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to the undersigned in connection with the Public Offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to the undersigned to enter into this Letter Agreement, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by October 31, 2021, (provided, however, that the undersigned agrees that this Letter Agreement shall be automatically extended by three months if the Company provides written notice to the undersigned that the Company is still pursuing the Public Offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement), or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, if the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, or if the Company files an application with the Securities and Exchange Commission to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering, whichever is earliest, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

          Very truly yours,

 

Name of Security Holder (Print exact name)
By:  

 

  Signature
If not signing in an individual capacity:


 

Name of Authorized Signatory (Print)

 

Title of Authorized Signatory (Print)
(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)
EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

LOGO


The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM

     as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT             Custodian     

TEN ENT

     as tenants by the entireties          (Cust)        (Minor)

JT TEN

     as joint tenants with right of          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
     survivorship and not as tenants          Act      
     in common          (State)   

COM PROP

     as community property    UNIF TRF MIN ACT             Custodian (until age)
              (Cust)       
                    under Uniform Transfers
              (Minor)       
              to Minors Act           
            (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                                                                                 hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE      

    

    

     

 

 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
     shares

of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

  
     attorney-in-fact

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.

  

Dated

       

 

   X    
   X    
Signature(s) Guaranteed:      NOTICE:    THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

By        
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.   

 

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO      

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

 

12235 El Camino Real

San Diego, California 92130-3002

 

o: 858.350.2300

f: 858.350.2399

July 26, 2021

RxSight, Inc.

100 Columbia

Aliso Viejo, CA 92656

 

Re:

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-257790), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by RxSight, Inc. (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of up to 8,452,500 shares (which includes 1,102,500 shares issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, upon the effectiveness of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a form of which has been filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement, the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

AUSTIN     BEIJING     BOSTON     BRUSSELS     HONG KONG     LONDON     LOS ANGELES     NEW YORK     PALO ALTO

SAN DIEGO     SAN FRANCISCO     SEATTLE     SHANGHAI     WASHINGTON, DC     WILMINGTON, DE


LOGO

July 26, 2021

Page 2

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

Calhoun Vision, Inc.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Article 1. Establishment, Objectives, and Duration

     1  

Article 2. Definitions

     1  

Article 3. Administration

     5  

Article 4. Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards

     5  

Article 5. Eligibility and Participation

     7  

Article 6. Stock Options

     7  

Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

     9  

Article 8. Restricted Stock and Stock Awards

     10  

Article 9. Share Restrictions

     11  

Article 10. Stock Units

     13  

Article 11. Performance Measures

     14  

Article 12. Rights of Participants

     15  

Article 13. Termination of Service

     15  

Article 14. Change in Control

     16  

Article 15. Amendment, Modification, and Termination

     17  

Article 16. Withholding

     17  

Article 17. Successors

     17  

Article 18. General Provisions

     17  


Article 1. Establishment, Objectives, and Duration

1.1 Establishment of the Plan. Calhoun Vision, Inc., a California corporation, (the “Company”) hereby adopts the Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as set forth in this document. The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Stock Awards, Performance Shares, Performance Share Units and Stock Units. Subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders, this Plan shall become effective upon the closing of the financing of the Series G Preferred Stock (the “Effective Date”).

1.2 Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 2015 Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

1.3 Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date and remain in effect, subject to the right of the Administrator to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 15 hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan’s provisions. However, in no event may an Award be granted under the Plan on or after April 30, 2025.

Article 2. Definitions

Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized: “Administrator” means either the Board or a committee of two or more Board members to which the Board allocates administration of the Plan. For purposes of making Awards intended to qualify for the Performance Based Exception under Code Section 162(m), to the extent required under Code Section 162(m), the Administrator shall be comprised solely of two or more individuals who are “outside directors,” as that term is defined in Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder.

“Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Performance Shares, Performance Share Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Stock Grants or Stock Units.

“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award.

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” will exist if the Administrator determines that a Participant has engaged in any of the following acts: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as

 

-1-


a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The Administrator’s determination shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time as provided in Section 12.1. For purposes of this definition, the term “Company” shall include any affiliate of the Company.

“Change in Control” means (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, (iii) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company or (iv) a contested election of Directors, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were Directors before such election or their nominees (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided however that if the election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, of any new Director was approved by a vote of at least 50% of the Incumbent Directors, such new Director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Company” means Calhoun Vision, Inc., a California corporation, and any successor thereto as provided in Article 17 hereof.

“Consultant” means a natural person (other than an Employee or Director) who provides bona fide services to the Company or a Subsidiary, provided the services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities (within the meaning of Rule 701(c)(1) issued under the Securities Act of 1933). However, “Consultant” shall not be so limited if the Administrator specifically determines that the term shall have a wider meaning in connection with a specific grant.

“Covered Employee” means a Participant who is (a) defined as a “covered employee” in regulations promulgated under Code Section 162(m) or any successor statute or (b) designated by the Administrator to be treated as a Covered Employee.

“Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that any Director who is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary shall be considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan.

“Disability” has the meaning given by Code Section 22(e)(3), i.e., the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months.

 

-2-


“Effective Date” has the meaning given in Section 1.1 hereof. “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

“Fair Market Value” as of any date and in respect of any Share means the then most recent closing price of a Share reported by the exchange or other trading system on which Shares are primarily traded or, if the Shares are not publicly traded, then the fair market value of Shares shall be as determined by the Administrator using a reasonable valuation method that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A. In no event shall the fair market value of any Share be less than its par value (if any).

“Fiscal Year” means the annual period with respect to which the Company reports for Federal income tax purposes.

“Good Reason” means (a) requiring a Participant to provide his or her services to the Company in a location more than 50 miles from the current location of the primary offices of the Company without the Participant’s prior written consent, (b) a reduction of the Participant’s compensation or title without the Participant’s prior written consent or (c) assigning duties to the Participant not commensurate with the Participant’s title without the Participant’s prior written consent.

“Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Code Section 422.

“Insider” means an individual who is, on the relevant date, an executive officer, director or ten percent (10%) beneficial owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all as defined under Section 16 and Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” or “NQSO” means an option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” means an option granted pursuant to Article 6.

“Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Participant and the Company evidencing the terms of an Option.

“Option Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.

“Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who has been selected to receive an Award or who has an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.

 

-3-


“Performance-Based Exception” means the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Code Section 162(m).

“Performance Shares” are shares of Restricted Stock that are forfeitable unless pre-established performance goals are met within a set performance period. Article 11 lists the available performance measures.

“Performance Share Units” are Stock Units that are subject to performance goals. Article 11 lists the available performance measures.

“Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is not permitted (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator, at its discretion), and the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as provided in Article 8 hereof.

“Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

“Restricted Stock” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 hereof, other than Sections 8.7 or 8.8.

“Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.

“Section 409A Award” means an Award that is subject to the requirements of Section 409A.

“Service”means the Participant’s employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director, or a Consultant.

“Shares” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Article 7 hereof.

“Stock Unit” means an Award granted under Article 10.

“Subsidiary” has the meaning given by the regulations under Section 409A to the term “service recipient stock” such that a grant of an Option or SAR to an employee of a Subsidiary will be a grant related to service recipient stock. Subsidiary generally means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other entity in a chain of organizations all of which have a controlling interest in another organization, beginning with the Company and ending with the Subsidiary, subject to the special rules of Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii). For an Option to be an ISO, “Subsidiary” must be limited to a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 424(f) and the rules thereunder.

 

-4-


“Ten Percent Shareholder” means an Employee who at the time an ISO is granted owns (or is treated as owning) Shares possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Shares of the Company or a Subsidiary.

Article 3. Administration

3.1 Power of Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. Except as limited by law (including, with respect to Section 409A Awards, the requirements of Section 409A) or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Administrator shall have full power to

 

  (a)

select Employees, Directors and Consultants who shall be offered the opportunity to participate in the Plan;

 

  (b)

determine the sizes and types of Awards;

 

  (c)

determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan;

 

  (d)

construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan;

 

  (e)

establish, amend, or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award as provided in the Plan; and

 

  (f)

make all other determinations that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

3.2 Delegation. As permitted by law and the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may delegate its authority herein.

3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Administrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Company, its shareholders, Subsidiaries, Directors, Employees, Consultants, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries, unless changed by the Board.

3.4 Liability. No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any action taken or decision made in good faith relating to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

Article 4. Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards

4.1 Number of Shares Available for Grants. Shares may be authorized, unissued shares or Treasury shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 hereof, the number of Shares hereby reserved for issuance to Participants under the Plan shall equal 43,476,338 shares of common stock. If unvested Shares are forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan, but the total number of such forfeited Shares that become available may not exceed ten times the

 

-5-


maximum number set forth in the preceding sentence. The Administrator shall determine the appropriate methodology for calculating the number of Shares issued pursuant to the Plan, subject to the following rules:

 

  (a)

Any Shares covered by an Award (or a portion of an Award) granted under the Plan which is forfeited or canceled or expires shall be deemed not to have been delivered for purposes of determining the number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.

 

  (b)

If any unissued Shares are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Option in order to satisfy the exercise price for such Option or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise, the unissued or retained Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).

 

  (c)

If an Option may be settled by issuing net Shares (i.e., withholding a number of Shares equal to the exercise price), the full number of shares of the Company’s common stock covered by the Option shall be counted (not the net Shares issued).

 

  (d)

The full number of shares of the Company’s common stock covered by SARs that may be settled in Shares shall be counted (not the net Shares issued). SARs that may be settled in cash only shall not be counted.

4.2 Individual Limitations. The following limitations shall apply to the grant of any Award to a Participant in a Fiscal Year:

 

  (a)

Stock Options: The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be granted in the form of Options in any one Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be 10,000,000.

 

  (b)

SARs: The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be granted in the form of Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to Awards granted in any one Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be 10,000,000.

 

  (c)

Restricted Stock: The maximum aggregate of Shares that may be granted with respect to Awards of Restricted Stock granted in any one Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be 3,000,000.

 

  (d)

Performance Shares/Performance Share Units Awards: The maximum aggregate grant with respect to Awards of Performance Shares made in any one Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of 3,000,000 Shares (measured on the date of grant); the maximum aggregate amount awarded with respect to Performance Share Units to any one Participant in any one Fiscal Year may not exceed $5,000,000.

4.3 Adjustments in Authorized Shares. Upon a change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split, stock dividend or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares or the like, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Code Section 368) or any partial or

 

-6-


complete liquidation of the Company, such adjustment shall be made in the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under Section 4.1 hereof, in the number, class and price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan, and in the Award limits set forth in Section 4.1 hereof, as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

4.4 Adjustment of Awards upon the occurrence of certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Administrator shall make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4.3 hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that, unless the Administrator determines otherwise at the time such adjustment is considered, no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would be inconsistent with the Plan’s or any Award’s meeting the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or Section 409A or an Incentive Stock Option ceasing to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.

Article 5. Eligibility and Participation

5.1 Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include all Employees and Consultants of the Company or a Subsidiary and all Directors.

5.2 Actual Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, select from all eligible Employees, Directors and Consultants, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, provided that Incentive Stock Options shall only be awarded to Employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Article 6. Stock Options

6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as determined by the Administrator.

6.2 Option Agreement. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or a NQSO, whether such Option or any portion thereof shall vest immediately or shall vest over a vesting period specified in the Option Agreement, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

6.3 Option Price. The Option Price for each grant of an Option under this Plan shall be as determined by the Administrator; provided, however, the per-share exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. If an ISO is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Option Price shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.

 

-7-


6.4 Duration of Options. Unless the Option Agreement provides a different expiration date,

 

  (a)

each ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder shall expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary in the date the ISO was granted,

 

  (b)

each other Option shall expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Option was granted, and

 

  (c)

each Option shall expire in accordance with Article 13.

6.5 Exercise of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such times and shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

6.6 Payment. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written, electronic or telephonic notice of exercise to the Company or its designated agent, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment of the Option Price for the Shares either:

 

  (a)

in cash or its equivalent (in United States dollars unless otherwise determined by the Administrator);

 

  (b)

subject to the Administrator’s approval, by delivery (or by attestation) of previously acquired whole (not fractional) Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided that the Shares that are delivered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to their delivery to satisfy the Option Price);

 

  (c)

by a combination of (a) or (b); or

 

  (e)

by any other method approved by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.7 Registration. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of notification of exercise and full payment, the Company shall register, in the Participant’s name, Shares in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the Option(s).

6.8 Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Administrator may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article 6 as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed or traded, or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

6.9 Nontransferability of Options.

 

  (a)

Incentive Stock Options. No ISO granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

-8-


Further, all ISOs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during such Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant.

 

  (b)

Nonqualified Stock Options. No NQSO granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that a NQSO may be transferred upon the approval of the Administrator (in its sole discretion) by appropriate instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the option is to be passed to the Optionee’s beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death or by gift to the Optionee’s immediate family (consisting of the Optionee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships).

6.10 Special Limitation on Grants of Incentive Stock Options. No ISO shall be granted to an Employee under the Plan or any other ISO plan of the Company to purchase Shares as to which the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of the Shares which first become exercisable by the Employee in any calendar year exceeds $100,000. To the extent an Option initially designated as an ISO exceeds the value limit of this Section 6.10 or otherwise fails to satisfy the requirements applicable to ISOs, it shall be deemed a NQSO and shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

6.11 Termination for Cause. An Option Agreement may provide that, if a Participant’s Service is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Participant shall have no right to exercise an Option, and all Options will terminate, even if vested.

Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Administrator. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs. The grant price of a SAR shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

7.2 Award Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the grant price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine.

7.3 Term of SARs. The term of an SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

7.4 Exercise of SARs. SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Administrator, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.

 

-9-


7.6 Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

  (a)

The amount by which the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the SAR; by

 

  (b)

The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

The payment upon SAR exercise shall be in Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. Any Shares delivered in payment shall be deemed to have a value equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR.

7.7 Nontransferability of SARs. No SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during such Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant.

Article 8. Restricted Stock and Stock Awards

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Participants in such amounts as the Administrator shall determine.

8.2 Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock granted, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine which are not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan.

8.3 Transferability. Except as may be provided in the Award Agreement, the Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Administrator and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Administrator in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during such Participant’s lifetime and prior to the end of the Period of Restriction only to such Participant or such Participant’s legal representative. Any transferred Shares shall remain subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions.

8.4 Other Restrictions. The Administrator may impose such other conditions and restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals, time-based restrictions, and restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws.

To the extent deemed appropriate by the Administrator, the Company may retain the certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock in the Company’s possession until such time as all conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied.

 

-10-


Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the applicable Period of Restriction.

8.5 Voting Rights. If the Administrator so determines, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction.

8.6 Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder (whether or not the Company holds the certificate(s) representing such Shares) may, if the Administrator so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to the underlying Shares while they are so held. The Administrator may apply any restrictions to the dividends that the Administrator deems appropriate. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, if the grant or vesting of Restricted Shares granted to a Covered Employee is designed to comply with the requirements of the Performance-Based Exception, the Administrator may apply any restrictions it deems appropriate to the payment of dividends declared with respect to such Restricted Shares, such that the dividends and the Restricted Shares maintain eligibility for the Performance-Based Exception.

8.7 Stock Award. The Administrator may grant and award Shares to a Participant that are not subject to Periods of Restrictions and which may be subject to such conditions or provisions as the Administrator may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share.

8.8 Cash. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that the issuance of Shares shall be accompanied by cash, which may be sufficient to pay withholding and other payroll taxes or may be more or less than required to pay withholding and other payroll taxes.

Article 9. Share Restrictions

9.1 Unvested Share Repurchase Right. Shares acquired under the Plan that have not vested may be repurchased by the Company at the lesser of the original exercise price or the Shares’ fair market value (as such value is determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator) if the Participant’s Service with the Company is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause. The Company may assign any unvested Share repurchase right it may have, whether or not then exercisable, to such person or persons as may be selected by the Company. The Company may require the Optionee to place certificates for any unvested Shares in escrow under reasonable terms established by the Administrator.

9.2 Vested Share Repurchase Rights. An Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that:

(a) Vested Shares (Shares that are no longer subject to the unvested share repurchase right of Section 9.1 hereof) may be repurchased by the Company at the Shares’ fair market value (as such value is determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator) as of the date the right is exercised if the Participant’s Service with the Company is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause. The Company may assign this vested Share repurchase right, whether or not then exercisable, to such person or persons as may be selected by the Company. This vested Share repurchase right shall terminate upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

-11-


(b) If at any time within six (6) months after the date the Participant’s Service with the Company is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause, the Participant becomes employed by or otherwise provides services or advice or assistance to, or invest in any business that is, a competitor of the business of the Company as it exists as of the date of termination (and where such competitor competes in any location where the Company then conducts business), then all shares acquired by exercise of Options within one (1) year prior to the date of termination may be repurchased by the Company at the original purchase price.

9.3 Exercise of Share Repurchase Rights. The unvested Share repurchase right provided in Section 9.1 hereof may be exercised by written notice to the Participant within 90 days after termination of the Participant’s Service (or exercise of an Option, if later). The vested Share repurchase right provided in Section 9.2(a) hereof may be exercised by written notice to Participant within seven months of issuance of the Shares (or 90 days after termination of the Participant’s Service, if later). The vested Share repurchase right provided in Section 9.2(b) hereof may be exercised by written notice to Participant within seven months of termination of the Participant’s Service. The Company may decide not to exercise a vested Share repurchase right within six months of the issuance of the Shares if the exercise of such right would be likely to cause variable accounting treatment. If notice is not given within the exercise period, the repurchase rights shall terminate unless the Participant and the Administrator have extended the time for exercise. Cash payment (or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness) must be made by the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of the written notice to the Participant of the exercise of a repurchase right.

9.4 Right of First Refusal. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, an Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that, in the event the Participant proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any vested Share or any interest in such Share, the Company shall have a right of first refusal with respect to such Share. If the Participant desires to transfer any vested Share, the Participant shall provide a written notice to the Company describing all material terms of the proposed transfer. Such notice must include evidence of a binding commitment of the Participant and the offeror with respect to the proposed transfer. The Company may elect to purchase all (but not part) of the Shares subject to the notice by notifying the Participant, in writing within thirty (30) days of receiving the notice constituting a binding commitment. If the prospective purchaser is a bona fide third-party offeror, the purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per Share proposed to be paid in the notice of binding commitment, and shall be paid within sixty (60) days after the date the notice of binding commitment was received by the Company. If the prospective purchaser is not a bona fide third-party offeror, the purchase price shall be the lesser of (i) the price per Share proposed to be paid in the notice of binding commitment and (ii) fair market value, and shall be paid within sixty (60) days after the date the notice of binding commitment was received by the Company. The Company may assign any right of first refusal it may have to such person or persons as may be selected by the Company. The right of first refusal shall terminate upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

9.5 Lockup Agreement. The Company (or a representative of the Company’s underwriter(s)) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company, require that the Participant not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any

 

-12-


short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares or other securities of the Company held by the Participant, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed 180 days) following the effective date of registration. The Participant must execute and deliver such other agreements that are reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto, and the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Participant’s Shares until the end of such specified period.

Article 10. Stock Units

10.1 Grant of Stock Units. Stock Units may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Administrator.

10.2 Award Agreement. At the Administrator’s discretion, each grant of Stock Units may be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the initial value, the duration of the Award, the performance measures, if any, applicable to the Award, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

10.3 Value of Stock Units. Each Stock Unit shall have an initial value that is equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. The Administrator may set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number of Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. For purposes of this Article 10, the time period during which the performance goals must be met shall be called a “Performance Period.”

10.4 Earning of Stock Units. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Stock Units shall be entitled to receive a payout based on the number and value of Stock Units earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

10.5 Form and Timing of Payment of Stock Units. Payment of earned Stock Units shall be as determined by the Administrator and, if applicable, as evidenced in the related Award Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Stock Units in the form of cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Stock Units at the close of the applicable Performance Period. In addition, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that the payment of earned Stock Units shall be accompanied by cash, which may be sufficient to pay withholding and other payroll taxes or may be more or less than required to pay withholding and other payroll taxes. Such Shares may be delivered subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Administrator. No fractional shares will be issued. The determination of the Administrator with respect to the form of payout of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award or the resolutions establishing the Award.

10.6 Dividend Units. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, Participants holding Stock Units shall be entitled to receive dividend units with respect to dividends declared with respect to the Shares represented by such Stock Units. Such dividends may be subject to the same accrual, forfeiture, and payout restrictions as apply to dividends earned with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock, as set forth in Section 8.6 hereof, as determined by the Administrator.

 

-13-


10.7 Nontransferability. Stock Units may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Article 11. Performance Measures

Unless and until the Administrator proposes for shareholder vote and the Company’s shareholders approve a change in the general performance measures set forth in this Article 11, the attainment of which may determine the degree of payout and vesting with respect to Awards to Covered Employees that are designed to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, the performance measure(s) to be used for purposes of such grants shall be chosen from among:

 

  (a)

Earnings per share;

 

  (b)

Net income (before or after taxes);

 

  (c)

Cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow);

 

  (d)

Gross revenues;

 

  (e)

Gross margins;

 

  (f)

Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT);

 

  (g)

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA);

 

  (h)

Internal rate of return (IRR);

 

  (g)

Shareholder Return or Share Price Growth;

 

  (h)

Operating profit;

 

  (i)

Economic Value Added (EVA);

 

  (j)

Return on Invested Capital (ROIC);

 

  (k)

Return on assets (ROA); and

 

  (l)

Any of the above measures compared to peer or other companies.

Performance measures may be set either at the corporate level, subsidiary level, division level, or business unit level.

Awards that are designed to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, and that are held by Covered Employees, may not be adjusted upward. The Administrator shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward.

 

-14-


If applicable tax and securities laws change to permit Administrator discretion to alter the governing performance measures without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Administrator shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval.

Article 12. Rights of Participants

12.1 Service. Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in Service or interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s Service at any time.

12.2 Participation. No Employee, Director or Consultant shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

12.3 Rights as a Shareholder. Except as provided in Sections 8.5, 8.6, 10.5 and 10.6 hereof or in applicable Award Agreement consistent with such Sections, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to shares of Common Stock covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares, or the Period of Restriction has expired, as applicable.

Article 13. Termination of Service

13.1 Termination of Awards not yet Vested or Exercisable. All Awards or any portion thereof not yet vested or exercisable or whose Period of Restriction has not expired as of the date of termination shall terminate and be forfeited immediately on the date of termination.

13.2 Time to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, upon termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, an Award granted to the Participant may be exercised by the Participant (or, if appropriate, the Participant’s legal representative or permitted transferee) at any time on or prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the Award or the expiration of three (3) months after the date of termination (one (1) year if termination was by reason of Disability or death) but only if, and to the extent that, the Participant was entitled to exercise the Award at the date of termination.

13.3 Leave of Absence. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an authorized military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence (such as temporary employment by the Government) shall not constitute a termination of employment if the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment with the Company (or a related corporation of the Company, or a corporation, or a related corporation of such corporation issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which Code Section 425(a) applies) is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. Where the period of leave exceeds 90 days and where the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the 91st day of such leave.

13.4 Termination. For purposes of this Article, a “termination” includes an event which causes a Participant to lose his eligibility to participate in the Plan (e.g., an individual is employed by a Subsidiary that ceases to be a Subsidiary). In the case of a Consultant, the

 

-15-


meaning of “termination” or “termination of employment” includes the date that the individual ceases to provide significant services to the Company on the date specified in a notice of termination from the Company. In the case of a Director, the meaning of “termination” includes the date that the individual ceases to be a Director.

13.5 Different Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator has the authority to prescribe different rules that apply upon the termination of employment of a particular Participant, which shall be memorialized in the Participant’s original or amended Award Agreement or similar document. However, with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A, any reference to “termination of employment” or similar term shall mean an event that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

13.6 Forfeiture. An Award that remains unexercised after the latest date it could have been exercised under any of the foregoing provisions or under the terms of the Award shall be forfeited.

Article 14. Change in Control

In the event of a Change in Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchange or trading system, or unless the Administrator shall otherwise specify in the Award Agreement, the Board, in its sole discretion, may:

 

  (a)

elect to terminate Options or SARs in exchange for a cash payment equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option or SAR to the extent the Option or SAR has vested exceeds the exercise price with respect to such Shares;

 

  (b)

elect to terminate Options or SARs provided that each Participant is first notified of and given the opportunity to exercise his/her vested Options or SARs for a specified period of time (of not less than 15 days) from the date of notification and before the Option or SAR is terminated;

 

  (c)

permit Awards to be assumed by a new parent corporation or a successor corporation (or its parent) and replaced with a comparable Award of the parent corporation or successor corporation (or its parent);

 

  (d)

amend an Award Agreement to accelerate vesting;

 

  (e)

provide that vesting of any Award shall accelerate if the Participant is terminated other than for Cause or if the Participant resigns for Good Reason; or

 

  (f)

implement any combination of the foregoing or implement any other action with respect to an Award that it deems appropriate.

 

-16-


Article 15. Amendment, Modification, and Termination

15.1 Amendment, Modification, and Termination. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part.

15.2 Awards Previously Granted. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award.

15.3 Shareholder Approval Required for Certain Amendments. Shareholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan that does any of the following: (a) increases the maximum number of Shares subject to the Plan; (b) changes the designation of the class of persons eligible to receive ISOs under the Plan; or (c) modifies the Plan in a manner that requires shareholder approval under applicable law or the rules of a stock exchange or trading system on which Shares are traded.

Article 16. Withholding

The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable taxes (including social security or social charges), domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan. The Participant may satisfy, totally or in part, such Participant’s obligations pursuant to this Article 16 by electing to have Shares withheld, to redeliver Shares acquired under an Award, or to deliver previously owned Shares that have been held for at least six (6) months, provided that the election is made in writing on or prior to (i) the date of exercise, in the case of Options and SARs, (ii) the date of payment, in the case of Stock Units, and (iii) the expiration of the Period of Restriction in the case of Restricted Stock. Any election made under this Article 16 may be disapproved by the Administrator at any time in its sole discretion. If an election is disapproved by the Administrator, the Participant must satisfy his obligations pursuant to this paragraph in cash.

Article 17. Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, through merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business, stock or assets of the Company.

Article 18. General Provisions

18.1 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

 

-17-


18.2 Severability. If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

18.3 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

18.4 Securities Law Compliance. With respect to Insiders, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act, unless determined otherwise by the Board. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board.

18.5 Listing. The Company may use reasonable endeavors to register Shares issued pursuant to Awards with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification, and listing requirements of any state or foreign securities laws, stock exchange, or trading system.

18.6 Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18.7 No Additional Rights. Neither the Award nor any benefits arising under this Plan shall constitute part of an employment contract between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary, and accordingly, subject to Section 15.2 hereof, this Plan and the benefits hereunder may be terminated at any time in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Administrator without giving rise to liability on the part of the Company for severance payments.

18.8 Noncertificated Shares. To the extent that the Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of Shares, the transfer of such Shares may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or trading system.

18.9 Governing Law. The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, recipients of an Award under the Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts whose jurisdiction covers Los Angeles, California, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award Agreement.

 

-18-


18.10 Compliance with Section 409A. It is intended that Awards under the Plan are either exempt from Section 409A or are structured to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with that intent. By way of example, the following rules shall apply:

 

  (a)

Any provision of the Plan that would conflict with the requirements of a Section 409A Award shall not apply to a Section 409A Award.

 

  (b)

Any adjustment or modification to a Section 409A Award shall be made in compliance with Section 409A (e.g., any adjustment to an Option or SAR under Section 4.3 hereof shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A).

 

  (c)

For Section 409A Awards, all rights to amend, terminate or modify the Plan or any Award are subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A.

 

  (d)

For Section 409A Awards, any payment or distribution that is triggered upon termination or cessation of employment or a comparable event shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

  (e)

With respect to amounts payable under a Section 409A Award, in the event that a Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A, any amount that is payable in connection with the Participant’s separation from service shall not be paid prior to the date which is six months after the date the Participant separates from service (or, if earlier, the date the Participant dies). A Participant who is subject to the restriction described in the previous sentence shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month after the Participant’s separation from service an amount equal to the benefit that the Participant would have received during such six month period absent the restriction.

While the Company intends for Awards to be either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be liable to any person for the tax consequences of any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A or any other tax consequences relating to Awards under this Plan.

 

The Company
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Dated of Adoption by the Board:  

 

Date of Shareholder Approval:  

 

 

-19-


Form 2015 Plan Stock Option Agreement

Approved by Calhoun BOD on 04/30/15

CALHOUN VISION, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. Calhoun Vision, Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby grants to                      (the “Optionee”) an option to purchase                                          (                ) shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “Shares”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). This option is granted as of                      the “Grant Date”). A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A, and its provisions are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

2. Exercise Price. The exercise price of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to this option is                  ($        ) per Share, which is equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Shares on the Grant Date.

3. Tax Status. This option is [select one:          an incentive stock option (within the meaning of §422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or          a nonqualified stock option].

4. Exercisability of Option. The Optionee’s “Vesting Base Date” is                     . At any time on and after the Grant Date until the termination of the option (as provided in section 5 of this Agreement), and subject to the effect of adjustments under Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of the Plan and the effect of a Change in Control under Article 14 of the Plan, this option shall be exercisable according to the attached vesting schedule (Exhibit C), such vesting to occur on the first day of each month, commencing with the first month after such first anniversary, so that the option shall be fully exercisable by the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Base Date; provided that no vesting shall occur after termination of employment. As provided in Section 6.11 of the Plan, if an Optionee’s Service is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Participant shall have no right to exercise an Option, and all the Optionee’s Options will terminate.

5. Termination of Option. This option is no longer exercisable on the first to occur of (a) the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, (b) the last date for exercising the option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 13 of the Plan, or (c) its termination in connection with a Change in Control as provided under Article 14 of the Plan.

6. Method of Exercise. This option may be exercised only by delivery pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement of an exercise notice (the current form of which is attached as Exhibit B), specifying the election to exercise this option and the number of Shares for which it is being exercised. In certain cases, an Investment Representation Statement may also be required. No exercise for fractional Shares shall be permitted. Payment of the exercise price for the number of Shares for which the option is being exercised shall be made in cash, by check or by cash equivalent. Alternatively, payment may be by withholding Shares or by submission of other shares owned by the Optionee, if allowed by Article 16 of the Plan.

7. Restrictions on Shares Acquired. Shares acquired upon exercise of the option will be fully vested and (a) will be subject to the vested share repurchase rights described in Section 9.2(a) and (b) of the Plan and the right of first refusal described in Section 9.4 of the Plan, and (b) may be subject to a lockup agreement as referred to in Section 9.5 of the Plan.


8. Notices. Any notice or other communication under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective upon hand delivery; upon fax transmission to either party at the number provide below for that party, but only upon receipt by the transmitting party of a written confirmation of receipt; or three (3) business days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered, and addressed to the Corporation or to Optionee at the appropriate address below. Each party is obligated to notify the other in writing of any change in address. Notice of change of address shall be effective only when done in accordance with this section.

 

If to the Corporation, to:       If to Optionee, to:
Calhoun Vision, Inc.      

 

171 N. Altadena Drive, Suite 201      

 

Pasadena, CA 91107      

 

Attention: Secretary      

 

Fax No.: (    )     -                   Fax No.: (    )     -            

 

AGREED.      
CALHOUN VISION, INC.      
By:  

 

       
Its:  

 

     

 

        Date  

 

Optionee: By executing this Agreement, Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the separate document titled “Calhoun Vision, Inc. 2015 Equity Compensation Plan,” which contains many of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

     

 

Signature of Optionee       Date

 

2


Alternative Provisions for 10% shareholders

1. Exercise Price. [The exercise price of an incentive stock option by a 10% shareholder must be at least 110% of the fair market value and fair value.]

5. Termination of Option. [Clause (i) should indicate a time no later than the 5th anniversary of the Grant Date for any incentive stock option grant to a 10% shareholder.]

Alternative Provisions for Immediately Exercisable Options

4. Exercisability of Option. This option is immediately and fully exercisable. [Alternate Section 7 must be used with this Section.]

7. Restrictions on Shares Acquired. The Optionee’s “Vesting Base Date” is                     . Shares acquired upon exercise of the option shall vest with respect to 25% of the total Shares subject to the option as of the first anniversary of the Vesting Base Date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) shall vest monthly over an additional 36 months in equal monthly amounts (as nearly as practicable), such vesting to occur on the first day of each month, commencing with the first month after such first anniversary, so that the option shall be fully exercisable by the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Base Date; so that such Shares will be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Base Date; provided that no vesting shall occur after termination of employment. Unvested Shares will be subject to the Corporation’s unvested share repurchase right described in Section 9.1 of the Plan. Vested shares will be subject to the vested share repurchase right described in Section 9.2(a) and (b) of the Plan and the right of first refusal described in Section 9.4 of the Plan and may be subject to a lockup agreement as referred to in Section 9.5 of the Plan.

 

3


EXHIBIT B

CALHOUN VISION, INC.

2015 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

Calhoun Vision, Inc.

171 N. Altadena Drive, Suite 201

Pasadena, CA 91107

Attention: Secretary

The employee hereby exercises the following stock options:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Options
     Price per
Share
     Total Exercise
Price
     Withholding
Taxes
     Total  

                     

                                                                                                                       

                     

                                                                                                                       

                     

                                                                                                                       
              

 

 

 

                     

              Total Due:                          
              

 

 

 

Concurrently with the delivery of this exercise notice, the employee hereby pays to the Corporation the total due.

 

Signature  

 

Print Name  

 

Address  

 

Social Security #  

 

Date  

 

 

4


EXHIBIT B

CALHOUN VISION, INC.

2015 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

Calhoun Vision, Inc.

171 N. Altadena Drive, Suite 201

Pasadena, CA 10006

Attention: Secretary

The employee hereby exercises the following stock options:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Options
     Price per
Share
     Total Exercise
Price
     Total  

                     

                                                                                               

                     

                                                                                               

                     

                                                                                               
           

 

 

 

                     

           Total Due:                          
           

 

 

 

Concurrently with the delivery of this exercise notice, the employee hereby pays to the Corporation the total due.

 

Signature  

 

Print Name  

 

Address  

 

Social Security #  

 

Date  

 

 

5

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

RxSIGHT, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan; Award Types.

(a) Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain personnel for positions with the Company Group, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors, and Consultants (collectively, “Service Providers”), and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

(b) Award Types. The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options to any ISO Employee and the grant of Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and Performance Awards to any Service Provider.

2. Definitions. The following definitions are used in this Plan:

(a) “Administrator” means Administrator as defined in Section 4(a).

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to the related issuance of Shares under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and, only to the extent applicable with respect to an Award or Awards, the tax, securities, exchange control, and other laws of any jurisdictions other than the United States where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan. Reference to a section of an Applicable Law or regulation related to that section shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation issued under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Awards.

(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms of the Plan.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, that for this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who prior to such acquisition is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control


and provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this Section 2(f)(i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the appointment or election. For purposes of this Section 2(f)(ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, that for this Section 2(f)(iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets:

(1) a transfer to an entity controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or

(2) a transfer of assets by the Company to:

(A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock,

(B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company,

(C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or

(D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in Section 2(f)(iii)(2)(A) to Section 2(f)(iii)(2)(C).

For this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For this definition, persons will be acting as a group if they are owners of

 

2


a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company shall not be considered “Persons” for purposes of this Section 2(f).

(iv) A transaction will not be a Change in Control:

(1) unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A; or

(2) if its primary purpose is to (1) change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (2) create a holding company owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a section of the Code or regulation related to that section shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation issued or other official applicable guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section or regulation, and any comparable provision of any future legislation, regulation or official guidance of general or direct applicability amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board.

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “Company” means RxSight, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any of its successors.

(k) “Company Group” means the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, and any entity that, from time to time and at the time of any determination, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company.

(l) “Consultant” means any natural person engaged by a member of the Company Group to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities. A Consultant must be a person to whom the issuance of Shares registered on Form S-8 under the Securities Act is permitted.

(m) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(o) “Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, providing services as an employee to the Company or any member of the Company Group. However, with

 

3


respect to Incentive Stock Options, an Employee must be employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (such an Employee, an “ISO Employee”). Notwithstanding, Options awarded to individuals not providing services to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company should be carefully structured to comply with the payment timing rule of Code Section 409A. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will constitute “employment” by the Company.

(p) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(q) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower Exercise Prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the Exercise Price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(r) “Exercise Price” means the price payable per share to exercise an Award.

(s) “Expiration Date” means the last possible day on which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised. Any exercise must be completed before midnight U.S. Pacific Time between the Expiration Date and the following date; provided, however, that any broker-assisted cashless exercise of an Option granted hereunder must be completed by the close of market trading on the Expiration Date.

(t) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a Share, determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for a Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported by such source as the Administrator determines to be reliable. If the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a non-Trading Day (i.e., a weekend or holiday), the Fair Market Value will be such price on the immediately preceding Trading Day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported by such source as the Administrator determines to be reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or

 

4


(iv) Absent an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a weekend, holiday or other day other than a Trading Day, the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined under subsections (t)(i) or (t)(ii) above on the immediately preceding Trading Day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. In addition, for purposes of determining the fair market value of shares for any reason other than the determination of the Exercise Price of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, fair market value will be determined by the Administrator in a manner compliant with Applicable Laws and applied consistently for such purpose. Note that the determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s sole discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of Fair Market Value for other purposes.

(u) “Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company.

(v) “Grant Date” means Grant Date as defined in Section 4(c).

(w) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is intended to qualify and does qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422.

(x) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(y) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(z) “Option” means a right to acquire Shares granted under Section 6.

(aa) “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(bb) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(cc) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(dd) “Performance Awards” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be cash- or stock-denominated and may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing under Section 10.

(ee) “Performance Period” means Performance Period as defined in Section 10(a)

(ff) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

5


(gg) “Plan” means this 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

(hh) “Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ii) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued under an Award granted under Section 8 or issued as a result of the early exercise of an Option.

(jj) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value, granted under Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(kk) “Securities Act” means U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

(ll) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(mm) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(nn) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award granted under Section 7.

(oo) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Code Section 424(f), in relation to the Company.

(pp) “Tax Withholdings” means tax, social insurance and social security liability or premium obligations in connection with the Awards, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company or a member of the Company Group, (ii) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company, the fringe benefit tax liability of the Company or a member of the Company Group, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of an Award or sale of Shares issued under the Award, and (iii) any other taxes or social insurance or social security liabilities or premium the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to such Award, the Shares subject to, or other amounts or property payable under, an Award, or otherwise associated with or related to participation in the Plan and with respect to which the Company or the applicable member of the Company Group has either agreed to withhold or has an obligation to withhold.

(qq) “Ten Percent Owner” means Ten Percent Owner as defined in Section 6(b)(i).

(rr) “Trading Day” means a day on which the primary stock exchange or national market system (or other trading platform, as applicable) on which the Common Stock trades is open for trading.

(ss) “Transaction” means Transaction as defined in Section 14(a).

 

6


3. Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a) Allocation of Shares to Plan. The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is:

(i) 25,000,000 Shares, plus

(ii) any Shares subject to stock options or other awards granted under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) or the 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”) that, on or after the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by the Company for payment of an exercise price or for tax withholding obligations, and any Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2015 Plan or 2006 Plan that, on or after the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan under this clause (ii) equal to 50,000,000 Shares, plus

(iii) any additional Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

The Shares may be authorized but unissued Common Stock or Common Stock issued and then reacquired by the Company.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase. The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2022 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of:

(i) 75,000,000 Shares,

(ii) 4% of the total number of shares of all classes of common stock of the Company outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, and

(iii) a lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator.

(c) Share Reserve Return.

(i) Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. If an Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full or is surrendered under an Exchange Program, the unissued Shares subject to the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will become available for future issuance under the Plan.

(ii) Stock Appreciation Rights. Only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right (i.e., the net Shares issued) will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares originally subject to the Stock Appreciation Right will remain available for future issuance under the Plan.

(iii) Full-Value Awards. Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or stock-settled Performance Awards that are reacquired by the Company due to failure to vest or are forfeited to the Company will become available for future issuance under the Plan.

 

7


(iv) Withheld Shares. Shares used to pay the Exercise Price of an Award or to satisfy Tax Withholdings related to an Award will become available for future issuance under the Plan.

(v) Cash-Settled Awards. If any portion of an Award under the Plan is paid to a Participant in cash rather than Shares, that cash payment will not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(d) Incentive Stock Options. The maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal 300% of the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a) plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(e) Adjustment. The numbers provided in Sections 3(a), 3(b), and 3(d) will be adjusted as a result of changes in capitalization and any other adjustments under Section 13.

(f) Substitute Awards. If the Committee grants Awards in substitution for equity compensation awards outstanding under a plan maintained by an entity acquired by or becomes a part of any member of the Company Group, the grant of those substitute Awards will not decrease the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(g) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Procedure.

(i) The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee (the “Administrator”). Different Administrators may administer the Plan with respect to different groups of Service Providers. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with a Committee and may revoke the delegation of some or all authority previously delegated.

(ii) To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board or a Committee may delegate to one or more subcommittees of the Board or a Committee or officers the authority to grant Awards to Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that the delegation must comply with any limitations on the authority required by Applicable Laws, including the total number of Shares that may be subject to the Awards granted by such officer(s). This delegation may be revoked at any time by the Board or Committee.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any limitations on delegations specified by the Board, and any requirements imposed by Applicable Laws, the Administrator will have the authority, in its sole discretion, to make any determinations and perform any actions deemed necessary or advisable to administer the Plan including:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

8


(ii) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(iii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted and grant Awards to such Service Providers;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, consistent with the Plan, of any Award granted. Such terms and conditions may include, but are not limited to, the Exercise Price, the time(s) when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating to an Award;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe interpret the Plan and make any decisions necessary to administer the Plan, including but not limited to determining whether and when a Change in Control has occurred;

(viii) to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations and adopt sub-plans relating to the Plan, including rules, regulations and sub-plans for the purposes of facilitating compliance with applicable non-U.S. laws, easing the administration of the Plan and/or obtaining tax-favorable treatment for Awards granted to Service Providers located outside the U.S., in each case as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(ix) to interpret, modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19), including extending the Expiration Date and the post-termination exercisability period of such modified or amended Awards;

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in any manner permitted by Section 16;

(xi) to delegate ministerial duties to any of the Company’s employees;

(xii) to authorize any person to take any steps and execute, on behalf of the Company, any documents required for an Award previously granted by the Administrator to be effective;

(xiii) to temporarily suspend the exercisability of an Award if the Administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes, provided that, unless prohibited by Applicable Laws, such suspension shall be lifted in all cases not less than 10 Trading Days before the last date that the Award may be exercised;

 

9


(xiv) to allow Participants to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares otherwise due to any such Participants under an Award; and

(xv) to make any determinations necessary or appropriate under Section 13

(c) Grant Date. The grant date of an Award (“Grant Date”) will be the date that the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award or may be a later date if such later date is designated by the Administrator on the date of the determination or under an automatic grant policy. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the Grant Date.

(d) Waiver. The Administrator may waive any terms, conditions or restrictions.

(e) Fractional Shares. Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator, any fractional Shares that result from the adjustment of Awards will be canceled. Any fractional Shares that result from vesting percentages will be accumulated and vested on the date that an accumulated full Share is vested.

(f) Electronic Delivery. The Company may deliver by e-mail or other electronic means (including posting on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company or another member of the Company Group) all documents relating to the Plan or any Award and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including prospectuses, annual reports and proxy statements).

(g) Choice of Law; Choice of Forum. The Plan, all Awards and all determinations made and actions taken under the Plan, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Plan, a Participant’s acceptance of an Award is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware, and agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in Delaware Court of Chancery, or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Delaware, and no other courts, regardless of where a Participant’s services are performed.

(h) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options.

(a) Stock Option Award Agreement. Each Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the number of Shares subject to the Option, per share Exercise Price, its Expiration Date, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Option not designated as an Incentive Stock Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

10


(b) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator and stated in the Award Agreement, subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(1) granted to an ISO Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (a “Ten Percent Owner”), the Exercise Price for the Shares to be issued will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; and

(2) granted to any ISO Employee other than a Ten Percent Owner, the Exercise Price for the Shares to be issued will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the Exercise Price for the Shares to be issued will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with an Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code or (ii) to a Service Provider that is not a U.S. taxpayer.

(c) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form(s) of consideration for exercising an Option. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the consideration may consist of any one or more or combination of the following, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws:

(i) cash;

(ii) check or wire transfer;

(iii) promissory note, if and to the extent approved by the Company;

(iv) other Shares that have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised. To the extent not prohibited by the Administrator, this shall include the ability to tender Shares to exercise the Option and then use the Shares received on exercise to exercise the Option with respect to additional Shares;

(v) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise arrangement (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company for the exercise of Options that has been approved by the Administrator, if and to the extent permitted by the Company with respect to a particular Award;

(vi) consideration received by the Company under a net exercise program under which Shares are withheld from otherwise deliverable Shares that has been approved by the Administrator, if and to the extent permitted by the Company with respect to a particular Award; and

 

11


(vii) any other consideration or method of payment to issue Shares (provided that other forms of considerations may only be approved by the Administrator).

The Administrator has the power to remove or limit any of the above forms of consideration for exercising an Option, except for the payment of cash, at any time in its sole discretion.

(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be determined by the Administrator and stated in the Award Agreement, provided that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option: (a) granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the Option may not be exercisable after the expiration of 5 years from the date such Option is granted, or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement; and (b) granted to an ISO Employee other than a Ten Percent Owner, the Option may not be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date such Option is granted term, or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(i) To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options under Code Section 422(b) are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans and agreements of the Company Group) exceeds $100,000, the incentive stock options whose value exceeds $100,000 will be treated as nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options will be considered in the order in which they were granted. For this purpose, the fair market value of the shares subject to an option will be determined as of the grant date of each option.

(ii) If an Option is designated in the Administrator action that granted it as an Incentive Stock Option but the terms of the Option do not comply with Sections 6(b) and 6(d), then the Option will not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(f) Exercise of Option. An Option is exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable Tax Withholdings). Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, despite the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan (except as provided in Section 3(c)) and for purchase under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(i) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon such cessation as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within 30 days of such cessation, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement or Section 6(d), as applicable) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of cessation. Unless otherwise provided by the

 

12


Administrator or set forth in the Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if on the date of such cessation the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan immediately. If after such cessation the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(ii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within 6 months of cessation, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement or Section 6(d), as applicable) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of cessation. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator or set forth in the Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if on the date of cessation the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan immediately. If after such cessation the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within 6 months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement or Section 6(d), as applicable) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided the Administrator has permitted the designation of a beneficiary and provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form (if any) acceptable to the Administrator. If the Administrator has not permitted the designation of the beneficiary or if no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If the Option is exercised pursuant to this Section 6(f)(iii), Participant’s designated beneficiary or personal representative shall be subject to the terms of this Plan and the Award Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability applicable to the Service Provider. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator or set forth in the Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan immediately. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(g) Expiration of Options. Subject to Section 6(d), an Option’s Expiration Date will be set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may expire before its expiration date under the Plan (including pursuant to Sections 6(f), 13, 14, or 17(d)) or under the Award Agreement.

(h) Tolling of Expiration. If exercising an Option prior to its expiration is not permitted because of Applicable Laws, other than the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system

 

13


on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Option will remain exercisable until 30 days after the first date on which exercise no longer would be prevented by such provisions; provided, however, that this tolling of expiration shall not apply if and to the extent the holder of such Option is a United States taxpayer and the tolling would result in a violation of Section 409A such that the Option would be subject to additional taxation or interest under Section 409A. If this would result in the Option remaining exercisable past its Expiration Date, then unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 14, the Option will remain exercisable only until the end of the later of (x) the first day on which its exercise would not be prevented by Section 20(a) and (y) its Expiration Date.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the number of Shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right, its per share Exercise Price, its Expiration Date, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines.

(b) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted to a U.S. taxpayer, the Exercise Price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be made in cash, in Shares (which, on the date of exercise, have an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount of payment to be made under the Award), or any combination of cash and Shares, with the determination of form of payment made by the Administrator. When a Participant exercises a Stock Appreciation Right, he or she will be entitled to receive a payment from the Company equal to:

(i) the excess, if any, between the fair market value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price multiplied by

(ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

(d) Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right is exercised when the Company receives a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right. Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right, despite the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. A Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Exercising a Stock Appreciation Right in any manner will decrease (x) the number of Shares thereafter available under the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised and (y) the number of Shares thereafter available under the Plan by the number of Shares issued upon such exercise.

 

14


(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right’s Expiration Date will be set forth in the Award Agreement. A Stock Appreciation Right may expire before its expiration date under the Plan (including pursuant to Sections 13, 14, or 16(c)) or under the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Tolling of Expiration. If exercising a Stock Appreciation Right prior to its expiration is not permitted because of Applicable Laws, other than the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Stock Appreciation Right will remain exercisable until 30 days after the first date on which exercise no longer would be prevented by such provisions; provided, however, that this tolling of expiration shall not apply if and to the extent the holder of such Stock Appreciation Right is a United States taxpayer and the tolling would result in a violation of Section 409A such that the Stock Appreciation Right would be subject to additional taxation or interest under Section 409A. If this would result in the Stock Appreciation Right remaining exercisable past its Expiration Date, then unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 14, the Stock Appreciation Right will remain exercisable only until the end of the later of (x) the first day on which its exercise would not be prevented by Section 20(a) and (y) its Expiration Date.

8. Restricted Stock.

(a) Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the number of Shares subject to the Award of Restricted Stock and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines. For the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Stock may be granted without any Period of Restriction (e.g., fully vested stock bonuses). Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock will be held in escrow while unvested.

(b) Restrictions.

(i) Except as provided in this Section 8(b) or the Award Agreement, while unvested, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated.

(ii) While unvested, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(iii) Service Providers holding a Share covered by an Award of Restricted Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares while such Shares are unvested, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If the Administrator provides that dividends and distributions will be received and any such dividends or distributions are paid in cash they will be subject to the same provisions regarding forfeitability as the Shares with respect to which they were paid and if such dividend or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares with respect to which they were paid and, unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company will hold such dividends until the restrictions on the Shares with respect to which they were paid have lapsed.

 

15


(iv) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8(b) or an Award Agreement, a Share covered by each Award of Restricted Stock made under the Plan will be released from escrow when practicable after the last day of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(v) The Administrator may impose (prior to grant) or remove (at any time) any restrictions on Shares covered by an Award of Restricted Stock.

9. Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award of Restricted Stock Units and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria, if any, that, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (that may include continued employment or service) or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting any applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will have earned the Restricted Stock Units and will be paid as determined in Section 9(d). The Administrator may reduce or waive any criteria that must be met to earn the Restricted Stock Units.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made at the time(s) set forth in the Award Agreement and determined by the Administrator. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the Administrator may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

10. Performance Awards.

(a) Award Agreement. Each Performance Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the specify any time period during which any performance objectives or other vesting provisions, if any, will be measured (“Performance Period”), and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines.

(b) Objectives or Vesting Provisions and Other Terms. The Administrator will set objectives or vesting provisions that, depending on the extent to which the objectives or vesting provisions are met, will determine the value of the payout for the Performance Awards. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (that may include continued employment or service) or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(c) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Performance Awards will be made at the time(s) specified in the Award Agreement. Payment with respect to earned Performance Awards will be made in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or any combination of cash and Shares, with the determination of form of payment made by the Administrator at the time of payment or, in the discretion of the Administrator, at the time of grant.

 

16


(d) Value of Performance Awards. Each Performance Award’s threshold, target, and maximum payout values will be established by the Administrator on or before the Grant Date.

(e) Earning Performance Awards. After an applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of a Performance Award will be entitled to receive a payout for the Performance Award earned by the Participant over the Performance Period. The Administrator may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Award.

11. Leaves of Absence/ Reduced or Part-time Work Schedule/Transfer Between Locations/Change of Status.

(a) Leaves of Absence/ Reduced or Part-time Work Schedule/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be adjusted or suspended during any unpaid leave of absence in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy in effect at the time of such leave. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or within the Company Group. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, if, after the date of grant of a Participant’s Award, the Participant commences working on a part-time or reduced work schedule basis, the vesting of such Award will be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s reduced work schedule/ part-time policy then in effect. Adjustments or suspensions of vesting pursuant to this Section shall be accomplished in a manner that is exempt from or complies with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder.

(b) Employment Status. A Participant will not cease to be a Service Provider in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company (or member of the Company Group) or between the Company or any member of the Company Group.

(c) Incentive Stock Options. With respect to Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed 3 months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then 6 months following the first day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, or otherwise required by Applicable Laws, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, the Award will be limited by any additional terms and conditions imposed by the Administrator. Any unauthorized transfer of an Award will be void.

 

17


13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation.

(a) Adjustments. If any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any of its successors) affecting the Shares occurs (including a Change in Control), the Administrator, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be provided under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company and ordinary course repurchases of Shares or other securities of the Company will not be treated as an event that will require adjustment.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant, at such time prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction as the Administrator determines. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

14. Change in Control or Merger.

(a) Administrator Discretion. If a Change in Control or a merger of the Company with or into another entity occurs (each, a “Transaction”), each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of this Section), without a Participant’s consent, including that such Award be continued by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof) or that the vesting of any such Awards may accelerate automatically upon consummation of a Transaction.

(b) Identical Treatment Not Required. The Administrator need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Administrator may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the Transaction.

(c) Continuation. An Award will be considered continued if, following the Change in Control or merger:

(i) the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Transaction, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Transaction by holders of Shares for each Share held on the effective date of the Transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration received by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares) and the Award otherwise is continued in accordance with its terms (including vesting criteria), subject to Section 14(c)(iii) below and Section 13(a); provided that if the consideration received in the Transaction is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of

 

18


the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercising an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, or Performance Award, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Transaction; or

(ii) the Award is terminated in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the Transaction. Any such cash or property may be subjected to any escrow applicable to holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control. If as of the date of the occurrence of the Transaction the Administrator determines that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment. The amount of cash or property can be subjected to vesting and paid to the Participant over the original vesting schedule of the Award.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Transaction corporate structure will not invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Modification. The Administrator will have authority to modify Awards in connection with a Change in Control or merger:

(i) in a manner that causes the Awards to lose their tax-preferred status,

(ii) to terminate any right a Participant has to exercise an Option prior to vesting in the Shares subject to the Option (i.e., “early exercise”), so that following the closing of the Transaction the Option may only be exercised only to the extent it is vested;

(iii) to reduce the Exercise Price subject to the Award in a manner that is disproportionate to the increase in the number of Shares subject to the Award, as long as the amount that would be received upon exercise of the Award immediately before and immediately following the closing of the Transaction is equivalent and the adjustment complies with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(v)(D); and

(iv) to suspend a Participant’s right to exercise an Option during a limited period of time preceding and or following the closing of the Transaction without Participant consent if such suspension is administratively necessary or advisable to permit the closing of the Transaction.

(e) Non-Continuation. If the successor corporation does not continue an Award (or some portion such Award), the Participant will fully vest in (and have the right to exercise) 100% of the then-unvested Shares subject to his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, all restrictions on 100% of the Participant’s outstanding Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will

 

19


lapse, and, regarding 100% of Participant’s outstanding Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be treated as achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable. In no event will vesting of an Award accelerate as to more than 100% of the Award. Unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if Options or Stock Appreciation Rights are not continued when a Change in Control or a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity occurs, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Participant’s vested Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (after considering the foregoing vesting acceleration, if any) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and all of the Participant’s Options or Stock Appreciation Rights will terminate upon the expiration of such period (whether vested or unvested).

15. Outside Director Grants.

(a) With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, in the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise outstanding Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on other outstanding Awards will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement, a Company policy related to Director compensation, or other written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, that specifically references this default rule.

(b) No Outside Director may be paid, issued or granted, in any Fiscal Year, cash retainer fees and equity awards (including any Awards issued under this Plan) with an aggregate value greater than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service (with the value of each equity award based on its grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles)). Any cash compensation paid or Awards granted to an individual for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Outside Director), will not count for purposes of the limitation under this Section 15(b).

16. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash under an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any Tax Withholding are due, the Company may deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any Tax Withholding with respect to such Award or Shares subject to an Award (including upon exercise of an Award).

 

20


(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and under such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may elect to satisfy such Tax Withholding, in whole or in part (including in combination) by (without limitation) (i) requiring the Participant to pay cash, check or other cash equivalents, (ii) withholding otherwise deliverable cash (including cash from the sale of Shares issued to the Participant) or Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld or such greater amount (including up to a maximum statutory amount) as the Administrator may determine or permit if such amount does not result in unfavorable financial accounting treatment, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (iii) forcing the sale of Shares issued pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount applicable in a Participant’s jurisdiction or any greater amount as the Administrator may determine or permit if such greater amount would not result in unfavorable financial accounting treatment, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (iv) requiring the Participant to deliver to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld or any greater amount as the Administrator may determine or permit if such greater amount would not result in unfavorable financial accounting treatment, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (v) requiring the Participant to engage in a cashless exercise transaction (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (vi) having the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary withhold from wages or any other cash amount due or to become due to the Participant and payable by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or (vii) such other consideration and method of payment for the meeting of Tax Withholding as the Administrator may determine to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, provided that, in all instances, the satisfaction of the Tax Withholding will not result in any adverse accounting consequence to the Company, as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion. The fair market value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is calculated or such other date as Administrator determines is applicable or appropriate with respect to the Tax Withholding calculation.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A. Unless the Administrator determines that compliance with Code Section 409A is not necessary, it is intended that Awards will be designed and operated so that they are either exempt or excepted from the application of Code Section 409A or comply with any requirements necessary to avoid the imposition of additional tax under Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B) so that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A and the Plan and each Award Agreement will be interpreted consistent with this intent. This Section 16(c) is not a guarantee to any Participant of the consequences of his or her Awards. In no event will the Company have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless Participant for any taxes that may be imposed or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

17. Other Terms.

(a) No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right regarding continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or member of the Company Group, nor will they interfere with the Participant’s right, or the Participant’s employer’s right, to terminate such relationship at any time free from any liability or claim under the Plan.

 

21


(b) Interpretation and Rules of Construction. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(c) Plan Governs. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of any Grant Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

(d) Forfeiture Events.

(i) All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment under any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Laws. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation to any reacquisition right regarding previously acquired Shares or other cash or property. Unless this Section 17(d)(i) is specifically mentioned and waived in an Award Agreement or other document, no recovery of compensation under a clawback policy or otherwise will be an event that triggers or contributes to any right of a Participant to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or a member of the Company Group.

(ii) The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but will not be limited to, termination of such Participant’s status as Service Provider for cause or any specified action or inaction by a Participant that would constitute cause for termination of such Participant’s status as a Service Provider.

18. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (a) its adoption by the Board, (b) approval by the Company’s stockholders, or (c) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated under Section 19, but (i) no Incentive Stock Options may be granted after 10 years from the earlier of the Board or stockholder approval of the Plan and (ii) Section 3(b) relating to automatic share reserve increase will operate only until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the Board or stockholder approval of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

22


(c) Consent of Participants Generally Required. Subject to Section 19(d) below, no amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan or an Award under it will materially impair the rights of any Participant without a signed, written agreement authorized by the Administrator between the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it regarding Awards granted under the Plan prior to such termination.

(d) Exceptions to Consent Requirement.

(i) A Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been materially impaired by any amendment, alteration, suspension or termination if the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, alteration, suspension or termination taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights; and

(ii) Subject to any limitations of Applicable Laws, the Administrator may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent even if it does materially impair the Participant’s right if such amendment is done

(ii) in a manner specified by the Plan,

(iii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422,

(iv) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award only because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422,

(v) to clarify the manner of exemption from Code Section 409A or compliance with any requirements necessary to avoid the imposition of additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B), or

(vi) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Legal Compliance. The Company will make good faith efforts to comply with all Applicable Laws related to the issuance of Shares. Shares will not be issued pursuant to an Award, including without limitation upon exercise or vesting thereof, as applicable, unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares and exercise or vesting of the Award, as applicable, will comply with Applicable Laws. If required by the Administrator, issuance will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. If the Company determines it to be impossible or impractical to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any Applicable Laws, registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, the Company will be relieved of any liability regarding the failure

 

23


to issue or sell such Shares as to which such authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance was not obtained and the Administrator reserves the authority, without the consent of a Participant, to terminate or cancel Awards with or without consideration in such a situation.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise or vesting of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant during any such exercise or vesting that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and with no present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

(c) Failure to Accept Award. If a Participant has not accepted an Award to the extent such acceptance has been requested or required by the Company or has not taken all administrative and other steps (e.g., setting up an account with a broker designated by the Company) necessary for the Company to issue Shares upon the vesting, exercise, or settlement of the Award prior to the date that a portion of the Award is scheduled to vest, then the portion of the Award scheduled to vest on such date will be cancelled on such date and the Shares subject to the Award covered by such portion immediately will revert to the Plan for no additional consideration unless otherwise provided by the Administrator.

21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

24


RxSIGHT, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT AND STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, the Non-U.S. Appendix attached hereto as Exhibit B and all other exhibits to these documents (all together, the “Agreement”) have the meanings given to them in the RxSight, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

The Participant has been granted an Option according to the terms below and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement:

 

Participant   

 

  
Participant I.D.   

 

  
Grant Number   

 

  
Grant Date   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date   

 

  
Number of Shares Granted   

 

  
Exercise Price per Share   

 

  
Total Exercise Price   

 

  
Type of Option                 Incentive Stock Option   
                Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Expiration Date   

 

  

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule (as such vesting schedule may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan):

[25% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the 1 year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48th of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or inconsistency between the vesting schedule set forth above and the document or action of the Board or its authorized committee approving this Option pursuant to the Plan (the “Approval”), the Approval shall govern the initial vesting terms. Any portion of this Option that shall vest on a monthly basis per such vesting schedule shall vest on the same day of the applicable vesting month as the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of such month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

In addition to the vesting terms set forth above for this award, this Option’s vesting will be accelerated in accordance with any vesting acceleration provisions approved by the Administrator. If the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before he or she fully vests in this Option, the unvested portion of this Option will terminate according to the terms of Section 4 of this Agreement.

Adjustments to Vesting Schedule:

Notwithstanding the aforementioned vesting schedule, in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan, unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, (a) the vesting schedule of this Option will be adjusted or suspended during any leave of absence in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence and/or reduced work schedule and/or part-time policy in effect at the time of such leave and (b) if, after the Grant Date of this Option, Participant commences working on a part-time or reduced work schedule basis, the vesting schedule will be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s reduced work schedule/ part-time policy then in effect.

Exercise of Option:

 

  (a)

If the Participant dies or his or her status as a Service Provider is terminated due to his or her Disability, the vested portion of this Option will remain exercisable for [12 months] after the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. For any other termination of status as a Service Provider, the vested portion of this Option will remain exercisable for [3 months] after the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

 

  (b)

If a Transaction occurs, Section 14 of the Plan may further limit this Option’s exercisability.

 

  (c)

This Option will not be exercisable after the Expiration Date, except as may be permitted in accordance with Section 6(h) of the Plan (which tolls expiration in very limited cases when there are legal restrictions on exercise).

The Participant’s signature below (or Participant’s electronic signature or other electronic acknowledgement or acceptance of this Agreement or Award) indicates that:

 

  (i)

He or she agrees that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including their exhibits and appendices.

 

  (ii)

He or she understands that the Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice and is not making any recommendations regarding his or her participation in the Plan or his or her acquisition or sale of Shares.

 

- 2 -


  (iii)

He or she has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of personal tax, legal, and financial advisors prior to signing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. He or she will consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

  (iv)

He or she has read and agrees to each provision of Sections 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement.

 

  (v)

He or she will notify the Company of any change to the contact address below.

 

  (vi)

He or she acknowledges and agrees that this Option will be subject to recoupment under any clawback policy that the Company adopts pursuant to Section 17(d) of the Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant. The Company grants the Participant an Option to purchase Shares of Common Stock as described in the Notice of Grant. If there is a conflict between the Plan, this Agreement, or any other agreement with the Participant governing this Option, those documents will take precedence and prevail in the following order: (a) the Plan, (b) the Agreement, and (c) any other agreement between the Company and the Participant governing this Option.

If the Notice of Grant designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Code Section 422. Even if this Option is designated an ISO, to the extent it first become exercisable as to more than $100,000 in any calendar year, the portion in excess of $100,000 is not an ISO under Code Section 422(d) and that portion will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). In addition, if the Participant exercises this Option after three (3) months have passed since he or she ceased to be an employee of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, it generally will no longer be an ISO (however, different rules apply to cessation of employee status due to death or Disability). If there is any other reason this Option (or a portion of it) will not qualify as an ISO, to the extent of such nonqualification, this Option will be an NSO. The Participant understands that he or she will have no recourse against the Administrator, any member of the Company Group, or any officer or director of a member of the Company Group if any portion of this Option is not an ISO.

2. Vesting. This Option will only be exercisable (also referred to as vested) under the Vesting Schedule in the Notice of Grant, Section 3 of this Agreement, or Section 14 of the Plan. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest unless the Participant continues to be a Service Provider until the time such vesting is scheduled to occur.

3. Administrator Discretion. The Administrator has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of any portion of this Option. In that case, this Option will be vested as of the date and to the extent specified by the Administrator.

4. Forfeiture upon Cessation of Status as a Service Provider. Upon the Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, this Option will immediately stop vesting and any portion of this Option that has not yet vested will be immediately forfeited for no consideration upon the date that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, in all cases, subject to Applicable Laws. For purposes of this Option, the Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered to be terminated as of the date the Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company, or if different, the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or the Subsidiary or Parent to which the Participant is providing services (the Employer, Subsidiary or Parent, as applicable, the “Service Recipient”) or other member of the Company Group (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of the Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Administrator, the Participant’s right to vest in this Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and the Participant’s right to exercise the Option after termination, if any, will be measured from such date, and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any

 

- 4 -


period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of the Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any). The Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

5. Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to the Participant under this Agreement will, if he or she is then deceased, be made to the administrator or executor of his or her estate or, if the Administrator permits, his or her designated beneficiary, unless otherwise required to comply with Applicable Laws. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations that apply to the transfer.

6. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option may be exercised only before its Expiration Date and only under the Plan and this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. To exercise this Option, the Participant must deliver and the Administrator must receive an exercise notice according to procedures determined by the Administrator. The exercise notice must:

(i) state the number of Shares as to which this Option is being exercised (“Exercised Shares”),

(ii) make any representations or agreements required by the Company,

(iii) be accompanied by a payment of the total exercise price for all Exercised Shares, and

(iv) be accompanied by a payment of all required Tax Withholdings for all Exercised Shares.

This Option is exercised when both the exercise notice and payments due under Sections 6(b)(iii) and 6(b)(iv) have been received by the Company for all Exercised Shares. The Administrator may designate a particular exercise notice to be used, but until a designation is made, the exercise notice attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C may be used.

7. Method of Payment. The Participant may pay the total exercise price for Exercised Shares by any of the following methods or a combination of methods:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) wire transfer;

 

- 5 -


(d) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company; or

(e) surrender of other Shares, as long as the Company determines that accepting such Shares does not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company. If Shares are surrendered, the value of those Shares will be the fair market value for those Shares on the date they are surrendered.

A non-U.S. resident’s methods of exercise may be restricted by the terms and condition of any appendix to this Agreement for the Participant’s country (the “Appendix”).

8. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding.

(i) No Shares will be issued to the Participant until he or she makes satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) for the payment of Tax Withholdings. If the Participant is a non-U.S. employee, the method of payment of Tax Withholdings may be restricted by any Appendix. If the Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax Withholdings under this Agreement at the time of an attempted Option exercise, the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

(ii) The Company also has the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax Withholdings: (a) by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant; (b) by requiring payment by cash or check made payable to the Company and/or any Service Recipient with respect to which the withholding obligation arises; (c) by deduction of such amount from salary, wages or other compensation payable to the Participant; or (d) in any combination of the foregoing, or any other method determined by the Administrator to be compliance with Applicable Laws.

(iii) The Company may withhold or account for Tax Withholdings by considering statutory or other withholding rates, including minimum or maximum rates applicable in the Participant’s jurisdiction(s). In the event of over-withholding, the Participant may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (with no entitlement to the equivalent in Common Stock), or if not refunded, the Participant may seek a refund from the local tax authorities. In the event of under-withholding, the Participant may be required to pay any additional Tax Withholdings directly to the applicable tax authority or to the Company and/or the Employer(s). If the obligation for Tax Withholdings is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares exercised, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax Withholdings.

(iv) Further, if the Participant is subject to taxation in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, the Company or the Employer(s) or former Employer(s) may withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction.

(v) Regardless of any action of the Company or the Employer(s), the Participant acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax Withholdings and any and all additional taxes related to the Option, the Shares or other amounts or property delivered under the Option and the Participant’s participation in the Plan is and remains his or her responsibility and may exceed the amount actually

 

- 6 -


withheld by the Company or the Employer(s). The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and the Employer(s) (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Withholdings in connection with any aspect of this Option; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate his or her liability for Tax Withholdings or achieve any particular tax result.

(vi) For U.S. taxpayers, under Code Section 409A, a stock right (such as this Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount option” may result in (1) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right, (2) an additional 20% U.S. federal income tax, and (3) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional U.S. state income, penalty and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant is hereby notified that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later examination. Participant is hereby notified that if the IRS determines that this Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

(b) Tax Reporting. This Section 8(b) applies if the Participant is a U.S. income taxpayer. If this Option is partially or wholly an ISO, and if the Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any the Shares acquired by exercising the ISO portion on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, he or she may be subject to withholding of Tax Withholdings by the Company on the compensation income recognized by him or her and must immediately notify the Company in writing of the disposition.

9. Rights as Stockholder. The Participant’s or any other person’s rights as a stockholder of the Company (including the right to vote and to receive dividends and distributions) will not begin until Shares have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars.

10. Acknowledgements and Agreements. The Participant’s signature on the Notice of Grant accepting this Option indicates that:

(a) HE OR SHE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THIS OPTION IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AND THAT BEING HIRED, GRANTED THIS OPTION, AND EXERCISING THIS OPTION WILL NOT RESULT IN VESTING.

(b) HE OR SHE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AND AGREEMENT DO NOT CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH HIS OR HER RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER(S) TO TERMINATE HIS OR HER RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

- 7 -


(c) The Participant agrees that this Agreement and its incorporated documents reflect all agreements on its subject matters and that he or she is not accepting this Agreement based on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those reflected in the Agreement.

(d) The Participant understands that exercise of this Option is governed strictly by Sections 6, 7, and 8 of this Agreement and that failure to comply with those Sections could result in the expiration of this Option, even if an attempt was made to exercise.

(e) The Participant agrees that the Company’s delivery of any documents related to the Plan or this Option (including the Plan, the Agreement, the Plan’s prospectus and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders) to him or her may be made by electronic delivery, which may include but does not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail, or any other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. If the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails, the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of the documents. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents that were delivered electronically at no cost to him or her by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if the Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

(f) The Participant may deliver any documents related to the Plan or this Option to the Company by e-mail or any other means of electronic delivery approved by the Administrator, but he or she must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if his or her attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails.

(g) The Participant accepts that all good faith decisions or interpretations of the Administrator regarding the Plan and Awards under the Plan are binding, conclusive, and final. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any such decisions or interpretations.

(h) The Participant agrees that the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

(i) The Participant agrees that the grant of this Option is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past.

(j) The Participant agrees that any decisions regarding future Awards will be in the Company’s sole discretion.

(k) The Participant agrees that he or she is voluntarily participating in the Plan.

 

- 8 -


(l) The Participant agrees that this Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation.

(m) The Participant agrees that this Option, any Shares acquired under the Plan, and their income and value are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including for calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits, or similar payments.

(n) The Participant agrees that the future value of the Shares underlying this Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty.

(o) The Participant understands that if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no intrinsic monetary value.

(p) The Participant understands that if this Option is exercised, the value of each Share received on exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price.

(q) The Participant agrees that no member of the Company Group is liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of this Option or of any amounts due to him or her from the exercise of this Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

(r) Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, this Option and the benefits evidenced in this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have this Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company, nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares.

(s) The Participant agrees that he or she has no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages from any forfeiture of this Option resulting from the termination of his or her status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where he or she is a Service Provider or the terms of his or her service agreement, if any).

11. Data Privacy.

(a) The Participant voluntarily consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Award materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer(s), the Company and any member of the Company Group for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the Plan.

(b) The Participant understands that the Company and the Employer(s) may hold certain personal information about him or her, including, but not limited to, his or her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all equity awards or any other entitlement to stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in his or her favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan.

 

- 9 -


(c) The Participant understands that Data will be transferred to one or more a stock plan service provider(s) selected by the Company, which may assist the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than his or her country. The Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients that may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan.

(d) The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that if he or she resides in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, he or she may, at any time, request access to Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents given by accepting this Option, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that he or she is providing these consents on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent or if he or she later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her engagement as a Service Provider with the Employer(s) will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing his or her consent is that the Company will not be able to grant him or her awards under the Plan or administer or maintain awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to participate in the Plan (including the right to retain this Option). The Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative for more information on the consequences of his or her refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent.

12. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions including, but not limited to, the United States and the Participant’s country of residence, which may affect the Participant’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares (e.g., this Option) under the Plan during such time as the Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the applicable jurisdictions). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders the Participant placed before the Participant possessed inside information. Furthermore, the Participant could be prohibited from (i) disclosing the inside information to any third party and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them otherwise to buy or sell securities. The Participant should keep in mind third parties includes fellow employees. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable insider trading policy of the Company. The Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable restrictions and should consult with his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

13. Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. Depending on the Participant’s country, the Participant may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the vesting or exercise of this Option, the acquisition, holding and/or transfer

 

- 10 -


of Shares or cash resulting from participation in the Plan and/or the opening and maintaining of a brokerage or bank account in connection with the Plan. The Participant may be required to report such assets, accounts, account balances and values, and/or related transactions to the applicable authorities in his or her country. The Participant may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of his or her participation in the Plan to his or her country through a designated bank or broker and/or within a certain time after receipt. The Participant acknowledges that he or she is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable foreign asset/account, exchange control and tax reporting and other requirements. The Participant further understands that he or she should consult the Participant’s personal tax and legal advisors, as applicable on these matters.

14. Miscellaneous

(a) Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement must be addressed to the Company at RxSight, Inc., 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656 , USA until the Company designates another address in writing.

(b) Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred other than by will or the applicable laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by him or her or his or her representative following a Disability.

(c) Binding Agreement. If this Option is transferred, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties to this Agreement.

(d) Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. In accordance with Section 20 of the Plan, if at any time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local law the tax Code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

(e) Captions. Captions provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

(f) Agreement Severable. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, that provision will be severed from the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the invalidity or unenforceability will have no effect on the remainder of the Agreement.

(g) Non-U.S. Appendix. This Option is subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any Appendix. If the Participant relocates to a country included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for that country will apply to him or her to the extent the Company determines that applying such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons.

 

- 11 -


(h) Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on this Option and the Shares subject to this Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

(i) Choice of Law; Choice of Forum. The Plan, this Agreement, this Option, and all determinations made and actions taken under the Plan, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Plan, the Participant’s acceptance of this Option is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware and his or her agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in the Delaware Court of Chancery or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Delaware and no other courts, regardless of where he or she is performing services.

(j) Modifications to the Agreement. The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. The Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Other than as specified in Section 19(d) of the Plan, modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. The Company reserves the right to revise the Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A, to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with this Option, or to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(k) Waiver. The Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement or of any subsequent breach of this Agreement by him or her.

(l) Language. If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to this Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

- 12 -


EXHIBIT B1

APPENDIX TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix to Stock Option Agreement (the “Appendix”) includes additional terms and conditions that govern this Option granted to the Participant under the Plan if he or she resides in one of the countries listed below on the Grant Date or he or she moves to one of the listed countries. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms sued but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

If the Participant is a citizen or resident of a country (or if the Participant is considered as such for local law purposes) other than the one in which the Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if the Participant transfers to another country after being granted the Option, the Company will, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will be applicable to the Participant.

Notifications

This Appendix may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which the Participant should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other Applicable Laws in effect in the respective countries as of [DATE] 2021. Such Applicable Laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Participant not rely on the information in this Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time the Participant sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained in this Appendix is general in nature and may not apply to the Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure him or her of a particular result. The Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the Applicable Laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, if the Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working, transfers employment after this Option is granted, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information in this Appendix may not apply to him or her, and the Administrator will determine to what extent the terms and conditions in this Appendix apply.

Countries

[Insert]

 

1 

NTD: To be completed by applicable local counsel.


EXHIBIT C

RXSIGHT, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

RxSight, Inc.

100 Columbia

Aliso Viejo, CA 92656

Attention: Stock Administration

 

Purchaser Name:  

 

Grant Date of Stock Option (the “Option”):  

 

Grant Number:  

 

Exercise Date:  

 

Number of Shares Exercised:  

 

Per Share Exercise Price:  

 

Total Exercise Price:  

 

Exercise Price Payment Method:  

 

Tax Withholdings Payment Method:  

 

The information in the table above is incorporated in this Exercise Notice.

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of the Exercise Date, I elect to purchase the Number of Shares Exercised (“Exercised Shares”) under the Stock Option Agreement for this Option (the “Agreement”) for the Total Exercise Price. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exercise Notice have the meanings given to them in the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and/or the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment. With this Exercise Notice, I am delivering the Total Exercise Price and any required Tax Withholdings to be paid in connection with the purchase of the Exercised Shares. I am paying my total purchase price by the Exercise Price Payment Method and the Tax Withholdings by the Tax Withholdings Payment Method.

3. Representations of Purchaser. I acknowledge that:

(a) I have received, read, and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agree to be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

- 2 -


(b) The exercise will not be completed until this Exercise Notice, Total Exercise Price, and all Tax-Related Payments are received by the Company.

(c) I have no rights as a stockholder of the Company (including the right to vote and receive dividends and distributions) on the Exercised Shares until the Exercised Shares have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars.

(d) No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is before the date of issuance, except for adjustments under Section 13 of the Plan.

(e) There may be adverse tax consequences to exercising this Option, and I am not relying on the Company for tax advice and have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of personal tax, legal, and financial advisors prior to exercising.

(f) The modification and choice of law provisions of the Agreement also govern this Exercise Notice.

4. Entire Agreement; Choice of Law; Choice of Forum. The Plan and the Agreement are incorporated by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, and the Agreement are the entire agreement of the parties with respect to this Options and this exercise and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to their subject matter. The Plan, the Agreement, and this Exercise Notice, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Plan (including without limitation under this Exercise Notice), the Participant consents to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware and any such litigation being conducted in the Delaware Court of Chancery or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Delaware and no other courts, regardless of where he or she is performing services.

Submitted by:

 

PURCHASER

 

Signature
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 3 -


RxSIGHT, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AND

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Non-U.S. Appendix attached hereto as Exhibit B and all other exhibits to these documents (all together, the “Agreement”) have the meanings given to them in the RxSight, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

The Participant has been granted this Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) award according to the terms below and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Participant   

 

  
Participant I.D.   

 

  
Grant Number   

 

  
Grant Date   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date   

 

  
Number of RSUs Granted   

 

  

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to the acceleration of vesting provisions herein, the RSUs subject to this Agreement will vest as follows:

[1/16th of these RSUs will be scheduled to vest on each Quarterly Vesting Date following the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.]

A “Quarterly Vesting Date” is the first trading day on or after each of [February 20, May 20, August 20, and November 20].

If the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before he or she fully vests in these RSUs, the unvested RSUs will terminate according to the terms of Section 5 of this Agreement.


The Participant’s signature below (or Participant’s electronic signature or other electronic acknowledgement or acceptance of this Agreement or Award) indicates that:

 

  (i)

He or she agrees that this Restricted Stock Unit award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including their exhibits and appendices.

 

  (ii)

He or she understands that the Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice and is not making any recommendations regarding his or her participation in the Plan or his or her acquisition or sale of Shares.

 

  (iii)

He or she has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of personal tax, legal, and financial advisors prior to signing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. He or she will consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

  (iv)

He or she has read and agrees to each provision of Sections 9, 10 and 11 of this Agreement.

 

  (v)

He or she will notify the Company of any change to the contact address below.

 

  (vi)

He or she acknowledges and agrees that unless otherwise required to comply with Applicable Laws, these RSUs will be subject to recoupment under any clawback policy that the Company adopts pursuant to Section 17(d) of the Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

1. Grant. The Company grants the Participant an award of RSUs as described in the Notice of Grant. If there is a conflict between the Plan, this Agreement, or any other agreement with the Participant governing these RSUs, those documents will take precedence and prevail in the following order: (a) the Plan, (b) the Agreement, and (c) any other agreement between the Company and the Participant governing these RSUs.

2. Companys Obligation to Pay. Each RSU is a right to receive a Share or, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, on the date it vests. Until an RSU vests, the Participant has no right to payment of the Share. Before a vested RSU is paid, the RSU is an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the Company’s general assets. A vested RSU will be paid to the Participant (or in the event of his or her death, to his or her estate or such other person as specified in Section 6 below) in whole Shares or cash. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, each vested RSU that has met all requirements for settlement under this Agreement (including with respect to RSUs that the Administrator determines will be settled in cash) will be settled no later than the applicable Settlement Deadline. “Settlement Deadline” with respect to a particular vested RSU means as soon as practicable after vesting (but no later than sixty (60) days following the vesting date (or, if earlier, no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the first date on which the applicable RSU is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for purposes of Section 409A)). If any RSU has not met all the requirements for settlement under this Agreement in a manner that would allow it to be settled by the applicable Settlement Deadline, such RSU will be forfeited as of immediately following the applicable Settlement Deadline. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year or date of settlement of any RSUs under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, there may be multiple Settlement Deadlines, with each such Settlement Deadline corresponding to a particular RSU.

3. Vesting. These RSUs will vest only under the Vesting Schedule in the Notice of Grant, Section 4 of this Agreement, or Section 13 of the Plan. RSUs scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest unless the Participant continues to be a Service Provider until the time such vesting is scheduled to occur.

4. Acceleration; Amendment.

(a) Discretionary Acceleration or Amendment. The Administrator may, pursuant to its authority under, and in accordance with, Section 4(b)(v), Section 4(b)(ix), Section 4(b)(xiv) and Section 9(c) of the Plan, in its discretion, unilaterally (x) accelerate, in whole or in part, the vesting of these RSUs, (y) waive or decrease some or all of the requirements required for vesting of unvested RSUs at any time, or (z) waive or decrease some or all of the requirements for settlement of RSUs at any time, in each case, subject to the terms of the Plan but without the need for Participant consent in any instance, and subject to Section 13(j) of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such acceleration, waiver or decrease shall occur or be effective unless such modification would result in this RSU award remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Code Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral”

 

- 3 -


exception or another exception or exemption under Code Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Code Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Agreement, the RSUs provided under this Agreement, or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A. If so modified, the vesting date with respect to the applicable RSUs will be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be the date specified by the Administrator (provided, that, for purposes of determining the applicable settlement deadline under Section 1 of this Agreement with respect to such RSUs, the vesting date will be deemed to be no later than the first date on which the RSUs are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for purposes of Code Section 409A). The settlement of RSUs through Shares pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall in all cases be no later than the applicable settlement deadline as set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement and at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Code Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

(b) The Company’s intent is that this RSU award be exempt or excepted from the requirements of Code Section 409A. However, in an abundance of caution, the Company is including in this subsection, certain Code Section 409A rules that only apply if these RSUs are not exempt or excepted, and then only in certain circumstances. Specifically, Code Section 409A contains rules that must apply to these RSUs if (a) they are not exempt or excepted from Code Section 409A, (b) the Company has any stock that is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise at the time Participant’s service terminates, (c) Participant receives acceleration of vesting of these RSUs in connection with a termination of service, and (d) at the time of such termination, Participant is considered a “specified employee” under the Code Section 409A rules. Should these rules ever become applicable to Participant’s RSUs, then notwithstanding anything in the Plan, this Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Grant Date) to the contrary, if the vesting of these RSUs is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the settlement of such accelerated RSUs will result in the imposition of additional tax under Code Section 409A if such settlement is on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the settlement of such accelerated RSUs will not occur until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Shares subject to these RSUs will be settled and issued to the Participant’s administrator or executor of his or her estate as soon as practicable following his or her death (subject to Section 6).

5. Forfeiture upon Cessation of Status as a Service Provider. Upon the Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, these RSUs will immediately stop vesting and any of these RSUs that have not yet vested will be forfeited by the Participant for no consideration upon the date that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, in all cases, subject to Applicable Laws. For the avoidance of doubt, service during any portion of the vesting period shall not entitle the Participant to vest in a pro rata portion of unvested RSUs. For purposes of the RSUs, the Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered to be terminated as of the date the Participant is no longer providing services to the Company, or if different, the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or the Subsidiary or Parent to which the Participant is providing services (the Employer, Subsidiary or Parent, as applicable,

 

- 4 -


the “Service Recipient”) or other member of the Company Group (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of the Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Administrator, the Participant’s right to vest in the RSUs under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of the Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any). The Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Participant is no longer providing services for purposes of the RSUs (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

6. Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to the Participant under this Agreement will, if he or she is then deceased, be made to the administrator or executor of his or her estate or, if the Administrator permits, his or her designated beneficiary, unless otherwise required to comply with Applicable Laws. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations that apply to the transfer.

7. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding.

(i) No Shares will be issued to the Participant until he or she makes satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) for the payment of Tax Withholdings. If the Participant is a non-U.S. employee, the method of payment of Tax Withholdings may be restricted by any Appendix (as defined below). If the Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax Withholdings under this Agreement when any of these RSUs otherwise are supposed to vest or Tax Withholdings related to RSUs otherwise are due, he or she will permanently forfeit the applicable RSUs and any right to receive Shares under such RSUs, and such RSUs will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

(ii) The Company has the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax Withholdings by withholding from proceeds of a sale of Shares acquired upon payment of these RSUs arranged by the Company (on the Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent), and this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied until the Company determines otherwise, subject to Applicable Laws.

(iii) The Company also has the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax Withholdings: (a) by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant; (b) by requiring payment by cash or check made payable to the Company and/or any Service Recipient with respect to which the withholding obligation arises; (c) by deduction of such amount from salary, wages or other compensation payable to the Participant; or (d) in any combination of the foregoing, or any other method determined by the Administrator to be compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

- 5 -


(iv) The Company may withhold or account for Tax Withholdings by considering statutory or other withholding rates, including minimum or maximum rates applicable in the Participant’s jurisdiction(s). In the event of over-withholding, the Participant may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (with no entitlement to the equivalent in Common Stock), or if not refunded, the Participant may seek a refund from the local tax authorities. In the event of under-withholding, the Participant may be required to pay any additional Tax Withholdings directly to the applicable tax authority or to the Company and/or the Employer(s). If the obligation for Tax Withholdings is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested RSUs, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax Withholdings.

(v) Further, if the Participant is subject to taxation in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, the Company or the Employer(s) or former Employer(s) may withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction.

(vi) Regardless of any action of the Company or the Employer(s), the Participant acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax Withholdings and any and all additional taxes related to the Award, the Shares or other amounts or property delivered under the Award and the Participant’s participation in the Plan is and remains his or her responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer(s). The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and the Employer(s) (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Withholdings in connection with any aspect of these RSUs and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of these RSUs to reduce or eliminate his or her liability for Tax Withholdings or achieve any particular tax result.

(b) Code Section 409A. It is the intent of this Agreement that it and all issuances and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt or excepted from the requirements of Code Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception under Code Section 409A, or otherwise be exempted or excepted from, or comply with, Code Section 409A, so that none of this Agreement, the RSUs provided under this Agreement, or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or excepted, or to so comply. Each issuance upon settlement of the RSUs under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will any member of the Company Group have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes that may be imposed, or other costs incurred, on Participant as a result of Code Section 409A.

8. Rights as Stockholder. The Participant’s or any other person’s rights as a stockholder of the Company (including the right to vote and to receive dividends and distributions) will not begin until Shares have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars.

9. Acknowledgements and Agreements. The Participant’s signature on the Notice of Grant accepting these RSUs indicates that:

(a) HE OR SHE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THESE RSUS IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AND THAT BEING HIRED OR BEING GRANTED THESE RSUS WILL NOT RESULT IN VESTING.

 

- 6 -


(b) HE OR SHE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THESE RSUS AND THIS AGREEMENT DO NOT CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH HIS OR HER RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER(S) TO TERMINATE HIS OR HER RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAWS.

(c) The Participant agrees that this Agreement and its incorporated documents reflect all agreements on its subject matters and that he or she is not accepting this Agreement based on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those reflected in the Agreement.

(d) The Participant agrees that the Company’s delivery of any documents related to the Plan or these RSUs (including the Plan, the Agreement, the Plan’s prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders) to him or her may be made by electronic delivery, which may include but does not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or to the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via email, or any other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. If the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails, the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of the documents. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents that were delivered electronically at no cost to him or her by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if the Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

(e) The Participant may deliver any documents related to the Plan or these RSUs to the Company by e-mail or any other means of electronic delivery approved by the Administrator, but he or she must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if his or her attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails.

(f) The Participant accepts that all good faith decisions or interpretations of the Administrator regarding the Plan and Awards under the Plan are binding, conclusive, and final. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any such decisions or interpretations.

(g) The Participant agrees that the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

(h) The Participant agrees that the grant of these RSUs is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted stock units or benefits in lieu of restricted stock units, even if restricted stock units have been granted in the past.

 

- 7 -


(i) The Participant agrees that any decisions regarding future Awards will be in the Company’s sole discretion.

(j) The Participant agrees that he or she is voluntarily participating in the Plan.

(k) The Participant agrees that these RSUs and any Shares acquired under these RSUs, and the income from and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation.

(l) The Participant agrees that these RSUs, any Shares acquired under these RSUs, and the income from and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits, or similar payments.

(m) The Participant agrees that the future value of the Shares underlying these RSUs is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty.

(n) The Participant agrees that no member of the Company Group is liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of these RSUs or of any amounts due to him or her from the payment of these RSUs or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon such payment.

(o) Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the RSUs and the benefits evidenced in this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the RSUs or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company, nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares.

(p) The Participant agrees that he or she has no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages from any forfeiture of these RSUs resulting from the termination of his or her status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where he or she is a Service Provider or the terms of his or her service agreement, if any).

10. Data Privacy.

(a) The Participant voluntarily consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Award materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer(s), the Company and any member of the Company Group for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the Plan.

(b) The Participant understands that the Company and the Employer(s) may hold certain personal information about him or her, including, but not limited to, his or her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary,

 

- 8 -


nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all equity awards or any other entitlement to stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in his or her favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan.

(c) The Participant understands that Data will be transferred to one or more stock plan service provider(s) selected by the Company, which may assist the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than his or her country. The Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients that may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan.

(d) The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that if he or she resides in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, he or she may, at any time, request access to Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents given by accepting these RSUs, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that he or she is providing these consents on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent or if he or she later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her engagement as a Service Provider with the Employer(s) will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing his or her consent is that the Company will not be able to grant him or her awards under the Plan or administer or maintain awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to participate in the Plan (including the right to retain these RSUs). The Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative for more information on the consequences of his or her refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent.

11. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions including, but not limited to, the United States and the Participant’s country of residence, which may affect the Participant’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares (e.g., RSUs) under the Plan during such time as the Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the applicable jurisdictions). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders the Participant placed before the Participant possessed inside information. Furthermore, the Participant could be prohibited from (i) disclosing the inside information to any third party and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them otherwise to buy or sell securities. The Participant should keep in mind third parties includes fellow employees. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable insider trading policy of the Company. The Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable restrictions and should consult with his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

 

- 9 -


12. Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. Depending on the Participant’s country, the Participant may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the vesting of the RSUs, the acquisition, holding and/or transfer of Shares or cash resulting from participation in the Plan and/or the opening and maintaining of a brokerage or bank account in connection with the Plan. The Participant may be required to report such assets, accounts, account balances and values, and/or related transactions to the applicable authorities in his or her country. The Participant may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of his or her participation in the Plan to his or her country through a designated bank or broker and/or within a certain time after receipt. The Participant acknowledges that he or she is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable foreign asset/account, exchange control and tax reporting and other requirements. The Participant further understands that he or she should consult the Participant’s personal tax and legal advisors, as applicable on these matters.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement must be addressed to the Company at RxSight, Inc., 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656, USA until the Company designates another address in writing.

(b) Non-Transferability of RSUs. These RSUs may not be transferred other than by will or the applicable laws of descent or distribution.

(c) Binding Agreement. If any RSUs are transferred, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties to this Agreement.

(d) Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. In accordance with Section 20 of the Plan, if at any time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local law the tax Code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. If any such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval has not been completed by the applicable Settlement Deadline with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit in a manner that would allow it to be settled by the applicable Settlement Deadline, such Restricted Stock Unit will be forfeited as of immediately following the Settlement Deadline for no consideration and at no cost to the Company. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience and any such certificate may be in book entry form.

 

- 10 -


(e) Captions. Captions provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

(f) Agreement Severable. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, that provision will be severed from the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the invalidity or unenforceability will have no effect on the remainder of the Agreement.

(g) Non-U.S. Appendix. These RSUs are subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Agreement for the Participant’s country (the “Appendix”). If the Participant relocates to a country included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for that country will apply to him or her to the extent the Company determines that applying such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons.

(h) Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the RSUs and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing; provided, however, that no such imposition of other requirements shall occur or be effective unless such imposition would result in these RSUs remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Code Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Code Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Code Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Agreement, the RSUs provided under this Agreement, or Shares, cash or other property issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A.

(i) Choice of Law; Choice of Forum. The Plan, this Agreement, these RSUs, and all determinations made and actions taken under the Plan, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Plan, the Participant’s acceptance of these RSUs is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware and his or her agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in the Delaware Court of Chancery or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Delaware and no other courts, regardless of where he or she is performing services.

(j) Modifications to the Agreement. The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. The Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Other than as specified in Section 19(d) of the Plan, modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 13(h), the Administrator may, without the consent of the Participant, modify this Agreement in any of the following manners: (a) take any action permitted by Section 4 of this Agreement, including to waive or decrease, in whole or in part, some or all of the requirements required for vesting of all or a portion of the unvested RSUs; or (b) waive or decrease some or all of the requirements for settlement of RSUs. The Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole

 

- 11 -


discretion and without the consent of the Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A, to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with these RSUs, or to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(k) Waiver. The Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement or of any subsequent breach of this Agreement by him or her.

(l) Language. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant is sufficiently proficient in English, or has consulted with an advisor who is sufficiently proficient in English, so as to allow the Participant to understand the terms of this Agreement. If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to these RSUs and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

- 12 -


EXHIBIT B1

APPENDIX TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Appendix”) includes additional terms and conditions that govern these RSUs granted to the Participant under the Plan if he or she resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below on the Grant Date or he or she moves to one of the listed countries. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Plan and the Agreement.

If the Participant is a citizen or resident of a country (or if the Participant is considered as such for local law purposes) other than the one in which the Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if the Participant transfers to another country after being granted the RSUs, the Company will, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will be applicable to the Participant.

Notifications

This Appendix may also include information regarding securities laws, exchange controls and certain other issues of which the Participant should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other Applicable Laws in effect in the respective countries as of [DATE] 2021. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Participant not rely on the information in this Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time the Participant vests in or sells the Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained in this Appendix is general in nature and may not apply to the Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure him or her of a particular result. The Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, if the Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, transfers employment after these RSUs are granted, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information in this Appendix may not apply to him or her, and the Administrator will determine to what extent the terms and conditions in this Appendix apply.

Countries

[Insert]

 

1 

NTD: To be completed by applicable local counsel.

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

RxSIGHT, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a component that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423 (the “423 Component”) and a component that is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423 (the “Non-423 Component”). The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Code Section 423. An option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures, or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws, or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions.

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “Applicable Laws” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to the related issuance of shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events, unless specifically provided otherwise by the Administrator with respect to a particular Offering:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, that for this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who prior to such acquisition is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control and provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the


Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this Section 2(e)(i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the appointment or election. For purposes of this Section 2(e)(ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, that for this Section 2(e)(iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets:

(1) a transfer to an entity controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or

(2) a transfer of assets by the Company to:

(A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock,

(B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company,

(C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or

(D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in Section 2(e)(iii)(2)(A) to Section 2(e)(iii)(2)(C).

For this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For this definition, persons will be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company shall not be considered “Persons” for purposes of this Section 2(e).

 

- 2 -


(iv) A transaction will not be a Change in Control:

(1) unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A; or

(2) if its primary purpose is to (A) change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (B) create a holding company owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(g) “Committee” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) “Company” means RxSight, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any of its successors.

(j) “Compensation” includes an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings but excludes payments for commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift premium, equity compensation income and other similar compensation. For the avoidance of doubt, “Compensation” excludes any payments that an Eligible Employee receives from external sources, including government agencies or insurance carriers, such as disability insurance payments or paid family leave payments, during any leave of absence taken by an Eligible Employee. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(k) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “Designated Company” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component will not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) “Eligible Employee” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least 20 hours per week and more than 5 months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds 3 months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by

 

- 3 -


statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated 3 months and 1 day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (for each Offering under the 423 Component, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least 2 years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than 5 months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q), or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q) with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering under the 423 Component in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Eligible Employees are participating in that Offering under the 423 Component. Each exclusion will be applied with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii). Such exclusions may be applied with respect to an Offering under the Non- 423 Component without regard to the limitations of Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2.

(o) “Employer” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of an Offering Period.

(q) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “Exercise Date” means the last Trading Day of the Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an Offering Period is terminated prior to its expiration pursuant to Section 20, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine that any Purchase Period also terminating under such Offering Period will terminate without options being exercised on the Exercise Date that otherwise would have occurred on the last Trading Day of such Purchase Period.

(s) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share, determined as follows:

(i) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the Registration Statement

(ii) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for a share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported by such source as the Administrator determines to be reliable. If the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a non-Trading Day (i.e., a weekend or holiday), the Fair Market Value will be such price on the immediately preceding Trading Day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator;

 

- 4 -


(iii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported by such source as the Administrator determines to be reliable;

(iv) Absent an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a weekend, holiday or other day other than a Trading Day, the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined under subsections (t)(i) or (t)(ii) above on the immediately preceding Trading Day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Note that the determination of fair market value for purposes of Tax Withholding may be made in the Administrator’s sole discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of Fair Market Value for other purposes.

(t) “Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “New Exercise Date” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Eligible Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “Offering Periods” means a period beginning on such date as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion and ending on such Exercise Date as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, in each case on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4, 20 and 30.

(x) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(y) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “Plan” means this RxSight, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(aa) “Purchase Period” means the period, as determined by the Administrator in its discretion on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, during an Offering Period that commences on the Offering Period’s Enrollment Date and ends on the next Exercise Date, except that if the Administrator determines that more than one Purchase Period should occur within an Offering Period, subsequent

 

- 5 -


Purchase Periods within such Offering Period commence after one Exercise Date and end with the next Exercise Date at such time or times as the Administrator determines prior to the commencement of the Offering Period.

(bb) “Purchase Price” means an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Code Section 423 (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(cc) “Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the “Registration Statement”).

(dd) “Section 409A” or “Code Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be promulgated, amended or modified from time to time.

(ee) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

(ff) “Tax Withholdings” means the Company’s or Employer’s tax, social insurance and social security liability or premium obligations in connection with the options granted under the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company or the Employer, (ii) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company or the Employer, the fringe benefit tax liability of the Company, if any, associated with the grant of an option or purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or sale of shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan, and (iii) any other taxes or social insurance or social security liabilities or premium the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to such option, the shares of Common Stock subject to, or other amounts or property payable under, an option, or otherwise associated with or related to participation in the Plan and with respect to which the Company or the Employer has either agreed to withhold or has an obligation to withhold.

(gg) “Trading Day” means a day on which the primary established stock exchange or national market system upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(hh) “U.S. Treasury Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation will include such Treasury Regulation, the section of the Code under which such regulation was promulgated, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

3. Eligibility.

(a) Offering Periods. Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

 

- 6 -


(b) Non-U.S. Employees. Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(A))) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Code Section 423. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator determines that participation of such Eligible Employees is not advisable or practicable.

(c) Limitations. Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Code Section 424(d)) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Code Section 423) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds $25,000 worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Code Section 423 and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods. Offering Periods will expire on the earliest to occur of (i) the completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the last Exercise Date occurring within 27 months of the applicable Enrollment Date on which the option to purchase shares of Common Stock was granted, or (ii) such shorter period as may be established by the Administrator from time to time, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date.

5. Participation. An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator, in either case on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date.

6. Contributions.

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount that the Administrator may establish from time to time, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, for all options to be granted on any Enrollment Date (for illustrative purposes, should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any Contributions made on such day applied to his or her account under the then-current Purchase Period or Offering Period with respect to which that Exercise Date relates). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 11 hereof).

 

- 7 -


(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day on or prior to the last Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 11 hereof).

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages of his or her Compensation only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided under Section 10. Except as may be permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion prior to the start of the applicable Offering Period, a Participant may not change the rate of his or her Contributions during an Offering Period.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 423(b)(8) and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to 0% at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Code Section 423(b)(8) and Section 3(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 11).

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Participants to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted or advisable under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Code Section 423 for Participants participating in the 423 Component; and/or (iii) the Participants are participating in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or at any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for Tax Withholdings. At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to satisfy applicable Tax Withholdings, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or use any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no

 

- 8 -


event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than a fixed number shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19) in an amount that the Administrator may establish from time to time, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, for all options to be granted on any Enrollment Date, and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(d) and 13 and in the subscription agreement. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option, with respect to any Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period and/or Offering Period, as applicable. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 11). The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option.

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10 (or Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Section 11), his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on each Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares of Common Stock subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, as applicable, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10 (or the earlier termination of Participant’s participation as provided in Section 11). Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares of Common Stock hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

 

- 9 -


9. Delivery. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares of Common Stock be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a trustee or designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares of Common Stock be retained with such broker, trustee or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions or other dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal.

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may set forth a deadline of when a withdrawal must occur to be effective prior to a given Exercise Date in accordance with policies it may approve from time to time. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect on his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator in a manner that, with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component, is permitted by, and compliant with, Code Section 423, a Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company will not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Code Section 423; further, no Participant shall be deemed to switch from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component or vice versa unless (and then only to the extent) such switch would not cause the 423 Component or any option thereunder to fail to comply with Code Section 423.

 

- 10 -


12. No Interest. No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, will, with respect to Offerings under the 423 Component, apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

13. Stock.

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning for the Fiscal Year following the Fiscal Year in which the first Enrollment Date (if any) occurs equal to the least of (i) 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or, if so required under Applicable Laws, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to delegate ministerial duties to any of the Company’s employees, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures, sub-plans, and appendices to the enrollment agreement as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans and appendices may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan or appendix, the provisions of this Plan will govern the operation of such sub-plan or appendix). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Eligible Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering under the 423 Component, or if the terms would not qualify under the 423 Component, in the Non-423 Component, in either case unless such designation would cause the 423 Component to violate the requirements of Code Section 423. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or

 

- 11 -


trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision, and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Designation of Beneficiary.

(a) If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

16. Transferability. Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds. The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

 

- 12 -


18. Reports. Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger, or Change in Control.

(a) Adjustments. If any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the shares of Common Stock, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any of its successors) affecting the shares of Common Stock occurs (including a Change in Control), the Administrator, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be provided under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share, the class and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof (or, prior to such New Exercise Date, Participant’s participation has terminated as provided in Section 11 hereof).

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period will end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof (or, prior to such New Exercise Date, Participant’s participation has terminated as provided in Section 11 hereof).

20. Amendment or Termination.

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion

 

- 13 -


of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods and/or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants.

21. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares

 

- 14 -


pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Code Section 409A. The Plan is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A, and, to the extent not exempt, is intended to comply with Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any of its Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall have no obligation or liability to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless a Participant or any other party for any taxes or costs that may be imposed on or incurred by a Participant or any other person as a result of Section 409A, including but not limited to if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with or exempt from Section 409A.

24. Term of Plan. The Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of 20 years from the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

25. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

26. Governing Law. The Plan will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except its choice-of-law provisions).

27. No Right to Employment. Participation in the Plan by a Participant will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as applicable. Further, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

 

- 15 -


28. Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

29. Compliance with Applicable Laws. The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

30. Automatic Transfer to Low Price Offering Period. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, if the Fair Market Value on any Exercise Date in an Offering Period is lower than the Fair Market Value on the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period, then all Participants in such Offering Period automatically will be withdrawn from such Offering Period immediately after the exercise of their option on such Exercise Date and automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following Offering Period as of the first day thereof.

 

- 16 -


EXHIBIT A

RxSIGHT, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

         Original Application    Offering Date:                            
         Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1.                                          (“Employee”) hereby elects to participate in RxSight, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan. Any capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Subscription Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to them under the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize and consent to payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of     % of my Compensation (from 0% to fifteen percent (15%)); a decrease in rate may be to 0%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, I may not change the rate of my Contributions during an Offering Period.

4. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan. I further understand that if I am outside of the U.S., my payroll deductions will be converted to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate selected by the Company on the purchase date.

5. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

6. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of the Eligible Employee.

7. If I am a U.S. taxpayer, I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within 2 years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or 1 year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within 30 days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock. The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of

 

- 17 -


the 2-year and 1-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

8. For employees that may be subject to tax in non U.S. jurisdictions, I acknowledge and agree that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or any Designated Company with respect to any or all income tax, social security, social insurances, National Insurance Contributions, payroll tax, fringe benefit, or other tax-related items related to my participation in the Plan and legally applicable to me including, without limitation, in connection with the grant of such options, the purchase or sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan and/or the receipt of any dividends on such shares (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains my responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or a Designated Company. Furthermore, I acknowledge that the Company and/or any Designated Company (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the options under the Plan and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of options or any aspect of my participation in the Plan to reduce or eliminate my liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if I have become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the date of my enrollment and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, I acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or any other relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, I agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, I authorize the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (a) withholding from my wages or Compensation paid to me by the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company; or (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on my behalf pursuant to this authorization). Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable maximum withholding rates, in which case I will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent.

Finally, I agree to pay to the Company or the applicable Designated Company any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the applicable Designated Company may be required to withhold as a result of my participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan on my behalf and/or refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of shares if I fail to comply with my obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

- 18 -


9. By electing to participate in the Plan, I acknowledge, understand and agree that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent provided for in the Plan;

(b) all decisions with respect to future grants under the Plan, if applicable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) the grant of options under the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service contract with the Company, or any Designated Company, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company or any Designated Company, as applicable, to terminate my employment (if any);

(d) I am voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the options granted under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock underlying such options, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the options granted under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock underlying such options, and the income and value of same, are not part of my normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the shares of Common Stock offered under the Plan is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) the shares of Common Stock that I acquire under the Plan may increase or decrease in value, even below the Purchase Price;

(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from the forfeiture of options granted to me under the Plan as a result of the termination of my status as an Eligible Employee (for any reason whatsoever, and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any) and, in consideration of the grant of options under the Plan to which I am otherwise not entitled, I irrevocably agree never to institute a claim against the Company, or any Designated Company, waive my ability, if any, to bring such claim, and release the Company, and any Designated Company from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, I shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed to not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim; and

(j) in the event of the termination of my status as an Eligible Employee (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any), my right to participate in the Plan and any options granted to me under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that I am no longer actively employed by the Company or one of its Designated Companies and, in any event, will not be extended by any notice period mandated under the employment laws in the jurisdiction in which I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any (e.g., active employment would not include a

 

- 19 -


period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to the employment laws in the jurisdiction in which I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any); the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when I am no longer actively employed for purposes of my participation in the Plan (including whether I may still be considered to be actively employed while on a leave of absence).

10. I understand that the Company and/or any Designated Company may collect, where permissible under applicable law certain personal information about me, including, but not limited to, my name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options granted under the Plan or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in my favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. I understand that Company may transfer my Data to the United States, which is not considered by the European Commission to have data protection laws equivalent to the laws in my country. I understand that the Company will transfer my Data to its designated broker, or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. I understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different, including less stringent, data privacy laws that the European Commission or my jurisdiction does not consider to be equivalent to the protections in my country. I understand that I may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting my local human resources representative. I authorize the Company, the Company’s designated broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the Plan. I understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage my participation in the Plan. I understand that that I may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing my local human resources representative. Further, I understand that I am providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If I do not consent, or if I later seek to revoke my consent, my employment status or career with the Company or any Designated Company will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing my consent is that the Company would not be able to grant me options under the Plan or other equity awards, or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, I understand that refusing or withdrawing my consent may affect my ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of my refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, I understand that I may contact my local human resources representative.

If I am an employee outside the U.S., I understand that in accordance with applicable law, I have the right to access, and to request a copy of, the Data held about me. I also understand that I have the right to discontinue the collection, processing, or use of my Data, or supplement, correct, or request deletion of my Data. To exercise my rights, I may contact my local human resources representative.

I hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of my personal data as described herein and any other Plan materials by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the Plan. I understand that my consent will be sought and obtained for any processing or transfer of my data for any purpose other than as described in the enrollment form and any other plan materials.

 

- 20 -


11. If I have received the Subscription Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control, subject to applicable laws.

12. The provisions of the Subscription Agreement and these appendices are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

13. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Subscription Agreement, I understand that if I am working or resident in a country other than the United States, my participation in the Plan shall also be subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth on Appendix A and any special terms and conditions for my country set forth on Appendix A. Moreover, if I relocate to one of the countries included in Appendix A, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to me to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Appendix A constitutes part of this Subscription Agreement and the provisions of this Subscription Agreement govern each Appendix (to the extent not superseded or supplemented by the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Appendix).

14. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social

   

Security Number

   

(for U.S.-based employees):

     

Employee’s Address:

     

 

     

 

     

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:

         
      Signature of Employee

 

- 21 -


EXHIBIT B

RxSIGHT, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

Any capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Notice of Withdrawal will have the meaning ascribed to them under the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”).

The undersigned Participant in the Offering Period of the RxSight, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                     ,                      (the “Offering Date”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be terminated automatically. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  

 

 

- 22 -

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of July 6, 2021 (the “Amendment Date”), by and among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 115 South Union Street, Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314 (in its individual capacity, “Oxford”; and in its capacity as Collateral Agent, “Collateral Agent”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 thereof from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender (each a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), RXSIGHT, INC., a California corporation with offices located at 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656 (“Existing Borrower”) and RXSIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656 (“New Borrower”).

WHEREAS, Collateral Agent, Existing Borrower and Lenders have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which Lenders have provided to Borrower certain loans in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS; Existing Borrower and New Borrower are entering into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, the “Merger Agreement”), dated July 6, 2021, pursuant to the terms of which, among other things, Existing Borrower will merge into New Borrower, and all equity interests of Existing Borrower outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) shall be automatically converted solely into the right to receive a number of shares of the New Borrower’s capital stock in accordance with the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement the Existing Borrower is required to obtain the prior consent of the Lenders and the Collateral Agent prior to consummating the Merger (as defined in the Merger Agreement as in effect on the date hereof);

WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent and Lenders have agreed to provide such consent, but only to the extent set forth herein, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Existing Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent desire to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as provided herein and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Existing Borrower, New Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

 

  1.

Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

  2.

Consent.

 

  a.

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to (a) Existing Borrower’s execution, delivery and performance of the Merger Agreement and without any material changes thereto unless such changes are consented to by the Collateral Agent and the Lenders; (b) consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; and (c) the New Borrower becoming the “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement with effect from the Amendment Date; provided, however, the consent set forth in this Section 2(a) are contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

  b.

The consent set forth in this Section 2 is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Lenders may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.


  3.

Joinder.

 

  a.

New Borrower. New Borrower hereby is added as a “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement. All references in the Agreement to “Borrower” shall hereafter mean and include the New Borrower; and New Borrower shall hereafter have all rights, duties and obligations of “Borrower” thereunder.

 

  b.

Joinder to Loan Agreement. New Borrower hereby joins the Loan Agreement and each of the Loan Documents, and agrees to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Loan Agreement and Loan Documents, as if it were originally named a “Borrower” therein. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, New Borrower agrees that it will be liable for the payment and performance of all obligations and liabilities of Borrower under the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, the Obligations.

 

  c.

Grant of Security Interest. To secure the prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations, New Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, a continuing lien upon and security interest in all of New Borrower’s now existing or hereafter arising rights and interest in the Collateral, whether now owned or existing or hereafter created, acquired, or arising, and wherever located. New Borrower further covenants and agrees that by its execution hereof it shall provide all such information, complete all such forms, and take all such actions, and enter into all such agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender that are reasonably deemed necessary by Collateral Agent or any Lender in order to grant a valid, perfected first priority security interest to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in the Collateral. New Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements, without notice to New Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions in order to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s and/or any Lender’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by New Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Code.

 

  d.

Representations and Warranties. New Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and each Lender that all representations and warranties in the Loan Documents made on the part of Existing Borrower are true and correct on the date hereof with respect to Existing Borrower and New Borrower, with the same force and effect as if New Borrower were named as “Borrower” in the Loan Documents in addition to Existing Borrower.

 

  4.

Amendments.

 

  a.

Collateral Agent’s Notice information set forth in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following:

 

“If to Collateral Agent:   OXFORD FINANCE LLC
  115 South Union Street, Suite 300
  Alexandria, VA 22314
  Attention: Legal Department
  Fax: (703) 519-5225
  Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com”

 

  b.

Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following definitions therein as follows:

Borrower” is RXSIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation (successor by merger with RXSIGHT, INC., a California corporation).

 

2


  c.

Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

  d.

Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

 

  e.

The amendments set forth in this Section 4 are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right, remedy or obligation which Lenders, New Borrower or Borrower may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document, as amended hereby.

 

  5.

Conditions Precedent. This Amendment is contingent upon, and shall be deemed effective as of the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

  a.

the Collateral Agent’s receipt of this Amendment duly executed by each of the Borrower, New Borrower, the Collateral Agent and each Lender;

 

  b.

the Collateral Agent’s receipt of a copy of the Merger Agreement executed by the Borrower and New Borrower, and all documents and filings related thereto;

 

  c.

the Collateral Agent’s receipt (i) of such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of New Borrower as the Collateral Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of New Borrower to become a party the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which New Borrower is a party or is to become a party; (B) the approval of New Borrower to become a party to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which New Borrower is a party or is to become a party by New Borrower’s Board of Directors and, if applicable, New Borrower’s stockholders and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each officer of New Borrower authorized to act as on behalf of the New Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which New Borrower is a party or is to become a party, and (ii) copies of New Borrower’s organizational documents and such other documents and certifications as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require to evidence that New Borrower is duly organized or formed, and that New Borrower is validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization;

 

  d.

Collateral Agent’s receipt of all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Loan Documents and all such documents and instruments shall have been so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agent;

 

  e.

Collateral Agent’s receipt of evidence that no Liens exist on the assets of the New Borrower upon the consummation of the Merger other than Permitted Liens and such other Liens that each of the Collateral Agent and Lenders shall consent to in their sole discretion, and no Liens will be effected on the assets of the New Borrower as a consequence of the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, in each case, other than Liens that would comprise Permitted Liens under the Loan Agreement;

 

  f.

delivery by New Borrower of executed (via delivery of PDF copies) amended and restated Secured Promissory Notes to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

  g.

delivery by New Borrower of its Perfection Certificate to Collateral Agent; and

 

  h.

(i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents will be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

3


  6.

Covenants. New Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

  a.

No later than seven (7) days after the Amendment Date, deliver to Collateral Agent evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that New Borrower is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  b.

No later than seven (7) days after the Amendment Date, deliver to Collateral Agent evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that New Borrower is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in California;

 

  c.

No later than thirty (30) days after the Amendment Date, deliver to Collateral Agent evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents and all endorsements in favor of the Collateral Agent required under the Loan Documents have been obtained and are in effect;

 

  d.

No later than three (3) days after the Amendment Date, deliver to Collateral Agent (i) an executed and complete Form W-9 for New Borrower and (ii) executed original amended and restated Secured Promissory Notes, PDF copies of which New Borrower shall deliver on the Amendment Date pursuant to Section 4(g) above; and

 

  e.

No later than three (3) days after the Amendment Date, deliver to Collateral Agent executed (via delivery of original signatures) amended and restated Secured Promissory Notes to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

  7.

Representations and Warranties. Existing Borrower and New Borrower hereby, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Collateral Agent and Lenders as follows:

 

  a.

Immediately prior to and after giving effect to this Amendment, (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  b.

Existing Borrower and New Borrower have the power and due authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

  c.

The organizational documents of Existing Borrower and New Borrower delivered to Collateral Agent, and updated pursuant to subsequent deliveries by the Existing Borrower to the Collateral Agent, if applicable, remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

  d.

The execution and delivery by Existing Borrower and New Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Existing Borrower and New Borrower of their respective obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not (i) contravene any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (ii) contravene any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority binding on Existing Borrower or New Borrower, (iii) contravene the organizational documents of Existing Borrower or New Borrower, or (iv) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Existing Borrower or New Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound;

 

4


  e.

The execution and delivery by Existing Borrower and New Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Existing Borrower and New Borrower of their respective obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any Governmental Authority binding on Existing Borrower or New Borrower;

 

  f.

This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Existing Borrower and New Borrower and is the binding obligation of Existing Borrower and New Borrower, enforceable against Existing Borrower and New Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

 

  g.

This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  8.

Release. Each of Existing Borrower and New Borrower hereby remises, releases, acquits, satisfies and forever discharges the Lenders and Collateral Agent, their agents, employees, officers, directors, predecessors, attorneys and all others acting or purporting to act on behalf of or at the direction of the Lenders and Collateral Agent (“Releasees”), of and from any and all manner of actions, causes of action, suit, debts, accounts, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, variances, damages, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which any of such parties ever had, now has or, to the extent arising from or in connection with any act, omission or state of facts taken or existing on or prior to the date hereof, may have after the date hereof against the Releasees, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever relating to or arising out of the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents on or prior to the date hereof and through the date hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of Existing Borrower and New Borrower waives and affirmatively agrees not to allege or otherwise pursue any defenses, affirmative defenses, counterclaims, claims, causes of action, setoffs or other rights they do, shall or may have as of the date hereof, including the rights to contest: (a) the right of Collateral Agent and each Lender to exercise its rights and remedies described in the Loan Documents; (b) any provision of this Amendment or the Loan Documents; or (c) any conduct of the Lenders or other Releasees relating to or arising out of the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents on or prior to the date hereof.

 

  9.

Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.5(b) of the Loan Agreement, Existing Borrower and New Borrower hereby agree to promptly pay (without duplication) all unpaid Lenders’ Expenses incurred through the date hereof, which may be debited (or ACH’d) from any of Existing Borrower’s or New Borrower’s accounts.

 

  10.

Miscellaneous.

 

  a.

Except as expressly set forth herein, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without alteration or amendment. The Existing Borrower, New Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent agree that this Amendment shall be a Loan Document. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.

 

  b.

This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  c.

This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement be executed as of the Amendment Date.

 

EXISTING BORROWER:

RXSIGHT, INC.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Ron Kurtz

Name:   Ron Kurtz
Title:   CEO

 

NEW BORROWER:

RXSIGHT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Ron Kurtz

Name:   Ron Kurtz
Title:   CEO

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

By:  

 

Name:    
Title:    

Signature Page to Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement be executed as of the Amendment Date.

 

EXISTING BORROWER:

RXSIGHT, INC.,

a California corporation

By:   

     

Name:    
Title:    

 

NEW BORROWER:

RXSIGHT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   

     

Name:    
Title:    

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

By:   

/s/ Colette H. Featherly

Name:  

Colette H. Featherly

Title:  

Senior Vice President

Signature Page to Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Agreement and Plan of Merger

[see attached]


Exhibit B

EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:    OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
FROM:    RXSIGHT, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“Officer”) of RXSIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Loan Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(c) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required foreign, federal and material state and local tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, and material state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

     Reporting Covenant    Requirement    Actual         Complies    
1)    Financial statements    Quarterly within 45 days       Yes    No   N/A
2)    Annual (CPA Audited) statements    Within 120 days after FYE       Yes    No   N/A

3)

  

Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)

   Annually (within 60 days after 2021 FYE and within 15 days for each other FYE), and when revised                        Yes    No   N/A


4)    A/R & A/P agings    If applicable       Yes    No   N/A
5)    8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings    If applicable, within 5 days of filing       Yes    No   N/A
6)    Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days       Yes    No   N/A
7)    IP Report    When required       Yes    No   N/A
8)    Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period       $                    Yes    No   N/A
9)   

Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

      $                    Yes    No   N/A
10)    Total aggregate assets held at Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries    $                    $                    Yes    No   N/A
        

Deposit and Securities Accounts

(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

 

     Institution Name    Account Number   New Account?   Account Control Agreement in place?

1)

        Yes   No   Yes   No

2)

        Yes   No   Yes   No

3)

        Yes   No   Yes   No

4)

        Yes   No   Yes   No

     

   Financial Covenants           

 

     Covenant    Requirement         Actual   Compliance    

1)

   Minimum sales
(trailing twelve (12) months)
   At least 50% of projections            %      Yes   No   N/A
   $                    $                            

     

   Other Matters               

 

1)

   Has any Key Person ceased to be actively engaged in management since the last Compliance Certificate?   Yes   No       

2)

   Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?   Yes   No  


3)

   Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that could reasonably be expected to result in aggregate damages of more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00)?   Yes   No       

4)

   Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower (which are material) and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.   Yes   No  


Exceptions

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

 

RXSIGHT, INC.
By       
Name:    

Title:

   

Date:

 

LENDER USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

    Date:  

 

Verified by:  

 

    Date:  

 

Compliance Status:   Yes   No


EXHIBIT C

EXHIBIT D

Form of Secured Promissory Note

[see attached]


[AMENDED AND RESTATED] SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan)

 

$                        Dated: [DATE]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, RXSIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 100 Columbia, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656 (“Borrower”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“Lender”) the principal amount of [                    ] MILLION DOLLARS ($                    ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated October 29, 2020 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “Note”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[This Note amends and restates that certain Secured Promissory Note issued in the original principal amount of [$              ], on [                    ], evidencing Term [A][B][C][D][E][F] Loan.]

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
RXSIGHT, INC.
By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

  

Principal
Amount

  

Interest Rate

  

Scheduled
Payment Amount

  

Notation By

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

TERMINATION AGREEMENT

THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of the closing of the Public Offering (as defined below), by and between RxSight, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and Yelroc Consulting, Inc., an entity (“Consultant”). All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the corresponding meanings ascribed such terms in that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of January 1, 2019, as amended (the “Consulting Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Company intends to complete the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company (the “Registration Statement”) in connection with an underwritten offering (the “Public Offering”).

WHEREAS, the parties entered into the Consulting Agreement effective as of January 1, 2019 and that certain First Amendment to the Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2020.

WHEREAS, (i) the Company and (ii) Consultant, together constituting all of the parties to the Consulting Agreement, now desire to terminate the Consulting Agreement, effective as of the date hereof (the “Termination Date”), pursuant to the provisions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the aforementioned premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1.

Termination of the Consulting Agreement. The parties hereby agree that the Consulting Agreement shall automatically terminate effective as of the Termination Date, with no further action required by any party. As of the Termination Date, the Consulting Agreement will have no further force or effect and the parties will have no further rights or obligations under the Consulting Agreement; provided, however, that the rights and obligations that survive termination of the Consulting Agreement pursuant to its terms will survive in accordance with the terms of the Consulting Agreement.

 

  2.

Authority. Each party hereby represents and warrants that: (i) it has the full power, authority and legal right and has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and given all notices required to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform the terms hereof; and (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid, binding and enforceable obligation.

 

  3.

Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

  4.

Entire Agreement. The parties to this Agreement understand and agree that the terms of this Agreement supersede any prior discussions, understandings or agreements between and among them relative to the specific subject matter hereof, and that the terms of this Agreement are intended to constitute a binding contract between and among them for their express benefit.

 

  5.

Modification; Waiver. This Agreement may not be modified and its provisions may not be waived except in writing executed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification or waiver is sought.


  6.

Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law provisions.

 

  7.

Counterparts and Facsimile Transmission. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including PDF) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

RXSIGHT, INC.

/s/ Ron Kurtz

Ron Kurtz,

Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature page to Termination Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

CONSULTANT:

 

YELROC CONSULTING

/s/ J. Andy Corley

J. Andy Corley, Chairman
Date:  

July 23, 2021

 

Signature page to Termination Agreement

EX-10.27

Exhibit 10.27

SHARE FORFEITURE AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE FORFEITURE AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 23, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and among RXSIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and DANIEL M. SCHWARTZ, a natural person (“Maker”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company made a loan to the Maker in the original principal amount of $160,000, pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated April 18, 2019 (as amended and in effect from time to the time, the “Note”);

WHEREAS, to secure the Maker’s obligations under the Note and Pledge Agreement, the Maker executed and delivered a Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of April 18, 2019 (as amended and in effect from time to the time, the “Pledge Agreement”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Pledge Agreement or Note) in favor of the Company, pursuant to which the Maker pledged as collateral security the Pledged Collateral to secure the Obligations;

WHEREAS, the Maker desires to forfeit the Forfeited Securities, and the Company is willing to accept such forfeiture, in full payment and satisfaction of the Note and all outstanding Obligations, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Maker acknowledges and agrees that as of the Effective Date, Maker will dispose of and have no further rights with respect to any of the Forfeited Securities;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Share Forfeiture.

(a) Effective as of the Effective Date, Maker assigns, transfers and delivers to the Company all of Maker’s right, title and interest in and to 113,751 of the Pledged Securities (the “Forfeited Securities”) and the related Pledged Collateral in respect thereof (together with the Forfeited Securities, the “Forfeited Collateral”; for avoidance of doubt, the 286,249 Pledged Securities owned by Maker are hereinafter referred to as the “Retained Securities” and such Retained Securities shall not constitute Forfeited Collateral) and waives all rights with respect to the Forfeited Collateral. Other than the satisfaction of Maker’s Obligations and Note, Maker is receiving no consideration in exchange for the Forfeited Collateral and has no expectation or right to any additional consideration in the future in respect thereof. Maker acknowledges and agrees that he shall not be entitled to any economic rights with respect to the Forfeited Collateral, including any dividend or payment upon liquidation or otherwise.

(b) On the Effective Date, Maker shall deliver to the Company his certificate(s), if any, representing the Forfeited Securities and the Retained Securities, and a duly executed assignment separate from the certificate(s) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. On the Effective Date, the Forfeited Securities and any such certificate(s) representing the Forfeited Securities shall be cancelled and shall no longer be outstanding, and any book entry or certificate representing the Forfeited Securities shall be marked cancelled and returned to the Company, as applicable. Thereupon, (i) all of Maker’s rights, title and interest in and to the Forfeited Collateral shall


terminate, be cancelled and extinguished, and (ii) all outstanding Obligations shall be fully satisfied and shall terminate, and all liens and security interests on the Pledged Collateral securing the Obligations shall be deemed to be fully released (except for (x) any rights of the Company or obligations of the Maker under the Note or Pledge Agreement that expressly survive repayment of the Obligations and termination thereof or (y) any rights or obligations of the Maker and Company arising under this Agreement (the obligations described in clauses (x)-(y) collectively, the “Surviving Obligations”)).

SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties. Maker represents and warrants to the Company as of the Effective Date as follows:

(a) Ownership of Pledged Collateral. Maker owns all right, title and interest (legal and beneficial) in and to the Pledged Collateral free and clear of all encumbrances (other than liens in favor of the Company), including without limitation any lien, pledge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, mortgage, assessment, charge, restriction or limitation of any kind, whether arising by agreement, operation of law or otherwise. Maker has sole title to the Pledged Collateral and Maker has not granted a third party any right to the shares or economic or voting interest in the Pledged Collateral. On the Effective Date, the Company shall acquire valid and unencumbered title to the Forfeited Collateral. No person or entity other than the Company has any agreement, option, understanding or commitment (oral or in writing) with Maker, or any right or privilege capable of becoming an agreement, option or commitment, for the purchase or acquisition of any of the Pledged Collateral.

(b) Authorization, Approval and Enforceability. Maker has full power and authority to execute and deliver, and perform his obligations under, this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Maker and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Maker, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(c) Conflicting Agreements. The execution, delivery, and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, result in any violation or default of any term of any provision of any mortgage, indenture, contract, lease, agreement, instrument or contract to which Maker is party or by which he is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under any such term or provision, or result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of Maker or the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to Maker or the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties.

(d) Receipt of Information. MAKER HAS REVIEWED AND UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. MAKER HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO ENGAGE COUNSEL TO ADVISE MAKER WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. MAKER HAS HAD ACCESS TO SUCH FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPANY

 

2


AS HAS BEEN REQUESTED BY MAKER IN ORDER FOR MAKER TO MAKE A FULLY-INFORMED, INDEPENDENT DECISION AS TO THIS AGREEMENT. MAKER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE COMPANY AND ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND OTHER REPRESENTATIVES MAY HAVE ACCESS TO INFORMATION NOT MADE AVAILABLE TO MAKER, AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING MAKER EXPRESSLY AGREES THAT THE COMPANY (TOGETHER WITH ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND OTHER REPRESENTATIVES) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INFORMATION IN THE POSSESSION OF MAKER REGARDING THE COMPANY. MAKER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE COMPANY HAS MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES AS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS TO THE VALUE OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL OR THE SUFFICIENCY OF THE CONSIDERATION TO BE PROVIDED HEREUNDER) AND THAT MAKER HAS MADE THE DECISION TO FORFEIT THE FORFEITED COLLATERAL IN EXCHANGE FOR THE CONSIDERATION TO BE PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ON HIS OWN, FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY.

(e) No Continuing Rights. Maker acknowledges and agrees that, after the Closing, Maker shall have no further rights with respect to the Forfeited Collateral.

(f) Tax Matters. Maker has had the opportunity to review with his tax advisors the tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Maker understands that Maker (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability of Maker that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 3. RELEASE. For and in consideration of the Company’s agreements contained herein and in the Note and Pledge Agreement, the Maker hereby forever releases and discharges the Company, and its officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, causes of actions, damages and liabilities of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, which the Maker ever had, now has or might hereafter have against one or more of the Released Parties which relates, directly or indirectly, to any of the Note, Pledge Agreement or the transactions relating thereto, to the extent that any such claim, cause of action, damage or liability shall be based in whole or in part upon facts, circumstances, actions or events existing on or prior to the date hereof.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Survival. The representations and warranties of Maker set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Company.

(b) Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and Maker and their respective successors and assigns.

 

3


(c) Reinstatement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event any payment made to, or other amount or value received by, the Company from or for the account of the Maker is avoided, rescinded, set aside or must otherwise be returned or repaid by the Company whether in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding involving the Maker or otherwise, the indebtedness intended to be repaid thereby shall be reinstated (without any further action by any party) and shall be enforceable against the Maker and its successors or assigns. In such event, the Maker shall be and remain liable to the Company for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by the Company with interest accruing thereon from and after the date such amount is so repaid or recovered.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of the conflicts of laws thereof.

(e) Counterparts; Facsimile or PDF. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in more than one counterpart, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including in the form of a .pdf file) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

(f) Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and Maker.

(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof except as expressly referred to herein.

(h) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AGREEMENT as of the date first above written.

 

Company:
RXSIGHT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Shelley B. Thunen

Name: Shelley B. Thunen
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Share Forfeiture and Release Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AGREEMENT as of the date first above written.

 

Maker:

/s/ Daniel M. Schwartz

Name: Daniel M. Schwartz

 

Signature Page to Share Forfeiture and Release Agreement


Exhibit A

STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DANIEL SCHWARTZ hereby assigns and transfers unto RXSIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to that certain Share Forfeiture and Release Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof by and between the undersigned and the Company (the “Agreement”), 113,751 shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No. C-409, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary as attorney-in-fact to transfer said Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: 7/23/2021

 

/s/ Daniel M. Schwartz

By: Daniel M. Schwartz

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 14, 2021 (except for the retroactive effect of the 1-for-10.33 reverse stock split as described Note 17, as to which the date is July 23, 2021), in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-257790) and related Prospectus of RxSight, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Irvine, California
July 23, 2021
EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In connection with the filing by RxSight, Inc. of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of RxSight, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: July 16, 2021

 

/s/ Robert Warner

Robert Warner
EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In connection with the filing by RxSight, Inc. of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of RxSight, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: July 19, 2021

 

/s/ Julie Andrews

Julie Andrews
EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In connection with the filing by RxSight, Inc. of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of RxSight, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: July 17, 2021

 

/s/ Bob Palmisano

Bob Palmisano